A SURVEY OF OPERATING
INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE
PROGRAMS
CORPORATION
-------
DCN 30-230-146-09
A SURVEY OF OPERATING
INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE
PROGRAMS
APPENDIX II
Prepared by:
Radian Corporation
Austin, Texas
for the
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Inspection/Maintenance Staff
2565 Plymouth Road
Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105
EPA Contract 68-02-2538
20 May 1980
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX . TITLE PAGE
A ARIZONA A-l
Rules and Regulations A-2
B CALIFORNIA . . B-l
Cleaning Up Our Air B-2
State of California Vehicle Inspection
Program Handbook B-8-
Qualified Mechanics Handbook B-24
Mechanics Program Information Guide. B-92
MVIP Program Field Operational
Procedures B-110
Fleet Station Handbook B-166
C NEVADA C-l
Air Quality Regulations for Mobile
Equipment C-2
Authorized Station Inspector Test #2 C-32
Authorized Station Inspector Test #3 C-39
D NEW JERSEY D-l
Specification for Exhaust Gas
Analytical System ' D-2
Law and Public Safety - Proposed Rules
on Licensing of Motor Vehicle Reinspection
Centers D-101
Operational Procedures for Motor Vehicle
Emission Reinspection D-104
E OREGON ' E-l
DEQ Idle Emission Standards - Memo
on Guidelines for Setting Standards E-2
-------
APPENDIX TITLE PAGE
OREGON (Continued)
Proposed Motor Vehicle Emission Control
Inspection Test Criteria, Methods and
Standards E-22
Vehicle Emission Control Inspection
Program Public Hearings Report E-25
RHODE ISLAND F-l
Amendments to the Official Manual for
Vehicle Inspection Effective January 1, 1979. F-2
-------
APPENDIX A
ARIZONA
RULES AND REGULATIONS
ARTICLE 10. MOTOR VEHICLES; COMBUSTION ENGINES; FUEL
A-l
-------
R 9.1-905
IIFALTII SERVICES
R9-3-905. Emission standard lor mercury
Suhparl l; of l';ul 61. Title '10 of (he Code of Federal Regulations along wild all
duly piomultiaied icvisions as of . the dale of adoption of these Rules and
Regulations is herewith adopted hy reference.
Historical Note
A.l.i|.|cJtll. May 14. 1979 (Su|>|>. 7W-I).
R9-3-906. Emission standard for vinyl chloride
Suhparl l: of I'arl 61. Title -10 of the Code of Federal Regulations along wild ull
duly promulgated revisions as of the dale of adoption of these Rules and
Regulations is herewith adopted by reference.
Historical Mole
AUi>|>lcileH'. May M. 197'J (Sii|>|>. 79-11.
I
ro
ARTICLE 10. MOTOR VEHICLES;
COMIHJSTION ENGINES; FUEL
R9 3-1001. Policy and legal aulhorily
A. These Rules and Regulations arc adopted pursuant lo the aulhorily granted
hy A.R.S. §§ 36-1707. 36-1717. and 36-1772.
II. The intent of these Regulations is lo control Ihe release into the atmosphere
of air contaminants from motor vehicles and combustion engines in a manner thai
insures the health, safely, and general welfare of all the citizens of-Ihe Stale of
Aii/nn,i.
lliiionc.il Note
I niniei Sctlion lt',1-3 1001 repealed, new Section K9-3-IOOI adopted cli. Jan. 13. 1976
1(93 1002. Definitions
In this Article, unless the context otherwise requires:
I. "liureau" means Ihe Ihucau of Vehicular Emissions Inspection of the
Ari/ona Department of Health Services.
2. "Bureau station" means an official emissions inspection station operated by
the lluieau.
.1. "Cciiilicalc ol compliance" means a serially numbered document issued by
a Siale station al the lime of inspection indicating thai Ihe vehicle has met Ihe
emissions standards.
•I. "Certificate <>l exemption" means a seiially numhered certificate issued hy
Ch. 3
AIR I'OLLUTION CONTROL
R9-3-1002
Ihe Director exempting a vehicle which is not available within Ihe Stale for (lie
inspection during the ninety days prior lo registration expiration dale.
5. "Certificate ol in spec I ion" means a serially numbered document indicating
Ihat a vehicle has been inspected pursuant lo the provisions of A.R.S. § 36-1776
and has passed inspection.
6. "Certificate of waiver" means a serially numbered document indicating thai
Ihe requirement of passing reinspeciion has been waived for a vehicle pursuant lo
A.R.S. § 36-1772.
7. "Constant four-wheel drive vehicle" means any four-wheel drive vehicle
with four wheels which cannot be converted lo two-wheel drive except by
disconnecting one of ihe vehicle's drive shafts.
8. "Contractor" means a person, business firm, partnership or corporation
with whom Ihe Director has a contract which provides for ihe o|>eralion of one or
more official emissions inspection stations.
9. "Cruise modes" are loaded driving conditions thai are simulated on a chassis
dynamometer.
10. "Curb weight" pertains lo vehicles less Ihan 6000 pounds CVW and means
a vehicle's unloaded weight without fuel and oil plus 300 pounds.
II. "Dealer" means a person or organization licensed by the Arizona
Department of Transportation as a new motor vehicle dealer, used motor vehicle
dealer, or motorcycle dealer.
12. "Director" means the Director of the Arizona Department of Health
Services.
13. "Director's certificate" means a serially numbered document issued by Ihe
Director in special circumstances where the Director deems it inappropriate for Ihe
vehicle to show evidence of meeting Ihe minimum standards for registration or
reregistralion.
14. "Electric powered vehicle" is a vehicle thai uses electricity as ihe means of
propulsion and does no) require (he combustion of fossil fuel within the confines of
(he vehicle in order to generate electricity.
15. "Emissions inspection station permit" means a certificate issued hy (he
Director auihori/ing the holder lo perform vehicular inspections pursuant lo this
Article.
16. "F.xhausi emissions" means products of combustion emitted into the
atmosphere lioni any opening downstream of Ihe exhaust ports of a motor vehicle
engine.
I 7. "Field calibration gas" means a gas with assigned concentrations of CO and
IIC that is used I" a Stale inspector to check the accuracy of emissions analyzers
used by Slate' i.iiiniit. lleel stations, and vehicular repair facilities.
IM. "I lei't emissions inspection station" or "lleel station" means any
inspection facility operated under a permit issued pursuant lo A.R.S. § 36-1776.
-------
R9-3-I002
HEALTH SERVICES
Title 9
19. "Fuel" means any material Chat is burned within ihc confines of a vehicle
in order to be used as (lie means of propelling Ihc vehicle.
20. "Four stroke (4-sin>ke) vehicle" means a vehicle equipped with an engine
thai requires two revolutions of the crankshaft for each piston power stroke.
21. "Golf cart" means a motor vehicle having not less than three wheels in
contact with the ground, having an unladen weight less than thirteen hundred
pounds, which is designed to be and is operated at not more than fifteen miles an
hour and is designed to cany golf equipment and persons.
22. "Governmental vehicle" means a registered motor vehicle exempt from the
payment of a registration fee. or a Federally owned or leased vehicle.
23. •"Inspection" means the mandatory vehicular emissions inspection.
24. "Inspection slicker" means a self-adhesive, serially numbered one and a
half by two inch rectangular slicker indicating a governmental vehicle has met lite
Stale of Arizona emissions inspection requirements.
25. "Idle mode lest" means an exhaust emissions lest conducted at only the
idle conditions of a loaded mode lest.
26. "Loaded mode lest" means an exhaust emissions lest conducted at Ihc
idle, low and/or high cruise test conditions as prescribed in this Article.
27. "Model year" means the dale of manufacture ol the original vehicle within
the annual production period of such vehicle as designated by the manufacturer or
if a reconstructed vehicle the first year of tilling. '
i 28. "MOL percent" means the percent, by volume, lh;it a particular gas
occupies in a mixture of gases at a uniform temperature.
29. "Motorcycle" means a motor vehicle having a seal or saddle for use of the
rider arid designed to travel on not more than three wheels in contact with Ihc
ground, but excluding a tractor.
30. "Official emissions inspection station" means an inspection facility, other
than a Heel emissions inspection station, whether placed in a permanent structure
or in a mobile unit for conveyance among various locations within the Stale, for ihc
purposes of conducting inspections of vehicles required to be inspected pursuant to
A.R.S. § 36-1772.
31. 'Tro-rale vehicle" means any vehicle whose licensing fee in (he Stale is
pro-rated by its estimated usage in the Slate.
32. "Program" means Ihc Mandatory Annual Vehicular Emissions Inspection
Program pursuant to A.U.S. Title 36, Chapter 14, Article 3 and this Article II).
33. "Reconstructed vehicle" means either of the following:
a. A reconstructed special as identified by the code letters "SI*" on the
portion of the vehicle's Ari/ona registration card or Ari/o. :i certificate of title that
is ieseivcd loi luYnlilication ol the vehicle's style.
b. When the vehicle style is nut shown on the Aii/<>n:i icjjr iralion card «i
ceilificale of title, (he vehicle shall be considered to be a iccoiisiruclcd vehicle if
the oiiginal manulactuier of the complete vehicle cannot be identified 1'iuin the
body.
OJ
Ch.3
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
R9-3-1002
34. "Standard gases" means gases maintained as a primary standard for
determining the composition of working gases, field calibration gases, or (he
accuracy of analyzers.
35. "Slate inspector" means an employee of the Hureau designated to perform
surveillance functions pursuant to this Article.
36. "Slate station" means an official emissions inspection station operated by
a contractor.
37. "Two stroke (2-stroke) vehicle" means a vehicle equipped with an engine
that requires one revolution of the crankshaft for each power stroke.
38. "Vehicle" 'means any automobile, truck, truck tractor, motor bus or
self-propelled or motor driven vehicle registered or to be registered in this Stale and
used upon the public highways of this State for the purpose of transporting persons
or properly, except implements of husbandry, roadrollers or road machinery
temporarily operated upon the highway.
39. "Vehicular emissions inspector" means an individual who has been licensed
by the Director lo perform (he vehicular emissions inspection for this program.
40. "Working gases" means gases maintained by a facility lo perform periodic
calibration of emission analyzers.
41. Abbreviations arid symbols used herein shall be as follows:
a. A/F means air/fuel
b. CO means carbon monoxide
c. GVW means gross vehicle weight
d. IIC means hydrocarbon
e. IIP means horsepower
f. I.NG means liquified natural gas
g. L.PG means liquid petroleum gas
h. MI'll means miles per hour
i. MVD means Ihc Motor Vehicle Division of (he Arizona Department of
Transportation.
j. NDIR means non-dispersive infra-red
k. % means percent
I. PCV means positive crankcasc ventilation
in. PI'M means pans per million by volume
n. VIN means vehicle identification number
Ilisloiieal Note
I'linnci Seclimi K'M-IIMlI repealed, new ScYiimi R'i-.Vlllfl? ac|i>|>lcd off. Jan. I), l''7<>
ISupl'. 7ft-1). Amended til'. Jan. X l'>77 tSiipp. 77-ti. .Viu.-mlfd .-It. Mm. :. I')7M
|>. 7M-2l. \niciulr.lcll J:ui. J. I'l'/'l (Sn|i|> ?•»•!».
-------
HFALTMSFRVICF.S
Title 9
R9-J-I003. Vehicles lo be inspected by Ilie mandatory vehicular emissions
inspection program
A. All vehicles to he registered or reregistered in Maricopa and I'ima Counties
lor highway use shall he inspected iii accordance with this Article at a Slate station
01 at a Heel station except for the following:
I. Vehicles over thirteen years of age by model year
2. Flcclric powered vehicles
3. Pro-rale vehicle
4. Coll carls
5. Vehicles with engine displacements less than 90 cubic centimeters
(>. Now vehicles registered for (lie first lime after initial retail sale and tilling in
this Stale pursuant lo A.U.S. § 28-302.
7. Ve'iicles registered for the first lime as a reconstructed special.
8. Vehicles being registered at the lime of sale between private individuals
except when the change in registration is accompanied by required fees for the year
following expiration of the prior registration.
9. Vehicles being registered at (he lime of sale at a public or private auction
except when ihc change in registration is accompanied by leqnired fees for the year
;j> following expiration of llie piior registration.
J^ 10. Vehicles being registered al the lime of sale from a dealer outside Maricopa
or I'ima Counties to a resident of Maricopa or Pima County, except when Ihc
change in legislation is accompanied by required fees for the year following
expiration of the prior Registration.
II. Vehicles being registered al the lime of change of name of ownership
except when the change in legisiration is accompanied by required fees for Ihc year
following expiialion of the prior registration or the change results from the sale by
a dealership residing in Maricopa or Pima Courily.
12 Vehicles for which a cuneni certificate of exemption or Director's
ceilificatc has been issued.
11. For the purpose of this Section, over thirteen years of age by model year
means thai the calendar year of the expiring registration minus (he model year of
Ihe vehicle as listed on the liile or registration card exceeds thirteen years.
C. Governmental vehicles operated in Maricopa or I'ima County and not
exempted by this Ailicle shall be emissions inspected pursuant to Section
K9-3-IOI7.
Ilixloiical N'»(c
I ,.H:'.-I Se.-linii ){••. l-inii.l lepcaleil.iu-u • Vi lion KV-.I-1<>'>3 ailopleil ell J:ui. II. |W>.
Ain.-iul.-il ax .111 i in. i,:,-ii,) ell. I in. I'1. I'I7/. |>. 7li-li. Anu-mled elf. l.m. .1. I'I77
iS.il :• I'I II \m>-:i,|.-.|.-ii. lm. i. • ••''•ilSiipp. l'l\ i.
ci,.:.
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
R9-3-I006
R9-3-1004. Slate inspection requirements
All vehicles required lo be inspected by (his Article shall pass inspection by
meeting the requirements of R9-3-I006 unless waived pursuant to R9-3-I008.
Ilisioiual Note
I-ounce Scilion K'J-.VIOlM ii.-pc.ilcd, new Section R9-3-IOG4 adopted ell'. Jan. 13. 1976
(Supp. 76-1). Amended eft. Jan. 3. 1977 (Supp. 77-1).
R9-3-I005. Time of inspection
A. Vehicles required lo he inspected pursuant to Section R9-3-I003 shall be
inspected ai the following limes:
I. For vehicles not covered by a Heel station permit, within ninety days prior
loeach registration expiration dale.
2. For vehicles sold by a dealer located in Maricopa or Pima County lo a
resident of Pima or Maricopa County, by (he dealer:
a. Who holds a Heel station permit, within twelve months prior to the
registration or rcregisiralion.
b. \Vho does not hold a Heel station permit, within ninety days prior to the
registration.
3. For governmental vehicles at least once within twelve months following (lie
dale of acquisition by the operating activity in Maricopa or Pima County, dale of
initial registration, or the dale of prior inspection, whichever is applicable.
4. For vehicles owned or leased by a person having a valid fleet station permit,
within twelve months following Ihc date of Ihe prior registration or reregislralion.
5. For vehicles thai are being registered in Maricopa and Pima County under
conditions not specified in Paragraphs I. through 4. of this Section within ninety
days prior to registration.
It. Nothing in this Section shall be construed lo waive a tale registration fee
because of failure lo meet inspection rcqiiiiemcnls by (he registration deadline.
Historical Mole
l-'oiinci Sci-iimi K9-3-HIOS repealed, new Section K9-3-I005 adopted ell. Jan. 31. 1076
(Snpp. 76-1). Amended ell. Jan. 3. 1977 (Snpp 77-1). Amended elf. Ma(. 2. 1978
(Supp. 7K-2). Amended elf. Jan. 3, 1979 (Supp. 79-1).
R9-3-1006. The mandatory vehicular emissions inspection
A. The i'\li;iiiM emissions inspection for non-diesel powered vehicles shall
consist c>l sampling Ihe exhaust emissions from the vehicle engine in the idle mode
and measuring tlu- concentrations of 11C and CO in accordance with the
io.|iiiiL'iurni> S|K-LI|ICI| iii Subsection («.
I. For diagnostic puip
-------
K9-.M006
HEALTH SERVICES
Tiilc 9
oilier ih:in diesel shall he tested utilising the dynamometer loadings
specified unless tested only in llie idle mode as proscribed in Subsection I), and I).
2. The loaded mode lesi consists of placing die vehicle driving wheels on a
chassis dynamometer, placing an emissions sampling prohe into llie lail|>ipe. and
analy/ing llie collected exhaust samples. The exhaust emissions are sampled with
the vehicle operating at steady-slate idle and loaded conditions contained in
Table I.
TAULE I
DYNAMOMETER LOADING TABLE
Engine Displacement
(Cubic Centimeters)
Less than 1 26
126-200
201-350
351-500
Greater than 500
All displacements
All displacements
All displacements
High Cruise Mode-
HP MPII
Idle test only
1.2-2.8 16-22
2.8-4.1 22-2.5
4.1-6.4 25-29
6.4-8.4 29-32
II. 8- 13. 6 36-38
20.8-23.7 44-46
2d.8-.iO 48-50
Low Cruise Mode
IIP MPII
Idle test only
No test required
No lesi required
No lest required
No test required
2.8-4.1 22-25
6.4-8.4 29-32
8.4-IO.H 32-35
Vehicle Curb Weight
_ (Pounds)
All
Less than 2000
Less than 2000
Less than 2000
Less than 2000
2000-2KOO
2801-3800
Giealer than 3800
ri a. Loaded mode lesi proceduie
i. The vehicle shall he tested with the engine running at noinial operating
temperatures.
ii. The vehicle shall he nearly level when tested in order to prevent abnormal
fuel distribution.
iii. The vehicle speed (MPII) as measured from the dynamometer rolls shall be
used for all conditions. .
iv. The order of the icsl shall be with the highest load lesi first and the idle
lesi last.
v. Vehicles with manual transmissions shall he tested in llie following manner:
(I) All vehicles shall he inn in the highest gear appropriate lor the prescribed
speed and loading conditions.
(2) Idle Hindi1 'hall In: inn with transmission in ge:u and with vlulch disengaged
01 llie iiausniisNioii in neulral.
I.I) Dunne; . MUSI- mm!". (In- '.elude -.hall lie driven al a c"iisianl ihi'inle
position In maintain il >iuiiiMg s|v.'d.
vi Vehicles with automatic n.insuiissiniis shall he tested in llie billowing
Cli. 3
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL,
U 9-3-1006
(I) All lest conditions shall be run willi (lie transmission in "drive" or highest
gear.
(2) Idle mode shall be run with the transmission in "drive"' and the wheels
braked.
(3) During cruise mode, the vehicle shall be driven al constant (hroitlc position
to maintain specified speed.
vii. Sampling and analytical system for exhaust emissions measurements:
(I) All CO and IIC emission analyzers shall have water traps incorporated in
their sampling lines. Sampling probes must be capable of taking undiluted exhaust
samples from (he vehicle's exhaust system.
(2) All 4-siroke and 2 stroke vehicles other than diescl shall be inspected with
NDIR analyzers capable of determining concentration of CO in MOL percent with
an accuracy of plus-or-minus 0.5%CO from 2 lo 10 MOL percent and plus or minus
0.25'7r CO from 0 to 2 MOL percent.
(3) All 'I-stroke vehicles oilier than diesel shall be inspected with NDIR
analyxers capable of determining concentrations of IIC as N-he\anc in PPM with an
accuracy of phis-or-rnimis 100 PPM from 500 to 2000 PPM and plus-or-minus
JO PPM from 0 10 500 PPM.
(4) All 2-stroke vehicles other than diesel shall be inspected with NDIR
analy/ers or equivalent capable of determining concentrations of IIC as propane in
PPM with an accuracy of plus-or-minus 1250 PPM from 0 to 25.000 PPM.
viij. Non-diesel powered vehicles with multiple exhaust systems shall be
inspected by collecting and averaging samples in one of the following methods:
(I) Collect separate samples from each exhaust.
(2) Manifold exhaust probes which will simultaneously sample approximate
equal volumes from each pipe.
(3) Manifold exhaust pipes lo collect approximately equal volume samples
from each pipe.
(4) Collect samples by a combination of (2) and (3) abover The average
concentration shall be used lo determine the lest results.
Ii. The idle mode Icsl only shall be performed in lieu of the loaded mode test
on any vehicle by an official emissions inspection station if:
I. The vehicle has a lire on a driving wheel with less than 2/32 inch tread.
with metal protuberances, or with obviously low lire pressure (as determined by
superficial visual inspection) or any other condition thai in the opinion ol llie
vehicular emissions inspector precludes loaded testing for reason ol salely lo
personnel, equipment, or vehicle.
2. A vehicl'.- dri -n by a person who. hi ...HIM.- ol physical incapacity is unable
lo yield tin- drii'-i'•; seal lo lire emissions inspector.
3. llie driver ictuses lo yield llie driver's seal lo the emissions inspector or
requests only die idle mode test.
-------
U9-3-I006
LAi nisi-Rvirns
Title')
-I. Tiie vrln.lr is unable In Iv tested according to (lie dynamometer loading
table because of the vehicle's inability lo attain (he speeds specified.
5. The vehicle is equipped with constant four wheel drive.
C. No in.iiid.iUny vehicular emissions inspection shall he performed by an
official emissions inspeciion station on any vehicle thai is carrying, loaded with, or
lowing a nailer loaded with explosiws or any other hazardous material not used as
fuel lor the vehicle.
I). At the option of the Ike I station, vehicles llial qualify as purl of a licet
staiiou inventory may be to .led iir the idle mode only.
li. Any dicsel-povcered motor vehicle except those buili primarily as private
passenger vehicles should nol emit visible exhaust emissions in excess of (he
standards set forth in Subsection G. when inspected according to any of the
following lest procedures:
I. When a dicscl-powercd vehicle is operated on u chassis dynamometer:
a. With the vehicle nol under load. se(ecl a gear ratio which will produce a
maximum vehicle speed of 45-60 MI'll at governed or maximum rated RPM if the
vehicle has a manual transmission or an automatic transmission with individual gear
-.election.
b. With engine innning at governed or maximum rated engine RPM. ai normal
jperaiing temperature apply the dynamometer load until such loading reduces the
engine KI'M lo 'HI',! of the governed speed al wide open throttle position or, in the
case ol vehicles with automatic transmissions willi ge.ir kickdown, load ihe engine
lo a speed just above the kickdown speed or 90/i of governed speed, whichever is
the higher speed. If Ihe chassis dyu:nnomeier does not have enough horsepower
absorption capability lo lug ihe engine down lo these speeds, brakes may be used lo
assist ihe dynamometer. The opacity reading nude over a period of live seconds
with the engine under such loading shall he compared with the standard specified in
Paragraph G.2. for diescl-poweicd vehicles.
c. With the engine idling observe the exhaust opacity for five seconds.
2. When a diesel-powercd vehici-' is loaded by ils own brakes:
a. .Select a gear ratio which will produce a maximum speed of ten lo fifteen
MI'll ai governed engine KI'M Drive vehicle al ten lo fifteen MI'll at governed
engine RPM or maximum rated RPM.
h. Load Ihe engine by applying brakes until engine RPM is loaded down to
'HP! nf ihe governed or maximum rated engine RPM al wide open ihroille
positions. If ihr vh.J.- dues no! li;i . a l.n lioiuei -i. ilir vvliK'le may be l..ul, d to
'ill •' of ifou-ined or maximum rated -:>eed. Ihe opacity readiut; m.ide ovei a pciio I
ol five .o"iid. v. nil ilu engine under .ni.li hi.il.e loading shall be die opacity
leading! line.I l»i i.,!:i| 111,0.1 vviih li>>: l.ind.nd -|ie, ilird in I'ai.iuiaph (>.2. loi
dicsel-pnxveicd vehicles.
c.\ With ilie engine idling observe (lie exhaust opacity l<>r live seconds.
Ch. 3
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
R9-J-I006
J. For vehicles equipped wjlh more than one exhaust slack or pipe, Ihe
leading taken from outlet giving ihe highest opacity reading shall be used for
comparison with die standard.
-4. Opacity readings shall be taken by a licensed emissions inspector certified
lo visually read opacity or by an opacity meter that is a full (low. direcl reading,
continuous reading, light extinction type using a collirnated light source and
photo-electric cell which is accurate within plus or minus 5%.
F. Any dicsel-powcred motor vehicle built primarily for carrying nine
passengers or less should not emit exhaust emission smoke in excess of the visual
emissions standards specified in Paragraph G.2. when inspected for a minimum of
five continuous seconds al high cruise, low cruise and idle conditions prescribed in
Subsection A. for (he loaded mode inspection.
G. All non-diesel powered vehicles shall nol exceed ihe idle mode exhaust
emissions standards as prescribed in Table 2 when the exhaust emissions are
sampled under Ihe conditions prescribed in Subsection A. Any vehicle that exceeds
the idle mode standards shall fail the emissions inspection.
I. Emissions from all internal combustion engines other than dicsel should
normally not exceed Ihe loaded mode standards for IIC and CO contained in Table
2. 'Ihe loaded mode standards are for diagnostic and advisory information.
a. All rotary piston engines shall be treated in the same manner as 4-stroke
engines with four cylinders or less.
h. All turbine engines shall be treated as 4-slroke engines having more (ban
foui cylinders.
2. F.xhausi emissions from diesel powered vehicles should nol exceed 20%
visual opacity for smoke al the lest conditions prescribed in Subsections L. and F.
A diesel powered vehicle that exceeds (he 20% visual opacity in the idle mode shall
fail ihe emissions test. The loaded tests arc for diagnostic and advisory information.
(The next page is 124.)
-------
HEALTH SERVICES
Title')
cii.
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
K9-J-IOOK
TAUI.K 1
KMISSION STANDARDS
(Maximum Allowable)
Type
4 -stroke
Motorcycles
4 stroke
4-stroke
4-stroke
4-slrokc
f, trokc
^-4
Iroke
4-suoke
4-slroke
•1 stroke
2 \lioke
'Measured
Vehicle
Model
Year
All
I')7S
and
newer
I'>7S
and
newer
l')75
and
newer
1972-
197-1
I'm-
1974
1968-
1971
1068-
t')7l
1961
and
ohler
|->61
and
older
All
Vehicle
Curb
Weight
1 1'ounds)
All
6000
or less
6000
or less
Cirealer
than
6000
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
Numher of
Cylinders
All
4 cylinders
or less
More than
4 cylinders
All
4 cylinders
or less
More than
4 cylinders
4 cylinders
or less
More than
4 cylinders
4 cylinders
or less
Mole llian
4 cylinders
High t
HC
ITM
700
100"
IOO*
300
380"
300"
450"
380"
1000"
700"
All IH.IIOO-
as propane equivalent gas. All oilier
'ruise Low Cruise
CO HC CO
% I'I'M %
8.6
0.9" 120 1.0
0.9" 120 1.0
2.5 300 J.O
3.O" 3BO 3.50
2. SO" 300 3.O
3.75" 4SO 4.25
3.00" 380 3.50
S.OO" IOOO 6.OO
4.25" TOO 5.2S
VO
Idle Mode
IIC CO
ITM %
I.80O S.S
250 2.5
250 2.2
350 5.0
450 6.0
400 5.5
HOO 6.5
750 6.5
I.HOO 7.5
I.2IIO 7.5
IH.IIOO* 5.11
IIC values measured as N-hexane.
liitfh c. - --
rtii<<* \l :iit it:t fil :uitt 1* i\v
pound* cull) weight.
cruise will lie
the pi
po
(Sll
(Su
R93-
A.
more
count
ill is /
accon
expiri
1.
2.
3.
4.
0.
mon tl
vehicl
to bcl
C.
regisli
l-oi
(Su
Jan
3. If a diescl-powcted vehicle oilier than a vehicle lunli priiuuiily fur carrying
niii.: |»asseiij>-is (ir less fails l<> niccl lliis standard as determined Iw visual
iiliM-iv.iliiin h> .1 vi-liii'tilai fiiii-.Muii\ iiisju-i lui at a Slalr .Slitimi. llu- viMial
i.liM-r.;iiiiin must In- vinifu-il l>y an tipacity meler.
II. Vi-ln.'lcs llial an' ilcsi|'iifil In y tlic veliicle ul lime >il u^pectuiu. I he «..iin-,|i.i|iiliiig
emissiuiis standards fin ilial lucl sliall apply.
I. All non-dicscl powered reconstructed vehicles thai are subject lo Ibis
program shall he inspected for emissions compliance using the emissions standards
applicable lo vehicles thai are thirteen years of age at Ihe lime of inspection.
J. Any vehicle other than a dicsel-powercd vehicle or two-slroke vehicle Iliat
emits any visible emissions for ten consecutive seconds or more is "excessive" for
the purposes of A.R.S. § 28-955.B.
Historical Note
poimcr Section R9-3-1006 repealed, new Section R9-3-I006 adopted eft. Jan. 13, 1976
(Supp. 76-U. Amended eff. Nov. I. 1976 (Supp. 76-5). Amended elf. Mar. 2. 1978
(Supp. 78-2).^mended eff. Jan. 3, 1979 (Supp. 79-1).
107. Evidence of meeting Stale inspection requirements
Any of llie following documents, when complete, unaltered and dated no
more than ninety days prior lo registration expiration dale, shall be accepted by the
county assessor as evidence that a vehicle is in compliance with Ihe requirements of
this Article unless he has reason to believe it. is a false document. Documents
accompanying a late registration may be dated subsequent lo Ihe registration
ion date.
Certificate of compliance
Certificate of waiver
Certificate of exemption
Director's certificate
Complete and unaltered certificates of inspection dated within twelve
months of registration sliall be accepted by the county assessor as evidence thai a
vehicle is in compliance will) (he requirements of this Article unless he has reason
to believe il is a false document.
Governmental vehicles for which only weight fees arc paid shall he
registered without evidence of inspection.
Historical Note
l-'otmcr Section H.9-3-1007 repealed, new Section Uu 3 11)07 adopted eff. hin. 13. 1976
(Supp. 7<>-l). Conner Section R9-3-I007 repealed, new Section R9-3-I007 adopted elf.
Jan. 3. 1977 (Supp. 77-1).
R9-3-I008. Procedure for issuing certificates of waiver
A. A certificate of waiver will he issued upon providing evidence lo the
Director wilhin (>0 days rif llie initial inspection lh;:t tepaits have hi-eii made In a
vehicle that fails ihe idle test solely because of air;gas mixture in accordance vviih
the lollowing procedure: v
I. Ihe inspection repot) sliall be completed by a repjirmau ulili/.ing an
-------
'; .MOOS
IHiAl IIISi:RVICI-.S
Tillc 9
. emissions analy/er registered by die Bureau. In completing llie inspection report
lILL- following inloimation shall be included:
a. Repairs made
I'. Idle emission concentration, ol' CO and IIC before and upon completion of
repairs
c. Registration number of emission analy/cr used by llic repair facility in
measuring the emissions concentrations
d. Name and address of facility making the repairs
e. Signature of person certifying lepairs were made '
f. D.iie and cost ol repairs
2. The completed inspection report including llie certificate section shall be
submitted to lite Bureau with ;i fee of one dollar, payable to (lie Arizona
Department of Health Services.
J. 'llie certificate section of the inspection report will be embossed and
returned to the applicant.
'I. The air-gas mixture failure is repaired if the values of both the CO and IIC
emission concentration when measured by a registered emissions analy/.er in the
idle lest mode are below the maximum allowable concentration specified in Section
IW-.l-lOOo.
h>
i It. A certificate of waiver will be issued at the lime of reinspeclion to a vehicle
00 failing reinspeclion if the repairs specified in Section R9-3-IOIO have been
accomplished as reflected by the reinspeclion lest results or the maximum repair
cost specified in Subsection C. thereof has been reached. The following information
shall be entered on the inspection report from the previous inspection:
I. luuission related repairs made.
2. Idle emissions concentrations ol CO and IIC before and after repairs if an
NDIU analyxer is used.
1. Kegislralion number of emission analy/er used by the repair facility in
measuring the emission concentrations.
4. Name and address of activity making repairs.
5. Signature of person certifying repairs were lade.
ft. Dale of repairs.
7. Cost of emission related repairs as reflected by receipts of purchase.
Historical Mole
lomu-r Scclimi It'J-J-IDOX ii-pealcd. new Sec lion K9 MOOH adopted ell. Jan. 13. 1076
I.Supp Vr.-ll. I i,-i )<•>. I Hum irp.-il.-d. II.-«• S.-, h.in It'l .1 lllliH .vlopli-il i:ll I .in I.
\'l'll (Sii|i|i. 7 Mi. Aim-mlrd ell. Mar. .'. I'm iSupp. 7K .'). Amended ell. l:m. 3, 1979
|S ipp. 7'Mi.
Ch. *
AMI POLLUTION CONTROL
R9-3-10IO
119-3-1009. Reserved
Historical Note
Adopted ell. Jan. 13. 1976 (Supp. 76-1). Repealed eff. Jail. 3. 1977 (Supp. 77-1).
R9-3-IOIO. Low emissions tune-up
A. A low emissions tune-up shall consist of performing the following
procedures:
I. Connect tachometer, and if available, connect engine analy/er oscilloscope
and I1C/CO ND1R analy/er to warmed-up vehicle and record emission values.
2. Inspect for dirly or plugged air cleaner and stuck choke. Replace and repair
us required.
3. With air filter installed, adjust idle speed and A/F mixture in accordance
with vehicle manufacturer's specifications.
Nole: If vehicle is equipped \villi fuel injection system or an alternate fuel (I-I'G or
I.NO) follow manufacturer's recommended adjustment procediue.
4. Check dwell (or point gap) and basic liming according to manufacturer's
specifications and adjust as required.
5. Check PCV valve for correct operation and verify free (low through the PCV
system passages and hoses. Repair and replace as required.
6. Check vacuum hoses for leaks, repair and replace as required.
7. Make final adjustments in accordance with manufacturer's specifications to
idle speed and A/I7 mixture. If an 1IC/CO NDIR analyzer is used, perform final idle
lest in accordance with R9-3-I006 and record IIC and CO values.
It. 'flic low emissions tune-up must be performed on all vehicles to qualify for
a waiver if the vehicle fails reinspeclion. No further repairs are required on pre-1468
model year vehicles.
C. No further repairs are required on 1968 and later model year vehicles to
qualify for a waiver if the vehicle fails rcinspcction when a registered IIC/CO NDIR
analy/er is used in performing the low emissions tune-up and when the idle IIC and
CO emissions values recorded pursuant to Paragraph A.7. are below*those specified
in Section R')-3-IOOi>.
I). Recommended repairs required for all 1068 and later model year vehicles
except those specified in Paragraph C. are as follows:
I. lor vehicles failing CO only, check for high lloal selling, leaky power valve,
faulty or worn needles, seats, jets or improper jet si/e. Repair and replace as
requited. ('.nbuielor replacement is not requited.
2. l:or vehicles failing IIC or IIC and CO. check for faulty spark plugs and
faulty. »pen. crossed, or disconnected plug wires. Repair and replace components as
rei|iiiied. Olhei repairs lecummended: check distributor component malfunctions
including vacuum advance, faulty points, condenser, or distributor cap crossfire and
repair or teplace as iet|iiired.
-------
K'M-IOIO
Title 9
F. The maximum required repair cost for pre-1968 model year vehicles to
qualify for a ccim'tcate of waiver is $25.00. The maximum required repair cost lor
post-1967 model \ear vehicles is $75.00 01 ten percent of the specified dollar value
for the make and model year as listed below. This does not prevent the vehicle
ownei fi.un authorizing or performing more Hum the required repairs. Vehicle-
operators who are having their vehicle reiaspccicd shall have repair receipts
available when requesting a certificate of waiver.
Vehicle
Domestic
All prc-!96H model year
American Motors:
1968 All except Jeep
1969 All except Jeep
Chrysler:
1068 Iinperial/Chrysler/Dodge/I'ly mouth
1969 Imperial/Chrysler/Dodge/Plymouih
General Motors:
1968 fhcviolcl/lluick/Oldsmobile/l'onliac
1969 Clicviolct/liuick/Oldsmobile/l'oniiac
!')(, 8 Cadillac
I- oid:
1968 l-V.rd/Mercury
1969 I'ord/Mercuiy
1968 Lincoln
Imports
Austin:
I '168
1969
l'»70
1971
ll>72
Dalsun:
1 968
1969
Tiat:
Ci-ilina.
1970
Market Value
Not applicable
S-IJiO
580
$420
560
$530
710
620
$540
720
570
$250
.100
400
540
720
$460
610
$2X0
400
570
CI..3
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
K9-3-10II
Opel:
1968
1969
1970
Renault:
1968
1969
Rover:
1968
Simca:
1968
1969
1970
Sunbeam:
1969
Toyota:
1968
Reconstructed vehicles:
1968 • 1970
1971
1972
$380
500
670
$450
590
$580
$350
450
590
$250
$580
$300
500
700
Historical Note
Adopted ell. Jan. 13, 1976 (Supp. 76-1). l-oiinei Section 1(9-3-1 OKI icpealeil, new
Section K9-3-IOIO adopted elf. Jan. 3. 1977 (Supp. 77-1). Amended eff. Mar. 2, 1978
(Supp. 78-2). Amended eff. Jan. 3. 1979 (Supp. 79-1).
119 3 1011. Inspection report
A. l-.acb vehicle inspected at a Stale station shall be provided un inspection
report of a design approved by the Director and shall provide for- (he following
information:
I. License plate number
2. Vehicle identification number
3. Model year of vehicle
4. Make of vehicle
5. Styli- f fuel
7. Mileage
K. I -missions standards
*'. I.missions nieasniemcnls
10. Recommended repairs
-------
Kl> J-IOII
III:AI.TIISI-RVICI:S
Tille l>
I I. Final lest results
I 2. Repairs performed
I .V Cos! of icpaiis
I-I. Registration number of emissions analyzer used in making (he repairs
I 5. Name and address of (lie business firm or person making repairs
\(>. Signature of person certifying repairs
17. Dale of inspection
18. Social number of report
I'). Inspection number by station and lane.
II. l-ach vehicle failing the initial inspection shall receive an inspection report
supplement supplied by the llureuu containing the following:
I. Diagnostic information
2. Applicable maximum repair costs
3. Instructions for waiver application for correction of air-gas mixture failures.
C. '('lie inspection repoit will provide, a tear-out section to be used as a
ceiiificatc of compliance for vehicles that pass the inspection or as a certificate of
waiver when applicable.'I he tear-out section is a certificate of compliance when the
woids "compliance" or "pass" appear in the appiopriate location on the printout.
The tear-out section is a certificate of waiver when the words "lest." "waiver," or
f" Mail," as applicable, appear in the appropriate location on the printout. The
ear-out section shall contain the following information:
I. I icensc plate number
2. Vehicle identification number
3. T'inal results
4. Serial number of the inspection report
5. Dale of inspection
6. Model year
7. Make.
I). The certificate of compliance or certificate of waiver shall be submitted to
the county assessor with the application for ' ,'i/onu certificate of title and
registration (DOT -IK 0510) or an Ari/ona Registration Card (IK)T -IK-5 I I3)at the
lime of legisualion or reiegisiraiion as evidence of meeting the requirement of this
A Hide.
I:. Ceilillcales ol compliance and certificates of waiver will not be replaced it
lost.
o
Historical Noli'
I. in II. I't'lf, iSiipp. Vl»|i. l-ninici Si-rlii'ii K'M-lnl I •i-in-aled. new
Mil | :ulo|iii-,l rll. Lin. .». l'>/7 I.Sii|.|>. /?-!> A>iiriu!.-,l<.-ll. I m I. I'i7'<
. 7'J-lt.
Ch.3
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
R9-3-IOI3
R9-3-IOI2. Inspection procedure and fee
A. liach vehicle that is inspected by a Stale station must be accompanied by a
document such as registration. Certificate of Tille, or bill of sale which identifies
the vehicle by make, model year, identification number and license plate if
applicable.
0. The Ice for an emissions inspection ul a Stale station is $5.00 payable in
cash at the lime of inspection to the contractor unless the vehicle qualifies for an
inspection without charge as specified in Section R9-3-I013 or when the fee has
been prepaid to the contractor.
C. All inspection fees collected by the contractor shall be forwarded to the
Director for each billing period with-the invoice for the billing period.
0. Stale station emissions inspectors shall not recommend repairs or repair
facilities.
Historical Nole
Adopted elf. Jan. 13. 1976 (Supp. 76-1). Foimer Section K9-3-IUI2 repealed, new
Section K9-3-IOI2 adopted eff. Jan. 3, 1977 (Supp. 77-1). Amended elf. Jan. 3. 1979
(Supp. 79 I).
R9-3-IOI3. Itcinspcclions
A. Each vehicle which fails its initial inspection is entitled to the first
reinspection at no additional charge under the following conditions: -
I. Within sixty consecutive calendar days of the initial inspection but not
thereafter.
2. Emission related repairs or adjustments have been made.
3. 'flic vehicle is accompanied by the entire inspection report with the
following information filled in on the reverse side:
a. Repairs made
b. Cost of repairs
c. Name of activity or person making repairs
d. Signature of person certifying repairs.
It A vehicle that fails the rcinspeclion at no additional charge and docs not
o/ialify for a waiver under R9-3-IOOH shall be provided an inspection report and an
inspection report supplement.
C: A vehicle nol qualifying for ;i waiver at the time <>f leinspeclion may qualifv
f»r a waiver on subsequent icinspecuon provided the conditions ol Paragraph
R<>-3 -IOOH II. are met.
IliMoliial Note
A.I.rled ell. I..n. II. f>'ll, iSiipp. 76-1). I MIMICI Section 1(9-3-1013 icpealcd. new
Setliuii K')-.Hu|3 udopicd cl'f. Jan. 3. I'J77 ISiipp. 77-lt.
-------
U'KMOM
SIKVK i-:s
R<> 3 1014. Waiver surveillance
\\hen a vehicle i.:,U iciiispcciioii and it is deiermic.'d ih.it the icpjiis u >|tiiii'd i-y
Section R')-.>-li)|l) hii.e not been accomplished as certified oil the initial veiiicle
inspectio:i iep,ni. liie certificate ol waiver may be withhold as lollows:
I. l)y conlia.'loi station management when there is personal knowledge (hat
the ie:|iii(cd icpairs have not been performed or the vehicle operaloi stales thai (he
required repans have not been performed and there is no intent to perform (he
repairs prior to retest. ' ' •
2. liy a State inspector when there is less than a 40 percent improvement in
emi';:;ions and evidence of required repairs is not provided by receipts of purchase
or the Stale inspector determines hy an underhood inspection that the required
K'paiis were not performed.
Historical Note
Adi-pled ell. Jan. 13. 1976 (Supp. 76 I (. Repealed eff. Jan. V 1977 (Supp. 77-1).
Adopted elT. Jan. 3, 1979 (Supp. 79 I).
R')-.J 1015. Reserved
I Iliiloiical Note
I] Adopted elf. Jan. 13. 1976 (Supp. 76-1). Repealed el I. Jan. 3. 1977 (Supp. 77-1).
IC> I Kilo Licensing of inspectors
A. No peison will be licensed as a vehicular emissions inspect'.*: unless he has
demonstrated his competence to (lie Bureau by such examination, li.lining, or oilier
standards as the Director may approve.
II. Applications will he obtained from, and approved by, the Bureau.
C. All completed applications will be returned lo the Uine.iii.
I). Any vehicular emissions inspector inspect iii|; a dioscfpowercd vehicle as
picsciihod heiein must have successfully complelei1 :n approved (raining course for
visually reading op.icily with the unaided eye wilhin the last six months or musl UMJ
an opacity me lei as prescribed in K')-.l-1 ()()(>.
I: Licenses issued to vehicular emissions inspectors shall he renewed annually
on or hclorc the expiration dale.
F. Applications for renewal of vehicular emissions lleet inspector's licenses
•I .ill In- iil'iinl Iril I lui I y i! i\ s pi en In lit'- . u lien I li. cnsr c \pn.ih. .11 -l.ile.
(i. I ''!•: Oi'j-aiiinoiii in.iy suspeiul. (•-•••••ke, or icliise in iciiev. nu h.ens. if an
applicar1' a^ .;•>! .led ..n\ pi.nisi..! of this Article.
II. A ve' -I.-nI.n i-inr ;.::r. m:p. ••>! -li.ill inloii: the DepulUle' I ol ail; i:haii!;e
in his employmenl slams within seven days ol such change.
MR POLLUTION CONTROL
119-3-101 7
I. I :uh vehicular emissions inspector shall he assigned a single, unique,
non-iianslerahie inspector's number. No vehicular emissions inspector shall he
assigned more than one inspector's number during his lifetime.
Historical Nulc
Adopted eft. Jan. 13. 1976 (Supp. 76-1). Aniciulrd elf. Jan. 3. 1977 (Supp. 77-1).
Amended ell. Mar. 2, I97« (Supp. 78-2).
R9-.1-IOI7. Inspection of governmental vehicles
A. Inspection of governmental vehicles operated in I'ima and Maricopa
Counties shall be conducted in any of the following manners:
I. As cooperatively scheduled by the Bureau at Ihe llureau station
2. At a fleet station operated by the governmental entity or
3. At a Stale station upon payment of ihe fee.
11. All governmental vehicles except Federally owned vehicles which -are
excluded from Ihe definition of motor vehicles pursuant to Section 85.1703, Title
40, Code of Federal Regulations shall be inspected in accordance with (his Article
and shall have an inspection slicker affixed to the vehicle when found lo be in
conformnnce with Stale inspection requirements.
I. All inspection slickers shall be validated by a vehicular emissions inspector
prior lo installation upon the vehicle. Validation shall he by punching out llu
current month and year following inspection. This will designate when (he vehicle hook.
C. Hie inspection licl.Ji.- shall he supplied l>\ ihe llmeaii at n.ijiaigc in llu-
gnvci'iii). lal entity.
II. All insjv. lion slicker, sh.ill be designed, issue, I, .mil .idminisx-red. subject
lo coiK:ilii:ns as ihe Diicclor d.ei is necessity !•' ensuie compliance with these
Rules and Regulations. I lie fluicau shall be Ihe only source or supply for inspection
slickers.
-------
III:ALTIISI;KVTCI.S
fiilc
I:. Cioven>;iMi:.il iiiiiiy li'.vl ^lali.-- •; sh:ill ii >pci. i ,.ii iheii liccl vehicles in
accouiaiK e '.Mili u '•.! lul'l except ll: :l noccrlii ate »l inspection sli ill hi- ihcd
lor siovcuuiiCiila! vehicles. '
Historical Nulc
Ail.-|iii-.| ••(( J.in. H. !')'(> lMi|'i>. 7<>-li. Amenitcd -.-I'!'. Jan. .1. 1977 I'Supp. 77-1).
Anx-isJcil i-ff. Iw .1. I'»7)|' (his Article.
11. A cenificuic of inspection shall provide the following information:
I. VIN
1. Model year
.'. License numhcr
I. Purpose ol inspection
S. Owner of vehicle
f> (.. Dale of expiration
,!_, 7. Heel staiinn permit number
1x3 S. Inspector*, signature and number.
C. Certificates of inspection, either complete or incomplete are not
iransfeiahle.
A,|..|-;c,l i-ll. l.in. l.>. I1'/'' (Sii
Aiin:ii.K-,l HI. M:u. 2. I')7K iS.i|>|».
IliMoiii :il Nulc
. 7li-l>. Amended oil. J:in. .1. I'I77 (Sii|>p. 77-1).
Ky-.l-IOIV. fleet sialion procedures, and pennils
A. All lleel vehicles for which a lleel slalio . permit has been issued shall he
inspected as specified in Section K<)-.1-|005 while the vehicles aie part of (lie lleel.
II. The exhaust emission inspection conducted on non-dicsel-powered vehicles
f.y a licet sialion may consist of the loaded mode test or the idle mode lest. II the
idle mode lest is iiied hy a lleel sialion. idle speed shall be adjusted to
mannfaciiiicr.s spci-ilicalions if ii devjales from the spccifi.-d value hy more than
I'll!'. • 'I OtlltH". I < II I |* |* M .
('. Di.'iel-pi.'.'.en-il v.-lii.lcs -.I-. ill In- mspoi led as pies, lihed in Sn'-l;ei:li"ns
!<•>-.«. ItMld.l-. an.' '
I). the |nl|.i\'.:ii|> ippl> i" peiimf. lot Hod slali'ins:
C'll..}
AIK POLLUTION CONTROL
R9 3-1019
i. Any rer;isiercd owner or lessee of a lleel of twenty-five or more non-exempt
ve|iicL.> whose place of business is located in Maricopa or I'ima County may apply
to (lie Director for a permit to establish a fleet station. The Director will not issue
any lleel station permit until he has found thai (he applicant:
a. Maintains an established facility for (he repair and maintenance of the
applicant's lleel of vehicles which meets the following rec|uireinenls:
i. The repair facility must he exclusively rented, leased, or owned by the licet
operator.
ii. If (he facility is for the repair of gasoline-powered vehicles, the following
equipment hall be owned or leased by the lleel operator or his employees and in
good working condition.
(I) Ignition liming light with timing advance tester
(2) Ignition operated tachometer
(3) Dwell meter
('I) Socket tool for replacing spark-plugs
(5) Spark-plug gap selling tool
(6) Tools for replacing carburetors, distributors, fuel pumps, and ignition coils.
iii. If the facility is for (lie repair of diesel-powered vehicles, the following
equipment shall be owned by or leased by the lleel operator or bis employees and
in t;ood working condition.
(I) Tools lor lemoving fuel pumps and injectors
(2) fuel pressure gauge
(3) Tools required by the vehicle manufacturer foi field selling of fud
injectors, inlet and exhaust valve clearance, governois. and Ihioltle controls.
b. Employs a person lo perform tune-ups of engine and replacement or repair
ol carbuieiioii and ignition components or diesel fuel system of engines in llu
vehicle Heel.
c. Provides a suitable space devoted principally lo maintaining or repairing lie
Heel's motor vehicles. Such space shall be ol sufficient area to conduct mainlcnaiLc
or repair of at least one fleet motor vehicle.
d. Has obtained ihe CO and 11C emissions analy/er conforming In the
requiicinenl ol' Subdivision K9-J-lOOC>.A.2.:i.vii. lo conduct the required ind/cc-
lions 01 has enleicd into an agreemenl wilh the contractor to have the requii-d
inspci lion performed at a Slate station to provide the required inspections.
r l'ii|i|i>v. a li.Tiist-d vehicular emissions inspn loi ulio will prili>nn lh>
ncci-.sviiy inspections 01 has . uicieil into a s<:paiaie .IUMTUICIH with a Slate slalioii
lo pi.n.de ill'-' inspections. Ibis inspector may be the same person icquiicd by
.Suhpai.i^i.iph b.
I. VKTS to pi ovule inl»i malion lo Hie lltireau as piesciibed in this Section.
-------
vi.ni si uvici:s
Tide')
2. \''InYles pio'vi.msly icgistercil and owned l>y ;i dealer may he considered
l>:i:i of lite deaK-i's vehicle licet I lie dealer's business inventory that exists al (lie
li:ne of inspection nf the dcalci > I Ice I for appioval of application by (lie Buivan
shall l>e used l» dciciminc compliance will) l'arai;iapli I).I.
.V Application U>rms may be >>hlaincd from ilic Bureau.
-I. All completed applications shall he submitted lo ilie Bureau.
x lleiine an original applicaiion lor a fleet siaiion periuil is approved, an
inspection n|' ilie premises will he made by a Slaic inspector.
ft. A Heel siaiion shall no) inspect or certify vehicles, noi owned or leased by
(he lleet ownei unless nndei a contract widi the contractor operating a State
•latiiin.
7. A lleet station permit shall expire one year from dale of issuance.
10. I KLei station permits issued by the Director are not transferable.
,—.11. Uhen peiinil name or adchess changes do no! involve a change of
Wvnciship. (he pcimil shall he relumed lo the Bureau lor canccllalion and a new
pcimil applic.ilinn shall he suhmiiied. I he Diieclor will cancel the returned peiinil
and issue a new peiinil lor (he unexpired lern).
12. In the eve n I ol loss. tlcMiuciioii, or mini la I ion of the peiinil, the person lo
whom ii vv;;s issu.-.l may ohiain a iluplicale upon furnishing salisfaciory pioof of
(he fad. Any lleel that loses a lleei siaiion permil issued hy the Director, and after
ohtainiii); a duplicate linds the original, shall immediately surrender the original
peiinil 10 1110 Ituiean.
I.I. lYisons whose peunils have expired shall immediately cease the activity
locpiiini;; a peimil. Iml the lluican shall accept applications l1 ai'ieenienl with a Stale siaiion lo provide I he
inspections, shall immediately cease 10 operate as a lice! siaiion.
I' \\li-.-i .1 ll-'i-l %lalion |>. HII.I r; MII ri'iiileieil. >u pi'i-d.-il. >,i n-vul.-i|. .ill
ur.j .. ,1 vi-l.i, I,- . i nil.. .ii>". • •) H. .j .;-ii'.n sh:dl lie i.-iuniol 1.1 ihe lluican Im a
i e 11 i 11 d
AIK I'OI.LirriON CONTROL
U9-.MOI9
16. Smiendcr of n peiinil shall not deprive (lie Department of jurisdiction
from cartying out investigative or disciplinary proceedings against the permil holder
for violations prior to surrender.
II. The Director may suspend, or revoke u lleel siaiion permit in accordance
with A.k.S. § § .16-17761- and 41-1001 el_seq. if Ihe permittee or officer, employee
01 any pailner thereof:
I. Violates any provision of this Article.
2. lias misrepresented a material fact in ohlaining a permit.
3. Fails lo make and keep records showing vehicles tested as u permittee, or
fails lo snhmil such records to the Bureau.
4. Fails lo maintain conformation with all qualifying requirements of Sub
section D.
5. Does not provide a Stale inspector access to the information required hy
(his Article.
F. The fleet station permit and licenses of all inspectors employed al Ihe
siaiion shall he prominently displayed within the station.
G. A written notification must be suhmiiied to the Bureau hy the fleet station
operator within seven days of any change of Ihe employment stains of the licet
station's vehicular emissions inspector.
II. The inspection equipment shall he as follows:
I. F.ach lleel siaiion shall he equipped wilh emission analy/eis which meet the
specifications contained in IW-3-1006. Only (he equipment required lo lest the
types of vehicles in the fleet inventory will be required in the fleet stations.
2. All lest equipment and instrumentation shall he maintained in good
condition. Instalments requiring periodic calibration shall be calibrated in
accordance wilh instructions and recommendations of ihe instrument 01 equipment
manulaclmei except thai recommendations hy the Bureau for calibration or
intervals between calihialion may he a condition ol the lleel station permit and
shall supersede any and all other conflicting recommendations. A record of
calibrations performed on each instrument shall be maintained by (he fleet station
indicating the dale and authentication of the technician performing the previous
calibration.
1. The instrument calibration records will he subject lo review hy the Bureau.
•I. Woikiii)'. gases used hy Ihe lleet station shall he subject lo analysis and
comparison to ihe Bureau's standard gases at any lime.
v I'livt •lalinn equipment shall he subject loholh > :nul ii>ndhi"ii by the llmeaii
I I eriili airs of inspecli"ii shall he pri"_c"---'d a*; h'llnws
I. A c u '-• "I in.tpcclion ^i.ill he .'inipleled and issued l»i a vehicle alter
-------
in AITII SI:IWK i:s
Title1*
11 ic vehule has passed !|ic m aiula;oi\ »• iiicular emissions in:.p,. lion.
2. Hie cxpii.niou dale slull !>.- >uc \cai from I he da!. ilr.it the vehicle has
passed the mandaioiy liunlai emissions inspection.
.'. All information icq'uicd mi the certificate til inspection shall ho entcied
wjili sullii.-ii.-iii pressure lo ensure iliai .ill copies of the certificates arc legible.
I. Any certificate:; til inspection ihai arc incorrect shall have all corrections
authenticated hy ihe initials of the vehicular emissions inspector. Voided or
unusable cciliiicales shall ho presented In Ihe liureau for replacement wilhom
charge.
5. Only ihe vehicular emissions inspecloi niav sign a certificate ol inspection.
6. Ihe otiginal completed certificate will he presented to the county assessor's
oI'llce fur piocessing ol' the vehicle's application for title and registration or Arizona
icgistiation catd.
7. Ihe second copy of each completed certificate of inspection shall be
lortvaidcd to the Dmeau within three weeks after completion ol certificate.
X. The county assessor shall accept the signed certificate, as evidence that the
vehicle is a Heel inspected vehicle and has met the Slate's inspection requirements if
Ihe certificate is complete and Ihe expiration dale has not passed.
n> «>. Coriificaics may he obtained from the Itureau. Normally Ihe number of
jL. certificates purchased shall be sufficient ii> meet the requirements of the Heel for
•P" :>nc year. II the number of vehicles to be inspected hy the Heel station is reduced
altei purchase of the ceilificalcs and before their use, Ihe excess certificates may be
leiiuiied to the Itureau lor refund or used in subsequent years.
10. Ihe chaigc lor certificates is one- dollar each. Ihe payment for Ihe
ceriillcates .-.hall be included with the application for certificates. Checks are lobe
made payable It) the Ari/oua Department »| Health Seivices.
II. Only the Iturcau shall sell or otherwise transfer certificates of inspection.
12. 'Ihe !lf-:i station opeialor shall be held responsible loi the security and
accountability of all bis ceilificalcs.
l.i. In the event that any ccifificalcs are lo-.i |.;i. ill'.
.1. Ibe IK c'-:ii.-i!i ..'I site iiiithlutvd i--lij-ol nut iiiiii-Jk-sol-povveicd vehicles
onlvj
Ch.3
AIK lOLLLTI ION CONTROL
R9-J-I020
'I. The CO content of Ihe undiluted exhaust (for nou dicscl poweted vehicles
only)
5. Maximum smoke opacity reading (for diesel-powered vehicles only)
6. The vehicle model year
7. The vehicle make
8. The date of inspection
9. The license number of Ihe vehicular emissions inspector conducting Ihe
inspection
10. The third copy of the certificate of inspection issued lo Ihe vehicle.
K. Failure to maintain the inspection data specified above shall be reason for
revocation of the fleet station permit.
L. Upon his request a Slate inspector shaJI be allowed access (o any or all of
Ihc above inspection dala.
M. f-'leel vehicles may be subject lo reinspeclion by Slate inspectors.
N. A waiver may be issued pursuant to Subsection R9-3-IQ08.il. by a fleet
inspecior.
I. A Heel inspection waiver report shall be forwaided to the Bureau within
three working days fiom the date of issue. A fleet inspection waiver report will be
provided with the purchase of each certificate of waiver.
2. Certificates of waiver may be obtained from the liureau foi one dollar each.
Historical Note
Adopted ell. Ian. 13. 1976 (Supp. 76-1). Amended ell. fan. 3. 1977 (Supp. 77-1).
Amended cl'f. Mar. 2. I97K (Supp. 7H-2). Amended elf. Jan. 3. 1979 (Supp. 79-1).
HV-J-1020. Stale stations acting as fleet inspection stations
A. Slate stations may provide inspection seivices to a holder of a fleet station
peimii under a sepatalc agreement between (he contractor and the holder of a fleet
station permit.
It. The State shall not collect or be billed for any inspection fees for any fleet
station vehicle inspected under an agreement with ihc contractor.
(.'. When a Stale station is providing inspection services lo the holder of a fleal
station permit, thai portion of (he facility being used shall he considered lo !»•
opeiaiiii|! only as a Heel station and shall be subject only lo those (equirt-iuens;
except that a Heel station permit is not icquircd as long as (he same emissioi
analy/ers am! dynamometers (if roipiiretll are used as when operating as a Stale
SI Illiill.
I). ( eitiiicaio- of inspection must ho ivirch.iscd front (he liureau by Ihc holder
ol the Heel si.11 ion pennil and provide. ':.-• Sia!-1 -.la I ion. I hi"-.' ceililicaies must
then I e iiv.'il ny the Slate sl.ilioii in accoidaiue with the icqimcmenls for Heel
si.ill.-is.
-------
III A! Ill icsp.ui. :!>lc lei maintaining .1
ti.il>>' ol all used cc.iiilic.uors ni in:- >'ciio.. for .1 iiiiiin, .inn period ni 01,0 yc.n alier
'lie \ehicle ins|><.-..ii»u. Ihesc copies shall iie available lor inspection by iic Bureau
.d all limes.
I . Certificates ol inspection shall ho filled oul ai the lime of inspection by
Stale stations operating as licet stations in ilie same manner rci|uiicd of fleet
operated Hoc i stations.
Ilislorical Note
AJuplcil ell. J::ii. 13. I9V6 iStipp. ?(>• I ). AniciiilcJ cl'l. Jail. .1. I'J7') iSupp. 70-1).
K 'J.I 1021. Inspections conducted by fleet inspection stations for Stale stations
A. The contractor may subcontract with the holder of a licet station |>cnnil
lor the Heel station to poilonn mandaioi) vehicular emissions inspections Tor the
State. Nothing in such a coniract shall relieve the conlracioi from (he provisions of
its contract with Hie State.
II. Any fleet station performing the inspections lor a Slate station shall be
subject to all the Rules and Regulation; applying lo the Slate station
lhsluiic.il Note
(. I).
U9-.1-I022. I'roccdnrc for waiving inspections due lo technical difficulties
A. Any vehiculai emissions inspector employed hy an official emissions
inspection station may issue a Director's certificate for any vehicle that cannot be
subjected lo the inspection retpiiied tiy this Ailicle because ol Icilmical dilTicnllics
JMhciciil in the ni.inul.ulurer's design or >.uiistiuclion ol the vehicle. A copy ol the
completed Director's cciiificaic shall be forwarded to the IUnc.ni.
II. I lie form lor the Director's corlilicale will he supplied by the Iliireau.
HiMiinc.il Nutc
Ail'.iilcil i-ll. J:in. II. \'>lh (Sii|>p. /d-l). Ainciiil.-U cl'l'. J.m. !». l'>77 (Sii|'|) 77-1).
Aiiirnilcil dl Mai. 2. I'»7.H ISu|ip. 7.S-2). AinciuU-d elf. J;,n 3. I'J7'J iS.ip|>. 7M-I).
K9-.1 1021. Certificate of exemption
A. Wlii-n a vi'bji'lc In-ill)- rC|;isirr4'i| or reioi'.islcrrd in Matii-opa or I'ima d
will icul be av.nl i''l<' l»i niNp- clion uillnn the Slal': diiimi.' ll'c inn. IV >|:r JH:IH/.|
piioi I" ilic i> }•.' .h.ilion "i ierct>i->li:ili>iii f\piialion ilai'-. tic: nwiivi or his ag-'ill
may apply in •t:»-\-- • i» "lir llvii-.i-i : H a • eiu:; at..- ••! i%\eni|>f-"i.
II. Iheownci in Ins a,1.""' ''ball cuinpli.lt ll.c al!'l ib. vililiialc
of exemption foim, ami .submit it lo the county asscssm as evidence ol meet ing the
requirements ol ihi:. Ailicle
lli.stolifll Niih:
AIKI'OI.H'TION CONTROL
K9-J-I025
R9-3-I02J. Reserved
lli.sloiical Note
Adapted elf. Jan. IX I'J76 (Supp. 76 I). Rcpcalctl ell. J.in. J. l'*77 i.S.ipp. 77-1).
U9-3-I025. Inspeclion of Scale stations
A. Ilie automatic emission analy/ers used by State stations shall be inspected
fur accuracy by the Bureau at least twice within each 30-day period using field
calibration gases named by the Unreau. Manual analy/ers shall be inspected at least
once every ninety days.
I). A Slate inspector shall deliver the field calibration gases to a designated
employee of the Stale station. The employee shall then introduce Ibc gases into the
State station emissions analy/ers and the output readings of the analyzers shall be
witnessed and recorded by the State inspector. A copy ol Ilie results shall be given
lo the designated Stale station employee at the completion of the inspection. The
field calibration gases shall be introduced thru the analyxer's calibration port or the
sampling probe al the Slate inspector's prerogative.
C. If the field calibration gases indicate that a Stale station analy/er is not
operating within tolerances prescribed in this Article, the Stale inspector or the
Slate station designated employee may request that the Stale station's calibration
gases be immediately introduced into the subject analy/er and the results recorded.
I). A State inspector shall not retire a Slate stations emission analyxcr until
approved by the Bureau Chief or his designated representative.
E. The Stale inspecloi shall report all Stale sialion analy/er discrepancies lo
(he Bureau immediately. The Bureau may lake any ol the following actions:
I. Reliiemenl u! the analy/er liom so. i "ice until proper repair, are made
J. An immediate calibration ol the discrepant analy/er using the Slate station
woikill)! rasi'S
.1. A check of the field calibration gases by the Buieau
'I. A check »l the Slate stations working gases by the Buieau
5. Require calibration with field working gases.
I-'. If the Bureau Chief, or his designated representative determines that a Slate
Maiion analy/ei should be lelired from service until repaired, he shall direct the
contractor lo ielire the subject analy/er iimnrdialely and the cuniiacioi shall
|'im-ii|o llii' lliMC.ni llic nr.|'ccliiin nuiiilici ol the last vehicle lii'peclid pilot In
ielniii|: lie anal)./.or. All mal dinxlne1. by ihc Ituioau CliKl sjiill l>" cunliimed in
willing pii-inptly.
(•. Any Stair station analy/or icinc'l by llu- llmcati Chiol 01 his desiunalcd
u-|uc .CHI.HH.C may be leliiined lo SOIVKC upon Us repaii and calibialh>n. I he
lluicau sb.dl be nulilicd iininedialely upon its leluin lo service, and the contracioi's
.'alibialinn lesulis of the .subject analy/er shall be supplied lo the Bmcau.
-------
IM-.1-I02S
i ii-:ALIIi si RVICI:S
Title
II. All Slaic si.!ii««ii au;omalic ana!;. /ci\ -h-.H he i alihiau-d al least OIK.- ;\iJi
week .mil (he calibration locouK sli:ill he si.'>nullci.l lii lie limcaii on a monthly
1 1. isis. 1 1 10 lollovMii'.: in I. M i.i. n 11 in shall he included in the ic.o..l ; as a mi n in nun:
I . I ano ;uul station location ol llto analy/.cr
2. Conconii.iiion t>l calibration gases used
.!. Kc.:.ling obtained with each calibration gas ho I ore adjustments are made
I. IXne of calibration check
5. Signature ol technician performing the calihraiioji check.
I. The Bureau shall verily thai the Slate station's dynamometers meet the
speed and loading tolerances as prescribed in this Aiticle at least once within each
three months. The dynamometers will also be inspected in a manner not requiring
removal of any of its parts or its associated equipment other than inspection panels.
l Noic
Ail.>|>l.:tU-lT. J:ui. 3. l'>77 (Sii|i|>. 77-11. A
ell'. Mai. 2. D7H (Sii|i|i. 7K-2).
lt'>-.M02<>. Inspect ion of Heel stations
A. Stale inspectors will check the calihialion ol omission analy/ers used by the
licet stations for the inspection with the Held calibration gases at least or.ce within
', each three months.
1—1 Ii. A licet slaliiui emissions analv/.eis shall not be irsed for an ollicial emissions
cr\
inspection if it doer, not read (he Slate's hold calibration gases within the tolerances
picsciihcd hy this Section, if there is a leak in the sampling systems or the
calibration port . or if ihc sample handling system is restricted.
( the lloel station shall be responsible lor calibration ol the lleel station
emission analy/ci.
I) A Stale inspector may, at his discretion, allow an employee of the fleet
station, or someone other than a Slate inspector and anihori/ed by the fleet
station. l« * alihialc the analy/er ulili/ing the Stale's field calibration gases.
I- Any repairman loi a fleet station cmissir • analy/er may purchase his own
calibration gases from any piivale source and submit them to the Bureau to have
then IIC and CO conccniialions assigned by the ll'irean.
I A Stale inspector shall lag a lleel station emission analy/er upon his
dclcmiining th.il the analy/ci docs not meel the ict|uiicmcnr ol this Section. .Such
analv/'.'i shall not be used lor inspection until Ilu: lag is removed hy a Slate
iii-.p'Vii'i . I'M- in ils .' i l.iiluir In- sb i'l !><• allisr I li> ill.- n l.i I \ 'i- 1 in .11. Ii .1 in mi.. I
lli ii ilie la:; cami'ii be i,in.r..i| iviili.Hil Ineakim; a <•. al 01 mtililalini: 'In: lag. I he
!:!)• s|i.,|| , nut ,11 1 '!:• !• ll'iwine inliiMii.iiii>n .is a mini' in un :
I. A luii-j .l.i1' n nl ili.i' ib' an.i'y ' •!" • not meol "- ' :' • ^eci'-ni'.
K'i|iiiieineiils 1 1 n ol lici d ciimsniir> in ;~»:^ . I.MI |itii|io .1 1010.
C. Calibration must be verified by a Slate inspector before an analy/er may he
registered, fn qualify loi registration the analy/er must have an integral sampling
system and read lh<: value ol the lield calibration JMSCS within the following
tolerances:
i I'L I-, n -'I)': ( o in Hi in ir. ti..'S'..' CD m ib • I.IIM.V t mm u iii ;•.; co.
2. Plu I Ml)'.; CO i, , minus 0. -0'.; CO m ihe :an,'.c fmin J to II) . CO.
I I'lii, I.I) PCM II' I inn, i,-. .til PPM IK in lla I.IIILV li.un H !•• 51111 PPM IK
\-ii.-r rea-.l a \III.\AM..
•I. Plus _NM) PPM IIC to minus 100 I'I'M IIC m the iam:e liom 5HI) to 2001)
PPM IK v.li,-u read as \ IIC.XANi:.
-------
U')-.'-11)27 III .\i III SI KVIU S litlc ')
l> I'.ach iciMMCivd ;ni:il\ /er n -vl |i\ ;i repair i.u'ility shall have .1 unique
ic|:isuaiuin mm.lici :i-.tit!ileil l>\ ilu' liim-.ri A tile will he l.cpl hy ihc Uiircau i ,i
each aiial\ AT which con: m:S I IK' lollou iii}i '!:loi in.ilii'ii:
I. I he manulaciiucr':. serial muulvr
J. I lie nianiilaciuicr's make a>ul mtulol
.>. Tlio n. line inul :iilihcss >>l llio rc|t:iii lacilitv usiii): ilic uiials vci
-I. I lie (I. ilc i>l liio unaly/ci i l.isi inspcclion by llic Itinc.iu .uul ulieilici il
coinplievl willi Slate inlcraiiivs.
I!. A Sialo inspa-iiir shall iai; a ii'iiisiercil unalvvo!' »\w.\ dcicriiiiniiiu: lieu (he
anaK /ef docs noi nieel (he reiiuinMiieius cil this Seuiion. S;ieli ;in:il\ v.er shall mil he
used lui |)ici(;iani purposes uniil (he la^ Is removed hy a Stale inspector.
I . The lag will he removed hy a Stale inspector alter (lie aiialy/cr accuracy is
veiilicd.
Ail.'pieJ cli. Jan. .1. 1977 (Sii|'|'. 77-11. Aiiit.-iuli.-J clV. M;ir. 2, I'J7H (Sn|>|). 7K-2I.
AiiiumK-il ell. l:iu. .1. \>>T) (Sn|i|>. 7'J-I).
K9-.1-1D2S. Uoseived
*£•
I
^ K')-.l-ll)2'>. Vfhiele eini\sii>n ennliol devices
l;in i lie pin pi ise id' A. U.S. i; .16- 1 71 7. each i enisle red nioloi vehicle shall have in
oper.ilini: status and condilinu all emission i-onlrol devices v.hich were inslalled hy
llie vehicle manulacluiei lo comply with I ecleral re(|iilieineiiis lor moloi vehicle
emissions »i ripiivalenl replacemenl pails nr devices.
lll-.loH, Jl Noll-
• IO-J-10.10. V'isihle emissions; diesel-powered loc->ni(ilives
No person shall cause, stiller, allow or permit discharge into ihc aimosphere
lioui any diesel-puweied locomotive any visible air contaminant lor a period giealer
than 10 conseciilive seconds which is of an opacity greater than -l()'.< , except under
the lulloM ni|; condilioiis:
I . I 01 a peini'1 ol lour conseciilive imimles or less when a l« 'imolivc eiifMiie is •
Ml., I, 'I |...|,| ill. I .1 | ll.i.l ..I lc||.
(•MI .1 jun'i.l 1,1 III C"iiset 'iiliv iiiinules MI |e-.s \'. ln'ii slai I in:1 a . >hl •.•n)!in-.:
.t. I •. it jvih'iK oiis,:.'>l) niimilc'. o1 li"-s ait,! ai: • .'i>'tMic ••: n>;l
moir ill. in un i. 'imie. in a ,\ une \i-«. " h, n .1 l,h • 'iili'l ;' v t:ii:'-fi'.: r lieiiip losleil.
ailjnsieil 01 broken in al:ei I'emj; u luult • >r i.:|).uitil
I A I ill n n, I' . <-\. ,-etlio|'. Via jl) K el 5i)' ' o|>.ieily -,li ill :i|'|'l>
HIM. .,!.:,! Noli-
|i|i. II \l
-------
APPENDIX B
CALIFORNIA
CLEANING UP OUR AIR... (Pamphlet)
STATE OF CALIFORNIA VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM HANDBOOK
QUALIFIED MECHANICS HANDBOOK
MECHANICS PROGRAM INFORMATION GUIDE
MVIP PROGRAM FIELD OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
FLEET STATION HANDBOOK
B-l
-------
Cleaning Up Our Air. . .
The California
Vehicle Inspection Program
•A> .
The California Vehicle Inspection Program is making an important
contribution toward cleaning up a serious air pollution problem in
Southern California. New cars sold in the state are cleaner than
anywhere else in the nation. Making sure they continue to run clean-
ly is an economical way to control air pollution.
In the South Coast Air Basin when vehicles change ownership or are
registered in the state for the first time, they must be inspected at
one of \1 computerized inspection centers. This high-technology in-
spection system separates inspections from repairs, offering an in-
dependent, objective report on vehicle performance.
IF YOUR VEHICLE REQUIRES INSPECTION: Take it to one of the 17 in-
spection centers (inspection hours and local area maps are inside
this brochure). Please bring your registration or title "pink slip". The
S1 -1 inspection fee is collected at the inspection center, payable by
cash or check.
IF IT PASSES:you will receive a Certificate of Compliance and an in-
spection report showing your test readings. The certificate allows
you to complete the registration process at the Department of Motor
Vehicles.
IF IT FAILS: you must have repairs made and return for reinspection
(details on repair requirements and cost limits are inside this
brochure). The retestfee is 37. Once repair requirements have been
met. you may complete the registration process.
3-2
-------
Cleaner Air...
Many areas of Southern California suffer from serious smog pro-
blems. Pollution from our cars is an important part of that problem.
That is why California has air pollution control standards that make
new cars sold here cleaner than those sold in any other part of the
country.
. . . Requires Cleaner Cars
But cars soon begin to pollute if they are not maintained properly.
Even new cars with catalytic converters and advanced design anti-
smog sytems can become high polluters if certain parts fail or if the
car is not properly maintained. Often, these high polluters are
undetected because they may not drive any differently and the
pollutants emitted from the tailpipe are invisible. The problems not
only cause high smog levels but they can rob you of gas mileage
too. That is why the State of California requires vehicle smog inspec-
tions: to identify the worst polluting vehicles when they are sold as us-
ed cars. We help clean up our air by cleaning up our engines.
What Cars Are Tested?
Used cars and light duty
trucks weighing up to 3,500
pounds (gross vehicle
weight) must be inspected
at the new test centers if:
• they are sold to residents
of the South Coast Air
Basin (parts of Los
Angeles. Riverside. San
Bernardino, and Santa
Barbara counties, and all
of Orange and Ventura
Counties).
• OR if the car is being registered in California from another state
for the first time.
These vehicles cannot be registered until they have been in-
spected. Either the buyer or the seller may have the inspection per-
formed. The seller—not the buyer—is responsible for any necessary
repairs.
Some vehicles do not have to be tested.
• Motorcycles
• Heavy duty vehicles weighing more than 8.500 pounds g.v.w..
(these still go to licensed private garages for inspection)
• Vehicles sold to a spouse, child or grandparent
• 1954 model year or older vehicles.
• Diesel powered vehicles
3-3
-------
The Test Fee. . :
Inspection fees are collected at the test center. The fee for the first
inspection is S11. Reinspection is S7. Fees may be paid by cash or
by check made payable to CALVIP.
The Test. . .
The six minute test has three steps. FIRST—Appropriate information
about the car is entered in a computer. The computer uses this infor-
mation to select the appropriate emissions standards.
SECOND—Emission control systems are checked and a probe in the
exhaust tests for smog-forming hydrocarbons and carbon monox-
ide. THIRD—If the vehicle passes the test, the car owner will receive
an inspection report and a Certificate of Compliance which is
needed to register the car with the California Department of Motor
Vehicles.
If A Vehicle Fails. . .
Your vehicle inspection report tells why your car failed. Unless emis-
sions control devices have been tampered with or removed, most
failures can be fixed by a simple tune up. Repairs can be done by
the vehicle owner, anyone who does not receive payment for the
work, or a state-qualified licensed mechanic. However, if the repairs
are not performed by a state-qualified, licensed mechanic in a "Slue
Shield" Motor Vehicle Pollution Control facility, you are not eligible for
the waiver from high repair costs described below. Regardless of who
does the repairs, you must return to one of the 17 test centers with your
test report to have your car reinspected.
Money Savers
$ $ $ $
$(h
yj
$
\P
This program has many in-
portant cost protections for
consumers. If repairs are per-
formed by an approved
"Slue Shield" Motor Vehicle
Pollution Control facility, you
are nor required to spend
more than 350 for repairs.
This limit does not apply if
emission control devices
have been illegally
tampered with or
removed. The cost of repairing some parts also may be covered by
your automobile manufacturer's warranty. Information on repair re-
quirements and cost limits is available at the test center.
THANK YOU FOR HELPING
CLEAR THE AIR
3-4
-------
Od
I
TEST CENTER HOURS:
Monday: 8 a.m. — 7 p.m.
Tuesday—Filday: 8:OO a.m. — 4:30 p.m.
HOURS:
Mon.: 7 a.m. — 7 p.m.
Tuus.:—Fil.:7a.m.-S(t.t
SANllUNANUOVAlllV
ft. iVtJl U!M tt'/!.
.1... «;.J.»... :.i..i.. ( -, 4M ••-.. V.... N..,, M...I
S.....I. f,.-.^.t..,,,- 4.Hl.i ... W...-h..u. A..'
SIMI VALLEY
1U) I ji* Si
Si S. ,.P.o^.,i
.>.*.! lhrS..i«im
w*ll »..(..»» Si.
d CMy Si lu.
*l>»Cjtlr Itrjl
Hi HHItt U6f U'Uti
S«iiti*in«Ml»u> f my. (IDt
AZUSA
: IJIll JM 3*.&£
f ..»» irtc (uutt»ll * wy. lilOt l«h« A iot» (39J Nuilli.
C»i fu.uliiJI Ql.M>ltiJI 1 he (ill
iriilci it txi llw tultici it I FiMilllill out VCMIIMI A*e.
CUOAIIY
I'll l^iJl Wt?llf«'?
CAW SON
-------
fi.iiVril ?ltl.i4k( to AI.I.I Oi. 11.<» Itll .HI Auml
l-.lt |li* lutl .«)!>! tutluMut.^ C..ll« Iti.
SAN BEttNAROlNO
rn \ vj«r, s»
Ct» |/|4| UU4 Jiil'l
ROSfMtAD.
fASI tOS ANGELES U'^to H.jy,tlj
f KHII ilw &IIIK An 4 /Gnl, ten SltK f wy louili |K»uul
IS) r.il M.H.O.I Mu.ih Placed *|H«t». f t^.HjVi la
S'l.^ (.Mull, u.le ul InMiilnC^hl. tui.ti.^l IMI £>!•«
f iu.il ilu GuUlen S»»U/S*Jii* AJ.* FM^. iimut. *..i
Mi... Si f.4Mtr.li«tl r«iM*m Si ID UiiuiMi luJrt
SAN1AH SPRINGS
10144 lin.,.,*!
tl. |/l II ll-M
I .i»i> L*. l.-l-.rl I w* iUltilr.il l,'b-vj|4, M.I
IIIMt Ul l'l*^.*|i<> ll>t.
I at the ..,<(i»rL
h III..I luiil Irll
-------
Before You Take The Test...
TUNE UP To save time and expense, make sure that your car has
been tuned to manufacturers specifications and that its
original pollution control equipment is operating properly. CALL
UP Telephone the nearest station to find out the approximate
waiting time, it any. Monday is often the busiest day of the
week. Waiting lines are usually shorter between 8 a.m. and 10
a.m. REMEMBER Remember to bring your current registration or
title to the car and cash or a check to pay the S11 inspection
tee.
See inside of folder for detailed location maps and telephone numbers
for each test center. For general information call toll free 800-432-7377.
If you are unable to find a repair facility or if you need technical repair
information call the Bureau of Automotive Repair at (213) 575-5005.
California's South Coast Air Basin
v *^p-—-^- '\»— Ii—i'V/ ^3=^
^^^-
•S^-jr—**
• Inspection Canters ^SC^N "\
3-7
-------
State of California
3-3
-------
CONTENTS
WHO needs to have a car inspected? 1-2
WHY is this emissions inspection program needed?. . .2-3
HOW is a car inspected? 4-5
WHAT if yo-ur car fails the test? 6-7
WHEHB are the inspection centers? 8-9
WH33E33 can repairs be made? 10
STATIOTT LOCATIONS 11-13
OTHEH QTJESTIOTIS? Call toll-free information
hotline: (800) 432-7377
B-9
-------
WHO NEEDS TO HAVE A CAR INSPECTED?
Most "used cars a.Tifi light, an4 medium duty trucks being
sold to residents of California or brought into the state from
elsewhere must be inspected for smog emissions before the
Department, of Motor Vehicles win register them.
For residents of Ventura, Orange, and those portions of
Biverside, Los Angeles, San Bernardino and Santa Barbara
counties shown on pages 8-9, the inspections are handled
by 17 new computerized inspection centers under the super-
vision of the State of California.
This handbook will explain the new computerized
inspection center program
The inspection centers offer extra consumer protection
because test results are determinedby an In dependent faciUSy
that, is not engaged in both diagnosing needed repairs and
performing the repairs.
It is the seller's responsibility to make any needed
repairs. However, either the seller or the buyer may take
the vehicle to an inspection center.
NOTE: Any used car purchased from a dealer must also be inspected, but it
is the dealer's responsibility to have the inspection done before the car is sold.
EXEMPTIONS:
• Motorcycles are not subject to the program.
• Heavy duty vehicles (larger than % ton pickup trucks)
are not subject to the program.
• Vehicles sold to a spouse, child, parent, orgrandchild are
' not subject to the program.
• Vehicles of model year 1954 and before are not subject
to the program.
8-10
-------
WHY IS THIS EMISSIONS INSPECTION
PROGRAM NEEDED?
Tie answer, in a word, is "smog." The control of motor
vehicle pollution, is critical in the effort to restore Healthful
levels of air qi.ia.l1ty to California,
Mew cars sold in California are cleaner t.ha.n those sold
anywhere else in the country. However, as cars age, things
can go wrong. Even late model cars with catalytic converters
can become i"iigh polluters if not properly maintained, or if
certain parts fail. Usually, the driver cannot detect any
problems since most pollutants are invisible, and the car's
performance may not be affected.
AH cars, even older cars which are not factory equipped
with emission controls, can produce more than three times
more pollution than they should when parts such as car- •
buretors, spark plugs or wiring need repair or adjustment.
These problems can also reduce fuel economy.
tX
3-11
-------
Tests have shown that about one third of all vehicles
have such part failures or maintenance problems. These
vehicles can be identified by an emissions test at one of the
State's new inspection centers, and the center provides
instructions on howto get the problems corrected. A reinspec-
tion at the inspection center determines whether repairs
were made properly.
-------
HOW IS A CAR INSPECTED?
Vehicles subject to the program must be inspected 'before
you complete your registration at the Department of Motor
Vehicles (DMV~).
The drawing below shows what happens at a Vehicle
Inspection Center. You win be asked to stay in the vehicle as
the inspector takes It through the three stops inairia t-.ha
Inspection Center.
DO'S
• Do call the Inspection Canter nearest you before you come.
The phone number of each center is Listed on pages 11-13.
A recording will give you the hours of operation and the
approximate waiting time, if any.
• Do have your car serviced Taef ore you have it inspected if
it is overdue for a tune-up. Cars tfr«f- are tuned to manufac-
turer's specifications and have aH original pollution control
equipment operating properly will usually pass the test
with ease.
• Do bring your registration or title ("pink slip").
• Do unlock or remove any special hood locks or other devices
that, will make it difficult for the inspector to look at your
.... engine quickly.
DON'TS
• Don't bring a full car load of passengers or pets with you.
That will slow down the Inspection Center.
• Don't bring a vehicle in for inspection if it's in unsafe con-
dition. Vehicles with leaking oil or coolant or loose exhaust
systems will not be tested.
• Dont lose the certificate you get from the Inspection Center
or you will not be able to register your car.
Position 1
(2 Minutes)
• Vehicle Documentation
• Initial Uneernood Inspection
• Computer Cera entry
B-I3
-------
If your vehicle passes inspection, SEEP THE CEBTHTGATS
and take it to the Department of Motor Vehicles to register
the vehicle. The $11 fee for the inspection along with the
standard vehicle registration fee -will be collected when you
go to DMV to register the car. You do not pay at tiie
Inspection Centex.
If your vehicle fails, take the Vehicle Inspection Eeport
to a repair facility a.nH after repairs have been made, bring
it back to the Inspection Center. If the car passes the rein-
spection (or is granted a "waiver"), then take the certificate
toDMV.
See page 6 for additional information regarding what Co do if your car fails Che test.
Position 2
(2 Minutes)
Position 3
(60 Seconds)
• Caroon Monoxide.
Hydrocarbon Exhaust Gcs
Emissions Measured at Low
and High Idle Speeds
• Underhood Inspection of
Emissions Control Systems
• Visual Exhaust Smoke inspection
• Automatic Computer Test
• Results Anatvsis
• Final Test Results oy Corrsuter.
Automatic Printout ot Irioection
Report & Certificate (w.-.an appiiccs-s)
B-14
-------
WHAT IF YOUR CAR FAILS THE TEST?
Hepairs and reinspection are required for all vehicles which
fail the first test (the average repair cost is expected to be
less than $25). The most common causes for failure are:
• Improper cartiuretor idle adjustment.
• Worn out spark plugs or defective ignition wires.
• Improper spark timing.
Most failures are doe to lacic of proper maintenance.
A simple tune-up will fix most problems except those that
result from emission control devices being, tampered with or
removed. Bepair work can be done by the vehicle owner,
anyone who does not receive payment for the work, or a state-
qualified mechanic. But you are not assured of either pass-
ing the retest or receiving a waiver after rstest unless the
work is done at a state-licensed "Blue Shield" repair facility.
State-licensed facilities are those gas stations and other auto
repair businesses which-display the "Blue Shield" shown .
on page 10.
If work is done by a "Blue Shield" repair facility, car
owners are not required to spend more than $50 for repairs,
unless an emissions control system has been illegally
tampered with or removed. If the $50 repair limit is reached
and the vehicle still fails the test, you will receive a "waiver"
that allows you to register the vehicle. The repair limit only
applies, however, if the work is done by a state-licensed
"Blue Shield" facility.
SOME REPAIRS COVERED BY MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY
In some cases, part failures may have been caused by a
manufacturing defect. The vehicle manufacturer may be re-
sponsible for correcting the problem provided the vehicle is
less than five years old, and has been driven less than
50,000 miles.
The emissions warranty does not generally cover emis-
sions related adjustments (such as spark timing, dwell, idle
air/fuel ratio).
5-15
-------
The emissions warranty also does not cover routine
tune-ups or parts which are beyond the manufacturer's
recommended replacement interval Those parts requiring
periodic maintenance or replacement are listed in your
owner's manual.
Emissions-related components that are warranted
against defects for five years or 50,000 miles (whichever
comes first) generally include such items as air injection
pumps, catalytic converters, exhaust gas recirculaiion.
valves, carburetors a-nrt. ignition system components.
If your vehicle has failed and if you believe Khar, a portion
oraUoftherequii^drepairsiriaybeccrveredundjsrwaiTanty,
consult your vehicle dealer. If your dealer refuses your claim
and you disagree, ask for the name and phone number of
the manufacturer's zone representative.
3-16
-------
WHERE ARE THE INSPECTION CENTERS?
There are 17 inspection centers strategically located in the
six-county area shown on this page. The addresses of each
station are on pages 11-13, along -with telephone numbers
3-17
-------
and, local maps. You can save time if you call the center
to fir>fj out approximate waiting times and operating hours
before you go.
3-18
-------
WHERE CAN REPAIRS BE MADE?
Repair work can be dona by the vehicle owner, anyone
who does not receive compensation, or a state-qualified
mgghfl.nj(v (But you are not eligible for a waiver after retest
unless a "Blue Shield" station performs the work- see page 6
on test failures 31*14 proper m ai ntpn a.n rug for an explanation
of the waiver. No further repairs are required, even when
a vehicle fails reinspection, if the repairs were done at a
licensed "Blue Shield" station. State-licensed repair facilities
are gas stations and other auto repair businesses which
display the "Blue Shield" shown on this page.)
There are approximately 3,800 "Blue Shield" stations
in the six counties shown on pages 8-9. This includes many
tune-up shops, gas stations and most car dealerships.
3-19
-------
STATION LOCATIONS:
1-1
in
CH
Hi
91VERSIOE
;-95Mo<(y Crete Of ««
Motor C>ci«0'.
:-ir« m« a>**rvot»wv. 1911 «il AOvnt Si. 5«l.
-• :UM 2 D>acnt 10 AHO Or. Tu/n >«n o«* Auto Or
";•« (•** *.rit n«ni ortTQ Motor O'Cit Or.
SAN agRNAROINO
•~':-. j1 MIII Si. "u'* -fM on e»! Vw*«y Si.
LAGUNAHtUS
:o On LMO Or fw"
A2USA
309 W. «oot"Ht
Em ' oom •' 3i*«. WM;, Th« AIUU ttu ctnttf it
JOO«O». $ »OC«1 <*«tl 0' :«»
-------
12
STATION LOCATIONS:
SANTA F£ SPRINGS
IQltt F'**<«*p A,#
»h . :n> 544 3603
?'o- Son G*nr-*t Pwv 1505) «a>r TtiMfto"
S*;:. -'-fmjn A.*. .* 6 CHOCS* ««( o» tnt .»
vgr ?! T*'«^r»on flrt ana Nor^ik 3l»el. "u
WEST LOS ANGELES
SAN PSRNANOO VALUY
SIMI VAa£Y i
3SO S»v St. •
?•*.: 180S! 52ft-1332
Pro«in« S*n r^-iiTKjo VWI«v Pwv. UT8- l»il Pini
Si. Soucn. *roe«*3 3 BIOCKI toum to ejtv S:. Tum
I
SAN JAC1NTO
S:i(t St. i«w 5«^«"
-------
STATION LOCATIONS:
13
S*n 3cfn*>0ino F-*v. MO)
"1
ROSEMCAQ
f'om tnt Sin 8«m*njina Pwo. (IQ) ««
31*0. Soutn. (>foCMd wutn to C«r*«v AH*. Turn n
(•*•«) on G«rv*v. >'QCMQ 3 Wa»l to Scinoj«. Tur
tn* foment f-*v. (flO) tmt A
m. )>roct«4 norm to C«rv«w **«. twrn i«R t
*f^». f'rOCHd J QIOCX1 Eg SlmqM. Tu>n l«n
£AST LOS
3847S^*9^Ki
«>.. (2131 223-0225
am tnt S«nu Ana/G«. * atacvt to
i'<4 (norm no* «* UflcWn ^ir*l. Tgrn 'ijnt on S*i*«.
9m
-------
State of California
California Motor Vehicle Inspection Program
Post Office Box 2815
Sacramento, California 95812
3-23
-------
V!ANDATORY
':-^ ^••!:^Avc^:'^-S^V^r?^a^
&SS£^^Sl
"""*" B_24
2/79
-------
NOTE; This is the first edition of the:Qualified Mechanics
Handbook. It is anticipated that requirements for changes and
improvements will be identified during the early stages of
program implementation. In approximately six months it is
planned to incorporate such changes and make available a revised
edition of the handbook. Suggestions for improvement of the
handbook are invited and will be considered for inclusion in the
revised edition. Your comments should be mailed to the Vehicle
Inspection Program Regional Office, 3415 Fletcher Avenue, Suite 32,
El Monte, California 91731.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The Vehicle Inspection Program staff acknowledges the cooperation
and helpful input of the many corporations and'individuals con-
tacted during the preparation of this handbook.
3-25
-------
The_Cal i_f o r n i a_MandatorY^Vehicle Inspection Program
A. Purpose
B. South Coast Air Basin
VIP Qualified Mechanic Requirements
A. How to Become VIP "Qualified"
B. Term of Certificate of Qualification
C. Renewal procedure
0. Lost, destroyed or mutilated Certificate of Qualification
E. Change of address
F. Suspension or revocation of Certificate of Qualification
G. Certificate denial
H. Voluntary surrender
Repair Facility Requirements
A. Who can repair VIP failed vehicles
3. Advantages of being an "1VPC station
C. How to become an MVPC station
0. Record keeping requirements
Tools and Equipment
A. Test equipment
B. . Special tools
C. Maintenance of tools and equipment
D. Tune-up specifications
Vehicle Inspection Repo r t _ [VI.R)_
A. Explanation of report
3. Completion of mechanic's portion
Emission Control System (ECS) _ Failures
A. Repair and replacement
B. Recommended method of checking catalytic converter
operation
C. Voluntary repairs
D. Emission control system factory warranty
E. Tampering of emission control systems
F. ' Emission control system waivers
Emission Test Failures
A. Recommended Repair Procedures
1. Excessive smoke
2. Low emission tune-up
3. Idle RPM excessive
4. Idle air/fuel mixture rich
5. . Misfire at idle
3. Cost limitation
C. Voluntary repairs
D. Waivers
A. Repairs done by "qualified" mechanic
3-26
-------
-2-
3. Repairs done by vehicle owner
9. Emissions Still Too High After Recommended Repairs
Have Been Performed "~
A. Causes of high emissions
10. Disputes
A. Disputes with VIP test center
B. Disputes with the unhappy customer
11. Recommended garage carburetor adjustment guidelines
A. Underhood labels
B. Idle adjustment guidelines
C. Manufacturer's special equipment
12. Engine changes
13. Fleet operations
14. Carburetor adjustment techniques
A. General techniques
B. Lee i best idle settings
C. Dual pipes
15 . Exempt vehicles
16. Emission Control Systems (ECS) abbreviations
and definitions
17. Index
18. List of Tables
TABLE I - "What does qualified mean to the mechanic -
Page 12
TA3LE II - "Vehicle Inspection Program Centers" -
Page 22
TABLE III - "Exhaust Emission System Diagnostic Chart"
Page 41
B-27
-------
The California Mandatory Vehicle
Inspection Program
A. Purpose
B. South Coast Air Basin
This handbook is for automotive mechanics who have been tested
and found "qualified" to repair vehicles that have failed the
inspection and tests conducted in accordance with the
regulations governing the California Mandatory Vehicle
Inspection Program. Both the federal and state governments
have required vehicle manufacturers to design and build
vehicles to meet strict exhaust emission standards. However,
without proper maintenance, the vehicles can become "gross
emitters". That is, they give off large amounts of pollutants.
It has been demonstrated that motor-vehicle-caused air
pollution can be reduced when these gross emitters are
identified and repaired. The State of California in concert
with federal government has declared that air pollution
constitutes a significant detriment to the public welfare. To
reduce the level of air pollution caused by automobiles, the
state will start, in early 1979, a mandatory emissions testing
and inspection program in the South Coast Air Basin.
Purpose
Tne purpose of the California Mandatory Vehicle Inspection
Program is to identify those vehicles that are gross emitters
of exhaust pollution so that needed maintenance and repairs can
be performed.
Sout.h__Coast _Air__Basin
The South Coast Air Basin (SCAB) consists of Orange and Ventura
counties and portions of Santa Barbara, Los Angeles, Riverside
and San Bernardino counties. (See map on page 5). A vehicle
is affected by the MVIP if the owner resides within one of the
zip code areas listed on page 6. Fifteen permanent test
centers have been constructed within the SCAB. In addition,
two mobile test centers will be provided to handle remote
areas.
These test centers are operated by a private contractor and
controlled by the State of California.
B-28
-------
— 4-
Under this mandatory inspection and test program, prior to
transfer of registration or initial registration in California
(SCAB), a vehicle (other than a new vehicle and exempt vehicles
listed in Section 15) must be inspected and tested at a state
vehicle emission test center before the Department of Motor
Vehicles can complete the registration documentation.
3-29
-------
Mandatory Vehicle Inspection Area
SAN BERNARDINO
i
en
I
-------
ZIP CODES WITHIN THE SOUTH COAST AIR BASIN
90001-90099
90201
90210-90215
90220-90224
90230
90240-90242
90245
90247-90249
90250
90254
90255
90260-90262
90265-90266
90270
90272
90274
90277-90278'
90280 •
90290
90291
90301-90399
90304
90305
90401-90499
90501-90599
90601-90612
90620-90624
90630-90631
90638
90640
90650
90660
906?0
90680
90701
90706
90710
90712
90720
90723
90731-
90740-
90744-
90801-
91001
91006
91010
91011
91016
91020
91023
91024
91030
91040
91042
91046
91101
91201
91301
91316
91320
91321
91324
91335
91340
91359
91401
91501
91601
91701
91702
91706
91710
91720
-90717
-90733
-90743
-90749
-90899
-91199
-91299
-91311
-91331
-91356
-91375
-914-99
-91599
-91699
-91711
-91724
91730-91734
91739-91740
91743-91749
91750-91752
91759-91760
91761-91769
91770
91773
91775-91778
91780
9i?86
91789
91790-91793
91801-91899
92
92302
92305-92306
92314-92333
92601
92621
92624-92638
92640-92645
92660-92686
92701-92799
92801-92899
93001-93010
93013
93015-93018
93021-93023
93030
93040-r93043
93060
93063-9306?
93101-93199
92333
92339-92341
92343
92346
92348
92352-92354
92358-92360
92362
9236?
92369
92370
92373
92376
92378
92380-92383
92385-92386
92388
92390
92395
92396
92399
92401-92499
92501-92599
I
US
I
NOTE; AIL of Orange and Ventura
Counties are included in the South
Coast Air Basin
-------
-7-
SECTION 2
VIP QUALIFIED MECHANIC .REQUIREMENTS
A. How to become VIP "qualified"
B. Term of Certificate of Qualification
C. Renewal Procedure
D. Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificate
of Qualification
E. Change of Address
F. Suspension or Revocation of Certificate
of Qualification
G. Certificate Denial
H. Voluntary Surrender
A. HOW TO BECOME VIP "QUALIFIED"
The California Vehicle Inspection Program (VIP) must insure
that there are enough "qualified" mechanics who understand and
use cost-effective low emission repair and adjustment
procedures. Furthermore, legislation requires that only
"qualified" mechanics, employed by registered automotive repair
dealers, be authorized to repair or adjust vehicles failing the
VIP emission tests.
A dealer who allows an unqualified mechanic to repair or adjust
a vehicle failing the VIP test is subject to disciplinary
action which may result in suspension of his automotive repair
dealer's registration and when applicable, his motor vehicle
pollution control (MVPC) station license. The Department of
Consumer Affairs, through the VIP Regional Office, issues
Certificates of Qualification to mechanics. To receive such a
certificate, you must:
1. Attend a VIP orientation seminar.
2. Become familiar with the maintenance and repair
procedures recommended by the department.
3. Demonstrate your automotive repair abilities by
passing a written examination.
B-32
-------
-8-
Persons wishing to become qualified are requested to contact
the California VIP Regional Office at 3415 Fletcher Avenue,
Suite *2, El Monte, California 91731.
Vehicles that go through the VIP test center are given emission
tests and are also inspected for required emission control
system (ECS) inspection. The "qualified" mechanic is entitled
to repair vehicles failing the emission test, but not -those
that fail the ECS inspection. In order to repair vehicles
failing the (ECS) inspection you must have a Class A MVPC
installer's license in addition to being qualified. 3y
acceptance of the Certificate of Qualification, you agree to
follow the recommended maintenance and repair procedures and
adhere to program regulations.
8. TERM OF CERTIFICATE OF QUALIFICATION
The mechanic's Certificate of Qualification is good for three
(3) years from the date of issue. Approximately thirty (30)
days prior to the expiration date, you will receive a renewal
notice in the mail from the VIP Regional Office.
C. RENEWAL PROCEDURE
When you receive your renewal notice, contact the VIP Regional
Office and schedule your attendance at a program seminar and
requalification examination.
D. LOST, DESTROYED OR MUTILATED CERTIFICATE OF QUALIFICATION
If your Certificate of Qualification is lost, destroyed, or
mutilated, you should apply to the VIP Regional Office for a
duplicate. If a lost Certificate is later found, return it to
the VIP Regional Office.
E• CHANGE OF ADDRESS
Any change of address of your home or place of employment
should be reported to the VIP Regional office. This
information is needed so that changes in repair procedures and
bulletins can be sent to you. Your renewal notice will also be
sent to your listed home address. If you move out of the South
Coast Air Basin, you should keep your certificate, because the
program is expected to expand to: other air basins in
California. If you fail to receive a renewal notice within one
week of the expiration date of your qualification certificate,
contact the VIP regional office.
If you plan to move out of the state, let the VIP Regional
Office know so that your name can be placed on the "qualified"
mechanics inactive list.
The back cover of this handbook contains detachable addressed
cards to allow easy notification of your address changes.
B-33
-------
-9-
F• SUSPENSION OR REVOCATION OF CERTIFICATION OF QUALIFICATION
The Department of Consumer Affairs may suspend, revoke or
refuse to renew the Certificate of Qualification of any
mechanic who fails to comply with the specifications or
procedures specified by the department. Some examples of
conditions that can result in suspension or revocation are:
Habitually failing to follow recommended repair procedures
or department rules and regulations.
- Performing unnecessary repairs.
Entering false data on the Vehicle Inspection Report.
G. CERTIFICATE DENIAL
The Department of Consumer Affairs may refuse to issue a
Certificate of Qualification to any applicant who has had an
automotive repair dealer registration revoked, suspended, or
denied in accordance with Section 9884.7 of the Business and
Professions Code, or who has had an official MVPC station
license or MVPC installer's license revoked, suspended or
denied in accordance with Sections 9889.1 through 9889.10 of
said code.
H• VOLUNTARY SURRENDER
The voluntary surrender of a license or Certificate of
Qualification is subject to the following provisions:
(a) If you decide to give up your Certificate of
Qualification, the department will still have the right to
carry out investigative or disciplinary proceedings
against you or the repair shop in which you were working.
The Department can also carry out such procedures after
the voluntary surrender of an automotive repair dealer's
registration or the MVPC station license.
(b) A mechanic holding a Certificate of Qualification, who
habitually fails to comply with VIP regulations, must
surrender the Certificate of Qualification and stop
performing repairs to vehicles that have failed the VI?
emissions test.
3-34
-------
-10-
SECTION13
REPAIR FACILITY REQUIREMENTS
A. Who can repair VIP failed vehicles
3. Advantages of being an MVPC station
C. How to become an MVPC station
D. Record keeping requirements
Section 9889.60 of Chapter 20.4 of the California Business and
Professions Code requires that automotive repair dealers
registered pursuant to Section 9884 and/or licensed pursuant to
Section 9888.3 of the same chapter and code, who conduct
repairs to vehicles failing the VIP test, follow the VIP's
recommended specifications and procedures. Any dealer who does
not follow such specifications and procedures shall be subject
to suspension of nis ARO registration or MVPC license by the
Department of Consumer Affairs.
WHO CAN REPAIR VIP FAILED VEHICLES
An auto repair dealer does not need a special license to repair
vehicles failing the VIP test. The dealer must have a current
registration issued by the Bureau of Automotive Repair and may
have an MVPC station license. He must, however, have a
"qualified" mechanic on the premises to perform the recommended
maintenance and repair to vehicles failing the VIP emission
test.
In addition to being registered and having the required test
equipment, this dealer must employ a "qualified" mechanic in
order to made adjustments on failed vehicles. The dealer must
insure that all procedures and specifications recommended by
the Department are followed when adjustments and/or repairs are
made.
B. ADVANTAGES OF BEING AN MVPC. STATION
There are three benefits for a dealer who has an MVPC station
license and who also employs a "qualified" mechanic holding a
MVPC installer's license:
1. Only a "qualified" mechanic holding a MVPC
installer's license and working in an MVPC station
may repair emission Control Systems (ECS) failed
vehicles. ECS failed vehicles are those. with
missing, disconnected, or inoperative emission
control systems.
B-35
-------
-11-
2. Only an MVPC station with a "qualified" mechanic
holding a Class A MVPC installer's license can
complete the MVPC statement of the Vehicle Inspection
Report stating that a VlP-failed vehicle is in need
of further repairs that will exceed the cost
limitation and that the vehicle has received a low
emission tune-up thus making the vehicle eligible for
, a waiver.
3. When a vehicle- fails reinspection, a waiver will be
issued when repairs were made by a "qualified"
mechanic holding a Class A MVPC installer's license
employed in a licensed MVPC station.
In addition, MVPC stations will continue to inspect and issue
Certificates of Compliance to those vehicles exempted from the
program that still require Certificates of Compliance upon
transfer of registration (i.e. heavy-duty and alternate-fuel
vehicles) . Also, only MVPC stations may . install retrofit
emission control devices and clear enforcement documents.
Table I (page 12} is provided to help clarify the activities
that may be performed by a "qualified" mechanic, a Class A MVPC
installer and a "qualified" mechanic holding a MVPC license.
C. HOW TO BECOME.AN MVPC STATION
An automotive repair duller may obtain an application for an
official MVPC station license from the Bureau of Automotive
Repair, 3116 Bradshaw Road, Sacramento, California 95827 or
from a local bureau representative.
In addition to the application for approval, the dealer is
required to have all the test equipment and diagnostic tools
noted herein, employ a mechanic who holds a current Class A
MVPC installer's license and other requirements as outlined in
the MVPC Installers-Adjusters Handbook.
D. RECORD-KEEPING REQUIREMENTS
The automotive repair dealer must keep records of the station's
transactions involving the Vehicle- Inspection Program- for a
period of three years. These records shall be open for
reasonable inspection by a representative of the Bureau of
Automotive Repair, Vehicle Inspection Program.
B-36
-------
TABLE I
WHAT DOES "^UAUIi'TED" MEAN TO THE MECHANIC
AND
REPAIR FACILITY WITH AN MVPC LICENSE
f
May perform service and maintenance on emission control*
equipment (PCV, etc.)
May perform tune-up related repairs not on a failed* *
Vehicle Inspection Report
May perform low emission tune-up, repairs and adjust- *
merits that have been identified on a failed Vehicle
Inspection Report. (Must have required equipment.)
May correct vehicles with dismantled, altered or *
•••odi.fied emission control systems.
i
--I
..ay correct vehicles with dismantled, altered or *
modified emission control systems which are identified
on a failed Vehicle Inspection Report
May clear' enforcement documents (smog-related)
May issue Certificates of Compliance on vehicles over
8|>00 pounds GVW and dual fuel powered vehicles. (Must
have required equipment.)
May si(?;n the MVPC statement for vehicles with a failed
Vehicle Inspection Report that are in need of further-
repairs that will exceed the cost limitation. (Note:
1 1 n :<|ui riM , ;i h>w IMII i :::•. i on 1: into — up inn:";!', hnvo boon
pi; r I'o rmed . )
'QUALIFIED"
MECHANIC HOLD-
[NG MVPC CLASS
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
CLASS A
MVPC
INSTALLER
YES
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
YES
NO
'QUALIFIED
MECHANIC
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
MECHANIC
YES
YES
NO .
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
'THESE DUTIES MAY BE PERFORMED BY THE VEHICLE OWNER 01? OTHER NONPROFE8SIONAL (BUT NOT FOR COMPENSATION)
-------
-13-
SECTION 4
Tools~and Eauioment
A. Test Equipment
3. Special Tools
C. Maintenance of Tools and Equipment
D. Tune-up Specifications
A_. TEST EQCJIPMENT_
/
Tne "qualified" mechanic who performs repairs on vehicles
failing the Vehicle Inspection Program emission test must have
available the necessary tools, equipment and tune-up
specifications to effectively repair the failed vehicles in
accordance with recommended maintenance and repair procedures.
Following is a list of the required test and diagnostic
equipment:
1. Exhaust gas analyzer (dual range) with a 0-10% CO and 0-
2000 PPM HC a.s approved by the Bureau of Automotive
Repair.
2. Oscilloscope - ignition analyzer
3 . Ammeter
4. "Ohmmeter
5. Voltmeter
6. Tachometer
7 . Vacuum/pressure gauge
8. Cam-angle dwell meter
9. Ignition timing light
10. Compression test gauge
11. Distributor advance tester
3 • SPECIAL TOOLS
It a vehicle manufacturer requires that special tools and/or
testing equipment be used .to perform the recommended VI?
maintenance and repair procedures, or adjustments, the
"qualified" mechanic must have available such equipment
whenever repairing such vehicles.
0—78879
3-30
-------
-14-
C. ' MAINTENANCE OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Is is the responsibility of the repair shop owner to make sure
that the required tools and equipment are properly maintained.
The HC/CO analyzer, in particular, .must receive frequent
maintenance to insure its accuracy. Filters and sample hoses
should be checked often. Gas calibration should be performed
frequently according to the manufacturer's recommendations.
TE_^ Whenever, an analyzer is subjected to a change of climate
or a change in elevation of 1,000 feet or more, . the analyzer
should be gas calibrated.
D. TUNE-UP SPECIFICATIONS
The "qualified" mechanic must
necessary tuneup requirements and
repair each VTP-failed vehicle he
have readily
specifications
works on.
available all
to effectively
B-39
-------
-15-
SECTION 5
VEHICLE INSPECTION REPORT (VIR)
A. Explanation of Report
B. Completion of Mechanic's Portion
f
A Vehicle Inspection Report (VIR) will be given to each vehicle
operator at the conclusion of the vehicle inspection. It is
necessary that the vehicle owner give you the VIR before you
start repairs. As a "qualified" mechanic, you must follow the
recommended maintenance and repair procedures noted on the VIR
and also fill in the necessary information on the back of the
form.
A. EXPLANATION OF REPORT
A sample VIR is displayed below. The area labeled "1" on the
sample VIR contains the following information:
FINAL RESULTS
The FINAL RESULTS box on the front of the VIR will display the
word "PASS", "FAIL" or "REJECT". If the word "PASS" appears,
no repairs are required.
REJECT
If the word "REJECT" appears, the vehicle could not be tested.
The reason(s) the vehicle could not be tested will be printed
in the REJECT REASON box directly below the FINAL RESULTS box.
The condition(s) that caused rejection must be repaired before
a vehicle can be retested. No cost limitation applies to
rejected vehicles.
FAIL
When the word "FAIL" appears in the FINAL-RESULTS box, the
vehicle has failed either the ECS test or the emission test or
both.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS (ECS) FAILURES .
When an ECS failure occurs, a letter representing the system(s)
which failed and a number(s) representing the ireason(s) for
failure will be printed in the" ECS FAILURE CODES box directly
3-40
-------
-16-
to the right of the FINAL RESULTS box. (See area labelled 1
below.) A table of ECS failure code meanings is placed directly
above the ECS FAILURE CODES box. ECS system failures must be
corrected within the requirements listed in Section 6 of this
handbook.
EMISSION TEST FAILURES
When an emission test failure occurs, a number representing the
test results will be printed in the EMISSION TEST FAILURE CODE
box. The box is located directly to the right of the ECS
FAILURE CODES box. A table of EMISSION TEST failure reasons is
printed directly above the EMISSION TEST FAILURE CODES box.
Probable causes and recommended repairs for emission test
failures can be found in Section 7 of this handbook and on the
upper portion of the back of the VIR. Emission test failures
must be corrected according to the procedures and requirements
listed in Section 7.
VEHICLE INSPECTION REPORT
STATE OF CALIFORNIA 0000000
OFFICIAL VEHICLE INSPECTION CENTER
Your vehicle's test results are shown below. If the Final Result box reads FAIL or REJECT, the ECS Codes, the EMISSION TEST
FAILURE Codes, or the REJECT REASON areas of this report give the reason for failure or rejection. An indication of this probable
cause of failure can be found on the back of this report. The most common adjustments and repairs likely to be required in order for
your vehicle to pass reinspection can be found in the Consumer's Handbook published by the Department of Consumer Affairs. The
detailed procedures are contained in the "Qualified" Mechanics Handbook published by the Department of Consumer Affairs.
EMISSION: CONTROL SYSTEMS (ECS);
' ;• FAILURECODES-- .-..^.WIC <:
FIRST CHARACTER
Crankcase Ventilation System
Air Injection System
Engine Modification
Air Preneat/Thermostatic Air Cleaner
Ignition Spark Control
Exnaust Gas fleeirculation
Fuel Evaporative System
cxnaust Converter
Retrofit Exnaust Control
Retrofit NOX Control
SECOND CHARACTER
Modified: Device or
System not AH8-approved
Otsconnected/By-passed
Missing
Inoperative EGR Valve
EMISSION TEST
1 Excessive Smoke
2 Perform Low Emission Tune-up
3 Idle RPM Excessive
4 Idle Air/Fuel Mixture Ricn
5 Misfire at Idle
FINAL RESULTS
ECS FAILURE COOES
EMISSION TEST FAILURE CODE
REASON, ^..
: : X
-11* -So:-.
If Final Result is REJECT, the vehicle could not be tested for the following reason(s).
Noted condition must be corrected before the vehicle can be tested for certification.
3-41
-------
-17-
Th e area labeled "2" on the sample VIR contains the
identification data for the vehicle. Use the vehicle
identification information to'verify that the VIR you have is
for the same vehicle that you are about to repair.
The STATION NO. box above the LICENSE PLATE box, contains a
code for the station at which the inspection was performed. If
you need to contact the station which performed the inspection,
match the station number to the corresponding number located in
Table II at the end of this section.
QUEUE NO.
®>
r' STATION MO.^
V
.;:-LANE.:MO. \ ;
.''«'-i*..."-"-«*JX~>:>V*'.,**
;,-;TESTFMODE,r
"TESTING;;-;
^^DATE..^-:
~J^TWE--l"
(.:•.:• . • l^rM^:-?'^^
LICENSE PLATE
\^
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NO.
YEAfl
MAKE
CYL
WT
MILEAGE
A I/CAT
J
The area labeled "3" on the sample VIR contains the emission
inspection information. In this section, the emission test
results and applicable state emission standards are displayed.
Vehicles failing the first idle emissions test will also be
tested at 2,500 RPM. The results of the 2,500 cpm test will be
displayed. After the 2,500 rpm test, a second idle test will
be given and the results will also be printed on the VIR. The
idle rpm reading taken at the start of the emission testing and
the allowable limit for the particular year model vehicle will
also be printed on the VIR. NOTE; DO NOT WRITE IN THE BOXES
ON THE LOWER FRONT PORTION OF THE FORM.
EMISSION INSPECTION INFORMATION
1ST IDLE 2500 RPM
STATE
STANDARD
EMISSION
READINGS
STATE
STANDARD
EMISSION
READINGS
HC (ppm)
CO (*»
OFFICIAL
USE
ONLY
HC (ppfli)
CO (S)
OFFICIAL
USE
ONUY
2ND IDLE
HC (ppm)
CO <%)
OFFICIAL
USE
ONLY
IDLE RPM
LIMIT
HEADING
CUST
QUAL
CEflT
SMOKE
"STEST
3-42
-------
-18-
8. COMPLETION OF MECHANIC'S PORTION
The top section
description of the
failure along with
of the back side of the VIR contains a
"fail" codes and the probable cause for
the recommended repair procedures.
II the tfnal reject box on th« front tide of this sheet reads "FAIL,1* the most probable cause ol th« failure can b« lound as follows:
1) If mere are any ECS Failure Codes shown in the "ECS Failure Codes" box. the cause of failure is indicated by the second digit of the code.
The Emission Control System must be repaired or replaced.
2) If an Emission Test Failure Code of "2" is shown, a low-emission tuneup must be performed to the specifications of the Department of
Consumer Affairs. This tuneup consists of adjustments of dwell, timing, idle RPM and carburetor air/fuel mixture.
Probable causes and recommended repairs for the remaining Emission Inspection Codes are shown in the table below:
PROBABLE CAUSS OF FAILURE RECOMMENDED REPAIR «
3)
CODE
1
a)
b)
a)
B)
a)
01
c)
d)
a)
0)
c)
d)
Abnormal oil consumption a)
Worn or broken rings or valve guides b)
See Item 2) above
Incorrect idle adjustment a)
Slicking linkage 0)
Incorrect Idle mixture a)
Oirty air filter 6)
Choke stuck c)
Plugged PCV system d|
a)
b)
Ignition system misfire
Lean or unbalanced idle mixture
Vacuum leaks
Law compression
*Reter to Consumer's Handbook on Repair Cost Information
Diagnose and repair cause as required.
Replace broken or worn parts as required
Adjust to manufacturer's specifications.
Lubricate, repair or replace linkage.
Adjust to manufacturer's specifications
Replace'filter.
Repair cnoke.
Repair/replace PCV system.
Diagnose and repair or replace faulty pans.
Adjust to manufacturer's specifications.
Replace or repair defective parts.
Diagnose and repair as necessary.
CHECK OFF ITEMS REPAIRED OR REPLACED
Fill in the area labeled "4"
ITEMS REPAIRED OR REPLACED.
the REQUIRED or VOLUNTARY
the MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS or
for either labor or parts
include sales tax. Voluntary
on the sample VIR titled CH
Identify, with an "X" in.
column, any repairs made to
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS.
are considered as repairs
repairs are not required
repair procedures. Voluntary repairs are emissions
repairs not required by the repair procedure but sugges
and authorized by the customer.
TO BE FILLED OUT BY THE REPAIR FACILITY OR VEHICLE OWNER.
ECK OFF
either
any of
Charges
Do not
by the
related
ted to
CHECK OFF ITEMS REPAIRED OR REPLACED
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS REQUIRED VOLUNTARY EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS REQUIRED. VOLUNTARY
'<
\
r>OKo Oojjair 1 09
PART^ Cnil 5 , _. . <
LABOR Cost S S
*>
After repair/adjustments idle emissions
n?
' ., _ 31
HC , ppm CO , , V«
. ... ??
,„
,s
.„ . 10
„ 32
,, •'i
ifi
38
PARTS AND LA30R REPAIR COSTS
In the area labeled "5", write the total cost of both parts and
labor. . Do not include sales .tax when listing parts costs.
Required parts costs are recorded on the left and voluntary on
tne right. The same applies for labor costs.
3-43
-------
-19-
AFTSR REPAIR/ADJUSTMENT IDLE EMISSION READINGS
In the area labeled "6", record the after-repair levels of HC
and CO. The final idle emissions readings shall be made with
the air injection system connected and operating, the air
cleaner installed and all vacuum lines and fuel evaporative
control system'lines connected as applicable.
...i ueaks (Hoses/Gaskets)
ChQkij Repair
Air Rltftr
Idle RPM Adjustment
LABOR Cost 3
Ost
11
13
19
5
$
12
14
70
After repair/adjustments idle emissions readings: r
.__... uas Recirculation.
Exhaust Convener
Fuel Evaporation .<
Retrofit Device
Fuel Restrictor
H<~: ppm CO
OQ
. .-. 33 3
-------
-20-
MVPC STATEMENT
You can fill out the MVPC statement labeled 8" on the VIR only
if you are a qualified Class "A" installer and are working in
an MVPC station.
You may certify:
A. That the vehicle is in need of further repairs that will
exceed the cost limitation of 550 and the vehicle has
received a low emission tune-up. The additional repairs
needed and estimated cost must be shown in the space
provided.
B. That all recommended repairs listed on the front of the
VIR were performed in accordance with the Qualified
Mechanics Handbook. Legibly fill in your licensed
installer's number, MVPC station license number, and
signature.
MVPC STATEMENT
I CERTIFY THAT THIS VEHICLE HAS RECEIVED A LOW EMISSION TUNE-UP IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROCEDURES ESTABLISHED BY THE DEPART-
MENT OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS AND:
O IS IN NEED OF FURTHER REPAIRS THAT WOULD EXCEED THE COST LIMITATION.
•Q THAT ALL RECOMMENDED REPAIRS WERE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE QUALIFIED MECHANICS HANDBOOK.
UC£NS£D INSTALLERS NUMBER MVPC STATION NUMBSR
Additional repairs needed: .
Estimated Cost: S.
3-45
-------
-21-
TABLE II
VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CENTERS
Station
Number
CA1
CA2
CA3
CA4
CAS
CA6
C31
C32
CB3
CB4
CC1
C'C2
CC3
CC4
CD1
CD 2
CD3
City Address
West L. A. 5461 W. Jefferson
(Panarama City)
Van Nuys 9933 Woodman
Simi Valley Easy Street
Ventura 2187 Knoll Dr.
Goleta 4865 Calle Real
Nearest Street
Intersection
Hauser/Jef f erson
Woodman/Las sen
Easy/First Street
Knoll/Valentine
Calle Real/Turnpike
Newhall Sand Canyon Rd./Soledad
(Lincoln Heights)
East L. A. 3847 Selig
Rosemead 2649 S tingle Ave.
Azusa 805 W. Foothill
Cudahy 4959 Patata
Garden Grove 7131 Orangewood
Carson 230 E. Alondra
Santa Fe 10144 Freeman
Springs
Lacuna 23022 La Cadena
Hills
Riverside 3195 Motor Circle
San 222 E. Valley
Bernardino
San Jacinto State St. /7th St.
Selig/Mission
Stingle/Garvey
Vernon/Foo thill
Wilcox/Patata
Markon/Orangewood
Alondr a/Main
Telegraph/Freeman
LaCadena/Verdugo
Auto Center
Valley/Allen
Phone.
(213) 930-0245
(213) 894-9612
(805) 526-1322
(805) 642-5531
(805) 967-9185
(805) 251-1596
(213) 223-0225
(213) 280-9284
•<213) 334-3556
(213) 562-0572
(714) 897-4401
(213) 515-9030
(213) 944-8633
(714) 768-9596
(714) 688-7958
(714) 884-3619
(714) 654-8231
78879
B-46
-------
-22-
•SECTION 6
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) FAILURES
A. Repair and-Replacement
B. Recommended method of checking catalytic converter
operation
C. Voluntary repairs
D, Emission control system factory warranty
E, Tampering of emission control systems
F. Emission control system waivers
At the VIP test center, each vehicle is given a visual
inspection to verify that it is properly equipped with all
required emission control devices (federal, California and
retrofit).
Vehicles having illegally modified, disconnected and/or removed
emission control devices or illegally modified engines are
failed. In addition, vehicles equipped with factory-installed
exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valves are functionally tested
for valve operation. Vehicles with nonoperating EGR valves are
failed.
A. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
A vehicle that has failed the ECS portion of the VIP test may
be repaired only by a "qualified" mechanic holding a Class A
MVPC installer's license and working- in an official MVPC
station.
Before you repair the vehicle, review the VIR. Make the
repairs and/or replacements noted on the face of the VIR. Then
make sure the system(s) and components operate as specified by
the vehicle manufacturer or retrofit manufacturer, as
applicable. Fill out the back of the VIR and have the vehicle
owner return to the VIP test center.
B-47
-------
-23-
B. RECOMMENDED METHOD OF CHECKING CATALYTIC CONVERTER
OPERATION
There is no single uniform procedure recommended to verify the
correct operation of catalytic converters in repair garages.
Each vehicle manufacturer may specify a special procedure for
selected year models. There are, however, certain checks that
can be made to determine converter condition. Always refer to
the vehicle manufacturer's recommended techniques before
recommending replacement of the catalytic converter.
A good catalyst may give near zero emission readings at the
tailpipe, especially if equipped with air injection. A good
catalyst may also mask a number of problems that you would
normally see when you use the HC/CO analyzer. If for some
reason the catalyst has become nonoperative, you can expect
higher HC and CO readings. When you test catalyst-equipped
cars, note that some V-8 engines may have a catalyst for each
bank of cylinders.
It may become necessary to perform additional te.jts on
catalyst-equipped vehicles to isolate a catalyst fault from
faults in the engine.
For problem cases, a few of the additional tests that may be
performed are discussed below:
On air-injected vehicles, you can deactivate the air
injection and rerun the test. The levels of HC and CO
should be increased.
Some vehicle manufacturers such as Chrysler and VvJ may
provide a tap upstream of the catalyst, which you can use j
to exclude the catalyst.
If it becomes absolutely necessary to sample upstream of
the catalyst and no sample port is provided, you can use
the EGR port when the vehicle is so equipped. Temporarily
remove the EGR valve, leaving it attached to the "control
line. Plug the intake manifold port and then take a
sample from the exhaust port side.
When the HC/CO readings are low and the customer has a
driveability complaint, make sure that the ignition and
carburetion adjustments are set in accordance with
manufacturer's specifications.
If the customer complaint is about lack of power or
performance, test the exhaust system back pressure using a
vacuum gauge. The problem may be a blocked converter or
exhaust system.
C. VOLUNTARY REPAIRS
When during the repair or replacement of a failed emission
control system(s) or component(s), problems are found in other
3-43
-------
-24-
emission control system(s) not identified as the cause Cor
failure on the VIR, the following procedure should be followed:
1. Notify the vehicle owner, and advise him or her of your
findings and recommended repairs and costs. Tell the
owner that such- additional repairs are voluntary and
explain how such repairs will have a positive effect upon
emissions reduction as well as vehicle operation and
maintenance.
2. Note the vehicle owner's decision on the repair invoice
and mark the back of the VIR as appropriate or if in doubt
as to what action to take, contact the VIP regional
office.
D. EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM FACTORY.,. WARRANTY
All light-duty vehicles first certified for and sold in
California, starting in 1973, are covered by a manufacturer's
war'ranty of five years or 50,000 miles on all emission control
components as specified in the Health and Safety Code, Section
43204.
When a vehicle is found to have a defective emission control
device, and the vehicle meets the above criteria, notify the
vehicle owner that he or she may be eligible for warranty
coverage by the vehicle manufacturer. It should be noted that
if the vehicle owner has failed to perform the required
periodic maintenance or if the car has been tampered with, the
dealer may not be required to honor the warranty.
E- TAMPERING OF EMISSION CONTROL_SY_STEMS
Both the State of California and the federal government
prohibit the tampering of vehicle emission control systems.
Tampering is defined as removing, disconnecting, damaging or
rendering inoperative any emission control device, component or
element of design installed on a motor vehicle or motor vehicle
engine. Tampering includes the misadjustment of engine
settings (timing, idle speed, and air/fuel ratio' or the use of
leaded gas in a car requiring unleaded.
Tampering can also void the vehicle manufacturer's warranty of
five years or 50,000 miles on emission control devices.
Remember emission controls are installed to reduce the
pollution from motor vehicles. When these devices are removed
o.r rendered inoperative, a vital portion of the state's program
to clean up the air has been defeated. Do your part by
refusing to tamper with emission controls when asked by
customers. Always service and maintain emission systems by
using manufacturer's recommended specifications.
3-49
-------
-25-
F. EMISSION'CONTROL SYSTEM WAIVERS
The department is authorized to issue emission control system
(ECS) waivers to vehicles that have failed the emission control
system (ECS) inspection.
A request for ECS waiver can only be made by a "qualified"
mechanic holding a Class A MVPC installer's license and
employed by a licensed MVPC station.
A request for ECS waiver shall be made by telephone to the VIP
Regional Office when either of the following conditions are
encountered: (213-575-7030 ECS waiver information number
only) .
1. The repair facility is unable to locate replacement
components or devices to repair the ECS as noted on the
failed VIR.
2. A repairing or replacing (parts and labor) of the ECS
components is too costly as determined by the vehicle age,
model year and other factors.
The following cost limitation limits shall apply for the
purposes of granting a request for ECS waiver.
Year Model Cost Limit
1955-1965 $85
1956-1974 $150
1975-up $250
The cost limitations specified above may be revised by the
department from time to time.
All vehicles are required to receive a low emission tune-up
performed to the specifications of the Department to be
eligible for requesting an ECS waiver. The cost of performing
the low emission tune-up is not to be included in the ECS cost
waiver limits.
When an authorization to allow an ECS waiver is received from
the VIP Regional Office, you should write the authorization
number on back of.the VIR, below the MVPC statement section.
Also write the authorization number on the repair invoice.
Direct the motorist to return to the inspection center and
notify the inspectors that the vehicle has been granted an ECS
waiver authorization number.
B-50
-------
-26-
SECTION 7
EMISSION TEST FAILURES
A. Recommended Repair Procedures
1. Excessive Smoke
2. Low emission tune-up
3. Idle RPM excessive
4, Idle air/fuel mixture rich
5. ' Misfire at Idle
B. Cost Limitation
C. Voluntary Repairs
D. Waivers
A. RECOMMENDED REPAIR PROCEDURES
In this section, you will find a chart describing the
recommended repair procedures you will be using in the repair
of the vehicles failing the VIP emission test. When a motorist
comes in with his vehicle and gives you his failed vehicle
inspection report (VIR), look at the block labeled "EMISSION
TEST FAILURE CODE". You will find one or more numbers that
tell you which repair procedure(s) to follow. On the back of
the VIR is a description of the probable cause of failure and
recommended repair action. Then look at the chart in this
section. Find the repair code number and see what the repair
steps are. The most cost-effective (economical) repairs are
listed first. The most expensive repairs are listed last. Do
the first step given to see whether that will correct the
problem. If it does not, continue on step-by-step until the
exhaust emissions have been reduced to acceptable levels, or
until the cost limit will be exceeded by further repairs.
Refer to page 36 regarding voluntary repairs. Stop doing the
repair actions when you come to this point. Always conduct the
low emission tune-up procedure first when callec for.
After you have followed these repair procedures several times,
you may prefer to use the quick reference chart at the back of
this book.
3-51
-------
-27-
REPAIR PROCEDURE #1
Excessive Smo*a
c
EMISSION TEST FAILURE CODE
CAUSE OF FAILURE;
Excessive smoke Emission Test Failure Code 1 shows that the
vehicle was failed due to excessive smoke.
RECOMMENDED REPAIR STEPS:
Excessive smoke can be caused by a number of conditions. Some
of the conditions can be corrected within the cost limitation
(for example, oil leaks, faulty gaskets, seals, automatic
transmission modulator, blocked crankcase ventilation, etc).
Other conditions may require extensive repairs that will far
exceed the cost limitation. The following steps are to be
followed when repairing cause(s) of excessive smoke:
Step 1.
Diagnose and
consumption.
repair cause of abnormal oil
Step 2. Replace broken or worn parts as required.
Step 3. When the repairs, have been completed or the
customer has decided not to exceed the cost
limitation, the mechanics portion of the VIR can
now be completed according to the instructions
in Section 5B. If repairs were stopped because
the cost limit was to be exceeded, a qualified
licensed installer must fill out the MVPC
statement on the back of the VIR to allow a
waiver to be issued.
NOTE: Refer to page 35 for details on cost limitation.
3-52
-------
c
-28-
REPAIR PROCEDURE *2
^^aaissioi*-—^-
2 Perform Low emission Turw-yp
G
EMISSION TEST FAILURE CODE
The VIP low emission tune-up procedure is defined as adjusting
dwell, ignition timing, idle rpm and carburetor idle air/fuel
mixture to the appropriate specifications.
All vehicles failing the emission test, and all vehicles for
which a waiver is being requested with exception of those
failing only the excessive idle rpm will require a low emission
tune-up.
Perform the low emission tune-up before performing any other
recorameded procedures printed on the VIR. This recommendation
is based upon the fact that over 80% of the vehicles failing
during the trial inspection program did so because of incorrect
engine adjustments. You will be correcting such misadjustments
when you perform a low emission tune-up.
Make all checks and adjustments according to
manufacturer's specifications and procedures.
equipped with catalytic converter systems require
checkout and adjustment procedures as specified by the
manufacturer. When vehicles are equipped with a
emission control device, refer to the retrofit
manufacturer's literature for any procedures or specifications
for adjusting engine settings.
the vehicle
Veh icles
special
vehicle
retrofit
device
CAUSE OF FAILURE:
Emission Test Failure Code 2 shows that the vehicle is in need
of a low emission tune-up.
RECOMMENDED REPAIR STEPS:
3-53
-------
-29-
REPAIR PROCEDURE *2 (CONT.)
The steps to be followed when performing a low emission tune-up
are as follows:
STEP 1. Check/adjust dwell
Check and, if necessary, adjust the distributor point
dwell to manufacturer's specifications. If the points
cannot be adjusted or are pitted, replace the points
If the vehicle is equipped with an ignition system
does not use points, make sure the ignition system
functioning properly. Use an oscilloscope or equivalent
verify proper operation of the ignition system.
that
system is
to
STEP 2. Check/adjust ignition timing
Check and, if necessary, adjust the ignition timing
according to the appropriate specifications (vehicle or
retrofit manufacturer).
Verify the operation of the mechanical and/or vacuum spark
advance/retard following the vehicle or retrofit
manufacturer's recommended procedures.
STEP 3 . Check Idle rpm
Check and, if necessary, adjust the idle rpm to the
specifications of the vehicle or retrofit manufacturer.
NOTE: If a large ifle speed adjustment is necessary,
recheck initial timing.
STEP 4. Adjust the idle air/fue1 m i x t u re
Adjust the idle air/fuel mixture according to the vehicle
or retrofit manufacturer's recommended procedure.
Recommended idle adjustment procedures may not be
available for some vehicles built prior to 1969 (underhood
tune-up labels). If idle procedures cannot be obtained
from a nationally published tune-up manual, refer to
Section 11, Recommended Garage Carburetor Adjustment
Guidelines.
Once the low emission tune-up has been completed, measure
the HC and CO readings. The readings obtained should be
as specified by the manufacturer. If there are no
manufacturer specifications, the HC and CO readings should
be equal to or less than the typical values listed in the
Recommended Garage Carburetor Adjustment Guidelines
(Section 11) for that particular year model vehicle.
If the HC and/or CO :aadings exceed the Recommended Garage
Carburetor Adjustment Guidelines values listed in Section
11, further repairs are required to bring the vehicle into
compliance. When the reading of both HC and CO are equal
5—7.8873
B-54
-------
-30-
to or lower than the manufacturer's specifications or the
Recommended
Garage Carburetor Adjustment Guidelines, record the final
readings in the spaces provided on the back of the VIR.
The mechanics portion of the VIR (See Section 5B for
instructions) .
If the C0% exceeds
Adjustment Guideline,
32. If the HC .„
Carburetor Adjustment Guideline,
$5 page 34.
the Recommended Garage Carburetor
refer to repair procedure #4 page
ppm exceeds the Recommended Garage
refer to repair procedure
B-55
-------
-31-
REPAIR PROCEDURE S3
EMISSION TEST
FAILURE CODES
3 Idle flPM Excessive
c
EMISSION TEST FAILURE CO06
CAUSE OF FAILURE:
The most probable causes for excessive idle speed are:
& Missadjusted Idle stop screws
& Linkage damaged, bent or worn
& Vacuum leak
& Emission Control Device Failure
& Overadvanced ignition timing
If the excessive idle speed is due to a mechanical defect that
will cost more than the cost limit refer to Section 78 (Cost
Limitation).
RECOMMENDED REPAIR STEPS:
Step 1.
Step 2.
Adjust the engine idle speed to manufacturer's
specifications. If the vehicle is equipped with a
retrofit device, adjust the idle speed according to
the retrofit manufacturer's setting.
Once the idle PPM has been set to the prooer
specification, check the HC/CO emission to verify
that they do not exceed the vehicle manufacturer's or
Recommended Garage Carburetor Adjustment Guidelines
listed in Section 11.
Steo 3.
Step 4.
If the CO reading exceeds the standard, continue
repairing the vehicle according to the reoair
procedure for
Procedure $4) .
the Idle Air/Fuel Mixtre Rich (Repair
If the HC reading exceeds the standard, continue
repairing the vehicle according • to the repair
procedure for Misfire at Idle (Repair Procedure j?5) .
B-56
-------
-32-
REPAIR PROCEDURE #4 •
EMISSION TEST
FAILURE CODES
4 Idle Air/Fuel Mixture Ricfi
EMISSION TEST FAILURE CODE
CAU3E OF FAILURE:
Idle air/fuel mixture rich
Emission Test Failure Code 4 shows that the vehicle failed for
excessive carbon monoxide (CO) emissions.
High CO readings indicate a rich mixture, therefore, high CO is
most likely a carburetion or fuel injection problem. If the CO
at 2500 RPM is as high or higher than the CO at idle, the
mixture is rich at cruising speeds as well as idle. Continue
to perform the step by step repairs until the cause for high
emission is corrected or until the cost limit will be exceeded.
RECOMMENDED_REPAIR STEPS:
Step 1. Check the . CO readings on the front of the Vehicle
Inspection Report (VIR). Compare the CO reading at
2500 RPM to the CO reading at 2nd idle. If the CO at
2500 RPM is as high or higher than the CO at 2nd
idle, the problem is most likely.
a. Dirty or restricted air cleaner
b. Partially closed choke
c. High float level or leaking float valve
d. Defective power valve or power enrichment
device
Step 2. If the CO at idle is substantially greater than the
CO at 2500 RPM, the problem is a rich air-fuel
mixture. .If not already done, adjust the idle air-
fuel mixture following the vehicle manufacturer's
specification and procedures. If the vehicle is
equipped with a retrofit device, follow the device
manufacturer's procedures. If no procedure exist or
cannot be obtained, refer to Section 14.
B-57
-------
-33-
Step 3. Measure the CO at idle, if adjusting the idle
air/fuel mixture has reduced the CO percentage to a
level below the manufacturer's specification or the
Garage Carburetor Adjustment Guidelines published in
Section 11, the repair is complete. If the CO
percentage exceeds manufactures specification or the
guideline figures proceed to step 4.
Step 4. Check the positive crankcase valve (PCV) operation,
and verify free flow of vacuum through system
passages and hoses.
Step 5. If the vehicle is equipped with a fuel evaporation
storage system, remove the purge line from the
storage canister and monitor the analyzer for a
reduction in the idle CO. Such a reduction can
indicate the storage canister (or crankcase on some
vehicles) is saturated and needs maintenance.
Step 6. Be sure the air bleeds in the carburetor are not
clogged. A good way to do this is to spray a
degumenting agent into the aire bleeds and then blow
them out using shop air.
Step 7. Check for a misadjusted or heavy (fuel saturated)
carburetor float.
Step 8. Check to be sure any linkage operated fuel bowl vents
operate correctly.
If high CO is still obtained, it may be necessary to
rebuild or replace the carburetor. If the vehicle is
equipped with fuel injection, refer to the
manufacturer's procedure for adjustment and repair.
Refer to page 35 for cost limitation.
Step 10. When the repairs have been completed or the customer
has decided not to exceed the cost limitation, record
the final HC and CO readings in th.e spaces provided
just above the REPAIR STATEMENT on the back "of the
VIR. If either of the readings exceeds the State
Standard-printed on the lower front portion of the
VIR, the MVPC Statement must be filled out (see page
20). The mechanics portion of the VIR can now be
completed according to the instructions in Section
58."
B-53
-------
-34-
REPAIR PROCEDURE t5
EMISSION TEST
FAILURE CODES
5 Misfire at Idle
EMISSION TEST FAILURE CODE
CAUSE OF FAILURE:
Misfire at Idle Emission Test Failure Code
vehicle failed for excessive hydrocarbons (HC)
perform the step by step repairing until the
hign emission is corrected or until the cost
exceeded .
snows that the
Continue to
cause (s) of the
limit will be
RECOMMENDED REPAIR STEPS:
Step 1
Ste? 2
Step 3
Step 4
Check for improperly routed
vacuum sources, faulty or
incorrect plug gaps or disconnected,
plug wires (oscilloscope is
defective wires, clean or
vacuum lines, incorrect
shorted spark plugs,
open or crossed
recommended). Replace
replace defective spark
plugs. Stop if HC is reduced down to or below level
specified in Section 11 for the applicable year
model. If not, continue with step 2 or during any
step, stop if needed repairs will exceed cost
limitation (refer to page 35).
Inspect for vacuum leaks and repair as necessary. If
nigh HC continues, go to step 3.
Check for distributor malfunctions including (a)
defective or sticking vacuum or mechanical advance,
(b) missing bypasses, or defective vacuum spark
control system components, -(c) faulty points,
condenser, rotor or distributor cap crossfiring.
Repair or ceplace as required. If high HC continues,
go on to step 4.
Conduct a cylinder balance or compression
verification test. If weak cylinder(s) are found to
be the cause for high HC and if the cost of repairing
the low compression problem will not exceed the cost
limit, make the necessary repairs. See page 23
regarding voluntary repairs.
B-59
-------
-35-
REPAIR PROCEDURE 45 (CONT.)
Step 5. When the repairs have been completed or the customer
has decided not to exceed the cost limitation, record
the final HC and CO readings in the space provided
just above the REPAIR STATEMENT on- the back of the
VIR. If either of the readings exceed the State
standards printed on the lower front portion of. the
VIR, the MVPC Statement must be filled out (see page
20). The mechanic portion of the VIR can now be
completed according to the instructions in Section
5B.
8.
COST LIMITATIONS FOR EMISSION FAILURES
The State Legislature has. imposed
including sales tax. Section
Professions states that an owner
exnaust emissions'is not
amount for the repair
emissions.
a cost limitation of.$50, not
9889.56(e) Business and
of a vehicle failing for high
required to spend., more than this
of malfunctions that caused the high
If the cost of further repairs, needed -to correct. the cause of
high emissions will exceed the cost limit, the vehicle owner is
not required by law to perform the further repairs. However,
the vehicle owner should be notified of the further repairs
required to correct the cause -of high emissions. The vehicle
owner may want you to perform the repairs even though they are
not required, particularly if the further repairs will give him
better mileage or performance. If the vehicle owner does not
wish to exceed the cost limit for further repairs prepare the
"MVPC Statement" on the back of the VIR and direct the customer
to return the vehicle and forms to the VIP test center.
Only a Class A mechanic can waiver a vehicle by filling not the
i-lVPC statement on the back of tne VIR. Therefore a qualified
mechanic who is not Class A will direct the customer to an MVPC
station with Class A "qualified" mechanic to obtain the
information needed to become eligible for a waiver. (See D
below) .
Items covered by cost limitation and eligible for waiver are:
high emissions
high idle speed
- low emission tune-up
excessive smoke
Items NOT covered by cost limitation and NOT eligible for
waiver are:
rejected vehicles
disconnected, altered or mod ified- emission control
3-60
-------
-36-
system (ECS) (see Section 6 for further information.)
installation of retrofit emission,control devices
However, the vehicle owner is free to authorize additional
repairs which exceed the cost limitation figure. Also, all
charges in excess of the quoted estimate require/prior approval
from the customer.
C. VOLUNTARY REPAIRS
The vehicle owner is free to authorize additional or voluntary
repairs and/or maintenance that exceeds the $50.00 limitation.
For example, when you are performing the maintenance and repair
procedures, you find a broken plug wire. , Examination of the
remaining wires leads you to recommend replacement of the total
set. However, the cost limitation will be exceeded. Inform
the vehicle owner .of your findings and recommendations. If he
voluntarily authorizes the additional repair, replace the total
ignition wire set. If he does not wish to give voluntary
authorization for the total set replacement, proceed with
replacement of the defective wire or wires up to the cost
figure quoted on the customer's estimate,' but not to exceed the
VIP cost limitation of $50.00.
D. WAIVER
Vehicle Inspection Program regulations allow the state to issue
a-Certificate of Waiver in place of Certificate of Compliance
for failed vehicles.
There are two situations that can occur to fulfill the
requirements for waiver.
1. When a "qualified" mechanic with a Class A license in a
licensed MVPC station has performed all the VIP
recommended maintenance and repair procedure steps and
upon return of the vehicle to the VI? test center, the
vehicle fails re-inspection, a Certificate of Waiver will
be issued.
2. When a "qualified" mechanic with a Class A license in a
l_icensed_MVPC__ s;taj:ion has determined that the failed
vehicle is In need of further repairs that will exceed the
cost limitation and that the vehicle has received a low
emission tuneup, the "qualified" Class A mechanic will
indicate his findings on the back of he VIR. The owner
wi..l then return to a VIP test center for re-testing and
will be issued a Certificate of Waiver.
The Certificate of Waiver will satisfy the requirement for the
Department of Motor Vehicles to transfer registration or to
complete initial registration into California from outside the
state.
B-61
-------
-37-
SECTION 8
HANDLING OF REINSPECTION FAILURES
A. Repairs done by "qualified" mechanic
B. Repairs done by vehicle owner
A- REPAIRS DONE BY "QUALIFIED" MECHANIC
When a vehicle is returned to your repair facility because of
inspection failure, it is recommended that the following
actions be taken:
1. Review the reinspection VIR for cause of failure or
rejection. Compare the reinspection results with your
repair invoice to determine if the correct repairs were
made.
2. If the reinspection test values on the 7IR for HC and/or
CO differ significantly from your after-repair levels,
have the calibration of the analyzer checked.
3. When the cause(s) of the reinspection failure differs from
the initial reason for failure, notify the vehicle owner
and request authorization to repair the vehicle.
4. If you are unable to determine the cause for reinspection
failure, you can request assistance by contacting the VI?
Regional Office.
B- REPAIRS DONE BY VEHICLE OWNER
A vehicle owner may make his own repairs to a vehicle failing
the vehicle inspection test. When he does so, he is required
co fill out the back of the VIR indicating self repair.
Remember when repairs or adjustments are made for cg^?,6. Cation
to a failed vehicle, only a "qualified" mechanic is authorfzec
to make them.
After reinspection failure, the do-it-yourselfer may elect to
take the vehicle to a repair facility employing a "qualified"
ruechanic .
B-62
-------
-38-
Th e "qualified" mechanic should handle the vehicle as an
initial repair. Money spent by do-it-yourselfers on repa_Lrs
are not counted in. the reoair cost limitation.
B-63
-------
. -39-
SECTION 9
EMISSION STILL TOO HIGH AFTER RECOMMENDED REPAIRS HAVE BEEN
PERFORMED
Recheck emission
operation.
control systems for proper installation and
Check to see if the engine has been replaced by an engine with
different emission controls or an earlier year model, either of
which could affect the emission failure standards. If this is
the case, note your findings on the repair order and on the
back of the VIR in the space just above REPAIR STATEMENT.
Otner engine modifications that can adversely effect emissions
include increased compression ratios, camshaft changes and
carburetor modifications.
If the cause(s) for high emissions are found to be the result
of engine modifications and/or emission control system
problems, refer to Section 6. If the cause(s) for high
emissions are not due to engine modifications, refer to Table
II for further diagnosis.
3-64
-------
-40-
TA8LE III
£ZHA.UST-SniSSION SYSTEM DIAGNOSTIC GHART
The arrow*
higher rhon normol reeding f
' ,' or
lower thon normol reading J
a.
-------
-41-
SSCTION JLO
DISPUTES
A. Disputes witn VIP test center
Q. Disputes with the unhappy consumer
A- DISPUTES WITH VIP TEST CENTER
When you or your repair facility has a dispute with a VIP test
center, the recommended action to be taken is for you, the
"qualified" mechanic, to contact the test center and ask for
the manager. You can locate the test center by finding the
station under the "Reject Reason" section on the VIR. Match
the number with table II on page 21.
If you are not satisfied with the resolution of your problem,
contact VIP Regional Office.
3• PISPUTES_WITH_AN_UNHAPPY CUSTOMER
Tact is the first requirement for handling an unhappy customer.
Obviously, he feels he has been treated unfairly. In many
cases, the problem is communication. Let him tell his side of
the story. Usually, the unhappy customer can be satisfied if
the service representative looks objectively at the reason for
dissatisfaction. The case should be resolved at this level.
In the event the unhappy customer cannot be satisfied and the
dispute involves the Vehicle Inspection Program direct the
customer to the VIP Regional Office. 3415 Fletcher Avenue,
Suite #2, El Monte, CA 91731. Phone S 213-575-7005.
3-66
-------
-42-
SECTION 11
RECOMMENDED GARAGE CARBURETOR ADJUSTMENT GUIDELINES
A. Underhood labels
8. Idle adjustment guidelines
C. Manufacturer's special equipment
Always use the vehicle manufacturer's carburetor idle air/fuel
adjustment procedures when available. Starting in 1972,
vehicle manufacturers have been required to attach a vehicle
underhood tune-up label in the engine compartment on every
vehicle certified for California sale. The tune-up label has a
list of engine adjustment specifications and procedures and a
list of installed emission control systems. If no label can be
found or if the label is . illegible, refer to manufacturer's
specifications as noted in most nationally published tune-u?
repair manuals. If the vehicle is equipped with a retrofit
sys.tem, adjust to retrofit manufacturer's specifications.
A.
UNDERHOOD LABELS
Following are some typical examples of underhood tune-up
labels:
ENGINE FAMILT 131 W
ENGINE DISPLACEMENT
SPARK PlUG
•»" (1CVT1 EfiH/AIR/CATALYST
ssi CIO
SAP
MAKE »H iOjUST«6nrS WITH ENCINC it NORM&i.
OP«B»riNO rEM'EAATUAE. VC 110 HEAOI.ICHTS
Of CONSULT URVICi »U8LICATlONS 'OS iOOl
TIONAI. IINSTMUCTIONS ON THE 'OLUOWING
IGNITION riMINC . ADJUST MlTH -1OSES 3IS-
CONN6CT50 iNO PtUCGSO 4T THt OlSTaiBUTOB.
INO »r rue VACUUM SWITCH if EQuiPfEO WITH
CCT SYSTtM
CUH8 lOUE • ADJUST «TM ALW VACUUM XOSES
CONNCCTSO Alfl CL£ANgB IN POSITION. A.NO
TMSOTT1.E SOLsNOlO 'OSITIONE3 =N6aCU£0
(If S060Ul»»?OI.
THIS VEHICU CONFORMS TO U.S£? A AHO CALIFORNIA REGULATIONS
APPU08LE TO 1977 MODEL YEAR NEW MOTOR VEHICLES.
07UE-9C485-EB
T m/
/ ' 1 U*T
3-67
-------
-43-
Refer to Section 16 for a listing of motor vehicle emission
control abbreviations and definitions of terms commonly used,
wnen no procedure exists for carburetor idle air/fuel mixture
adjustment (some ore—1969 vehicles) , or when there is a need to
determine the level of hydrocarbon, refer to the idle
adjustment guidelines below. Guidelines for normal levels of
hydrocarbon (HC) and carbon monoxide (CO) are listed by year
model groups. These levels are considered typical for the year
models, for vehicles in good repair, -except for vehicles
equipped with catalytic converters. Vehicles equipped with
catalytic converters should always be tested and adjusted
following the manufacturer's recommended procedures and special
equipment. Failure, to do so can result in damage to the
converter and. a resulting . increase in exhaust emissions.
3. IDLE ADJUSTMENT GUIDELINES
DOM§STIC_VEHICLE5 NO. CYL.
A. 19-55 thru 1965 4 or less
5 or more
3. 1966 thru 1970 4 or less
1971 and later
5 or more
4 or less
5 or more
HC_J_PPM)_
900
700
300
250
250
200
9.0.111
6.0
4.n
3.0
2.5
2.0
2.0
_IMPORTEO_VEHICLE5 '
A. 1955 thru 1967
3. 1968 thru 1970
C. 1971 and later
4 or less
5 or more
4 or less
5 or more
4 or less
5 or more
1100
900
300
250
250
200
7.0
6.0
4.5
4 .0
4.0
3.5
NOTE: Vehicles equipped with air injection systems shall be
adjusted to the above specification with air injection system
disconnected and plugged. Before reconnecting air system,
assure there is adequate air flow from PUTIO outlet.
Moncontrolled 1966-67 vehicles (no factory exhaust controls,
first sold outside California and foreign) will be adjusted to
1955-65 levels.
3-63
-------
-44-
C. MANUFACTURER'S SPECIAL_EQUIPMSNT
Some vehicle manufacturers specify that special tools and/or
test equipment be used to diagnose and adjust engine settings.
A "qualified" mechanic repairing a vehicle that has failed the
VIP emission test must follow the manufacturer's special
procedures and must use the special equipment as directed.
Failure to do so may result in the suspension of »the repair
facility's ARD registration and/or MV?C license for failure to
follow the specifications and procedures of the department as
specified in Section 9389.60 of Chapter 20.4, Business and
Professions Code.
For example, some vehicle manufacturers specify that the idle
air/fuel ratio be adjusted using a procedure called artificial
enrichment, propane gain or propane assisted idle adjustment.
wnen such a procedure is called for and when there are no
alternate techniques allowed, the "qualified" mechanic must
follow the propane gain procedure and have the necessary
special tools or equipment necessary to correctly make the idle
setting.
B-69
-------
-45-
SECTION 12
ENGINE-CHANGES
HOW TO HANDLE VEHICLES WITH ENGINES OF DIFFERENT MAKES OR
YEAR MODELS
ENGINE CHANGES
HOW TO HANDLE VEHICLES WITH ENGINES OF
DIFFERENT MAKES OR YEAR MODELS
Specially constructed vehicles, such as dune buggies,
remanufactured vehicles, restored vehicles or salvaged vehicles
may be equipped with various makes, sizes and types of engines.
In addition, engine exchanges are quite common in passenger
vehicles. When a vehicle is presented to a VIP test center
with an engine of questionable origin, the vehicle may be
rejected until the engine is identified so that the correct
emissions standards group and ECS requirements can be
determined. The vehicle owner will be directed to an MVPC
station employing a "qualified" Class A MVPC installer to
perform the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Make sure
match.
the vehicle and the VIR identification
Inspect
numbers.
the engine for manufacturer identification
Verify the engine make and year model, using the
procedures contained in emission control manuals or
manufacturer's shop manuals.
Record the
manufacturer,
findings (e.g.
CID, California or
engine make, year
Federal certified
when known) on the back of
been changed to a different
also record the findings on
the vehicle owner to return
reinsoection.
the VIR if the engine has
year, model or make and
the repair invoice. Tell
to a VIP test center for
3-70
-------
-46-
SECTION 13
FLEET OPERATIONS
An owner of a fleet of 10 or, mo.re vehicles affected by this
program may. become licensed as a VIP Fleet Inspection
Operation. This allows the owner of such a fleet to inspect
and test his fleet vehicles on his own premises, and to issue
Certificates of Compliance or Waiver. The department may
authorize a fleet owner to inspect and test • other fleet
vehicles. This plan provided relief to a dealer or a
commercial company not wishing to send its vehicles to a VIP
test center.
In order to become licensed as a VIP fleet operation, the owner
of a fleet of 10 or more affected vehicles must agree to meet,
as a minimum the following conditions:
1. Own and operate a fleet of 10 or more vehicles
atfected by the program.
2. Be currently licensed as an official MVPC station.
3. Have the necessary test and diagnostic equipment as
required by the program.
4. Have adequate facilities 'to conduct inspection on the
premises in an area approved by the department.
5. Provide whatever access and cooperation the state
deems necessary to facilitate random spot-checks.
6. Employ or have available a "qualified" mechanic who
.has a Class A MVPC installer's license.
7. Set aside approximately 2 1/2 hours, with the.
mechanics who will be doing the inspections, for
orientation and training in the unique
characteristics of -fleet inspections and equipment
check-out and calibration requirements.
8. Issue certificates, maintain records of repairs and
follow departmental regulations.
Legislation permits a licensed fleet operation to perform fleet
certification inspections as a service to other fleets with
prior department approval. The fleet operation center must
assume responsibility for identifying each of its collective
members, and must- insure their adherence to departmental
regulations. To join a collective fleet, the fleet owner must:
B-71
-------
-47-
1. Own and operate a fleet of 10 or more vehicles
affected by the program.
2. Acquire the services of a collective fleet operation
to perform the inspection.
3. Provide whatever access and cooperation the state
deems necessary to facilitate random spot-checks.
4. Refer all disputes with the collective fleet
operation to the VIP Regional Office.
The cost for a fleet operation licensing application is $10
plus an additional $10 for each fleet member. Annual renewal
fees are $10 for the fleet operation and $10 for each member.
Fleet operations may purchase Certificates at the VIP Regional
Office.
If you wish to become a licensed fleet operation, please
contact the VIP Regional Office and indicate your interest. A
VIP fleet representative will contact you regarding application
and inspection procedures.
3-72
-------
-48-
SECTION 14
CARBURETOR ADJUSTMENT TECHNIQUES
A. General Techniques
B. Lean Best Idle Settings
C. Dual Pipes
A. GENERAL TECHNIQUES
An emission controlled engine requires precise idle mixture
adjustment. No longer can you adjust carburetion fox highest
vacuum or to the best idle. If you adjust a car that way,
there is a good chance the car will not pass today's stringent
idle emissions requirements. Unfortunately, a car owner often
finds that his car does not pass emission tests after tune-up
because the mechanic adjusted the mixture screws to give the
car owner the best idle he could. The currently accepted
method of adjusting idle mixture is with an HC/CO analyzer.
Some vehicle manufacturers provide specified levels for CO at
idle or you can refer to the levels specified in Section 11 of
this handbook. Always refer to the manufacturer's recommended
levels and adjustment procedures when available.
Misadjusted or unbalanced carburetion can be either lean (too
little fuel for the amount of air) or rich (too much fuel for
the amount of air). -Correct balance on a two-barrel carburetor
is an important adjustment. :
Excessively lean carburetion can cause lean misfire and
oveheating of the combustion chamber which may result in
glowing carbon particles that cause pre-ignition or excessive
emission of HC. Pre-ignition has the characteristics of an
overadvanced spark. It can lead to detonation, and may burn
pistons, burn valves, and in severe cases, even crack cylinder
heads.
An excessively rich mixture can cause fouled spark plugs and
poor mileage, an extremely rich mixture will also wash oil off
the cylinder walls, leading to increased engine wear.
A rich fuel mixture is indicated by high CO readings on the
HC/CO analyzer. When looking for the cause of an excessively
rich or lean mixture,'check the following:
1. A high fuel level in the.float bowl, which makes it much
easier for venturi vacuum to allow fuel to be pulled out
of the carburetor, contributes to a rich mixture. If the
fuel level is too low, the engine may starve for fuel.
Float level should be set-to fac'tory specifications.
3-73
-------
-49-
2. Main jets of the wrong size or the wrong idle mixture
adjustments can cause rich or lean mixtures. Some idle
jets feed fuel to the engine when the throttle is open
above idle, which means that a too rich or lean idle
adjustment could cause a rich or lean mixture in the low
cruising range. Whenever a carburetor has been rebuilt,
there is always the possibility that someone has installed
the wrong jets. Jets should be the size specified by the
factory.
3. Metering rods that do not move smoothly in and out of the
jets or are actually stuck in one position can drastically
upset the mixture. Some rods are exposed, and it is easy
to see if they move when you open the throttle. Rods that
are concealed cannot 'be tested by hand to see if they move
smoothly.
4. Carburetor dirt deposits can enrich air/fuel mixtures as
much as two full numbers at low speeds. The trouble is
caused by the gum and dust that collect in the air bleeds
and in the throat of the carburetor around the throttle
blade.
5. A power valve that is stuck open or that has a ruptured
vacuum diaphragm will feed fuel constantly into the main
system of the carburetor. The mixture in the cruising
range will be extremely rich if this happens. A power
valve that is ruptured will feed fuel at all speed ranges
and will make the mixture extremely rich. Also, gasket
blockage can cause loss of vacuum and can allow the power
valve to remain open.
6. An accelerator pump with a worn plunger or a defective
check valve can cause a severe hesitation when the driver
opens the throttle, because the engine does not get the
shot of fuel that it needs. To check the accelerator
pump, either on or off the car, open the throttle to see
if there is a squirt of fuel directed into the bores with
the engine off. The accelerator pump pistons must move
freely. Also a sticking or missing check ball will cause
a similar problem.
7. The choke is one of the all-time big offenders in the list
of causes for rich and lean mixtures. We do not
ordinarily think of the choke as causing a lean mixture,
but if the choke opens too fast, or is stuck open before
the engine is at operating temperature, it can definitely
cause a lean condition and result in a stumble. Chokes
rarely need adjustment; most of the trouble with them is
caused by the choke vacuum brake not working. Valves that
are stuck closed because of dust, gum from the gasoline,
or bent parts will cause an excessively rich mixture.
Also, slow opening of the choke can be caused by a blocked
warm air pipe, plugged heat riser, or weak thermostatic
spr ing.
B-74
-------
-50-
8. A thermostatic air cleaner that sticks in the hot air
position may cause a mixture so lean that spark plugs may
burn up.
B. LEAN BEST IDLE SETTINGS
Some manufacturers specify that, when the carburetor idle
mixture is being set on an engine with emission controls, a
lean idle drop method should be followed. When using the lean
drop method, monitor the exhaust emission with an RC/CO
analyzer to be sure there are no lean misfires (increased or
fluctuating HC levels). Always follow the manufacturer's
recommended procedure. The following information is provided
as a suggested technique, which in most :cases will yield smooth
idle and low emissions. All other tune-up and emission control
systems must be in proper working order and set to
manufacturer's specifications, before final adjustments can be
properly conducted.
Adjust downdraft carburetors (one-two-and four-barrel) as
follows:
1. Set idle speed to vehicle manufacturer's specifications
and adjust idle mixture to.rich condition.
2. Adjust idle mixture to "lean roll" condition (about 20 rpm
drop from maximum idle speed). Adjust to rich side about
one-half turn. Repeat this step on the opposite mixture
screw to establish side-to-side balance on a two-or four-
barrel carburetor. Do not look at the analyzer reading
when making the adjustment. ~ ~
Adjustment
3. Observe the idle emission levels after the engine and the
analyzer have stabilized for about 13 seconds. If the CO
is greater than the manufacturer's specification (if
manufacturer's specifications are not available see
Section 11), lean the idle mixture by turning the mixture
screw clockwise about one-fourth turn. Allow the car and
the analyzer to respond to each adjustment for about 10
seconds before proceeding with the next adjustment. On a
two- or four-barrel carburetor, turn the other mixture
screw the same amount as the first screw to maintain side-
to-side balance.
The taper of the idle mixture screw determines the amount the
screw must be turned to produce an emission change. A long
taper requires more turn. In some cases, a 1/16 turn may cause
a CO change of 0.5 to 1.0%. Experience will show you how much
turning is required to produce a certain emission change.
REMEMBER
- Maintain side-to-side balance when adjusting two- or four-
barrel carburetors.
B-75
-------
-51-
Avoid lean misfire (unsteady hydrocarbon readings—HC
needed fluctuation). Too lean a mixture will cause lean
misfire.
When a car is left to idle for more than five minutes on a
warm day (85 F~ or higher), it may emit far too much CO
because the .fuel in the carburetor bowl heats up. When
such overheating- occurs, the car should be driven around
the block.
Verify idle -rpnr when .completed. A high idle rpm will tend
to lean the mixture and a low idle rpm will tend to enrich
the mixture.
C. DUAL PIPES
If the vehicle is equipped with dual pipes, you should always
measure the emissions in both pipes during the diagnosis or
carburetor adjustment.
3-76
-------
.-52-
SECTION 15
EXEMPT VEHICLES
Section 9889.51 of Chapter 20.4 of the Business, and Professions
Code gives the department the authority to exempt classes
specialized motor vehicles from the exhaust emission inspection
portion of the program. Such vehicles can be added to or
removed from the program when, in conjunction with the State
Air Resources Board, it is determined technologically and
economically feasible to do so.
The following vehicles are exempted from the VIP exhaust
emissions test area:
motorcycles
new vehicles - unregistered*
vehicles powered by two-cycle engines
electrically powered vehicles '.
diesel powered vehicles
pre-1955 model year vehicles
vehicles powered exclusively by alternate fuels (liquified
peteroleum gas and natural gas)*
vehicles over 8,500 Ibs. gross vehicle weight*
- vehicles being transferred to a person's grandchild or
spouse, parent or child, etc.
*NOTE: Vehicles that are powered exclusively by alternate
fuels (liquified petroleum gas and natural gas) ,. .nd trucks over
8,500 Ibs. gross vehicle weight will continue to require
emission system inspection in accordance with the Bureau of
Automotive Repair's MVPC station program. Also, new
unregistered vehicles over 6,001 Ibs. gross vehicle weight will
require Certificates of Compliance for DMV registration.
3-77
-------
-53-
SECTION_lj5.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS (ECS)_ASSREVIATION3 AND DEFINITIONS
AAP -
Auxiliary Acceleration Pump - A pump that
increases driveability during cold engine operation
by providing .an extra amount of fuel to the
acceleration nozzle to supplement the main
accelerating pump.
ABPV or
ABV - Air Bypass Valve - A
suppressor valve used in air injection
divert air to the atmosphere during deceleration;
diverter or dumo valve.
backfire-
systems to
Advanced Timing - A condition where
is set to fire the spark plug
reaches top dead center (BTDC).
the ignition
before the
timing
piston
A/F Ratio -
fuel
Air/Fuel Ratio -
The proportion of air to
AG - Air Guard - The name used by American Motors to
describe a system that pumps air into the exhaust
manifold to reduce HC and CO emissions.
AI^R - Air Injection Reactor System - A system that
pumps air into the exhaust manifold to reduce HC and
CO emissions.
Air_Pollution - The contamination of th-e air that results
from both nature's activity and man's activity.
ASV -
Air Switching Valve - A valve in an air injection
system that senses intake manifold vacuum and, during
heavy load, dumps part of the air pump output to the
air cleaner to reduce air
air pump output to the
injection system pressure.
AT DC -
After piston reaches top dead center
Automotive Emissions - Gaseous and/or particulate
substances that originate in and are emitted from
motor vehicles, exhaust system, crankcase, fuel tank,
and carburetor.
BCDD - Boost Controlled Deceleration Device - A valve
that, during deceleration, is triggered into action
by high intake manifold vacuum. The valve allows an
additional source of air and fuel to enter the intake
manifold during deceleration to obtain a more
burnable mixture.
BDC - Bottom Dead Center - A condition where ignition
timing is set when the piston or engine stroke travel
is at bottom dead center. 3-73
-------
-54-
BHP - Brake Horsepower
BI_D - Sreakerless Inductive Discnarge Ignition System - A
solid state electronic ignition system that uses a
trigg.er wheel and sensor rather than points.
BPS - Exhaust Back Pressure Sensor
BPVj_BPS_ - Exhaust Back Pressure Transducer Valve - A
~ device used to sense exhaust back pressure changes
and control vacuum to the EGR valve in response to
these changes.
BTDC - Before Top Dead Center
C - Degrees Centigrade
CAM - Choke Air Modulator Switch
CAP - Cleaner Air Package - First used by Chrysler in
1966.
CAS - Cleaner Air System - Used by Chrysler in 1969.
CAT - Catalytic Converter - A device used in the exhaust
system to reduce hydrocarbori and carbon monoxide
emissions.
CCSGJ* ~ Coolant Control Exhaust Gas Rec irculation - A
system that prevents exhaust gas recirculation. until
engine coolant temperature reaches a specific value.
CCS - Controlled Combustion System
CCT - Computer Controlled Timing - A system that
feeds input from various engine sensors into a
computer. The computer then matches spark timing
exactly to engine requirements- throughout its full
range of operation.
CCV - Closed Ccankcase Ventilation
CDI_ - Capacitive Discharge Ignition - An ignition system
that discharges a capacitor into the primary winding
of the coil to initiate a high voltage.- soark at the
spark plug.
CEC - Combined Emission Control ;- A system very
similar to most transmission control- spark (TCS)
systems, except that the vacuum control solenoid also
acts as a throttle positioner.
CFM - Cubic Feet Per Minute
CID - Cubic Inch Displacement
B-79
-------
-55-
CO -,- Carbon Monoxide - A colorless, odorless,
deadly gas that results from a lack of air when
hydrocarbons (HC) are burned.
CO 2 - Carbon Dioxide - A product of the complete burning
of hydrocarbon fuels.
Combustion - The process of burning, which requires a
fuel, a source of oxygen, and a source of ignition
such as a spark.
CRV - '• Coasting Richer Valve
CSC - Cold Start Cycle
CSS.A - Cold Start Spark Advance System - A system used
on 460 CID Fords that allows full intake manifold
vacuum to the distributor vacuum 'advance unit for
better driveability when coolant tempeatures are low.
CTAV - Cold .Temperature Activated Vacuum - A system used
by Ford to select either carburetor ported vacuum or
EGR port vacuum for the distributor vacuum advance
unit, depending on ambient temperature.
CTO - Coolant Temperature Override Switch - A switch
that prevents vacuum from reaching a conroonent until
coolant temperature reaches a certain value.
CTVS - Choke Thermal Vacuum Switch - A switch used by
Oldsmobile to deny vacuum to either the front or the
auxiliary choke vacuum breaks. Its purpose is to
slow the opening of the choke and to provide better
driveability when the engine is cold.
CV - Check Valve
DAD - Dual Area Diaphragm - A unit, used by Ford on 1973
vehicles, that sensed intake manifold -vacuum and EGR
vacuum signals and used these signals to achieve mor
desirable shift points and smoothness.
DAS - Distributor Advance Solenoid - A device used by
Chrysler to give a 7 1/2 spark advance while
cranking the engine for easier starting.
DD_ - Dual Distributor
ODD - Dual Diaphragm Distributor - A distributor
vacuum advance unit that uses intake manifold for
retard operation and ' carburetor ported vacuu.n for
timing advance operation. •
DDV - Distributor Decel Valve
DM3 - Distributor Modulator System - A speed controlled
spark system used by Ford in 1970.
B-30
-------
-56-
DP
DPP
DRCV
DRS
DSC
DTVS -
DV
DVB -
DVV
EAC
ECS
EFE
EFI
EGR
Dashpot
Dual Point Distributor
Distributor Retard Control Valve - A valve used
in Ford's Cold Start Spark Advance (CSSA) system that
allows manifold vacuum to reach the vacuum advance
unit and then keeps it there for constant vacuum
advance until coolant temperature reaches 128 F. It
is used for increased driveability.
Distributor Retard Solenoid
Dual Stage Electric Assist Choke - A heating
element operated by an electrical control switch,
used by Chrysler to prevent prolonged choke operation
after initial warmup.
Distributor Thermal Vacuum Switch - A switch, used
by Oldsmobile to direct manifold vacuum to the
distributor vacuum advance unit when coolant
temperature exceeds approximately 220 F.
Fuel Decel Valve - A valve used by Ford, Saab,
and Subaru that provides an additional air/fuel
mixture during deceleration.
Delay Vacuum Bypass System - An optional system
used by Ford that bypasses the spark delay valve
during cold operation to improve driveability.
Distributor Vacuum Control Switch
Differential Vacuum Delay and Separator Valve
Distributor Vacuum Valve - A valve used by
Oldsmobile that allows ported vacuum to the vacuum
advance unit until the vacuum reaches 7-8" Hg. The
valve then switches to EGR port vacuum.
Distributor Vacuum Advance Modulator Valve
Electric Assist Choke
Evaporation Control System - A system used to
prevent the escape of gasoline vapors to the
atmosphere from the fuel tank and carburetor.
Electronic Distributor Modulator - A speed
controlled spark system used by Ford in 1970 and
1971.
Early Fuel Evaporative System
Electronic Fuel Injection
Exnaust Gas Recirculation
3-81
-------
-57-
ESC -
F
FCO -
FEC -
FVR -
GVW -
HAI -
HC
HEI_ -
H2 -
IES -
IMCO -
IR
ISS -
Electronic Spark Control
Degrees Fahrenheit
Fuel Cutoff Valve - A valve used by some foreign
manufacturers that prevents fuel flow in the
carburetor when the engine is shut off.
Fuel Evaporation Control System
Fuel Vapor Recovery System
Gross Vehicle Weight
Heated Air Inlet System
Hydrocarbons - Any compound that is made up of
hydrogen (H) and carbon (C). Gasoline, diesel fuel,
and lubricating oil are made up of hydrocarbons.
High Energy Ignition - An
system used by General Motors.
Mercury
electronic ignition
Idle Enrichment Systems - A system used by
Chrysler that allows more fuel to enter the cylinders
when the engine is cold for better driveability. As
the engine warms up the normal air/fuel ratio is
restored.
Improved Combustion System - A series of
engine, carburetion, and ignition modifications made
by Ford to reduce exhaust emissions.
Infrared Exhaust Analyzer - An instrument used
to measure the unburned hydrocarbons (HC) and carbon
monoxide (CO) that are . discharged from a vehicle
exhaust pipe.
Idle Stop Solenoid
Manifold Vacuum
The
MCV -
MFI -
vacuum that results from the
pumping action of the pistons and is felt below the
carburetor throttle plates and throughout the intake
manifold.
Mixture Control Valve
Mechanical Fuel Injection
Modulator - A device that
intensity of a vacuum,
signal.
controls or
electrical,
regulates the
or oressure
NOx - Oxides of Nitrogen - Different combinations of
oxygen- (0) and nitrogen (N) that result from high
temperatures in the internal combustion engine.
3-82
-------
-58-
OC -
OSAC -
OTVS -
Oxidation Catalyst (Catalytic ''Converter ) - A
device using platinum and palladium that changes HC
and CO in the presence of oxygen to water and carbon
dioxide.
Orifice Spark Advance Control -
Chrysler to apply vacuum to the
over a period of time. By
advance rate, NOx is reduced.
A device used by
vacuum advance unit
limiting the timing
Oil Thermal Vacuum Switch - A switch used by
Oldsmobile to shut off vacuum to the early fuel
evaporation (EFE) valve when oil temperature reaches
150 F.
Oxygen
PCV -
PTC -
PVA -
A colorless, odorless gas that makes up about
2U% of our atmosphere and is necessary for combustion
or burning to occur.
Positive Crankcase Ventilation
Positive Temoerature Coefficient Choke Heater
Ported Vacuum Advance -
connection that is located
tne throttle plates. When
idle position, there is no
the throttle is opened, a
to the vacuum advance unit.
A port for a vacuum
above the idle position of
the throttle plates are in
vacuum at the port. When
vacuum signal is available
PVS
RDV
SAVM -
s_cs -
5CS -
SDV -
Ported Vacuum Switch
Retard Delay Valve
?iniing_ - A condition where ignition timing is
"set to fire the spark plug after the piston reaches
top dead- center (ATDC) .
Spark Advance Vacuum Modulator, - A valve used
by Oldsmobile that is sensitive to engine load and
varies the vacuum signal strength and source to the
distributor in response to engine load.
Speed Control Switch
Speed Controlled Spark - A system used
General Motors cars to prevent .any vacuum
from occurring until a certain; speed is
on some
advance
reached.
Spark Delay Valve - A valve in the vacuum
advance hose that delays the vacuum signal to the
vacuum advance unit.
SPTC - Spark Timing Control System - A dual ooint
distributor system used by Datsun. This system uses
a retarded timing for city driving and advanced
timing_ for highway driving.; The selection is
controlled electrically.
B-83
-------
-59-
SI/S - Ford's Solid State Ignition System
STC - Spark Timing Control System
TAG - Thermostatic Air Cleaner
TAV - Temperature Actuated Vacuum System
TCS - Transmission Controlled Spark
TDC - Top Dead Center - A condition where ignition
timing is set when the piston or engine stroke travel
is at top dead center.
TOP - Throttle Closing Dashpot
TDK - Time Delay Relay
TIC - Thermal Ignition Control - A device used by
Chrysler, that shifts the vacuum advance vacuum source
from ported vacuum to manifold vacuum when coolant
temperature exceeds 225&F.
TO - Thermal Override
TOC - Throttle Opener Control System
TP - Throttle Positioner
TPV - Throttle Poppet Valve
TR - Thermal Reactor - A special design of exhaust
manifold that retains heat and keeps the exhaust
gases within it for a longer period of time to
promote further oxidation or burning of hydrocarbons
and carbon monoxide.
Transducer' - A device that receives a signal from one
system (such as exhaust back pressure), and transfers
that signal to another, system (such as a.vacuum
source) .
TRS - Transmission Regulated Spark - A system used by
Ford that prevents any vacuum advance from occurring
until the transmission is shifted into high gear.
TVS - Thermal Vacuum Switch - A temperature sensitive
~~ switch that shifts vacuum advance vacuum sources from
ported to manifold vacuum when coolant temperatures
reach approximately 225&F.
TVSV - Thermostatic Vacuum Switching Valve
TVV - Thermal Vacuum Valve
VAC - Vacuum"Advance Control
B-S4
-------
-60-
Vacuum - A press'ure that is l£ss than atmospheric
pressure. Vacuum is used extensively in -notor
vehicles for control purposes.
VAV - Vacuum Advance Valve VBV - Vacuum Bias Valve - A
valve used by Pontiac to prevent engine surge caused
by the EGR system during highway cruise conditions.
VDV - Vacuum Differential Valve - A device used on
the Chevette that senses intake manifold vacuum and
triggers the bypass valve to dump injected air to the
atomosphere during deceleration,
VDV - Vacuum Delay Valve - A valve used by GM to bleed
ported vacuum through a small orifice to vacuum
advance unit and control vacuum advance rate.
Venturi_Vacuum - A weak vacuum signal that originates at the
venturi of the carburetor. As- engine speed
increases, the venturi vacuum signal increases.
VHC - Vacuum Operated Exhaust Heat Control Valve - A
vacuum operated heat riser valve used by • Ford to
cause the exhaust to flow through the intake manifold
crossover passage for preheating of the air/fuel
mixture.
VI_N - Vehicle Identification Number
VRV - Vacuum Reducer Valve - - A valve used by G'l on
some models to reduce vacuum to vacuum advance unity
by 1 1/2 - 3" Hg when coolant temperature is greater
than 220& to reduce detonation.
V£V - Vacuum Switching Valve - An electrically
controlled vacuum switching valve used by Tovota to
control their emission control devices.
VTM - Vacuum Throttle Modulator ;
VTV - Vacuum Transmitting Valve - A valve used by
Toyota to limit the rate of vacuum advc ice.
W/0 - Without
3-35
-------
-61-
SECTIOM 17
INDEX
Analyzer, Exhaust Gas HC & CO
Analyzer Maintenance & Cal
Adjustment of Carburetors
Abbreviations for Emission Control
Systems
Section 4
Section 4
Section 14
Section 17
Change of Address, Qualified Mechanic
Checking Catalytic Converter operation
Complaints
Carburetor adjustment, Garage guidelines
Carburetor adjustment techniques
Cost waivers, Emission Control Systems
Section 2
Section 6
Section 10
Section 11
Section 14
Section 6
D
Denial of Certificate of Qualification
Diagnostic cnart, Exhaust emissions
Disputes with VIP test centers
Disputes with consumers
Duel pipes, testing exhaust emissions
Definition of terms, Emission Control
Definition of terms, Emission Control
B-86
Section 2
Section 9
Section 10
Section 11
Section 14
Section 17
Section 17
-------
-62-
Systems
Emission Control System failures
Emissions still too high after repairs
Exhaust emissions system diagnostic chart
Engine changes
Exempt vehicles
Exhaust failure standards, HC & CO
Emission Control System abbreviations
Section 6
Section 9
Section 9
Section 12
Section 15
Section 16
Section 17
Filling out the Vehicle Inspec. Report
Factory warranty of Emission Contr. Sys.
Failure of vehicles for Emission Contr.
Systems
Fleet operations
Section 5
Section 6
Section 6
Section 13
H
Emission control waivers, How to
request one
Section 5
Inspection., results, Vehicle
Inspection form
'B-37
Section
-------
. -63-
Lost Certificate of Qualification
Licensing of fleets
Section 2
Section 13
MVPC station and VIP
rtVPC station, How to become one
Maintenance of tools and equipment
Manuals, factory or after market
Manufacturers special equipment
Section 3
Section 3
Section 4
Section 4
Section 11
possible carburetor problems
Section 14
Qualified mechanic, How to become one
Qualification renewal procedure
Section 2
Section 2
3-38
-------
-64-
Repair of VIP-failed vehicles, Who can
Recordkeeping requirements
Repairs to Emission Control Systems
Removal, disconnection or missing ECS
Reinspection failures
Recommended garage carburetor adjustment
guidelines
Reporting of vehicles with engine changes
Section 3
Section 3
Section 6
Section 6
Section 8
Section 11
Section 12
South Coast Air Basin
Suspension of Certificate of Qualification
Surrender of Certificate of Qualification
Special tools
Sample VIR
Self repairs
State inspection emission limits
Section 1
Section 2
Section 2
Section 4
Section 5
Section 8
Section 16
Term of Certificate of Qualification
Term of Certificate of Compliance
Test equipment
Tune-up specifications
Tampering of emission control" systems
Section 2
Section 2
Section 4
Section 4
Section 6
U
Understanding the Vehicle Inspec.
Report
3-89
Section 5
-------
• -65-
Qnderhood tune -uo labels
Section 11
Vehicle Inspection Program, Purpose
Vehicle Inspection Report
Voluntary repairs, Emission Control
Systems
Vehicles with different year or make
engines
Vehicles not requiring VIP testing
Section 1
Section 5
Section 6
Section 12
Section 15
W
Waivers for Emission Control System
failures
Warranty' of Emission Control Systems,
factory
Section 6
Section 6
3-90
-------
OJ
I
DIAGNOSTIC MLSSAf.f
I. EXCESSIVE
SMOKE
2. PERFORM LOW
EMISSION
1UNL-UH
1. IDLE tl'M EXCESSIVE
4. IDLE AI«/fUEL
MIXTURE RICH
5. MISFIRE AT IDLE
QUICK REFERENCE CI'ART Of RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES
A. Check for oil leaks, faulty gaskets and seals.
D. Check automatic transmission modulator, when so equipped.
C. Check for blocked open PCV valve.
A. Check and adjust dwell, replace points If necessary
B. Verify proper operation of Ignition systems which do not have points
Use an oscilloscope or equivalent.
C. Check and adjust Ignition timing according to appropriate
specifications (vehicle or retrofit manufacturer).
D. Verify proper operation of the mechanical and/or vacuum spark
advance/retard following the vehicle or retrofit manufacturer's
recomnended procedures.
E. Check and adjust Idle rpm to the specifications of the vehicle
or retrofit manufacturer.
E. Adjust the Idle air/fuel mixture according to the vehicle or
retrofit manufacturer's specifications.
A. Check Idle stop screw adjustment.
B. Check for damaged, bent or worn linkage.
C. Check for vacuum leaks.
D. Check for emission control device failure.
£. Check for overadvanced timing.
F. Adjust Idle rpm to vehicle or retrofit manufacturer's specifications.
G. Check the IIC/CO emissions against the state emission test standards.
II. I f the CO reading exceeds the standards, go to Diagnostic Message 14
Idle Air/Fuel Mixture Rich.
I. If the MC reading exceeds the standards.go to Diagnostic Message IS
Misfire at Idle.
A. Check to ensure engine Is at operating temperature.
B. Check to be sure choke Is open.
C. Check air cleaner system.
D. Adjust Idle air/fuel mixture following vehicle, or If applicable.
retrofit manufacturer's specifications and procaJures.
£. C!:eck PCV system.
F. Check fuel eviporatlon system.
G. Check carburet Ion fuel Injection system.
A. Check for Improperly routed vacuum lines and Incorrect vacuum sources
I). Check for faulty or shorted spark plugs.
C. Check for open or crossed spark plug wires.
D. Check for yacuum leaks.
E. Check fnr distributor tlmlnu i.ia I funrt t«w>< s«":h •< H»f*«:r.l«» nr
MlcHno vac mi™ or mechanical Advance mechanisms.
f. Check for faulty Ignition parts such as points, condenser, rotor
and cap.
G. Check for leaking valves using a cylinder balance or compression test
GARAGE IDLE
ADJUSTMENT GUIDELINES
Yr. 4 Cyl. IIC
COI
DOMESTIC VEHICLES
1955-65
4 or less 900 6.0
S or more 700 4.0
1966-70
4 or less 300 3.0
5 or more 250 2.5
1971-later
4 or leiT 250 2.0
5 or more 200 2.0
IMPORTED VEHICLES
1955-67
4 or less 1100 7.0
5 or more 900 6.0
1968-70
4" or less 300 4.5
5 or more 250 4.0
1971-later
4 or less 250 4.0
5 or more 200 3.5
NOTE:
1) Vehicles equipped
with AIR systems shall
be adjusted with the
pump d I (connected and
plugged.
2) Vehicles equipped
with catalytic
converters sball be
adjusted following
the manufacturer's
procedures, failure
to do so can result
In damage to the
connector.
-------
fee
MAY 1979
3-92
-------
Mandatory Vehicle Inspection Area
.Pilnuteta
I
•o
Vklo> vllU
Luctlnt Xtaltoy
Lw.i.M^ood SAN BERNARDINO
-------
I. INTRODUCTION
Please read this study guide before you go to an Orientation
Seminar. This material will help you to understand the
purposes, goals, and Legislative requirements of the California
Vehicle Inspection Program, and contains information covered in
Module one of the written examination.
II. AIR POLLUTION AND THE MOTOR VEHICLE
Air pollution is bad for the public health and welfare. In
the cities and suburbs of California, most of the air pollution
comes from motor vehicles. The South Coast Air Basin has one of
the most severe air pollution problems in California.
One of the worst air pollutants is photochemical smog or "Los
Angeles" type smog. It is formed when reactive hydrocarbons
(HC) and oxides of nitrogen (NOX) change chemically in the
presence of sunlight. The motor vehicle is one of the prime
sources of hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen. Carbon Monoxide
(CO) is another pollutant that comes from the combustion process.
Carbon monoxide is formed when there is not enough oxygen present
to convert carbon to carbon dioxide.
III. THE QUALIFIED MECHANIC
Let's review why there is a need for Qualified Mechanics. Both
the federal and state governments have required vehicle Eanufac-
turers to design and build vehicles to meet strict exhaust
emission standards. However, without correct periodic mainten-
ance and repairs, the vehicles will become "gross emitters".
That is, they will give off large amounts of pollutants.
It has been shown that air pollution can be reduced when chese
gross emitters are identified and repaired. The Vehicle
Inspection Program is setting up inspection centers to identify
these vehicles. Once identified, these vehicles in need of
maintenance and repair will be directed to repair facilities thai
employ "Qualified" mechanics knowledgeable in low emission tune-
up and cost-effective repairs to lower exhaust emissions.
The Vehicle Inspection Program is required by law to make sure
there are enough "Qualified" mechanics to repair the vehicles
that do not pass inspection.
B-94
-------
To become "Qualified" and receive a Certificate of Qualification,
you must:
1. Attend a Vehicle Inspection Program Orientation Seminar.
2. Become familiar with the maintenance and repair procedures
recommended by the State.
3. Demonstrate automotive repair abilities by passing a written
examination.
The written examination will consist of four parts, covering the
following subjects:
1. The Vehicle Inspection Program and its recommended mainten-
ance and repair procedures.
2.. Internal combustion engines and automotive electrical ignition
systems & basic theory.
3. Fuel systems and emission control system operations.
4. Engine malfunction diagnostic procedures and test equipment
usage.
IV. MANDATORY VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM
To reduce the level of automotive-caused air pollution, the State,
on March 19, 1979, started a mandatory emission testing and
inspection program in the South Coast Air Basin, (S.C.A.3.) which
consists of Ventura and Orange Counties and portions of Santa
Barbara, Los Angeles,•Riverside, and San Bernardino Counties.
After March 19, 1979, MVPC stations will no longer issue
Certificates of Compliance for passenger vehicles and light to
medium duty vehicles under 3,501 Ibs. gross vehicle weight, within
S.C.A.B., Certificates for those vehicles will be issued.only by
State operated inspection centers. Before a vehicle from another
state can be registered into California or befc e a registration
can be transferred, the vehicle will have to be tested in an
official state inspection center.
Certain vehicles are exempt from the Vehicle Inspection Program
emission test:
-Motorcycles
-New Vehicles - unregistered
-------
-Vehicles powered by two-cycle engines
-Electrically powered vehicles
-Diesel powered vehicles
-Pre-1955 model year vehicles
-Vehicles powered by alternate fuels
(liquified petroleum gas and natural gas)*
-Vehicles over 8,500 Ibs. gross vehicle weight*
-Vehicles being transferred between parents, grand-
parents, child, or spouse
*Note: Vehicles that are powered by alternate fuels (liquified
petroleum gas and natural gas) and trucks or motor homes over
8,500 Ibs. gross vehicle weight will continue to require emis-
sion system inspections in accordance with the Bureau of
Automotive Repair's MVPC station program. The B.A.R.'s MVPC
stations will continue to clear applicable inforcement docu-
ments .
The State inspection centers will conduct the following tests or
inspections on vehicles:
1. A visual check for the following unsafe conditions:
-Oil leaks
-Water leaks
-Fuel leaks
-Exhaust leaks
-Other unsafe conditions, such as bulging radiator hose(s),
loose fans and'loud internal engine noises
Vehicles found with any of the above unsafe conditions will be
rejected from the test until such conditions are corrected. Each
unsafe condition found will be noted on the Veh-.de Inspection
Report (VIR). There is no cost limits on rejected items and the
mechanic does not have to be "Qualified" to repair rejected ve-
hicles.
2. A visual inspection of the vehicle'.s factory installed and
retrofit emission control systems will be made prior to testing.
Any disconnected, modified, missing, or inoperative emission
control device will result in the vehicle being failed. A failed
Vehicle Inspection Report will be given to the vehicle owner.
-4-
B-96
-------
3. A test for idle emissions levels of hydrocarbon (HC) and
carbon monoxide (CO).
The vehicle is first allowed to stabilize at idle
with the transmission in park or neutral; the
engine idle RPM is recorded. Next, the exhaust
levels of HC and CO are measured by infrared ex-
haust gas analyzers. Next, the engine speed is
increased to 2500 RPM to allow the inspector to
functionally check selected emission control
devices and to check the vehicle exhaust for ex-
cessive smoke. The vehicle engine is then
allowed to return to idle and the emission test is
completed. The results are recorded and compared
to the State idle emission standards, using an
automated process controller.
The owner of a vehicle passing insoection and emissions test
will:
-Receive a "Passed" Vehicle Inspection Report
-Be issued a Certificate of Compliance
(good for 60 days for registration purposes)
The owner of a vehicle failing the emissions test and/or
inspection will receive a "Failed" Vehicle Inspection Report
with one or more of the following messages:
-Excessive hydrocarbon (HC) and/or carbon monoxide (CO)
emissions
-Excessive smoke
-Excessive idle RPM
-Disconnected, modified, missing, or inoperative
emission control systems
Before the failed vehicle can be re-inspected, the cause(s) for
failure are required to be corrected; or in some cases the vehicle
may qualify for a waiver. Remember when repair- are made for
compensation, only a "Qualified" mechanic may repair vehicles
failing the Vehicle Inspection Program inspection.
V. COST LIMITATION
The owner of a failed vehicle will not be required to spend more
than $50 to correct the problems that caused the vehicle to fail
the exhaust emissions test.
-3-
3-97
-------
For example, you complete the low emission tune-up procedure
on a vehicle, then determine that the idle CO level is still
excessive because of a faulty carburetor. The additional
work is estimated to exceed $50 and, therefore, is not re-
quired by law. However, if the vehicle owner chooses to have
the carburetor repaired, he may do so. You would indicate
carburetor repair as a voluntary repair on the back of the
Vehicle Inspection Report.
The following conditions have no cost limitation and must be
corrected prior to completing the inspection:
-Correction of conditions causing the
rejection of the vehicle. Example: No fuel,
oil or coolant leaks, abnormal engine noise or
large exhaust leaks that could be considered
unsafe or affect the validity of the exhaust
emission tes"t.
VI . VOLUNTARY REPAIRS
As previously pointed out in the carburetor example, even though
there is a cost limitation in the Vehicle Inspection Program, the
vehicle owner is free to authorize additional or voluntary repairs
and/or maintenance that exceed the $50 limitation.
For example, during the performance of the maintenance and repair
procedures you find a broken plug wire. Examination of the re-
maining wires leads you to recommend replacement of 'the total set.
However, the cost limitation will be exceeded. Inform the vehicle
owner of your findings and recommendations. Replace the total
ignition wire set only if the owner authorizes the additional re-
pair. If he does not authorize the total replacement set, then
only replace the faulty wire or wires within the cost limitation.
VII. WAIVER
The Vehicle Inspection Program has regulations -chat allow the
State to issue a Certificate of Waiver in place of a Certificate
of Compliance for a vehicle failing re-inspection.
There are two situations that can occur to fulfill the requirements
for waiver. They are:
1. When a "Qualified" mechanic with a Class "A" license in a
licensed MVPC station has performed all the Vehicle Inspection
Program recommended maintenance and repair procedure steps and
the vehicle fails re-inspection, upon return of the vehicle to the
State inspection center, a Certificate of Waiver will be issued.
-o-
B-98
-------
2. When a "Qualified" mechanic with a Class "A" license in a
licensed MVPC station has determined that the failed vehicle is
in need of further repairs that will exceed the cost limitation
and that the vehicle has received a low emission tune-up, the
"Qualified" Class "A" mechanic will indicate his findings on
the back of the inspection report in the block titled "MVPC
Statement". The owner will then proceed to the Vehicle Inspec-
tion Center for re-testing and issuance of the Certificate of
Waiver.
The Certificate of Waiver will satisfy the requirement for the
Department of Motor Vehicles to transfer registration or to
complete initial registration into California from another state,
VIII. REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
As a "Qualified" mechanic, you will be required to have the
following tools and tune-up equipment available, separately or
in combination:
1. Exhaust gas analyzer with a '0-10% carbon monoxide (CO)
. readout and hydrocarbon (HC) readout of 0-2000 PPM as
approved by the Bureau of Automotive Repair. (Dual
range required for fleet facilities.)
2. Oscilloscope - ignition analyzer
3. Ammeter
4. Ohmmeter
5. Voltmeter
6. Tachometer
7. Vacuum gauge, pressure gauge
8. Cam angle dwell meter
9. Ignition timing light
10. Compression test gauge
11. Distributor advance tester
You must know the correct usage, maintenance, and calibration
requirements of each item of test equipment. You must also be
able to interpret the readings of the test equipment and rr.ake
effective diagnosis and repairs. Also, fleet facilities are
required to assure HC and CO analyzer accuracy weekly, using
B.A.R. certified calibration gas.
-7-
3-99
-------
IX. LOW EMISSION TUNE-UP
A vehicle failing the exhaust emissions test shall receive the
"low emission tune-up" message on the Vehicle Inspection Report.
The Vehicle Inspection Report will also list one or more recom-
mended procedures to be followed to correct the most probable
cause for failure.
The low emission tune-up is defined as the basic engine adjust-
ment of:
Dwell - Check and adjust as necessary to manufacturer's
specifications. If the vehicle is equipped with an
electronic ignition system, follow the manufacturer's
recommendations.
Initial timing - Check the initial (basic) engine timing
and adjust it as necessary to original equipment manufac-
turer's (OEM) or applicable retrofit manufacturer's recom-
mended setting. Run the engine to 2500 RPM and verify the
mechanical and vacuum advance operation when applicable.
To check a vehicle equipped with a vacuum spark advance
disconnect system, follow the manufacturer's procedures.
Idle RPM - Check the engine idle RPM and adjust it as
necessary to manufacturer's or applicable retrofit
manufacturer's specified level.
Carburetor idle air/fuel mixture - Adjust the idle air/fuel
mixture following the manufacturer's specifications and
procedures. If there are no manufacturer's specifications
or procedures, refer to the Vehicle Inspection Program's
"Qualified" Mechanic's Handbook.
X. RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES
In addition to the "low emission tune-up" message, there will be
one or more failure messages for vehicles with rross emissions of
hydrocarbon and/or carbon monoxide or excessive idle RPM.
The low emission tune-up procedure should be followed first, then
check your success by measuring the levels of hydrocarbon and/or
carbon monoxide. If high emissions continue, perform the recom-
mended maintenance and repair procedure(s) indicated by these
messages :
-Idle air/fuel ratio rich
-Misfire at idle
-Combination of the above messages
S-100
-------
The recommended procedures contained in • the "Qualified" mechanic's
handbook were developed to allow the most common and cost-effective
(economical) repairs to be listed first. The more expensive
repairs are listed last.
Do the first step given, and monitor the emissions to see if the
problem is corrected. If not, continue on step by step until the
exhaust emissions have been lowered to the manufacturer's specifi-
cations or below the appropriate level listed in the Handbook.
Stop doing the step by step repairs when you come to that point.
Complete the Vehicle Inspection Report, listing the maintenance
and repairs you made.
XI. EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WAIVERS
The Department is authorized to issue emission control system (ECS)
waivers to vehicles that have failed the emission control system
(ECS) inspection.
A request for ECS waiver can only be made by a "Qualified" mechanic
holding a Class "A" MVPC installer's license and employed by a
licensed MVPC station.
A request for ECS waiver shall be made by telephone to the VI?
Regional Office when either of the following conditions are en-
countered: (213 575-7030 ECS waiver information number only).
1. The repair facility is unable to locate replacement components
or devices to repair the ECS as noted on the failed VIR.
2. A repairing or replacing (parts and labor) of the ECS
components is too costly as determined by the vehicle age,
model year and other factors.
The following cost limitation limits shall apply for the purposes
of granting a request for ECS waiver.
Year Model Cost Limit
1955-1965 $85
1966-1974 $150
1975-up $250
The cost limitation specified above may be revised by the Depart-
ment from time to time.
All vehicles are required to receive a low emission tune-up
performed to the specifications of the Department to be eligible
for requesting an ECS waiver. The cost of performing the low
emission tune-up is not to be included in the ECS cost waiver
limits.
-9-
3-101
-------
When an authorization to allow an ECS waiver is received from
the VIP Regional Office, you should write the authorization
number on back of the VIR, below the MVPC statement section.
Also write the authorization number on the repair invoice.
Direct the motorist to return to the inspection center and
notify the inspectors that the vehicle has.been granted an ECS
waiver authorization number.
XII. VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM FLEET OPERATIONS
The legislative requirements for implementation of the Califor-
nia Vehicle Inspection Program allows the Department to license
any owner of a fleet of 10 or more vehicles affected by this
Program to conduct the inspections and tests of fleet vehicles
on his own premises utilizing his own facilities and personnel.
The fleet concept provides an opportunity for governmental
entities (Federal, State, and local governments), public utili-
ties and private business to become licensed as fleets and
perform their own inspection and issue certificates subject to
State surveillance. It is emphasized that this is an option
and those preferring to utilize the State controlled inspection
center, rather than being licensed as fleets, obviously may do
so.
A new or used car dealer licensed as an MVIP fleet facility may
inspect and test another car dealer's vehicles of 10 or more
with prior authorization by the Department, The licensing of
car dealers as MVIP fleets will terminate upon implementation
of the annual renewal of registration phase of the Program.
Commercial and 'Dealer Fleets
There are two categories of fleets: those owned and operated by
commercial concerns, such as telephone, gas, electric, and aero-
space companies; and new/used car dealers. Both fleet categories
are required to meet the same inspection and test procedures,
have the required test equipment, be an MVPC li< ^nsed station and
employ a "Qualified" mechanic who holds a current Class "A" MVPC
license. Only Dealer Fleets may be authorized to inspect and
issue certificates to other fleets. Dealer fleets and collective
members will terminate issuance of certificates upon startup of
the annual programs.
Collective Fleets
Collective Dealer Fleet operations are licensed and authorized by
MVI? to inspect and test other dealer fleets of 10 or more vehicles
in addition to their own fleet of vehicles. The Collective Dealer
Fleet applicant must list all the other dealers whose vehicles he
will be inspecting and testing prior to being granted a license.
-10-
8-102
-------
Collective Fleet Members
Collective Fleet Members are dealers who have their inspection
and testing done by a dealer licensed as a Collective Fleet.
Such collective fleet members are required to have a fleet of
at least 10 vehicles of the type affected by this program in
his inventory at all times.
The Vehicle Inspection Program has a special Legislative pro-
vision that allows licensing of businesses or corporations with
10 or more vehicles as a Fleet Operation. This allows the
licensed Vehicle Inspection Program fleet operator to inspect
and test its fleet vehicles or those of its members, at his
place of business and issue Certificates of Compliance or Waiver,
with prior State approval.
The fleet operator will be required to have all the required test
equipment, employ a licensed MVPC Class "A" "Qualified" mechanic,
allow periodic visits by the State representatives and follow
specific test and repair procedures.
A Vehicle Inspection Program fleet operations licensed MVPC
Class "A", "Qualified" mechanic may only inspect, test, and issue
Certificates of Compliance or Waiver for vehicles owned and opera-
ted by the fleet or fleet members with prior State approval.
XIII. VEHICLE INSPECTION REPORT (VIR)
A Vehicle Inspection Report (VIR) will be given to each vehicle
operator at the conclusion of the vehicle inspection. It is
necessary that the vehicle owner give- you the VIR before you
start repairs. As a "Qualified" mechanic, you must follow the
recommended maintenance and repair procedures noted on the VIR
and also fill in the necessary information on the back of the
form.
A sample VIR is displayed below. The area labeled "1" on the
sample VIR contains the following information:
FINAL RESULTS
The FINAL RESULTS box on the front of the VIR will display the
word "PASS", "FAIL" or "REJECT". If the word "PASS" appears,
no repairs are required.
REJECT
If the word "REJECT" appears, the vehicle could not be tested.
The reason(s) the vehicle could not be tested will be printed in
-11-
3-103
-------
the REJECT REASON box directly below the FINAL RESULTS box.
The condition(s) that caused rejection must be repaired before
a vehicle can be retested. No cost limitation applies to re-
jected vehicles. I.E. No fuel, oil, or coolant leaks, abnormal
engine noise, or large exhaust leaks that could be considered
unsafe or affect the validity of the exhaust emission test.
FAIL
When the word "FAIL" appears in the FINAL RESULTS box, the
vehicle has failed either the ECS test or the emission test or
both.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS (ECS) FAILURES
When an ECS failure occurs, a letter representing the system(s)
which failed and a number(s) representing the reason(s) for
failure will be printed in the ECS FAILURE CODES box directly
to the right of the FINAL RESULTS box. (See area labelled 1
below.) A table of ECS failure code meanings is placed directly
above the ECS FAILURE CODES box. ECS system failures must be
corrected within the requirements listed in Section 6 of this
handbook.
EMISSION TEST FAILURES
When an emission test failure occurs, a number representing the
test results will be printed in the EMISSION TEST FAILURE CODE
box. The box is located directly to the right of the ECS
FAILURE CODES box. A table of EMISSION TEST failure reasons is
printed'directly above the EMISSION TEST FAILURE CODES box.
Probable causes and recommended repairs for emission test fail-
ures can be found in Section 7 of this handbook and on the upper
portion of the back of the VIR. Emission test failures must be
corrected according to the procedures and requirements listed
in Section 7.
-12-
3-104
-------
VEHICLE INSPECTION REPORT
STATE OF CALIFORNIA 0000000
OFFICIAL VEHICLE INSPECTION CENTER
Your vehicle's test results are shown below. If the Final Result box reads FAIL or REJECT, the £CS Codes, the EMISSION TEST
FAILURE Codes, or the REJECT REASON areas of this report give the reason for failure or rejection. An indication of this probable
cause of failure can be found on the back of this report. The most common adjustments and repairs likely to be required in order for
your vehicle to pass reinspection can be found in the Consumer's Handbook published by the Department of Consumer Affairs. The
detai.led procedures are contained in the "Qualified" Mechanics Handbook published by the Department of Consumer Affairs.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS (ECS)
FAILURE CODES
FIRST CHARACTER
A Crankcase Ventilation System t
9 Air Injection System
C Engine Modification 2
0 Acr Preneat/Thermostatic Air Cleaner 3
E Ignition Soark Control <4
f Exhaust Gas Secirculation
G Fuel Evaoorative System
H Exhaust Convener
I Hetrolit Exhaust Control
J Retrofit NOX Control
SECOND CHARACTER
Modifies: Device or
System not AflB-aporoved
Oisconnected/By-oassed
Missing
Inoperative EGR Valve
EMISSION TEST
FAILURE COOES
1 Excessive Smoke
2 Perform Low Emission Tune-up
3 Idle 3PM Excessive
4 idle Air/Fuel Mixture Pvicn
3 Misfire at Idle
FINAL RESULTS
ECS FAILURE CODES
EMISSION TEST FAILURE CODE
REJECT REASON
If Final Result is REJECT, the vehicle could not be tested for the following reason(s).
Noted condition must be corrected before the vehicle ^can be tested for certification.
B-105
-------
The area labeled "2" on the sample VIS, contains the identification
data for the vehicle. Use the vehicle identification information
to verify that the VIR you have is for the same vehicle that you
are about to reoair.
QUEUE NO. ( STAT1ON*4O.-
• I
LANE NO.
TEST MODE
TEST NO.
_ OATS _,. .. •
.^gjiugi
C • '•••". •r:.-:.....VEHJCL£;;|.WORMATWN^,^.'c..>j;;vS^4s»^«ate--5*-^--. ••~--&
LICENSE PLATE
V
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NO.
YEAR
MAKE
CYL
WT
MILEAGE
AI/CAT
J
The area labeled "3" on the sample VIR contains the emission
inspection information. In this section, the emission test results
and applicable state emission standards are displayed. Vehicles
failing the first idle emissions test will also be tested at
2,500-RPM. The results of the 2,500 RPM test will be displayed.
After the 2,500 RPM test, a second idle test will be given and the
results will also be printed on the VIR. The idle RPM reading
taken at the start of the emission testing and the allowable limit
for the particular year model vehicle will also be printed on the
VIR.
EMISSION INSPECTION INFORMATION
1ST IDLE 2500 RPM
STATE
STANDARD
EMISSION
READINGS
HC (ppm)
CO CM
OFFICIAL
USE
ONLY
HC (pom)
CO (%)
OFFICIAL !
USE |
ONLY j
I
i
MC (ppm)
2ND IDLE
CO (%)
STATE
STANDARD
EMISSION
READINGS
OFFICIAL
USE
ONLY
IDLE RPM
LIMIT
READING
=cs |
10 L
SMS
10
SMOKE!
B-106
-------
COMPLETION OF MECHANIC'S PORTION
The top section of the back side of the VIR contains a description
of the""fail" codes and the probable cause for failure along with
the recommended repair procedures.
If the final reject box on the front side of this sheet reads "FAIL," the most probable cause of the (allure can be lound at follows:
1) If mere are any ECS Failure Codes shown in the "ECS Failure Codes" box. the cause of failure is indicated by the second digit of the code
The Emission Control System must be repaired or replaced.
2) If an Emission Teat Failure Code of "2" is shown, a low-emission tuneup must be oerformed to the specifications of the Department of
Consumer Affairs. This tuneup consists of adjustments of dwell, timing, idle 3PM and carburetor air/fuel mixture.
3) Probable causes and recommended repairs for the remaining Emission Inspection Codes are shown in the taole below:
CODE PROBABLE CAUSE OF FAILURE
1 a) Abnormal oil consumption
b) Worn or broken rings or valve guides
2 See Item 2} above
3 a) Incorrect idle adjustment
S) Sticking linkage
4 a) Incorrect Idle mixture
B) Dirty air filter
c) Choke stuck
d) 'Plugged PCV system
5 a) Ignition system misfire
b) lean or unoalancea idle mixture
c) Vacuum leaks
d) Low compression
* Refer to Consumer's Handbook on Repair Cost Information
RECOMMENDED REPAIR *
a) Diagnose and repair cause as required.
b) Replace broken or worn pans as required
a) Adjust to manufacturer's soecifications.
b) Lubricate, repair or replace linkage.
a) Adjust to manufacturer's specifications
3) Replace filter.
c| Repair cnoke.
d) Repair/replace PCV system.
a) Diagnose and repair or replace faulty parts.
b) Adjust to manufacturer's specifications.
c) Replace or reoair defective oarts.
d) Diagnose and repair as necessary.
CHECK OFF ITEMS REPAIRED OR REPLACED
Fill in the area labeled "4" on the sample VIR titled CHECK OFF ITEMS
REPAIRED OR REPLACED. Identify, with an "X" in either the REQUIRED
or VOLUNTARY column, any repairs made to any of the MISCELLANEOUS
SYSTEMS or EMISSION CONTROL* SYSTEMS. Charges for either labor or
parts are considered as repairs. Do not include sales tax. Volun-
tary repairs are not required by the repair procedures. Voluntary
repairs are emissions related repairs not required by the repair
procedure but suggested to and authorized by the customer.
TO BE FILLED OUT BY THE REPAIR FACILITY OR VEHICLE OWNER.
CHECK OFF ITEMS REPAIRED OR REPLACED
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS
Low Emission Tuneup
Carcuretor/Fuel Iniection
Ignition System
Vacuum Leaks (Hoses/Gaskets)
Choke Repair
Air Filter
Idle RPM Adjustment
Other
PARTS Cosl
LABOR Cost
REQUIRED VOLUNTARY
.01
m n-i
ns n«
<:
S
07
09
11
13
19
S
OS
10
12
14
70
After repair/adjustments idle emissions readings:
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS
Crankcase Control
Air Injection
Heated Air inlet
Ignition Spark Control
Exhaust Gas Recirculation
cxnaust Converter
"uel Svaooration
Retrofit Device
?uel Restnctor
REQUIRED VOLUNTARY
21
23
CO-
. 27
31
33
.30
-32
.34
.36
.38
PARTS AND LABOR REPAIR COSTS
In the area labeled "5", write the total cost of both carts and
labor. Do not include sales tax when listing parts costs. Re-
quired parts costs are recorded on the left and voluntary on the
right. The same applies for labor costs.
3-107
-------
AFTER REPAIR/ADJUSTMENT IDLE EMISSION READINGS
In the area labeled "6", record the after-repair levels of HC
and CO. The final idle emissions readings shall be made with
the air injection system connected and operating, the air
cleaner installed and all vacuum lines and fuel evaporative
control system lines connected as applicable.
CHECK OFF ITEMS REPAIRED OR REPLACED
MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS REQUIRED VOLUNTARY EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS REQUIRED VOLUNTARY
- • • T
PARTS Cott S —
LABOR Co«t S
After repair/adjustments Idle
ni
11
r>7
09
11
13
14
$
emissions
no
nfi
ns
10
12
70
readings:
Ignition Spart' Co«"o'
Fuel Restrictor
w(~- ., ., ppm rn °*
71
2"*
71
77
1*
37
V)
2*
7fi
78
32
ifi
38
REPAIR STATEMENT
In the area labeled "7", list your Certificate of Qualification
number and the repair facility automotive repair dealer (ARD)
registration number. Write your signature legibly. The purpose
of this statement is to indicate that all of the recommended
maintenance and repair procedures as noted on both sides of the
VIR were complied with.
MOTORIST OR MECHANIC (AS APPROPRIATE) COMPLETE AND SIGN ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
MOTORIST REPAIR STATEMENT
! CERTIFY THAT REPAIR WAS PERFORMED BY OTHER THAN A STATE -QUALIFIED" MECHANIC.
QUALIFIED MECHANIC'S REPAIR STATEMENT
TO BE COMPLETED OY A QUALIFIED MECHANIC IN A NON-MVPC REGISTERED REPAIR FACILITY
I CERTIFY THAT THE RECOMMENDED REPAIRS WERE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS AND PROCEDURES ESTABLISHED
3Y THE DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMES AFPAIfiS. PURSUANT TO SECTION 3339.60 OF "HE BUSINESS i PROFESSIONS COOS.
ARO BEC-ISTP4TION .NUMBER
QUALIFIED MECHANIC S NUMBER
SIGNATURE
3-108
-------
MVPC STATEMENT
You can fill out the MVPC statement labeled "8" on the VIR
only if you are a qualified Class "A" installer and are working
in an MVPC station.
You may certify:
A. That the vehicle is in need of further repairs that will
exceed the cost limitation of $50 and the vehicle has
received a low emission tune-up. The additional repairs
needed and estimated cost must be shown in the space
provided.
B. That all recommended repairs listed on the front of the
VIR were performed in accordance with the Qualified
Mechanic's Handbook.- Legibly fill in your licensed
installer's number, MVPC station license number, and
signature.
MVPC REPAIR STATEMENT >
TO 3E COMPLETED BY A QUALIFIED LICENSED MECHANIC (INSTALLER) IN AN MVPC STATION
I CERTIFY THAT:
CJALL RECOMMENDED REPAIRS WERE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE QUALIFIED MECHANICS HANDBOOK.
' (THIS VEHICLE IS IN NEED Of FURTHER REPAIRS THAT WOULD EXCEED THE COST LIMITATION ANO HAS RECEIVED A LOW-EMISSION TUNE-UP,
ADDITIONAL REPAICS NEED'
Estimated Cost Si
MVPC STATION NUMBER UCENS'ff6"l'NSTALL Efi'S NUMBER " SIGNATURE
•-co NOT USF. QUALIFIED MECHANIC NUMBER
SUMMARY
In closing, the information in this study guide will provide you
with the VIP objectives, recommended repair procedures and the
responsibilities of a "Qualified" mechanic.
Upon becoming Qualified you will receive a certificate-of Qualifi-
cation and a Qualified Mechanic's Handbook. This handbook will
contain detailed instructions and information concerning the
Vehicle Inspection Program.
3y review of this material you should have the necessary knowledge
to successfully complete part one of the qualification,examination.
The remaining examination modules will test your knowledge in the
areas outlined on page 3, of this study guide.
3-109
-------
MVIP PROGRAM
FIELD OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
SEPTEMBER 1, 1979
3-110
-------
M.V.I.?. PROGRAM
FIELD OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
CHAPTER 1 - General Guidelines
1.0 Deployment
2.0 Scheduling
3. 0 Correspondence
•5 . 0 Emergency Communications
5.0 Conduct on Duty
6.0 Automotive Equipment
7.0 Collisions
8.0 Keys
9.0 -Vehicle Idle Time
10.0 General Enforcement Guidelines -
CHAPTER 2 - Monthly Field Activity Report
CHAPTER 3 - Administrative Regulations
1.0 Quick Reference Guide
CHAPTER 4 - Application and Initial Inspection Procedures
1.0 Initial Fleet Contact
2.0 Fleet Criteria Check
3.0 Fleet Mechanic's Training
4.0 Application Approval or deferment
5.0 Application Form Processing
CHAPTER 5 - Surveillance Inspection Procedures
CHAPTER 6 - Fleet Requirements
1.0 General
2.0 Fleet Member Requirements
2.1.0 Fleet Center Requirements
CHAPTER 7 - Fleet File Updating Guidelines
2.1.0 When Adding Collective Members
2.1.1 When Dropping Collective Members
2.1.2 When Changing Names and Addresses
2.1.3 When Changing Owners
2.1.4 When Cancelling Fleet License
3-111
-------
CHAPTER 3 - Fleet Data Processing
1.0 Basic Procedures
CHAPTER 9 - Field Supervision Guidelines
CHAPTER 10 - MVIP Forms (Fleet)
B-112
-------
CHAPTER
GENERAL GUIDELINES
1.0 Deployment
1.1.0. Inspectors are assigned the duties of conducting field
inspections of fleet stations and qualified installers
licensed by the Bureau of Automotive Repair. The VIP
Fleet Program is composed of two (2) Regions, and de-
ploys a field inspector for each of eight (8) districts
within each Region. A field supervisor is assigned to
each Region and thus, each.has 8 field inspectors.
1.2.0. In determining work responsibility, allowances must be
made- for travel time. Each county or portion thereof
shall have the services of an inspector for that amount
of time proportionate to the total number of fleet
stations within the area.
2.0 Scheduling
2.1.0. Inspectors shall submit a proposed itinerary for a
succeeding week on Friday preceeding that week.
2.1.1. In the event of necessary schedule changes, inspectors
shall notify the field supervisor on office duty for
that week.
2.2.0. Overtime
an assignment
day. However
a periodic inspection ,
through the normal course of the inspection, will re-
sult in overtime. This lag time can be more efficiently
spent (without overtime) by performing spot checks on
fleet collective members. Remember, all overtime must
receive prior approval.
3.0 Correspondence
3.1.0. Correspondence and communications to and by the VIP
fleet program shall be directed to and from the field
supervisor at the Regional Headquarters.
3.2.G. Field inspectors shall contact the office-assigned
field supervisor at least two (2) times, with exception
to previously approved absences, each working day. An
inspector will be considered absent without leave if no
contact is made prior to 1200 hrs on any given work
dav.
3-113
-------
4.0 Emergency Communications
4.1.0. Field inspectors shall provide the Regional Head-
quarters with the location at which they may be
reached in the event of an emergency. This may be
included in the weekly itinerary.
5.0 Conduct On Duty
5.1.0. Clothing worn while on duty shall be restricted to
a business suit or slacks and sport coat with shirt
and tie of appropriate colors.
5.1.1. Personnel shall be neatly dressed and properly groom-
ed while on duty.
5-. 2.0. Punctuality in reporting for duty and keeping .appoint-
ments is mandatory.
5.3.0. A businesslike, professional attitude and demeanor
will be assumed at all.times while on duty, keeping
in mind the importance of service to the public and
the industry.
=• . 4 . 0 . VI ^ personnel shall refrain from discussing enforce-
ment action or policies outside the VI? prograr..
6.0. Automotive Equipment
6.1.0. State vehicles are generally assigned directly to
district inspectors. Overnight storage of State
vehicles is restricted to a State facility and sub-
ject to administrative approval.
6.2.0. Each employee is responsible for his assigned equip-
ment. Automotive records will be maintained by the
employees who have assigned vehicles.
6.3.0. The travel log and gas checks shall be forwards! to
the Regional Headquarters at the end of each mcr.th.
After review by the field supervisor, they shall be
forwarded to the appropriate owning agency prior to
the third day of the succeeding month.
6.4.0. State vehicle car washing shall be performed or.ly at
a location previously arranged by thn Tepartment.
Car washes shall not be charged on a vehicle petro-
leum credit card. Billing shall be' arranged fror. a
particular car wash directly to the Department.
3-114
-------
7.0 Collisions
7.1.0. Departmental vehicle collisions shall be immediately
reported to the field supervisor and the law enforce-
ment agency in whose jurisdiction the collision occured.
A request shall be made to the enforcement agency for
an investigation. Necessary follow-up reports on
appropriate forms will be forwarded to the appropriate
personnel by the field supervisor after a review with
the involved employee. Remember, the use of seat
belts is required.
8.0. Keys
3.1.0. Each employee assigned a State vehicle shall have an
extra set of ignition and trunk keys made and bolted
to the inside of the rear license plate. Reimbursement
for these keys will be made through the submis'sion of a
travel expense claim.
3.2.0. Expenses incurred while operating a State vehicle other
than those approved for auto repair or credit card use,
(i.e. - parking and toll fees) shall be paid through
the use of a monthly travel expense claim. (Form # 262)
9.0. Vehicle Idle Time
9.1.0. If an assigned State vehicle is to remain idle for a
period in excess of five (5) working days, it will be
stored at the VIP Regional Headquarters.
10 . 0 General Enforcement Guidelines
10.1.0. Enforcement of the requirements of the Business and
Professions Code and the California Administrative Code,
Title 16, are first regulatory and should be handled in
an administrative manner.
10.1.1. The primary purpose of the enforcement aspect of field
personnel is to obtain compliance voluntarily by means
of education rather than the hard line enforcement of
the statutes. If during the course of an inspection
the inspector notes a minor violation or infraction of
the regulations, he should instruct the.errant licensee
in the proper method of complying with the regulations.
This instruction should be in such a manner that his
actions denote a desire to be constructive rather than
punitive. 3y this method, we can gain the confidence
of industry and help achieve our desired goals in ar.
3-115
-------
10.2.0. In the event that two (2) visits are unable to affect
compliance in a voluntary manner, the inspector will
report such information (in writing) to the field
supervisor. The file will then be reviewed to deter-
mine what type of action is to be taken along with the
recommended penalty.
3-116
-------
CHAPTER
MONTHLY FIELD ACTIVITY REPORT
1.0. The monthly field activity report (Form 77M-17)
will reflect all the activities of the S.V.I.S.
for a given month. All reports shall cover each
working day of that month. Sick time, compensating
time off and vacation time will also be indicated
on this form.
2.1.0. The vertical columns shall be numbered, correspond-
ing to the dates worked. Unless time off is taken,
each days total duty hours shall reflect 8 hours of
work. - This 8 hours shall be broken down into the
horizontal columns entitled: "Insp. time", "Complaint
time", "Supervision", "Administration", "Exams",
"Presentations", "Office", and "Other".
2.2.0. The initial and periodic boxes shall indicate the total
number for that day. Of that total, the number of
inspections that failed should be written in the stayed
boxes. These boxes are for number tallying and should
not reflect time. The time spent on these inspections
shall be written in the column entitled, "Insp. Time
Inc. Travel".
2.3.0. The section entitled "Complaints" shall be used to
breakdown a tally of those contacts that were made
(if any) as a result of complaints received at the
Regional Office and then assigned to a field inspector.
The actual time spent on these types of contacts shall
be indicated in the horizontal column entitled, "Com-
plaint Time Including Travel".
2.4.0. The number of HC/CO analyzers inspected ..shall he
totalled in the units inspected column. The r.urrJoer of
units inoperative and out of calibration would also be
totalled in their respective boxes.
2.5.0. The larger boxes at the far right side of each hori-
zontal column shall be used to total the daily figures
into one monthly tally. The totalled duty hours for
that month shall reflect the total hours worked. If
this figure is not as high as required for that month,
an absence request (Form 2 634) must be on- file in the
Regional Office for the amount of hours deficient.
B-117
-------
CHAPTER
ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS
FLEET INSPECTION PROGRAM
1.0. This chapter contains a quick reference guide which
can be used by the S.V.I.S. when advising the fleet
centers "RME" of regulatory procedures involving the
Vehicle Inspection Program.
1.1.0. The section numbers contained in this quick reference
guide shall be used whenever documentation is written
advising a fleet center of regulation violations
involving the fleets' status. This shall include but
is not limited to:
A "Vehicle Inspection Report"
A "Notice of Violation"
3-113
-------
QUICK REFERENCE' GUIDE
NOTICE OF VIOLATION OF "CHAPTER'33, TITLE 16 OF CALIFORNIA ADMIN ISTRATIvJ|
CODE. SECTION(S) •
Administrative Regulations
Vehicle Inspection Program
Filed 3/15/79
ARTICLE 1 - SCOPE OF REGULATIONS
3396 -These regulations apply to inspections 4 tests
in the South Coast Air Basin as required by
Chapter 20.4 of the business &. professions code
3396.1 -Definitions
ARTICLE 2 - REQUIRED MANDATORY INSPECTION •
3396.2 (a) -Inspection required of 1955 and later and under
8501 Ibs GW vehicles in S.C.A.B.
3396.2 (b) -Exempt vehicles from'V.I.P. inspection
3396.2 (c) -Fleet concept
ARTICLE 3 - STATE INSPECTION CENTERS
3396.3 (a)' -Inspections oust be performed as contracted by
(b) the State except licensed fleets (Article 7)
(c) a) idle code
b) $11 fee
c) rejection criteria
ARTICLE 4 - CERTIFICATES
3396.4 -Authorizes State issuance of certificates of
compliance
3396.5 (a) -Authorizes State issuance of emissions waiver
($50.00 cost limit)
3396.5 (b) -Authorizes State issuance of ECS waiver (cost
limits)
3396.5 (c) -Authorizes State issuance of emissions waiver
whan eaisaion repairs performed by qualified
installer
3396.5 (d) -3396.5 (a) & (b) do not include items covered by
ECS warranty
B-119
-------
3396.6 (a) -Certificates valid for 60 days from date of
issuance including non-dealer fleets
3396.6 (b) -Dealer fleet certificates valid 60 days from
date of sale.
ARTICLE 5 - QUALIFIED MECHANICS
*3396.7 (a) -Only qualified mechanics may perform repairs
for compensation (non-fleet and fleet)
3396.7 (b) -Applicant must apply on Departmental form
3396.7 (c) -Must complete a mechanic's seminar and pass
written exam to become qualified
^3396.7 (e) -Qualified mechanic must notify Department of
address change or employment change
ARTICLE 6 - ARD'S AND MVPC STATIONS
"3396.8 (a) -Must follow Department standards, specs &
directives and/or mfr specs when adj. servicing
or repairing vehicle
'•'3396.8 (b) -Must have qualified mechanic available minimum
number of hours
*-3396.8 (c) -Only qualified licensed installer may perform
failed vehicle "ECS Repairs" for compensation
*3396.8 (d) -Required equipment and manuals for qualified
mechanic must be available; equipment properly
calibrated and functioning
:3396.8 (e) -Written-estimate required: repairs, adjustments
and/or LETU on failed V.I.R.
••3396.8 (f) -V.I.R. to be completed by qualified mechanic when
any repairs are made to a failed vehicle; V.I.R.
must be returned to vehicle owner or operator
••T3396.9 -MVPC Station shall not inspect, test, or issue
certificates on V.I.P. affected vehicles for trans-
fer of registration
3396.10 Co) -Shall complete recommended maintenance or repairs
on V.I.R. or after LETU certify that cost limits
would be exceeded. Must cornelete and return V.I.R
B-120
-------
*3396.11 -Registration/license subject to suspension for
failure to p«rform LETU or other repairs or adj
in accordance with Department procedures
*3396.12 -Registered/licensed facility shall not permit
non-qualified mechanic to perform LETU repairs
adj or device installations on failed vehicles
3396.13 (a) -Must be licensed to perform inspections 4 testing
of fleet vehicles
••3396.13 (b) -Fleet facility application requirements:
1) Ovn 10 or more nonexempt vehicles
registered in S.C'.A.B.
2) Possess required manuals and equipment
properly maintained and calibrated
3) Employ services of licensed installer with
Certificate of Qualification
4) .Possess current MVPC station license and
where applicable, valid ARD registration
5)- Not subject to denial under Sec. 480 of
Code
6) Not subject to pending accusation
7) Previously held license not still revoked
or suspended
8) Submit application on Departmental form
FLEET LICENSE. RENEWAL
3396.14 (a) -Fleet license valid 1 year from dace of issuance
unless renewed, suspended, rescinded, or termi-
nated, members renewal date correspond with their
center
'"3396.14 (b) -Fleet shall cease inspection, upon expiracion of,
license. Shall submit timely renewal application
3396.14 (c) -Must supply satisfactory proof of lost, destroyed,
or mutilated license. If such license is subse-
quently found, it musit be surrendered
3396.14 (d) -For name or address change (not involving change
of ownership) must submit license and application
for replacement
"3396.14 (e) -Fleet license not transferrable
••'3396.15 (a) -Fleet may only inspect vehicles owned by the fleet
except as stated in Subsection B
'••3396.15 (b) -Authorizes fleet centers at Department's discretion,
to have other persons as members. Fleec center
must conduct inspection and cescs ac their fleet
center
3-121
-------
FLEET FACILITY VITH FLEET MEMBERS
*3396.15 (b) (1) -Menber miat be an automobile dealer with 10 or
more non-exempt vehicle exclusively .for sale to
the public; or
*3396.15 (b) (2) -At all tisaes owns and operates a fleet of 10 or
more non-exempt vehicles exclusively for the use
of his employees or for daily or weekly rental to
members of the public in the regular course of
business
*3396.15 (c). -Requests for fleet members must be generated from
fleet center. Must identify name, address, and
size of each member. .. Licensee shall notify De-
partment of changes 'in fleet members
*3396.15 (d) ^-Fleet center shall cease certification of members1
vehicles when members' inventory falls, below 10
vehicles and notify Department
FLEET FACILITY REQUIREMENTS
*3396.16 (a) -Fleet inspection and exhaust measuring shall
conform to Stds. (Re. use of emission limits)
* 3396.16 (b) -Maintain and have available for performing
inspections required equipment, manuals, and
handbooks (Re. Weekly cal. gas)
* 3396.16 (c) -Licensed fleet to follow V.I.P. procedures for
inspections and tests
*3396.16 (d) -Qualified licensed installer to diagnose all
causes for failure and perform maintenance and
repairs in accordance with Department specs and
procedures
'•'3396.16 (e) -Issuance of certificates only in accordance with
Department procedures
-3396.16 (f) -Fleet inspections, testing, certification to be
performed only by qualified licensed installer in
licensed fleet facility
*3396.16 (g) -Fleet center shall notify Department whenever
fleet falls below 10 nonexempc vehicles
FLEET RECORDS & REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
*3396.17 (a) -All data relating to inspections and repairs
shall be recorded on prescribed forms
*3396.17 (b) -Maintain data log book and send copy of log
sheet within five working days. Qualified
licensed installer must record ail required
information at time of test or inspec t'ior.
3-122
-------
*3396.17 (c) -Retain all required records for not less than
three years
FLEET CERTIFICATES
3396.18 (a) -Certificate of Compliance and Certificate of
Waiver must be purchased from Department for
$11 each. Certificates are not transferrable
3396.18 (c) -Must follow procedure for issuing Certificate
of Waiver
*3396.18 (d) -Notify Department within 24 hours of discovery
of loss or theft of certificates in vriting,
with Serial #'s
AUTHORITY FOR DEPT TO INSTRUCT FLEET TO CEASE OPERATIONS
(Use a & 5^
3396.19 (a) -Fleet licensee shall immediately cease'testing,
inspections..'or certifying whenever fleet:
violates 3396.13 (b): 1, 2, 3. 1) falls below
10 vehicles; 2) does not have required cali-
brated equipment or books; 3) does not have
Class "A" Qualified Mechanic; violates 3396.17
(record keeping section) or fails to provide
Department with reasonable access, information
and cooperation. Fleet may not resume opera-
tions without Department authorization
3396.19 (b) ' -After fleet premises inspection, or spot checks
of system or vehicles, if the Department deter-
mines violations of 3396.19 (a), the Department
shall order licensee to immediately cease its
operations and must receive state authorization
before resuming operations
SUSPENSION OR RECISSION OF FLEET FACILITY LICENSE
3396.19 (c) -Fleet license may be suspended or rescinded for:
1) Inspecting when fleet to' be inspected falls
below 10 vehicles
2) Failure to maintain properly calibrated and
operative equipment required by Section
3396.16 (b)
3) Failure to employ the services of a qualified
licensed installer for the hours specified in
Section 3305 (c)
4) Failure to maintain required records
5) Failure to inspect or test vehicles in accord-
ance with specifications and procedures
established by the Department
6) Failure to provide the Department with reason-
able access, information, and other cooperation
as specified by Section 9889.52 (e) of the code
3-123
-------
7) Violation of any provision of Chapter 20.4
of Division 3 of the code or any regulations
promulgated pursuant thereto
ARTICLE 8 - LOV EMISSION TUNE-UP
*3396.20 (a) -LZTU required of all emission failures before
retest
*3396.20 (b) -LZTU required of all ECS failures prior to waiver
after repairs
LOV EMISSION TUNE-UP PROCEDURES
3396.21 -Required procedure and' sequence for low emission
tune-up:
1) Dwell
2) Timing
3) RPM
4) .A/F Mixture
LOV EMISSION REPAIRS
3396.22 -Repairs shall be performed on a vehicle failing
reinspection after a LETU. Repairs to be per-
formed in sequence set forth in Qualified
Mechanic's Handbook
* -Enforcement sections and subsections
3-124
-------
CHAPTER 4
APPLICATION AND INITIAL INSPECTION
PROCEDURES FOR FLEET CENTERS
1.0 Initial Fleet Contact
Fleet Information letters are distributed to dealers
at seminars and by various other means. A list of
the required equipment, a fleet cost breakdown, and
a Fleet Information Request are included. If the
dealer is interested in becoming a Fleet Center, he
. completes and mails the Fleet Information Request
Form to the Regional Office. The supervisor in turn
distributes the workload among his assigned inspectors.
1.1.0. Prior to the initial inspection, the assigned Station
and Vehicle Inspection Specialist (S.V.I.S.) telephones
the interested fleet, makes an appointment with the
owner, or other appropriate representative, and re-
views his fleet criteria with him. If the fleet will
require an Automotive Repair Dealer's Registration, or
it is not currently an MVPC Station, the S.V.I.S. may
elect to take this opportunity to direct the fleet
owner to the appropriate Bureau divisions. The fleet
representative shall also be made aware that his
"Qualified" Class "A" Mechanics will receive fleet
training at the time of the inspection. These mecha-
nics will also be required to demonstrate their pro-
ficiency .
1.2.0. S.V.I.S. or other appropriate state representatives
involved in VIP fleet inspections shall be equipped
with the following:
• VI? Mechanic's Handbook
• VIP Fleet Handbook
• MVPC Handbook
• Emission Control Systems Application Manual
(including tune-up specs.)
• BAR certified gas calibration bottle (high
range) w/regulator
• Gas calibration hose kit with probe ada-ters
• List of 3AR approved exhaust gas analyzers
B-125
-------
Examples of the documents to be used by
the Fleet Center
All the forms necessary for the fleet appli-
cation, inspection, and approval
A street atlas covering the counties within
the S.C.A.B.
Fleet Mechanic's Training Material
(e.g. - Module 4 Handout)
Activity Reporting Forms
2.0. Fleet Criteria Check
Henceforth, all instructions listed hereon are'
directed to the S.V.I.S. or other assigned state
representative. The letters S.V.I.S. will stand for
Station and Vehicle Inspection Specialist or any other
applicably assigned Vehicle Inspection Program Repre-
sentative. These procedures are to be used as guide-
lines during applicable field operations.
2.1.0. In response to the inquiry, the S.V.I.S. makes a
visit to the applicant's facility with a Fleet Appli-
cation Form, an Inspection Report Form and a Collective
Fleet Members Listing. The state representative shall
first explain the total fleet concept to the prospective
Fleet Center's Representative.
2.1.1. Determine that the applicant is actually the owner of a
fleet of 10 or more vehicles subject to inspection.
2.1.2. If the fleet applicant plans to certify vehicles owned
by another fleet of 10 or more non-exempt vehicles, the
Fleet Center must meet at least one (1) of the following
requirements:
1) He an automotive dealer who holds a New/Used
Car Sales Permit, and maintains an inventory
of at least 10 non-exempt vehicles available
for sale to the public
(OR)
2) Owns and operates in the S.C.A.3., a fleet
of at least 10 non-exempt vehicles, exclu-
sively used in the fleet's regular course
of business. (e.g. - public utilities/car
rental acenciss)
3-126
-------
2.1.3. Verify that any intended Collective Member is listed
on page two of the application form. Each Collective
Member must also be an owner of a fleet of 10 or more
vehicles subject to the inspection. All intended
Collective Members must be approved by the. Department
prior to the approval and licensing of the Fleet Center.
Collective Members added later must be approved by the
Department before the Dealer Fleet Center may inspect
their vehicles. Whenever a Fleet Center wishes to dis-
continue inspections on any of its Collective Member's
vehicles, the Department shall immediately be notified.
Mote: A licensed Fleet Center is not allowed to
concurrently be a Collective Member of another
Fleet Center.
2.2.0 Ascertain that the prospective fleet holds a valid
MVPC Station License, if the fleet applicant-repairs
autos for compensation, the business must also be
registered with the Bureau as an Automotive Repair
Dealer (ARD).
2.3.C. Determine that an adequate number of automobile mecha-
nics are employed or available to sufficiently perform
the projected volume of inspections. These mechanics
must hold both of the following:
. • A Valid VIP Certificate of Qualification
• A Valid MVPC Class "A" Installers License
2.4.0. Determine that the designated inspection area is ade-
quate for the projected volume of inspections. Sketch
its location on the back side of the Department's copy
of the Application Form. Note the hours and days of
the week that inspections will be performed.
2.5.0. Ascertain that the applicant has available an adequate
amount of service and reference material for the type,
make and year/model of vehicles intended to be certi-
fied. The fleet is also required to have on hand the
current MVPC and VIP Mechanic's Handbooks and their
respective bulletins. Upon approval of the Fleet Cen-
ter, the S.V.I.S. will supply the facility with at
least one copy of the current VIP Fleet Handbook. In
such cases when at least 90 days have passed since the
fleet was last inspected by an MVPC Representative, the
S.V.I.S. may elect to review any MVPC Certificates
recently issued, and check the station for particular
requirements unique to MVPC Rules and Regulations.
(Ref. - MVPC Handbook)
3-127
-------
2.6.0. Determine that all the required fleet inspection
equipment is present and serviceable. This equip-
ment package shall include as a minimum:
• BAR approved HC/CO Analyzer (dual range)
(as approved by the Bureau of Automotive
Repair) *
• Ignition Analyzer
• Ammeter
• Voltmeter/Ohmmeter
• Tachometer
•- Vacuum Pressure Gauge
• Dwell Meter
• Ignition Timing Light
• Compression Tester
• Distributor Advance Tester
• Reference Manuals for emission control system
requirements and engine tune-up specifications
*This exhaust analyzer will require a weekly accuracy
check with 3.A.R. certified gas as outlined in section
*3 of the VIP Fleet Handbook.
3.0 Fleet Mechanic's Training
Present Module 4 of the Mechanic's Training Package
or the equivalent. (If the mechanic is already Class
"A" and Qualified, we may forego this requirement.)
3.1.0. An exhaust gas analyzer accuracy check shall be con-
ducted as follows:
3.1.1. Determine if the analyzer is approved by the Bureau
of Automotive Repair.
3.1.2. Have it demonstrated that the exhaust analyzer is in
proper working order. Explain the importance of probe
insertion depth, and exhaust gas dilution.
B-123
-------
3.1.3. Verify that the exhaust analyzer is within tolerance
of the B.A.R. gas concentration. The tolerances are:
± .'4% CO & ± 100 PPM HC
3.1.4. The B.A.R. gas concentration shall be routed through
the'analyzer probe, and the flow balanced with the
analyzer pump's capability. During this process, the
analyzer's low flow indicator may be checked by block-
ing off the analyzer probe with the pump in operation.
For a more detailed description of an analyzer accuracy
check, refer to section 3 of the VI? Fleet Handbook.
3.1.5. The analyzer shall also be checked for overall service-
ability (e.g. high and low range and trackability
operation). An analyzer found to be out of the accuracy
tolerance or in need of repair, must be removed from
the certification work area. Application of the fleet
shall be deferred until such time that the analyzer is
repaired or a loaner/substitute is made available.
3.2.0. Henceforth, inspection procedures shall be explained
by following along an example of the Data Log Sheet.
The S.V.I.S. shall conduct a demonstrative examination .
at the conclusion of this training for each Qualified
Installer. Prospective Fleet Stations not employing
a Qualified Installer who (as determined by the S.V.I.S.)
thoroughly understands fleet inspection procedures or
applicable automotive emission control systems, shall
be cause for application deferment.
3.2.1. Explain the top portion of the Data Log, which contains
I.D. information about the vehicle in question.
Mote: "Year Basis" is the year by which emission
standards will be based and/or emission
control system requirements. Use the letter
codes, as explained in the Fleet Handbook.
3.2.2. Describe the Initial Emission Measurements section.
(e'.g. - idle/2500/idle.) The "Qualified" Class "A"
Mechanic is to write these initial emission measure-
ments in the appropriate boxes, and then compare the
lowest of the two idle readings of both HC and CO with
the appropriate State Inspection Emission Limits out-
lined in the VIP Fleet Handbook.
3.2.3. The "Qualified" Class "A" Mechanic should then perform
an inspection of all the required emission control
devices (ECS) . A check in the appropriate boxes of
the ECS section of the Data Log will indicate that
3-129
-------
these devices are present and operating correctly.
(ref.-MVPC Handbook and/or manufacturer's reference
material.)
Note: The vehicle manufacturer's reference
material should be used for procedures
covering the inspection of EGH valves
and exhaust converters. Also, section
6-B of the "Qualified Mechanic's Handbook"
contains some accepted general instructions
on determining the overall condition of
catalytic converters.
Any ECS components requiring repair should be listed
in section $2 of the Data Log.
3.2.4. If either the first or second initial emission mea-
surements at idle are within the State Emission Limits,
and the idle RPM is set to the manufacturer's recom-
mended setting or retrofit manufacturer's setting, and
all of the required ECS components are installed and
operating properly, the "Qualified"•Class "A" Mechanic
is not required to perform any of the adjustments
described in the "Final Adjustments" section of the
Data Log. (Data Log section S3).
3.2.5. If the lowest"of the two idle emission measurements
of both HC and CO are NOT within the appropriate State
Inspection Emission Limits, or the idle RPM is not with-
in specifications, the "Qualified" Class "A" Mechanic
nust perform the adjustments described in the "Final
Adjustments" section of the Data Log (e.g. idle RPM,
dwell, timing, and A/F ratio). (Ref.-Underhood labels,
service manuals, section S5 of VIP "Fleet Handbook",
and State Idle Adjustment Guidelines in Section 11 of
"Qualified Mechanic's Handbook").
3.2.5. The "Qualified" Class "A" Mechanic shall be made aware
that all emission related repairs (performed as a re-
sult of inspection requirements) shall be listed in the
"Items Repaired" section S4 of the Data Log.
3.2.7. In all cases, the "Final Measurements" section of the
Data Log shall be completed. If the vehicle passed
the initial emission measurements, these values shall
be entered in this section. If adjustments were re-
quired, the final (after adjustment) levels of HC and
CO shall be entered in this section of the Data Log.
This section also has boxes where the aonlicabla
3-130
-------
"State Inspection Emission .Limits" of KC and CO
shall be entered, which were obtained from section
Jill of the VIP "Fleet Handbook".
Note: Thermal reactors are NOT included in the
catalytic converter emission limits and
should be adjusted accordingly.
Once the vehicle's engine idle RPM -is set within
manufacturer's specifications, or retrofit manufac-
turer's specifications, the "Idle RPM" box contained
in the "Final Measurements" section of the Data Log
shall be completed. There is also a box which shall
be checked if the vehicle's engine .emits visible
particulates (smoke) at a steady state when at 2500
RPM. -(Ref.-section ?5, VIP "Fleet Handbook".)
3.3.0. Certification procedures are explained as follows:
3.3.1. Explain the two types of certificates that a fleet
center may issue: A Certificate of Compliance, and
a Certificate of Waiver.
3.3.2. The Certificate of Compliance is issued once the'Data
Log is completed and the vehicle complies with all of
the following: It has passed the applicable "State
Inspection Emission Limits (Ref.-VI? Qualified Mecha-
nic's Handbook), all the required emission control
equipment is installed and operating properly (Ref.-
manufacturer's reference material and MVPC Handbook),
the vehicle engine idle RPM is set to specifications
(Ref.-manufacturer's specifications), and the vehicle'
engine does not emit visible particulates (smoke) at
a steady state when at 2500 RPM (Ref.-VI? "Fleet Hand-
book") . The Certificate of Compliance is completed in
triplicate. One copy accompanies other registration
documents to the Department of Motor Vehicles, one
stays with the vehicle, and a third remains with the
fleet records. Fleet-issued certificates are valid
for a period of 60 days commencing from the date the
vehicle is sold. The Department's copy of the Data
Log Sheet shall be mailed to the Regional Office
within five (5) working days of certification.
3.3.3. The Certificate of Waiver is issued (in triplicate)
whenever the vehicle does not pass the State Inspec-
tion Emission Limits and, in an effort to lower the
emissions, the cost of repairs will exceed S5C. How-
ever, the final adjustments described in Section 3.2.5.
of these procedures, must have been performed. The
3-131
-------
Fleet Center is responsible for maintaining a record
of all VI?-related repairs conducted on inspected
vehicles.
3.3.4. When a vehicle fails to comply with the requirements
outlined in section 3.2.3. of these procedures (e.g.-
ECS) (Ref .-section 3327 of Title 16", California
Administrative Code), a Certificate of Waiver may be
authorized by the Department, provided one of the
following situations occur:
1) The Fleet Center cannot locate replacement
parts by contacting the vehicle manufacturer's
authorized outlet (dealer), and at least two
other major suppliers of such parts.
2) The cost of repairing or replacing missing or
disconnected ECS systems or components
exceeds the maximum dollar figure, as out-
lined in section -5_c of. the VIP "Fleet
Handbook". Before an authorization for an
ECS waiver may be granted, the fleet of the
vehicle involved is required' to spend up to
this dollar figure, and the vehicle in
question must have received a low emission
tune-up, as described in the "Final Adjust-
ments" section of the Data Log.
A request for an "ECS" waiver shall be made only by a
"Qualified" Class "A" Mechanic. The request shall" be
made by telephoning or visiting the VI? Regional Office,
(213) 575-7Q30 (number for ECS waiver information only).
When the VIP Representative determines that the request
for ECS waiver is valid, an authorization number will be
granted to the "Qualified" Class "A" Mechanic. The
waiver authorization number shall be recorded on the
Fleet Data Log Sheet and on the Fleet Certificate of
Waiver.
If the vehicle which is to be certified meets ALL of the
below criteria, a report of the certification (or 'waiver)
must accompany the Department's copy of the Data Log
Sheet. The vehicle:
1) Is owned or leased by a California resident,
business, or corporation, and
2) Is a 49-state vehicle with less than 3,000
miles-on the odometer, and
3) Has an out-of-state license plate, no license
plate, or a temporary license plate. (Ref.-
MVPC Information Bulletin 2/77).
3-132
-------
This report shall include, as a minimum, the following
information: :
* The name, address and phone number of the
issuing fleet and of the previous owner
who brought the vehicle into California.
* The make and model/year of the vehicle.
* The vehicle's identification number.
* The fleet certificate no. and fleet center
license number.
Forms to be used for the reporting of these vehicles
are included with each Data Log Book.
3.3.6. Explain to the "Qualified" Class "A" Mechanic that a
detailed description of the procedures used in Section
3.2.0. through 3.3.5. can be found in the VIP "Fleet
Handbook". The S.V.I.S. shall supply this handbook
to the fleet center once the inspection is complete
and the fleet operation is approved.
4.0. Application Approval or Deferment
The Application and Inspection Report Forms shall be
completed prior to approval of the Fleet Center. If
approval is to be deferred, the S.V.I.S. shall explain
the reason (s) to the appropriate personnel'. Write the
reason(s) in the comments section of the inspection
report. Also provide instructions to contact the VI?
the Inspection Report Form, whether or not approval is
deferred. A new Inspection Report is completed by the
S.V.I.S. for each reinspectioh.
The S.V.I.S. shall indicate on the application how much
in fees are to be paid. The actual collection of fees
will take place at the Regional Office, '(or by mail)
fees are to be collected in the
number. This numbe
Form and Inspection Report. The applicant must then
receive ana sign for a copy of1 the following:
3-133
-------
The Application, the Inspection Report Form, and the
current VIP Fleet Handbook. The Fleet Center shall
also be supplied with a list of addresses and phone
numbers depicting how and where one might obtain State
published literature which is applicable to a fleet
inspection operation.
4.2.0. The "Qualified Fleet Center" may now purchase books
of "Fleet Certificates" from the VIP Regional Office.
The Fleet Center's copy of the Application Form must
be presented at the Regional Office in order to pur-
chase initial certificate books and pay the initial
fees (marked on the application). The fleet license
itself will be mailed later. Once received, the
permanent license number is used to purchase certifi-
cate books. When ititial fees are paid, all copies
of the application form will be marked accordingly.
5.0. Application Form Processing
Departmental copies of the Application and Inspection
Report Forms are returned to the Regional Office and
reviewed. Actual fleet license numbers are issued by
the Regional Office and entered into the Data Control-
ler along with the fleet's name, address, licer.se
number, and other information as required. The approv-
ed Application Form and. Inspection Report are then
filed. All deferred application documents will be
filed separately until such time that they are approved,
5.1.". The permanent VI? Fleet License is issued and -ailed
bv the VIP Regional Office.
B-134
-------
SURVEILLANCE INSPECTION PROCEDURES
FOR FLEET CENTER ,
1.0. Follow-up surveillance inspections are conducted
approximately 60 days after an initial inspection
and approximately every 90 <3ays thereafter.
1.1.0. A file containing the current records of the fleet
center shall be reviewed prior to the inspection.
The SVIS should record or copy pertinent information
about the Fleet Center which may be needed during
the inspection (e.g. new/used car dealer fleet's,
collective member's names) . ,
1.2.0. Introduce yourself to the owner or managing
employee as representing 'the VIP, presenting
identification if necessary.
2.0. If required, the ARD license and pertinent signs
shall be inspected for validity and proper display.
2.1.0. The VIP Fleet License shall be inspected to determine
that it is currently valid and is displayed properly.
2.1.1. The MVPC Station License and all pertinent signs shall
be inspected for validity and proper display.
2.2.0. Assure that no changes have; taken place in the Fleet
Center's status (e.g. name/address).
2.2.1. Assure that all of the Fleet Center's Collective
Members are identified on the appropriate forms. If
a Collective Member's status has changed and is in
violation of Departmental regulations, the Fleet
Center shall be instructed to cease inspection of
those vehicles until such time that the Collective
Member complies. ;
2.2.2. Assure, that the Fleet Center still qualifies for a
VIP fleet operation (e.g. 10 or more vehicles).
2.2.2. The Fleet Center's designated work area shall be
maintained in a clean and orderly condition (ref.-
Section 3305(a), California'Administrative Code).
2.2.4. The SVIS shall insure that all the Fleet Center's
records are current. (e.g.,additional Collective
members).
3-135
-------
3.0. The mechanic's VI? Certificate of Qualification
shall be inspected for validity and proper display.
3.1.0. The mechanic's MVPC Class "A" Installer and/or
Adjuster License shall be inspected for validity
and proper display.
4.0. During the course of this inspection, while follow-
ing tihe procedures from Sections 4.1.0. thru 5.2.2.,
the SVIS shall conduct a demonstrative examination
of each qualified installer. The results of this
competency test shall be indicated in 3ox £16 of
the inspection report.
4.1.0. Ascertain that the required tune-up equipment is
available (ref.- Fleet Handbook). Check the equip-
ment for evidence of usage and serviceability.
Discuss the serviceability of the required equip-
ment with the Qualified Class "A" Mechanic.
4.2.0. Tetermine that the IIC./CO exhaust gas analyzer is of
a type approved by the Bureau of Automotive Repair
(BAR). The fleet representative shall show evidence
that the analyzer has received weekly accuracy checks
as per Section *3 of the VIP "Fleet Handbook". Box
-15 of the inspection report shall be used to indicate
whether or not these checks are being performed.
4.3.0. Verify that the exhaust gas analyzer is within
tolerance of the BAR gas concentration of approxi-
mately 8.0% CO and 2900 PPM propane (as corrected
by the analyzer's conversion factor). The toler-
ances for these concentrations are ~ .4% CO and
i 100 PPM HC.
The BAR gas concentration shall be routed through
the analyzer probe, and the flow balanced with the
analyzer pump's capability. During this process,
the analyzer's low flow indicator may be checked by
blocking off the analyzer probe with the pump in
operation. For a detailed description of an analyzer
accuracv check refer to Section 3 of the VI? Fleet
4.4.0. If the analyzer does not meet Departmental require-
ments, the fleet owner shall be instructed to stop
all certification with that analyzer, until such-
time the discrepancy is corrected and the analyzer
has been reinspected; or a leaner/substitute is made
available and checked for accuracy by the SVIS.
Review the fleet''s Data Log and Certificate Books
for proper adherence to the applicable Departmental
regulations. Discuss any discrepancies with
3-136
-------
issuing Qualified Class "A" Mechanic. Indicate on
the inspection report the amount of fleet certifi-
cates issued since the last, periodic inspection,
and write the last issued certificate number next
to this totalled figure. J
5.1.0. Examine the Qualified Mechanic's Handbook, Fleet
Handbook, and the MVPC Handbook for current updates
and information bulletins. ;
5.1.1. Assure that current service' literature is available
to the "Qualified" Class "A" Mechanic, and that the
literature applies to the make, model, and year
of vehicles being certified;.
5.2.0. If possible, perform a surveillance spot-check on at
least one vehicle which is on the premises and has
recently been certified. This check shall include
as a minimum, a functional ECS inspection and a
measurement of the HC/CO emissions by using the
fleet's exhaust analyzer. If a major; discrepancy
exists between what was found in the spot-check and
what was actually required and certified, the SVIS
shall place the "DMV". copy of the "Fleet Certificate"
into a state sealed envelope. The issuing "Qualified"
Class "A" Mechanic, and the.current person in charge
at the Fleet Center shall- be instructed to correct
the problem. The Fleet Center shall also be instruc-
ted to recall the SVIS who performed the surveillance
inspection when the vehicle Jin question is in
compliance. At this time, the s'viS returns to the
site and rechecks the vehicle. When it is determined
that the vehicle is in compliance, the SVIS will open
the envelope and allow the "Fleet Certificate" to be
processed. The Fleet Center is not allowed to open
the envelope. The SVIS shall attach the envelope
(with, the certificate inside) to the vehicle's
completed Data Log Sheet. The state sealed envelope
is to remain at the Fleet Center until such tir.e
that it is opened by a Department representative.
The SVIS who originally sealed the certificate is
responsible for keeping an adequate record of such
certificates, and where and when it was sealed. This
procedure for sealing the "Fleet Certificate" is to
be used only in the event that the problem with the
vehicle cannot be corrected:within a reasonable amount
of time, while the SVIS is at the scene. Legislation
also provides for surveillance of previously certified
Collective Fleet Member's vehicles. These spot-checks
will not always take place at the Fleet Center. The
SVIS may elect to visit the ;Collective Fleet's pre-
mises. When spot-checking vehicles at the Collective's
facility, an emission measurement will not usually be
3-137
-------
obtainable. However, the functional ECS inspection
shall be performed completely. The procedure to
follow when a discrepancy is found is essentially
the same as used at the Fleet Center. ' There should
exist a copy of the certificate which stays with the
vehicle, and in this case, may be used as a reference.
The "DMV" copy of the "Fleet Certificate" is not to
be removed from the premises by the SVIS. If the DMV
copy is on the Collective Member's premises, it is to
stay there, whether or not it is to be sealed.
5.2.1. ..The inspection in Section 5.2.0. of this chapter is
limited to the compliance of laws, rules and regula-
tions which are administered by the Department, and
the Vehicle Inspection Program in particular.
5.2.2. In such cases when at least 90 days have passed since
the fleet was last inspected by an MVPC Representative,
the SVIS may elect to review any recently issued MVPC
Certificates, and check the station for any particular
requirements unique to MVPC Rules and Regulations
(ref.- MVPC Handbook).
5.0. Chapter HO of this manual contains a sample copy of
an "MVIP Inspection Report". During the completion
of this report, the following guidelines shall be
adhered to:
•A. Always complete an inspection report when
visiting a fleet dealer or qualified repair
facility.
3. Whenever a change occurs in a Fleet Center's
status which requires file updating, a complete
periodic inspection shall be performed and an
inspection report completed. For details in
handling fleet status changes refer to Chapter
-7 of this manual.
C. Each inspection of a Fleet Center shall require
a complete inspection report. Separate contacts
shall stand on their own, and will be turned in
separate from other contacts.
D. For single contacts, when multiple exhaust analy-
zers are encountered, a separate inspection re-
port will be used- for each analyzer. However,
all inspection reports for this single contact
shall be stapled together prior to submitting
this reoort to the Regional Office. When this
B-138
-------
situation occurs, also number these pages in
the following manner: Example - 3 pages
Page *1 write: 1 of 3
Page £2 write: 2, of 3
Page £3 write: 3 of 3
E. In the comments section of the top page of each
fleet inspection contact, write the words "Pass"
or "Fail". This procedure is used to indicate
to office personnel whether or not to continue
the sale of certificates to the fleet in question.
F. The inspection report contains.a box entitled:
"Type Inspection". Each report shall have at .
least one (1) box checked in each verticle
column. The left column may contain as many as
two (2) checks when a follow up inspection is
involved.
The columns are used to explain what type of
inspection is being performed on what type of
fleet or qualified station.
G. Section -5 of the Fleet Handbook contains in-
formation which may be followed when determining
conversion factors and acceptable ranges cf
.calibration gas. This section shall be reviewed,
by the SVIS, prior to an initial completion of
the analyzer section of an inspection repcrt.
H. Any deficiencies checked on an inspection report
shall be noted in the comments section, with a
statement requesting compliance.
I. All inspection reports .shall be signed by the
" R.ME" (Responsible Managing Employee) and the
inspecting SVIS. (Include your ID= and District.)
J. Remember - each contact; with 'a Fleet Center
requires a complete inspection report. The SVIS
should review every box for applicable information,
when completing these reports.
5.1.0. Violations of the Administrative Regulations outlined
in Chapter £3 of this manual, shall be segregated ir.to
three (3) categories-or "conditions".
- A. Condition =?1
These violation(s) are of such minor nature that
unless repetitious, the inspector may advise the
3-139
-------
fleet "RME" (in writing) that compliance is a
must. The violation(s) shall be identified on
an inspection report. This report must be
signed"by the SVIS and the fleet's "RXE". If
the same minor violation(s) are encountered on
two (2) consecutive inspections, the violation(s)
shall be handled as those of a condition 2 na-
ture. Examples of minor (condition 1) violations
are as follows:
1. Failure to maintain a weekly analyzer
accuracy check. (3396.16 (a), Title 16)
2. Failure to have adequate manuals and
handbooks on hand. (3396.16 (a) , Title
16)
„ 3. Failure to properIv display qualified
installer's licenses. (3307(b), Title
16)
Condition "2
These violations are of such nature that further
certification cannot be permitted by the Depart-
ment. They shall be clearly checked and descri-
bed on an inspection report. The coirjnents sec-
tion shall also contain instructions to cease
certification until such time that a reinspection
assure compliance. This report shall be signed
by both the SVIS and "RME"." The fleet's "?.ME"
shall also be advised not to attempt the purchase
of certificates until such time that a reinspec-
tion assures compliance. The SVIS shall write
the word "Fail" (in bold letters) in the ccrr.mer.ts
section of the inspection report.. This will
alert office personnel to defer certificate sales
until another report is received with the word
"Pass". Reports reflecting condition 2 or 3
violations shall always have "Fail" written on
them. When no violations are noted, or only
condition 1 violations, the word "Pass" shall be
written in the comments section of the report.
Section 3396.19(a) S (b) of Title 16, California
Administrative Code contains clear definitions
of such condition 2 violations where certifica-
tion must cease. Examples of these violations
are as follows:
1. Dealer no longer owns 10 vehicles.
(3396.19(a), Title 16)
2. Fleet's exhaust analyzer is not within
tolerance. ( 3396 .19~(a) , Title 16)
3. Fleet no longer emplovs cuaiified
installer. ( 3396.19(a) , "Title 16)
B-140
-------
C. Condition 33
These violations are severe, and require a
written "Notice of Violation" to be issued
in addition to all the items in condition 2.
Notice of Violations normally initiate an
investigation, which may result in license
suspension or revocation. The SVIS shall not
issue such documents without first notifying
his field supervisor. The facts will be
reviewed, prior to an investigation. When a
written "Notice of Violation" is authorized,
the inspector (SVIS) shall seal all available
unissued certificates in the same manner as
described in Section 5.2.0. of Chapter 5 of
this manual. Condition 3 violations are as
follows:
1. Two (2) consecutively noted condition
2 violations of relative nature.
(3396.19(c), Title 16}
2. Continued certification after written
notification to cease. ( 3396.11,. 19,
Title 16)
3. Failure to properly inspect vehicle(s)
as outlined in Section 3327, Subsec-
tions a,b Sc of Title 16, California
Administrative Code.
4. Violations of Section 9884.7(1), cf
the Business and Professions Code.
a. False statement
b. Fraud
c. Gross negligence
d. Failure to comply
e. Willful departure
Whenever an inspector becomes aware of the comissicr.
of any acts -that are described in this section, he
will document all pertinent facts in a chronological
order and secure, if possible, any documentation
that would substantiate the violation. Rememher,
no matter how minor, all violations have the potential
of administrative action which may/or may not result
in the suspension or revocation of licenses ar.d/or
registrations.
The Fleet Inspection Report:shall be completed prior
to such time that the SVIS will draw any conclusions
about the Fleet Center's future status.
If a situation develops at the Fleet Center which
requires immediate assistance or advice, a supervisor
may be telephoned, and if need be, requested tc the
scene.
3-141
-------
n.4.0. When completed, the inspection report shall be
discussed thoroughly with the fleet representative.
Any deficiencies noted on the report should be
completelv understood bv the fleet representative
(RME).
6.5.0. After failing an inspection, in the event that no
contact is made by the licensee within 30 days for
reinspection, a phone contact will be made by the
inspecting SVIS to ascertain if the licensee de-
sires to remain a licensed fleet.
7.0. When it appears that there exists an intentional
violation of State Law, with intent to fraudently
misrepresent services to the consumer or to the
State -of California, the supervisor shall be in-
formed thoroughly of the situation, who in turn may
elect to refer the case to the Complaints and En-
forcement Division.
7.i.e. Remember, the field personnel's basic duty is to
provide assistance in the interpretation of the
lav; by the licensee, thus aiding the licensee in
conducting his business within the course and scope
of Departmental rules and regulations. If a pciite,
businesslike approach is adopted by Bureau personnel
compliance will be achieved, and more importantly,
acce-cted.
3-142
-------
CHAPTER
FLS^.T CENTER- & MEMBER REQUIREMENTS
& RESPONSIBILITIES
1.0. This chapter outlines the requirements and responsi-
bilities of both Fleet Centers and their members.
A copy of these requirements, must be supplied to each
Fleet Center and their members,, prior to an applica-
tion approval. A "Request to Add Member" form must
also be signed by an "RME" of both the Fleet Center .
and each member prior to approving any car dealer as
a member of a Fleet Center. This form assures the
Department that all parties involved have read and
understood the requirements and responsibilities for
which they are about to undertake.
2.0. Fleet Member Requirements and Responsibilities of
the Inspecting Fleet Facility (Applies to Car Dealers)
A Fleet Member is defined as a car dealer that elects
not to meet the requirements to become a licensed
fleet facility; elects not to send his cars through
one of the 17 State controlled inspection centers;
and vtho is authorized by the State to have his vehicles
inspected and certified by another car dealer who is
licensed as a fleet facility.
To become a fleet member, a dealer must meet the
following requirements:
-Own and operate or have in his business
inventory 10 or more.vehicles affected by
the MVIP~.
-Furnish proof that a:car dealer licensed
as an MVIP fleet facility has agreed to per-
form the inspection and certification of the
fleet member's vehicles.
-Provide whatever access and cooperation the
State deems necessary to facilitate random
inspections of his car inventory.
-Cannot be a fleet facility without specific
Denartment aocroval.
3-143
-------
2.1.0. Responsibility of the Inspecting Fleet Facility
-The licensed fleet facility that has agreed to
perform the inspection must identify in his app-
lication for license each fleet member whose
vehicles he has agreed to inspect and certify.
-If the inspecting fleet facility determines it
will no longer inspect a particular fleet merrier,
the Department shall be notified immediately.
-Specific Departmental approval will be required
to add any new fleet member not identified in
the approved fleet facility license.
-Five working days time will be required for
inspection' and approval.
-The licensed fleet facility will be responsible
for the proper performance of inspection and
certification issued, and disputes between in-
specting fleet facilities and fleet members rr.ay
result in revocation of the Fleet Member's
license, the inspecting facility license, or
both.
-Inspection and certification for fleet member
vehicles must be in compliance with the Depart-
ment's rules and regulations.
-Certificates are not transferrable.
3-144
-------
CHAPTER
FLEET FILE UPDATING GUIDELINES
1.0. When visiting fleets during a status change, a
complete periodic inspection shall be' conducted,
and reflected on an "Inspection Report". If the
.fleet should fail this inspection, discontinue to
process the status change and. turn in the completed
"Failed Inspection Report" to the Regional Office.
The failed report will defer any further certificate
sales until such time that the Fleet Center complies.
2.0. This section gives examples of situations which may
occur resulting in the updating of a Fleet Center's
file and/or license. The letters "RME" shall'stand
for, "Responsible Managing Employee". The S.V.I.S.
shall follow these guidelines when making contact
with the Fleet Center.
2.1.0. WHEN ADDING COLLECTIVE MEMBERS
A. Supply Fleet Center with:
1. Copy of completed inspection report describing
the action being taken and signed by the "RMZ".
2. Copy'of new application form when £ change is
applicable, with "Number Change" written in
Reason 3ox..
3. Copy of (dealer typed) list of collective mem-
bers .
4. List of collective fleet operation requirements.
3. Supply Office with:
1. Original of completed inspection report-des-
cribing the action being taken and signed by
the "RME".
2. Original of new application form when * change
is applicable, with "Number Change" written in
Reason Sox.
3. New (dealer typed) list of collective members.
4. Completed "Request to Add Member" form for each
new collected member.
5. Original green copy of old fleet license when
number changes are acolicable.
3-145
-------
2.1.1. S7HEN DROPPING COLLECTIVE MEMBERS
A. Supply Fleet Center with:
1. Copy of completed inspection report des-
cribing the action being taken, and signed
by "RME".
2. Copy of (dealer typed) list of collective
members.
B. Supply Office with:
1. Original of completed inspection report des-
cribing action being taken, and signed bv
" RME " .
2.- New (dealer typed) list of collective members.
2.1.2. .WHEN CHANGING NAMES & ADDRESSES
A. Supply Fleet Center with:
1. Copy of completed inspection report describ-
ing action being taken and signed by "RME".
2. Copy of new application form with "Address
Change" or "Name Change" written in Reason
Box.
B. Supply Office with:
1. Original of completed inspection report
describing action being taken and signed bv
"RME".
2. Original of new application form with "Add-
ress Change" or "Name Change" written in
Reason Box.
• 3. Original green copy of old fleet license.
2.1.3. WHS" CHANCING OWNERS
A. Supply Fleet Center with:
1. Copy of completed inspection report describ-
ing action being taken and signed by "RME".
Note: This is an initial inspection with a
new owner. Also describe old fleet, na~e and
number to be cancelled.
2. Copy of new application form with new license
nurr.be r.
3. Supply Office with:
Original of completed inspection report des-
cribing action being taken and signed by "RXE".
3-146
-------
Note: This is an initial inspection with
a new owner. Also describe old fleet name
and number to be cancelled.
2. Original of new application form with new
license number.
3. Original green copy of old fleet license.
2.1.4. WH5N CANCELLING FLEET LICENSE
A. Supply Fleet Center with:
1. Copy of completed inspection report des-
cribing action being taken and signed by
"RME".
B. Supply Office with:
1. Original of completed inspection report
describinq action being taken and signed
by "RME
2. Original green copy of fleet license.
2.2.0. Whenever these changes involve the status of an MVPC
station license and/or an ARD registration, the S.V.I.S.
shall also take the appropriate action necessary to
update these files. Refer to the MVPC Progra- Proce-
dures Manual and/or the MVPC Program Handbook for details
on these changes. Copies of the completed forrr.s used
for these changes shall be submitted to the Regional
Office along with the appropriate VIP documents.
3-147
-------
CHAPTER
FLEET DATA PROCESSING
This chapter contains the basic procedures necessary
to process incoming fleet related material from the
field. Commencing with section 1.1.0., these proce-
dures should normally be followed step by step.
1.1.0. Sort Incoming Mail in Five Stacks
A. Corrected Data Logs
3. Approved Initial Applications
C. Periodic Inspection Reports Pass
D. Periodic Inspection Reports Fail
E. All other
1.2.0. Process Approved Initial Applications
A. Review applications.
B. Pull each approved fleet from assignment file
and attach assignment sheet to application.
C. Enter all collective members in catalog.
D. Enter all new fleets and their collectives
into E.D.P. (Check alpha x-ref for collective
membership) (Use catalog)
E. Check for certificate sales card on each new
fleet. (Use fleet files)
?. Make folders for each new fleet and file.
G. Enter all new fleets in fleet inspection
records. (Use catalog)
1.3.0. Complete Meekly Fleet Status Report
'Process Failed Periodics
A. Review inspection reports.
3. Pull certificate sales card and file.
C. Log each failed report in fleet inspection
record. (Hash mark only)
0. File reports in fleet files.
Process Passed Periodics
A. Review inspection reports.
5. Check each passed report with deferred
certificate sales file.
C. Log each report in fleet inspection record.
~. File reports in fleet files.
B-148
-------
1 •„ 6 . 0 . Process Name, Address & Member Changes
A. Enter as other contacts on weekly status
report.
3. Enter in E.D.P.
C. Enter name and address changes on memo to
Sacramento for new license printing.
1.7.0. Adding & Dropping Collective Members
A. Always add new members to end of list. -
B. Dropped members numbers remain blank.
C. Change on E . D . P . ('change Fleet Center misc.
code).
D. Additional numbers over 26-Z are Cl
th-rough C9 .
E. Change catalog and update files.
1.9.0. Changing Fleet License Numbers and Name Changes
A. New application must be filled out. In
"Reason For Application" box, write in
bold letters-"Name Change" and/or "Number
Change".
0. Change on E.D.P.
C. Change catalog and card file.
D. Write new. number on month.lv license reprint
.list.
E. Send monthly license reprint list at least
once a month to Jim Brown.
3-149
-------
CHAPTER
FIELD SUPERVISION GUIDELINES
1.0. The "S.C.A.3." fleet districts are split into two
Regions - Northern and Southern, with a supervisor
for each Region. Corrective supervision, perform-
ance evaluation, and other administrative duties
as related to the field inspectors is the responsi-
bility of the supervisor assigned to that Region.
The Northern Region is assigned the following
districts: 2A, 23, 3A, 33, 6, 3, 9 and 10.
The Southern Region is assigned the following
districts: 1A, 13, 4A, 43, 5A, SB, 7A and IE.
1.1.0. Each supervisor is to spend two weeks per month
(staggered every other week) riding with the in-
spectors of his Region and spot checking their work.
1.2.0. Each supervisor is to spend two weeks per month
(staggered every other week) in the office, review-
ing field inspections and overseeing fleet operations.
1.2.0. 3oth supervisors will keep a joint file of all fleet
and personnel activities. 3oth supervisors will
coordinate their activities by phone contacts and a
weekly meeting prior to a weekly briefing of the
field staff. The field inspector's weekly briefing
shall he conducted by the supervisor overseeing
fleet operations for that week. Whichever supervisor
is overseeing fleet operations for a given week will
also attend the weeklv manacenent staff rneetir.c.
3-150
-------
10
CHAPTER 10
MVIP FOP-MS (FLEET)
3-151
-------
ANO C
iCtS AGENCY
EDMUND G. 3RO-VN JR.. Co>«rnor
OF
nsumer
BUREAU OF AUTOMOTIVE REPAIR
VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM
REGIONAL OFFICE
3413 FLETCHER AVE.. SUITE r2 EL MONTE. CA 91731
PHONE: !2I31 57S-7OOS
APPLICATION FOR LICENSE (INITIAL OR RENEWAL)
INSTRUCTIONS: •-•.•- ?-- i .- t- . .-.-.- s.-. - •; = : z - , C •.. F ,~;iPEC- C-. =.=CC = AM
• ••••• • •- -- - -•-•-• •• •-••• — •••>.
FOR BUREAU USt ONLT
LICENSE NO. : CODS : F = £ : DATE ISSUED
i • !
' !
Q . ' f .«•->.
I. REASON FOR APPLICATION
.
LICENSE APPLIED FOR ich.ck aioocj as
:.;VPC =
o.v.v -•
APPLICANT'S BACKGROUND
(it application it for rcn«wa/, :ompj«r« 3 and C
YES NO
APPLICANT'S CERTIFICATION
J i-•#* 'o csmpi'x -*«/ft a/.1 /c* ( anc /•egu/a.'i'ont apo^cab/* fo :f>e (icenie rer *hich I am 3pp/ying ana I yno'eri/onrf ;>ioi »ro/on"cn o-' any /ow or
'rjta.cr.'O/i ocop'eo by 'he O-Vecror of C^niumer A(?ain purfuonf thsrtta moy resui/ in :.ne filing a/ o criminal sciion i" 3 court o/ ia* or fht n'ing
X
.-.IGNATL'KE OF
Ai'lM.K-'A.NT
INSPECTION AND APPROVAL
B-152
-------
M.V.I.H. INSHtC 1 ION HbHOH I' j--«- •••=- ; ~v.e
-------
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION DATA LOG SHEET
-!=--- --L-
: A ' i *• r : -! « ;H e C K 0 CI . 'l
.. 1 I.I I i i
IDLE r
- J.'.C1' IOL E
•1)
v£NT!LA riON
AiR PSCiic ' r THE3v.C.: ! A TIC
. __ i EXHAUST GA3 SECIPCJ--T10N
; . FUEL EVA
j:i,J :<: fJ sc • y
R E T RC r I T E XH AUS7
f'jrn- adi u s i'«sn t •, n mar-j racTui r' •-
..« retrof'l nionu fc 'iwf t-r i reccmmp- -. ra
J ^".jrers -.-T-.i.-'g o:: A'
-•:cect-c ;.'• - '^--icJ :-.o joe - r
B-154
-------
STATE C= jAl.'fOSNIA— AGSIC'JUURE AND SERVICES AGENCY EDMUN3 G. SHOWN ;?.. Go'*'-3'
fO
of BUREAU OF AUTOMOTIVE REPAIR
VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM
REGIONAL OFFICE
3.11.5 HETCHES AVENUE. SUITE =?
EL MONTE. CAllF 71731
PHONE: (213) J7S.700J
REQUEST TO ADD
FLEET BUSINESS NAME .AND #
FLEET BUSINESS .ADDRESS _
FLEET BUSINESS PHONE (
IK NAME TITLE
REQUEST TO.. ADD THE FOLLOWING ^HE
.'i'lNESS N.^IE .ADDRESS 21? CODE NEW/USED CAP.
PERMIT NO.
: HAVE RE.AD .AND UNDERSTAND THE FLEET MEMBER REQUIREMENTS ANE
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE INSPECTING FLEET FACILITY (.APPLIES TC CAS
DZ.ALERS) .
ALTHOSIZED SIGNATURE
i'LEET FACILITY DATE
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
FLEET MEMBER DATE
8-155
-------
IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS
(Read Carefully)
CERTIFICATE BOOK
Tms nee! certificate 000*1 contains ten conse;uiively numbered Cer-
M'Calir.'. in indicate wnicn art 10 Oe used m co-".'.-:Culwe order
PREPARATION OF CERTIFICATES
uyon ,. oir.pieiion ol :ne inspections ano tests, 'r-suirt-menti specified <"
i,-.e VIP Fieet HanaoooK:
A The Qualified Class "A" mstaiier snail, after determining me venicie is
MI compliance, comoieie me Certificate (in i.-.ciicate) snowing all a-
yui'ea information ana signing on me apprcsriate line.
3 Oeucn me oiue cooy marKea "OMV Copy ' lor forwarding to me
Uftrrfrimeni yl Motor venicies lor regisiradcn ourposes.
C Oeucri me pmt>. r.opy markea Venicie Copy' ana place it m me vern-
0 Tne :nnd coov
i De
m me Certii-cate book.
VOID CERTIFICATES
vvnen ii is necessarv to void a Certificate m accc-cance witn me instruc-
tions m me Fleet Facility HandOooK. write "Vox: on me original (Oiuei
cc!.y arm letam a\' cij&ies m me Cernlicaie OOO'
OBTAINING ADDITIONAL CERTIFICATE SOOKS . •
Aouihonai Certiiitate oooKs may oe ourcnaseo i, «riimg me California
verticil- I'isoectiori Program Regional Office. 3<'i ?ieicner Avenue. Suite
NC 2. ci Monte. California 9' "31 5ooks will oe ' M'J oniy to a surcnase'
*no p/nceny iQcniities me name, aaaress ana iiCc-'-se number 31 me lietst
saciiny 'eauesung me certificate CGOKISI.
R.EET FACILITIES
FV: ^22961
CERTIFICATE OF
COMPLIANCE
NON-COMPLIANCE
•««f
-------
STATE Of CALIFORNIA—AGRICULTURE AND SERVICES AGENCY EDMUNO G. MOWN J*.,
Of
BUREAU OF AUTOMOTIVE REPA|R
No.B 09057
NOTICE OF VIOLATION
COMPLAINT NO.
COMPLAINANT:
OWNER-
ESTABLISHMENT.
SEGISTHATION NO.
*OOHESS.'
ISSUED TO:
Yow af« h«r»by nottfi*^ fhat you ar« in violation of Section ___^^^___^~~^
ai th« 5ulin«u and Profeuiont Code and/or $«ction -
of Till* of th» California xdminiftrativ* Cod*.
REMARKS:
RECEIVED 8Y
3Afl .9SP9ESENTATIVE:
OATE
FIUH COPY
B-157
-------
Qf CAUfOtNiA—AG»ICUITU*£ ANO SHVICIS AGZNCY
(DMUHO G. 8*OWN
nsumer
BUREAU OF AUTOMOTIVE REPAIR
VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM
REGIONAL OFFICE
3-413 FIHCHER AVENUE. SUITE it
El MONTE, CALIF. 91731
PHONE: (213) 373-7005
FLEET LICENSE NUMBERING PROFILE
F=Fleet Center
_>. A,B,C,..= Expiration Month - Jan, Feb, Ma;
Fleet Center Type*
Q. Z 2. Q
jD_ _O \_
0 O 1
L
Fleet Center Tvoe'
First nur.be r issued
wi11 be 1001+.
Collective members
have same number
as their Fleet Car.-ar
-*" A,3,C, . .=Collective Member Code - 1,2,2..
C"Collective Member
The third character denotes the type of Fleet Center. .-.II
the Fleet Center's collective members will have the sa~e p.urC
Listed below.is the different types of Fleet Centers.
0 = Commercial
1 = Dealer - Mew
2 = Dealer - Used
2 = Dealer Mew/Used
4 = Dealer Mew/Used Collective
5 = Dealer "Jew Collective
B-153
-------
'BUREAU OF AUTOMOTIVE REPAIR - MVPC FIELD ACTIVITY - MONTHLY REPORT
MOMtH-r EAU
'
DATES WORKED
INSPECTIONS
INITIAL .--•
.. s r AY en
r tmouif.^-
-=.-^1'. sjA.y.£_f>
LAMP ^__^ "
CJRAKE
INSP. TIME INC. TRAVEL
N AMg
:X .
s'
£~ ...
X'
/'
jr*
• ••"
,x
x
X
X
X.._j.;.
^x
X
X
X'. .
X
,f
s
,''
./
'
X
'
X
s
.••
x. t
X 1
t-
- .. .
J.
•:.•:.
'
T 1 r L F
1
1
1 •
•:J- >-•--
: x' . i
1 .,
• -• • f- - - - r- -f .j-
' ; i - i .
• •
.
1 O M IJMU li f '
. ,~T
-• 1 ' ' ' '
- ,•• ' -f
1 - -•-! . -' T'
. ..I...).. 1 j -
COMPLAINTS
55 - 65
66 - 70
OTHER
PENDING
RECEIVED
CLOSED
COMPLAINT TIME
INCLUDING TRAVEL
. 1
UNITS INSPECTED
UNITS INOPERATIVE
OUT OF CALIBRATION
1
\
T
I
I... .
..
-IC/C
O ANALYZERS
OTHER ACTIVITIES HO
SUPERVISION
ADMINISTRATION
EXAMS
PRESENTATIONS
or MCE •
OTHER "
TOTAL DUTY HOURS
I hereb
entered
accurat
during
SK;,NATUI
SIM 'fir. I
7711-L
. .. .
•- - ••
.
- •- •
y certi fy that the inf
on this report is a t
e description of my ac
the period specified.
([" n>
, .t j
7 (
7-78)
•
_
..
•
. -.
, ; ] ";
: i 1
i \" : i
1 I : - -»
! . .... . i . . . i ... . i .
.
URS
-
.
p—
•
: i i ' ' " i ;
1 1 i 1
i - ! - --- -
' i 3
i i i i A
I ' 1 : 1
, . i .... j . -
. ! . i i . 1
! i : : "
* ! " ' I ' ' " .( - .. . ^ .
i ; ! • •
« - 1 • - ' 1 ... H -
: ' i i
: : ; i • i
i ! ;
' ' .. . ! . ".
armation iiii.rciinNi s. i MLINI; COUNT CR. •• virMicii- SEMVICI'. sr A IIC,M
rue and '"' u/VIIN(i f;AI"> ' '" f s ' '(-: -unvi it i A^.J . :;cii:i.^ SIAM
^jvifv L xi'LAiN UN IILVEHSL i-Hi.i.M 'i (; ' :•, i : c; ' '•'""'
I ' .< PL AII-J ( r: IM- vi'ir.'.l. r : >iii',
1 !'
» TT
'• >; | I .'.•,: I-H--
| ' -.'., , .= -. =...
-------
Illi I Hi
in in AI- < ii '.i 'ii >•.!< i n\ i. :u i
in v
m:com> ion III-:<;ISTI H 7!<.
i July II. !'.«?!))
I TH.i: Hi. I'KOFIISSJONAI. AND VOCATIONAL
iti-:c:ui.ATioNS
t.HAl'l KM H HUHKAU ()]•- AUTOMOTIVE IIITAIII
This purl of Hcgislcr 70, No 2H, contains all the addition:..
amendments. and repeals affecting the ulwwe enl illcd portion o( the
California Administrative Code which were filed with (lie Secretary of
Slate Irom 7-7-71). to and including 7-M-79. The lulcst prior register
containing regulations of (lie above agency is Hcgister 79 No. II
M 17-79).
II is suggested that tint section immlx-rs listed Inflow us well as I lie
page nuiiilxMi l>»: clu-ckcd when inserting this material in the code aiul
letiioving I IK- sii|X-rseded material. In caw: of doubt rely u|X>n llie
.s<-i.'lion iiuinlH-ii rather than the pngo IIIIIII|H:IS since the section
iiuiiilx-is iniisl run consi:culivoly. It is further sugj«esled that
superseded material l>e retained wilh this revision record sheet so that
:hc prior wording of any section can be easily ascertained.
co
I
i-1
SECTION CHANGES
I'nlrss olheiwi.se noted, the sections listed lutlow arc amended
ri cm
:HIKi5(u). (li).(il)
:t)!M. 10
H!X, l.'i(h)
I!)
PLEASE NOTE
•\ iirw. kiiu|ilr iiyl,- loi tin- Culi/oiinn Ailiiiiniilrulivr Cxxle ii liclng
in>|ili-iiu-iili-J In i .11 Ix.lli |,nuliiiK |j,,i,r uiul i:.|K--iin- We !><>|>e you ur«t |ili-(.vtd
w.ilh llu- nrw ((.iinul wliicli you will uolict: in llie ullucli.-d uiiii-nclrnciiU
HAGE CMANGEii
ft AIIIOWO
Old fngo.
;I7H :) -:
st IK llAl'll -n - MO I nil \l.lli< i K INSTI.C ntt\ ^ll
V ill. .11
Muiiihiloi^ liisfx-rlions. K»CIII|.CIOMI
Ailii'lf -1 Sl^lr lill|x;clioil C^-|iU-l»
ln>,|x-< lion Oulrri
Art uli- 4 ( U;rliln ulr)
IssiiJIII-i- ol (^lliflCUlCS ol Ollll|lliuilf<-
(^-niliculcs of Wuivcr
l;.>|iiralion ol Oili/iculci
Arlilli: 5 Alilomolivr Mrilluilici (,)nulili< al
. 1 2
37H..l-il7H.N
:l:l'.rti 7 (lualiliril Mcrliiinici
Arlirlt- li AMI) Facilities und Licensed Stations in llie SCAD
.'UKX, H Crnc-lid IU-(|llirrflieitls
:UI'.MiH l.iiniulinas on Issuance of ('.c-rlificulcs
:l'l!M> III Vi-liiclc Insfxrclion ItepoiT
•'I'litli li Ili-jiuui on Fulled Vrliiclo
Ailiclc 7 Fleet Quuliflciilioni and Itcqiiircinenli
S4-4'llllll
• VV.Hi I'l l-k-r.l l-'iicililiei ltet)uiicnienlt. Appliciilions
.H!K, N r'lccl Facility l.icxrnse. Itenewul
'L'llNi \fi ln>|>c-clion for Fleet Mc-inbers by l.lccnw;d Fleet Fucililici
•'k-'liMi HI C<:iiriul ltc<)uiieinenli for Licensed I-Ice I Faclhliet
HIM, 17 Itrc.irds and llr|Hirliii|{ lleqiilieinciili
'^t'.K, IM I'lr.-l CerlificMles
:H'J(i.10 Sm|MtnMon 01 HC-M iiiiuo of Fleet F'ucilily l.iceuie
Ailirli- H. lu>w lifiiiiiion "I tute-ur> MIU! !U:|>uir I'looejiirei
Sri-litui t
'll!lUJO l.nvv ('illusion lurir lip l(i-<)ullcilli-nU lot I Jllrd Vi-liirli->
'l-'llll, ^1 l.nw l:'inisinlii I ilnr iiji I'riHcduici
• l'l!M> *^i! l.iiw |-!inis\ioii lli-|iuiri
(l'n-4-i il.-.
:|. Till,- Hi)
-------
IHHIKAUOI- AirrOMOTIVI-. HEI'Alll TITLE 1(1
(p :178 -I) IH.ul.l.. 7«. No. M — 1\4tW
Article I (General Provisions
.(.I'.Mi. Scope of Regulations.
This chanter shall apply lo vehicle inspections and tests required in the South
Coast Air Basin by (lhaplcr 204 of the Business and Professions Code, coin
IIII-IH iii^ wilh .Section !WH!) 50 thereof and lo the issuance of certificates, me
clianic qualifications, it-pair and adjustment procedures ami fleet facilities.
NO It Aullmiily c.il.-d Wlioni U/WO 51 and OttHUSS(li). lluilnt-u and Profeuioiu Code-
Reference: Srclioni MHO 50 and WW0.5I, lUiilitrii ortd Profeulont Code
IIISTOHY:
I. New Siiltcliapli-r 2 iArliclei l-tt. Sections 0306-^1304122. conteculivc) filed 3-15-70 at
all emergency; effective U|M>n filing (Itegiilcr 70. No. II). For lltilory of |>rior Section
.VMX>. tt-r lleKuler> 73. No SO. 73. No 37. and 75. No. 10
2. Certificate of Compliance filed 7-12-70 (liegUlcr 70. No 28).
3306.1. Definition!
In this chapter, unless the context oilier wise requires:
(a) "Director" means the Director of Consumer Affairs.
(b) "Bureau means the Bureau of Automotive Hc|)uir
(c) "Code" means the Business and Professions Code
(()) "Department" means the Department of Consumer Affairs, including
the Bureau of Automotive He pair
(e) "CVW" means gross vehicle weight.
w (0 "Automotive Repair Dealer" or "AllD means a i>erson who is registered
M vilh the Bureau pursuant lo Chapter 203 of the Code.
^ (g) "Licensed MVI'C Station" means u repair facility licensed by the Bureau
piiisuunl lo Chapter 203 of the Code for inspecting, installing, repairing or
recharging vehicle emission control devices.
(h) 'Licensed Installer" means a person licensed by the Bureau lo inspect.
install, repair or recharge vehicle emission control devices in licensed stations
(i) "Inspection Center" means a facility operated by the Stale or an entity
under contract wilh (he Stale that measures vehicle exhaust emissions, inspects
emission control devices and diagnoses the possible cause of malfunctions or
maladjustments in such systems.
(j) "SCAB" means the South Coast Air Basin, which includes the counties of
Ventura and Orange and portions of the counties of Sun Bernardino. Riverside.
Santa Barbara and Los Angeles and is defined in Section 60104 of Title 17.
California Administrative Cxxie. as that section read on January I. 197!)
(V\ "Approved Exhaust Emission Analyzer" means an instrument devel
oprd (or measuring the hydrocarl>on and carbon monoxide emissions from u
vehicle s exhaust system which has l>een approved by the Bureau for use in
California
(/) "Contractor' means an entity under contract wilh the Stale lo design.
build and/or nj>eralc insjxjction centers and perform other functions required
by Chapter 20 4 of the Code
(in) 'Vehicle Inspection ltc|x>rl ("VIR") means a document showing the
results of the ii»S|k:clions and tests required by Chapter 20 4 of the Code.
TITLE 1(1 IIUIIKAUOF AllTOMOTIVK liei-Alll
iH.ui.o. Ju. NO i»— i i»/»i ip 37H 5)
(n) "Qualified Mechanic" means u person authorized by the provisions of
Chapter 204 of the Code lo |>crforrn recommended maintenance and repairs
or low emission lime ups in a licensed MVI'C station or automotive repair
facility and who has Ix-en issued a certificate of qualification by the d<-parlmi-nt
pursuant lo Section !>HH!).52 of the Code
NO'IT: Aiiiiinniv i-tu-d. Sr.rtion UMMI.*>I. II.I>.IK-^ ji.,i i'i.,i.-i>i,,m»:..!.- n, 1.1, nection required by Chapter 20 4 of the (!ode:
(I) motorcycles
(2) unregistered new vehicles certified by the manufacturer for sale in Cali-
fornia
(3) pre-1955 model vehicles
(4) vehicles powered by electricity, diesel. liquid |>clrolcum gas or liquid
natural vas
(5) vehicles wilh a CVW greater then H500 Ibs
,(6) vehicles exempted pursuant lo Vehicle Code, Section 4000 I (b)
(7) vehicles transferred wilhin 60 days of an inspection by an inspect ion
center or from the dule of sale from a licensed fleet facility
(c) A licensed fleet owner may conduct inspections of fleet vehicles al hi>.
own premises pursuant to Section 9889 52(e) of the Code.
NOTE Aulliorily oiled: Wli.ms UHHU5I and UHJlU 55(!>). HUMO.:IJ and l'rn|cuions (.<«!.
Deference: Sections OHH05I and OKWI 55. lluilncii ami Profetiiom Oxlir
Article 3. Stale Inspection Centers
330(1.3. Inspection Centers.
(a) An inspection center shall lest vehicles for compliance wilh the exhaust
emission standards specified by the Air Resources Board in Tide 13. California
Administrative Code, and shall visually insi>ccl vehicles lo determine whellu-r
; arc installed and oix-raling pioix-My An idle
mo<;le test shall IM: used and selected emission control devices shall l>c funcluin
required emission control systems ;
ally tested. The lest procedures for determining compliance are those- cilal
lished by llie department pursuant lo Section 9889 5 ^ nf the ('ode.
(b) A lee of 111 shall be charged for each vehicle insi>cclcd Said fee sh...
\H- paid by (he owner of the vehicle lo the Dcpurlmenl ofMotor Vehicles prn>i
lo transfer of ownership or initial registration of an oulol stale vehicle in (lie
SCAB
-------
^ :uuMI 111. i HI i'Mi: i ill i id
ip 'I7h o| IH«(|i»i«i rv N.> vii i 14 /«ii
|c i \ 11 uis|M-cl ion i el lie i shall 111 il ire. peel 01 It-si a velticlc w il h .1 i;i.-« liaim .d
, i,million \\lneh could i :ius< Hipii \ lo nispi-cl ion |» i siuini I. I lie iiepeiln.u
ci lili l Icsl equipment 01 allecl the xahdily ol the lesl
Nllll. Aull...liU i ill it ->.,li,.n-, !JS>i(i M '1HV.I ',.' :.,..! 'Ih'l'll.l lln ,.,.-.. .,|..| I i lev
I -«!.- II.-I. MI,ei- !( .'.I .mil 'in'lll 1.1 ltii-.ii.i-*-. ...-I l',..i.v.,..,,•
Article -I Certificates
:UIHM. Issuance of Cerlifieales ol Compliance.
1 he department, through the ins|>eclinn center, shall issue a leililicale ol
i-oiupliance lo I lie owner or operator of any non exempt vehicle >•. huh has been
tns|K-ctcd at an inspection Center and has all required emission couliol equip
men! and devices installed and limclioning correctly and mi-el;- the applicable
cihuusl emission slandaids as specified by the Air Itcsouitcs Hoard in 'lille |.|
ol I lie California Administrative Code.
Nllll. Aiillii.nly e.l. .1 Secliiin* UNH!).1)! ;..,.! i'.l M, HUMIH ss uiul' l'i ..li--.-.i..i,-. ( .i..le
1.5. Certificates of Waiver.
(a) The department shall issue a certificate ol waiver through an inspection
center lor u motor vehicle which meets all of the following requirements
> (I) All required emission control devices are installed and functioning cor
- cily;
J} (2) The motor vehicle has failed a reins|M-ction aflei receiving a low emission
...ne up.
(:1) The ins|x:clion cenlei has Iweii given a written estimate, piepaicd h> a
qualified licensed Installer, that the vehicle is in need of further maintenance
and repairs, excluding (hose necessary lo replace defective, altered or missing
required emission control devices and thai the required maintenance and re-
pairs will cost more than $50(X)
(li) '['he department shall aulhori/e the issuance ol a certificate ol waiver for
a motor vehicle which meets all of (he following conditions
(I) All required emission control devices are either no) installed or are no!
lunclioning correctly;
. (2) 1 he motor vehicle has failed a reins|>cclion after receiving a low emission
lime up;
(:)) I lie ins|xtclion center has Keen given u written estimate, prepared by a
qualified licensed installer, thul the vehicle is in need of further maintenance
and repairs lo the emission control systems or devices which will exceed the
The depai
f)li5 model
'-Mi through |!)7-l model year vehicles
((.) Vi^H for l'J75 and newer model year vehicles
The coil limitations S|>ccificd in this subsection may lie revised by (he depart-
ment fiom lime In lime.
(I) The vehicle has received a waiver author i/alion number liom the bu
lean
(c) The department shall isstie u certificate of waiver, through un ins|x-clion
center, for a motor vehicle which (ails reins|>cclioii alter having Ix-en repaiied
or serviced in accordance with the policies uiul proccduics ul lite department
by a qualified In si-d installer ul a licensed MVl'C slalion
deparlnienl s cost limilalions The deparlmenl S cos! liinilalions an
(A) ih.1) for Iii.i in \-\\\\
lll»gi*t*< /O. No 2B 1 14 /Vl
4 r
IP :i7.sv
id. I he .01,1- o,.uid.iled by Mili:.ecli..iis . .1' .mil I" -h.dl ii.it unhide Un\
eo;.ls lei oveiablc b> the velui :le s owliei uiuici anx w.manlv w Inch applies li
emission conliol .syslems or devices
Ui'l.-i i-i.e.' s. «-|..>ut 'jK'Vj .'. I ^IM| li/vt1* M». ll.i^if.r\\ ui.tl |-|i.lt-.\M..i.i I..N|I-
I IIS 11 HIV
I Aiiii-iiilli.fiil ul nll>i.-< lli'iu roi'ided in suliMclion (b). a certificate issued puisiianl li
( Chapter 1!(H of the Code shall Ix valid (or a |M-nod of l>0 days from the ilait
of issuance.
(b) A c.ciliiicalc issued (or a vehicle owned by a dealer fleet owner and
intended foi lesale shall be deemed issued on the dale such vehicle is ucluall)
sold lo a coir inner, provided no adjustment lo or alteration of any portion ol
I he vehicle emission control system lias been made subsequent lo inspection 01
Icslmg
NOII Aiilluiiily c-ilnil. SccU.mi UWtO.'il und OtthO 55. liiisincu uiul I'rulcuiuui Oxl,
ll.li-ii in.- Srelioni (Ui8U52 und WiHU 55. lluiuu-ii uiul IVolc^ioni Ixnlc
Article 5. Automotive Mechanics Qualification
:i:iWi.7. Ouulilitd Mechanics.
(a) Only a qualified mechanic may perform, for compensation, recommend-
ed repairs, adjust merits, maintenance or low emission tune-tips on a vehicle
lulled by un ins|x:clion center or u licensed fleet facility
(bl A nii't haiiic who wu.hcs to qualify lo |x:ifoi m such repairs fui lumpeiisa
lion shall submit an application on u form prescribed by the department
(c) I'" a eh applicant shall attend u mechanics seminar sjionsoreu or approved
by the deparlmenl und pass the written examination given by lite department
prior lo IKMIniming such rejKiirs
(d) The denarlnieitl shall issue u certificate of qualification lo u mechanic
who has completed u mechanics seminar und passed the written examination
(e) A qualified mechanic shall notify the department of any change of em
ployinenl or residence address.
NOTK Authority Cllccl ScLltoiu UUU05I and OttUO 52. lluua<:^ und I'liil.txiiaiii CxxK-
l(, 1,-1,-iu.- Sc-il i.,111 t)HN AltD f'acilities und Licensed Stations in (he SCAB
il.'liXI.H. Ceneritl lle<]uiremenls.
The following general reimirrments shall apply lo this article
(a) I'ei l
-------
SI
i > 11\ i HI r MM riii.r: in
IH«gl»l»< rtt. No 2tt • 7-1-l/HI
lit N1\ I'C Station l.iceli'c |ici|iiircmerils liisl.ill.ilion lit ail|iislmi nls in
lepan1- In emission riinliiil sx.sli ins mi .1 vehicle l.iili-il li\ :ni msjx-i lion cenlcr
shall l«- |k-ilonncd only in .1 licensed MVTC slalum \>y a i|iiahficd licensed
iiislulliT
till I'lpnpincnl llcipiiieincnls Id pairs. maintenance in luvv emission
lulu- ups shall nol l>l- |X iliilincil on a vehicle l.illrtl h) all lni|x cl lull center
i,iilrsi the handlxMiks and manuals i ci | mied by I lie bureau pursuant In Chaptci
20 I of llu- Cixlc and I In- cuinpincnl required in Section 3326(a) urr available
lor use l,v the qualified mechanic and I lie equipment is pro|x-rly calibrated and
functioning
(c) Insinuate Itcoiiircincnl An AIlL) shall comply willi the requirements of
Chapter 20.3. Article 3 of I lie Code, including, bill nol limited lo I lie written
estimate required llierein. prior io performing it pairs, adjustments and/or low
emission Inne ii|»s on a vehicle failed by un inspection center.
(I) Vehicle Inspection lleporl. Whenever u licensed or registered repair
facility |x-ilorms it-pairs recommended l>y an ins|>t:clion center, the vehicle
im|x-clinn ic|x>il ( Vllt ) issued by I lie ms|K'Clion center shall Ix.- completed
It) the (jiialilied mechanic and returned lo the vehicle owner or o|H-ralor
NOTj'. Aulliiiiily eiletl S.-i 11,11,1 UWlOSI. 'JHHit'j2. 'JHHU 57 unit IIHH'I I>U lluili.,-ii aiul
l'i..li'v.ioi^ (:,«!,• llelriciu-i- Si.-I inns UNNflSI. ilHH'J 52 anil ithh'J Ml. lluiiiirii unit 1'i.id-s
M •»>( :.«!.-
M lO/l.'.t l.ijnilultoas on Issuance of Certificules.
2 On and after March I'J. I'J'/O. a licenwd MVf'Cslalion shall not inspect or lest
vehicles or issue certificates of compliance or certificates of non-compliance in
the S(.'AI1 for the purpose of Irunsferrirtg registration on any veliicle included
in Section .'i.'].2(a).
NOli: Aiilliuiily rili-il Si-elii>iu OHHil^l. IWtllU Ti.S anil HMMO ."ili. IliiMiir^ uixl I'luli iu..iis
(:.»!, Hi jifriui- S,-iliiini IJhJiU 5O-U/1M!) liO. Iliiiin.-is anil l'i..|.-m.nii < .'ixlr mill S.-.li.ni
IMI^ I. Vi-liul,- CiHlr
:i:il«i.lO. Vehicle Inspection Ilcporl.
(a) The owner or O|>erulor of a vehicle which is rejected or tails an niS|X-clion
al an inspection center shall Ix,- given u Vlll wliich identifies the reasons for
rejection or failure and lists the recommended maintenance or repairs for tailed
vehicles
(h) A registered or licensed repair facility shall complete the maintenance
. or repairs recommended on the Vlll or. based upon the estimate of u tjualilicd
. licensed installer, certify that repairs, adjustments or installation of emission
conlinl systems would exceed the department's repair cost limitations allci
l>ci forming a low-emission lime up. The VIH shall then Iw completed in accord-
. aiice with the department s procedures, signed hy tin- t|ualilie.d mechanic or
tjiialilieil licensed installer and relumed lo the veliicle owner or o|U'ralor
Ml 111 Aulliiiiily i ilell Set linns !).SH>).r, I anil '.IHti'.l',2 UIIMIII-S\ :inil I'l I.|,MI"IIS ( .ml.-
II. li u in.- S<-i-|i.iiis tmH!l.*>l. !)SH>).'>^. '.)HH\>S1 anil 'I^H'J.'iH Iliisiiu-^ anil 1'iuli-^inn.s C.xli-
IIIMOliV
I Am.-ii,liiii-nl lit, ,1 7 12 7!). i lli-.livi- ilinii.-lli .lj> llu-ii .ill.-f (Hi-|;lsl.-i 7!). Nn JMI
I'll 1.1. Ili I.I III -' .1) M HiM'lllVI 111 I •!!
lll«g<*l^i It h.. }ti t 14 /ul '
( .1 IWi.l I
i i!)li II. ' u >|n ii'.nni id Hi I'i'li.ilioii anil 'or I ieensi-
\liv pun ceiling mult : tins sl'li.m shall Ix c imdui led in ;n enidunce with
I li.ipli i '• ii iiiiimern uii; with Si-tlion IIS<)Ool the ( im ci i.meiil ( .xle| An
Mil ) le^islraliun 01 MXT1 ' station license shall \x- iiil>)ecl lo disi iplmar \ .1. lim.
iindi i ( 'n.ipl' i .til I ul the ' ixle tin lading to |H-if.irio a lo» emissiun Inn. ii|
1,1 ullier lepans 01 adjustments In a vehicle III accordance with lli< speeiiua
linns and procedures established by the department
NIMi: Aiillixnly eili-il S., lions llHUUil uiul U'IMU (lU. lluiinrsi anil I'li.lrlllonl (j.l.
Hi li-ii-u. i- S.-.II..IIN lih.H'Jf)) SiWtU 52 anil UHMi 14). ltii)lii.-ii anil riol.-iiiiim (VJr
:i:ltX).l2. HepiiUA on lulled Vchiclei.
A iegisler<:d 01 IK i used repair facility shall no! |x-rinil a mechanic who has
not been i|tialified by the department lo |>ci(onn low cimsiion tone-ups. re
Inurs. adjustments oi installations of emission control devices on a veliicle which
ails an inspection
NOTt. Aulliiiiily eili-il Si-.lmi,i UKHIJ5I. UMt'J 52 mid U«U!I UO. Iliuiiit-u uncl I'loiri^i.n-
< JH|(- H, -Iii. -i, i.- Seclii'iit !)Sli!l5l. UHWI52 uiul (MM) Ul. llunn.-ii iinil r(,.l.-Mion> ( XK|I-
Ailule 7 I leet (Qualifications anil l(et|uirenients
!)3!Hi.l3. I leel 1-aeililR-s Hcquircmcnls, Applkulkons.
(a) A fleet owner may not |>erlorm exhaust emission insptu'lions and testing
unless he has I "ecu licensed by the ile|)ailmenl
(I)) An applicant for a licet facility license shall meet the following require
mi nts
( I ) Own a Heel ol 10 or more vehicles which are registered in the SCAU and
winch ure not exempt from inspection.
(2) Possess the manuals and (lie equipment six:cllii:d in Section 3326(a) and
(h) of Title Iti. (California Administrative Code, and demonstrate that such
cc|iiipinent is properly maintained and calibrated.
!'!) F.mj)loy the services of a licensed installer who has l>ecn issued a c.crtifi
cale ul qualification pursuant lo Chapter 20.4 of the Code.
( i; Possess a current MVI'C station license and. where appropriate, a valid
All!) rcgjslralion.
(5) Is not subject lo denial under Section 480 of the code.
(Ii) Is not presently the subject of a pending accusation.
(7) Was nol previously the holder of u license issued under Chapters 20 3 or
'20-1 which license has Ix-cn revoked and never reissued or which license was
suspended and the terms ol the sns|X-iision have nol been fulfilled
(K) Submit an application on u form approved by the department
NO II-: Anil, ,.iily nl,-il Si-eliiins IMMU5I. UHHiJ 52, Utth'J 5ii uiul UUMUlil. ll'illni-ii an. I
I'm I. vsii.ni I :IK!I- H. I. i. ii, , S,-< lioi.i !iH.1'J 51. !»HH uiul UWl'J HI. Hum, en un.l
IIIMOHV
I ' Am, -nilii, i nl nl Mil.si-i linn (li) lili-il 7 I 2-79; ellrelivc lliiilnlli ilay llirlc ulli'l (Ili^lv
lei ?!l. N.i 28)
.T.I'JIJ.N. Meel Facility l.ic-cnse, Uenewul.
(a) A Ili-el facility license is valid lor one year from the dale of issuance and
shall cipnc on thai dale unless renewed, siisjx.- ruled, icscmded or tenmnalcd
b) ii|M-ralion of luw
-------
:i.i!) 'I7h 1(1)
nc HIM oi Ai'n>M 14 /M
(l>) A fli-t-l facility liiviiMT shall submit a linu-ly and i»ni|M-r rrru-wal apiihca
linn 1» llic ili |>aitin< nl A fli-cl lucilily licensee whose In i-nsi' ha.s eApirrdshall
immrdialcly (CUM- It) ms|N-cl 01 lest vehicles or isi;n- certificates
u I Application shall !«• made In I IK: department for U duplicate license in
llu- event a license is lost. destroyed or mutilated 'I lu: iM-rson lo whom llii-
h«-mi- was issued shall linnisli satisfactory proof of Such lad. Upon receipt ol
such application. u duplicate license will lie issued for llu: nnciriircd term ol (lit:
IICVIIM: Any mutilated 01 lost license subsequently found shull In.- surrendered
lo llic department.
(il) In I IK: event of a change of name of (he licensee (not involving any
change of ownership) or u change in the licensee's address, the license shall Ix:
irlurned lo the department with an application for u replacement license for
the uncxoircd term of the license. Upon receipt of the application, the depart-
ment will cancel the returned license and issue a new license for the uncxpired
It-riii.
(e) A fleet facility license is not transferable.
NOTK: Aull.i.iily cilril S^lii.iu OHM) 51, tiHHO 52. 0«WJ Mi. tiUHU W) ui.il l)««0(il. lU.imcii
• IM| 1'n. (,->IK, 1.1 CIH!I- Hi I<:K-I.«.- So, :l i, ,111 U«liU5l. OWlU 52. OHMUSii. bttHti do unit IWtHUbl.
tiii-Miim uiul I'mlc^liim IA*\C.
131MJ. 15. Inspection for Heel Members by Licensed Fleet F utilities.
(a) Fxccpl as provided in subsection (l»). a fleet facility licensee shall inspect
QJ I certify only vehicles owned by il.
*_, l>) A fleet facility licensee who meets (he following requirements may Ix;
o^ liorizcd by the department, in its discretion, lo conduct inspections and lesls
„. .he Heel facility premises for a |>erson who owns 10 or more vehicles not
exempt from inspection and who is not a fleet facility applicant or licensee
(hi-i.-iiiaflcr "fleet /iieml>er"):
(I) Is an automobile dealer in the SCAB, licensed by the Department of
Motor Vehicles, who at all times maintains a Ixma fide inventory on the licensed
Ili-t-t facility premises of al least 10 or more non-exempt 'motor vehicles avail-
able exclusively for sale lo (he public; or
(2) Al all limes owns and operates in the SCAD a fleet of ul least 10 non
ficmol motor vehicles exclusively for (he use of his employees or for daily or
weekly rental lo mention of ihe public in the regidur course of business.
(c) A fleet facility licensee wishing lo conduct such inspections shall file a
rrquest for authorisation with the detriment on a form prescribed by the
department. A licensee shall not conduct inspections or lesls lor u fleet member
until authorization lo do so has Ivecn granted by (he department. The request
iliull identify the names, addresses and fleet size of each fleet member for
whom the Heel facility licensee will conduct iiii[x:clioiis The fleet futility shall
notify the department of any changes in the fleet meml>ers for wliom the
li(i-iiii:i is aiilhoii/ed lo conduct inspections.
(d) U'hencvci the inventory of vehicles lo be tested by a licensed fleet
facility for a fleet mcmlx-r falls below 10 vehicles, the licensed fleet facility shall
cruse lo lest. ins|)ecl or certify such vehicles and shall notify I he department
of thai fuel '
NOT); Aulli,>iily oliil S.itl,, in '.WH'JSI. 'JHHD52. OHM 5ti. OHH!) (i(l unit 'JHM'JM. Iliuincii
UK! I'm l. UUHU (>O unit (IUMU6I.
Ilitjinrik unit t'fofc^ih.iis (^K|^:
I I IS I ( III V
I All. riuliii<-nl ul I'll, ii-.li. .ul (li) uiul (<•) dlctl 7-I2-'/!). cllcrlivr lluillirll. <|uy llicicul-
l|i)ii<-inriilv ^llJll .i|-|'is '•• ^"^ s"l" b.ij>li-i
(a I \ i IIH li- IIISIH-I I imi and i-kh.nr.l rmivsiin' iiu-.i-m mi: \liall < »itl«i in l>. 1 1"
•.l.i i u I .ml-. MI ludli m Si -i lii >i i :t I'Ki hlaj
i III A In rnsrd II, i I larilil^ shall liavi- lh>- cijiii|.iin'iil • nfiriil |I.III.||HK.I -, .m,l
m.iiiiial'. M-l (mill in Sri linn .'l'i'2'. of Title II. (lahloima AilininisUalur ( j>di-.
available fin use in in.sjirrling and lesling velucles Surli ciiiiipmenl shall !«•
maintained and calibrated or adjusted in accordance with Ilie instructions ul
tin- manufacturer and the requirements of llu- bureau
(>•) Vrhiclt-s shall Ix- iii.s|H-cl<-d arid tested in accordant i- with I hi- priH.-ciluri-s
^|K nliril by tin- department
(d) A qualified licensed installer shall diagnusi- all t JUM-S lor a \ rhirlr lailui);
insi>eclicclion. testing and certification shall In- |>erformed only b\
a qualified licensed installer in the licensed fleet facility.
(g) A fleet facility licensee shall notify the department whenever his flci-l
(alls below III non-t-xempl vehicles
NOTK Aiilluirily <-il.il SITIIIMI.S (tHKilM. JJNV.I 52. M*(l V>. '.UtXtlMt Jl.il UHftUtil. HIIMIII-V
ui,,l I'fi.l. VMI.III I ^K!I- ll.-li-ri-ni r Si-rlii.ns UH«'J 51. !JhS;l 52 !IS«'J 56. UHbU W) uiul US.10 l-l
T'l i II. , I.M lliiil., ll, ,lii> llu u'.ilii .
IIISIOI1V
I Aini-i.iliiii-iil «.l siilisi'i limi l|;l lili ,1
!• i 7!(. NII -HI
II.'IUC. 1 7. Kt-eoids arul Heporling }ict|iiirernenls.
(a) All data relating lo inspection and repair aclivilics shall In- recorded on
hums prcscrilH-d by Ine depailmenl
(li) The lic«-ns«-d fleet facility shall maintain a data log Ixxik prcscril>ed b>
the depailmenl. All required information shall Ix- recorded by the qualified
licensed installer al the lime he performs an ins|>ection or lesl on u vehicle A
duplicate copy of the data log sheet for each vehicle insj>ecled shall be forward-
ed to tin- licgional Office in I -"I Monte within five working days. '
(c) The records required lo be maintained by subsections (a) and (li) shall
!«• irlaincd for a period of not less than three years after the completion of any
ins|>cclion. test or repairs lo which the records refer.
NOTK Aull.i.Mly rili-il Si-i-|iini> !IHH
ami I'luli-sMi.iiv < iwlr H,-li nun Srrlium !l)Pi!)5l. UH.S'1 52. MH\) St.. WHHi) 5H anil UM.HO till.
HIIMIII-NS :illll l1^, ill-SMI. I. V (.mil*
:i:l!)li.l«. Flcel Cerlificales.
(a) A lict-nsetl fh:el facility shall order and purchase certificates of compli-
ance ami waiver from the depailmenl for a fee of $11 |x-r certificate. Certifi-
cates art: mil transferable anil fees are not refundable.
(h) A certificate of compliance shall IN- issued for any vehicle which complies
with the emission control system requirements and meets the exhaust emission
standards established by (he Air Resources Hoard in Title 13 ul llu- California
Administrative ( 'txlc.
-------
> i:i!»ti. 19
ni'iii-.Af
AI KIMOTIVI
'riri.i: in
Ic) A ri i hlu air til « aiver ma\ IK- issued only in ui fin da lice xvilh I In- IIIIK c
dun s established in Section .'t'MiSla.i anil (l>l
nil Williin 2-t honis ,i(lci discovering llu: lifts criitions until atitltori'/cd t>y I lie (lepurlnienl.
(li) V/lienever un unlliorixed renrcseiilulive of I lie department dule.rniinci
ultcr an on-site iiisix.-clion of 1 1 it' fleet facility premises or uflei i|x)t checks of
llx' inS|>eclion system or Heel vrliiclcs, that (lie licensee is nut in compliance
wild (lie provisions in paragraph (a), lie iliall order the license*: to immcdialely
i c J.vc its fleet operations, llie fleet facility licensee may not resume fleet O|>era
I ions until uullioriied by (be ilt-parlmenl or. if suspended, until the suspension
expires
(c) A fleet facility license may be suspended or n.-scinded in uccordunce with
( :liupler 5 (ci)inineiicing with Section 1 1500) of tde Government Gxle for uny
" I be following:
^ (I) Impeding or testing vcdiclcs wden ide fleet to be ins|W(led fulls Ixilow
01 ' vehicles
(2) Failure to luainluin pro|H-rly calibrated and operative equipment re-
quired by Section MWi I6(b).
(3) Failure to employ the services of a qualified licensed installer for llie
hours specified in Section .1305(c).
(4) I'uilure to maintain required records
(5) Failure to ins|>ecl or lest vehicles in accordance with s[>ccificutions and
procedures established by the department
((>) l-'uilinc to provide tde department wild reasonable access, information
und other coo|>er«tion us S|>ccified by Section OUtJd.52(e) of the Code.
(7) Violation of any provision of Chapter 20,4 of Division 3 of the (kxlc or
any regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
NO IK Aiiltiiully CII.H! Wliam OHNU.5I. UWIU.52. UMNO 5<> uiul (tHH!) liO. lUiiiilcis uiul
I'DlrvAiulu C.Kit- lltl.:n:ilct- Sr. ll.iMl DHJl'J il. t)««0 52. UbH9.5- llli-ll-alli-l (11,-^lih I Vil N,i -HI
Article H. Low Fmissiou Tune-up und Repair Procedures
• 3300.20. Low Emission 'I'line-iip Itequiremcnls for Failed Vehicles.
(u) A vehicle which is found to exceed the stute vehicle fxhausl emission
.standards shall receive, us u minimum, u low emission lime-up prior lo Ix-ing
rclesled.
Tni.i: id iii-iii-M <•> \ri«M(>iivi HI I'.MH ^ :i:i!»ti.a-j
iii.gt.i., /w N<. i» i \* rw 'p 'iiH I'M
,lu I'l :i'i I" irri i» mn a vvjui-r. u n'liu le v* hdv . IIIIV-H n.lr,.l .s\sli-MI !••
nir.'-iii); modified or ui.i|x r.ilue bliull leii-ln a low rnii.Mim lime op .illi i
iiiiiirlivc ii-p.ms h:ivi- IHTII made
r\., i.,.i.i iitwiii M l/hfi'j',2 iiviu 'A: ...!•! ii%'i'.iixi. I:,..,.,, v. ,...i
I-I..I. ssi..iis ( ..K|I II. I,niu i \,-i lii.iii KhhU.'il IIMU52 (Ihhll SI. Un.l USh'i (^1 HIIMIK-^N jn.l
I'f >.I«'\MIIII^ ( .4MU-
:i.ltMl.'2l. Low Emission I niu-up 1'rocedurcv.
A low emission tune-up consists of foui basic engine checks und adjustments
winch shall IK |« iloimed by a c.|oalified nie<:hanu in the following srqiieiu <
(ll (.'heck/Adjust Dwell (^heck und. if necessary, adjust the dislribuli.i
l^iinl dwell to manufacturer s six^cificallons. If the (KiiiilS caniinl Ix- adjusted '*'
an- pilled, rephue the |XMnl» ll llie vedicle is e(|mp|n (I with an ignition .•.ysl< i,,
uhich do<-b nol use (Kiinls. verily llial llie ignition system is fuiiclionnig prop
< iK by li.-.-.lmg il wild an oscilloscope or equivulenl device.
;.) (.'deck/Adjust Ignition Timing Clieck and. if neccssaiy. adjust the igm
lion Inning at cording lo the specifications of llu: vedicle manufacturer or. il a
letrolil emission control device lias IM.-CII installed on ide vehicle, in uiix.rd.nnr
M-ilh the instructions ul the retrofit device manufacturer Verify the oix-raln.n
of the mechanical iind/or vacuum spark advance/retard following such maim
laclmer's recommended prrxtdures.
(.")) Idle IlI'M C'heck and. if necessary, adjust the idle rpm to the specilna
lions of the vclncle manufacturer or, if u retrofit emission control device has
been installed an the vehicle, in accordance with the instructions of (he retrofit
device manufacturer If a large idle S|>eed adjustment is necessary, rccdcck ide
initial liming
H) Adjust ide Idle Air/Fuel Mixture. Adjust ide idle air/fuel mixture ac-
cording to the recommended procedures of the vehicle manufacturer or, if a
icliofil emission control device das been installed on (he vehicle, in accordance
with instructions of the retrofit device manufacturer If the manufacturer docs
nol recommend an idle" adjustment procedure, adjust the idle fuel mixture
according lo the guidelines and procedures eslublisncd by the department in
(dc (^ualilied Mechanics Handbook.
NO'l'lv Aiilluinly eilcil S.-elliins UUHU5I. OKH9.52 uiul 'JWJ'J Ml. llusinru uiul l'(oli-iAi,m~
Col,- II, I. i.-iu.- S<-i!.om IIHHU5I. U«hU 52 uiul OHNtl M. liiiiin, -.1 anil I'l.J.-Siioni C.xl.
IIISTOIIY
I Aiiii-iuliiieiii lil.il 7-12-711; i-lfeeliv<- lliulirlli day llu-ieullrr (ll.-(;i.-.u-i ?'.). N.I -"0
:i:l!)U.22. Low Finission Hepuirs. ,
Kepairs sdall l>c |K:rloinied on a vedicle. which fails iems|>ci lion alter having
received a low emission tune-up Such repairs shall In- |K-il<• uiul IlKN!) W). IliiMn.-ii .ill.I
|'I.I|I-\M«.I^ 1 ii.tle
-------
a
I
S
-------
• CONTENTS
1. FLEET OPERATIONS
A. Introduction to Fleets
3. Vehicles Affected by VIP
C. Commercial & Dealer Fleets
D. Collective Fleets
E. Collective Fleet Members
2. FLEET REQUIREMENTS
A. Fleet Owner Requirements
B. Licensing Procedure
3. FLEET QUALIFIED MECHANICS' REQUIREMENTS
A. Care and Checkout of Required Equipment
B. Equipment Accuracy Check
C. Completion and Forwarding of Data Log Sheets
4. VEHICLE INSPECTION PROCEDURES
Step 1 - Pre-Emissions Inspection
Step 2 - Vehicle Identification/Filling Out Data Log
Step 3 - Emission Control Systems Inspection
Step 4 - Checking Initial RPM
Step 5 - Insertion of Sample Probe
Step 6 - Initial Emissions Measurement .
Step 7 - Smoke Check
Step 3 - Determination of Emissions Test Results
Step 9 - Emissions Failure Repairs
Step 10 - Checking the Success of Emissions Repair
Step 11 - Completion of Data Log
Step 12 - Emissions Waiver
3-167
-------
-2-
5. ECS INSPECTION, PROCEDURES
A. Inspection of Devices
B. Repairs
C. Emission Control System (ECS) Waivers
6. COMPLETING THE CERTIFICATE
A. Certificate of Compliance
B. Certificate of Non-Compliance Procedure
C. Certificate of Waiver
7. SURVEILLANCE OF FLEET ACTIVITIES BY THE STATS
A. Reinspection of Vehicles
3. Spot-Check of Fleet Qualified Mechanic's Competency
C. Review of Records
8. WHO TO CONTACT WHEN FLEET PROBLEMS ARISE
9. FLEET LICENSES
A. Initial
3. Renewal
C. Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated
D. Change of Address
E. Change of Ownership
F. Terminating of Fleet Licensing'
10. SUSPENSION OR RESCISSION OF FLEET FACILITY LICENSE
11. STATE INSPECTION EMISSION LIMITS
B-163
-------
-3-
SECTION 1
FLEET OPERATIONS
A. . Introduction to Fleets
B. Vehicles Affected by VIP
C. Commercial Fleets
D. Collective Fleets
E. Collective.Fleet Members
3-159
-------
-4-
A. Introduction to Fleets
The legislative requirements for implementation of the
California .Vehicle Inspection Program allows the
Department to license any owner of a fleet of 10 or more
vehicles affected by this Program to conduct the
inspections and tests of fleet vehicles on his own
premises utilizing his own facilities and personnel.
The Fleet concept provides an opportunity for governmental
entities (Federal, State and local governments), public
utilities and private business to become licensed as
fleets and perform their own inspection and issue
certificates subject to State surveillance. It is
emphasized that this is an option and those preferring to
utilize the State controlled inspection center, rather
than being licensed as fleets, obviously may do so.
A new or used car dealer licensed as an MVI? fleet
facility may inspect and test another car dealer's
vehicles of 10 or more with prior authorization by the
Department. The licensing of car dealers as MVIP fleets
will terminate upon implementation of the annual renewal
of registration phase of the Program.
B .. Vehicles Affected by VIP
The VIP affects most model year motor vehicles within the
SCAB which are 1955 and newer and have a GVW less . than
8501 Ib. (See Section 15 of the Qualified Mechanics
Handbook for a list of exempt vehicles.)
C. Commercial and Dealer Fleets
There are two categories of fleets: those owned ar.d
operated by commercial concerns, such as telephone, gas,
electric and aero-space companies; and new/us=c c.= r
dealers. Both fleet categories are recu_red to tueet the
same inspection and test procedures, have the
test equipment, be an MVPC licensed station and er.plcy
"qualified" mechanic who holds a current Class "A" MVPC
license. Only Dealer Fleets may be authorized to inspect
and issue certificates to other fleets. Dealer fleets me
collective members will terminate issuance of certificates
upon startup of the annual programs.
D. Collective Fleets
Collective Dealer Fleet operations are licensed and
authorized by MVIP to inspect and test other deale: fleets
of 10 or more vehicles in addition to their own :".~et of
vehicles. The Collective Dealer Fleet applicant .-_;- list
3-170
-------
-5-
all the other dealers whose vehicles he will be inspecting
and testing prior to being granted a license.
Collective Fleet Members
Collective Fleet Members are dealers who have their
inspection and testing done by a dealer licensed as -a
Collective Fleet. Such collective fleet members are
required to have a fleet of at least 10 vehicles of the
type affected by . this program in his inventory at all
times.
3-171
-------
-6-
SSCTION 2
FLEET REQUIREMENTS
A. Fleet Owner Requirements
B. Licensing Procedure
B-172
-------
-7-
A. Fleet Owner Requirements
The requirements to be imposed upon persons licensed as
_eets are:
1. Vehicle fleets shall at all times consist of 10 or
more vehicles of the configuration and weight
affected by this Program and all said vehicles must
be operated primarily in the geographical area
identified as the South Coast Air Basin (SCAB). If
the fleet size is reduced' below 10 vehicles, the
authorization to operate as a fleet is suspended and
the MVIP Regional Office is to be notified
immediately. (MVIP Regional Office, 3415 Fletcher
Avenue, Suite §2, El Monte,213-565-7005)
Those authorized to act as Collective Dealer fleet
inspection operations for other dealer fleets are
responsible for the compliance of their collective
members with, the rules and regulations of the MVI?
Fleet Program. If any collective dealer fleet member
reduces its fleet to less than 10 vehicles, the
licensed collective dealer fleet owner shall stop
inspecting vehicles for .said member and the VIP
Regional Office shall be notified. Failure to do so
will result in suspension of the collective dealer
fleet license.
2. The fleet inspection procedures shall conform with
the Department's rules and regulations and the fleet
operating instructions as ^follows: (a) A fleet must
have all required test and diagnosis equipment and
tools present and in operating condition. The
location for all inspections and tests conducted as a
fleet shall be in a designated area approved by the
MVIP inspector, (b) the fleet owner is responsible
for maintenance and control of forms and records
required by the Department, (c) an owner licensed
to operate as a collective dealer fleet and all
others involved as collective fleet members shall be
deemed to have consented to provide the Department
with whatever access, information and other
cooperation the Department reasonably determines are
necessary t~ facilitiate random spot checks, (c) the
license to operate as a fleet shall be suspended or
rescinded by the MVIP whenever it is determined tr.ac
the fleet inspections fail to conform to Certificate
of Compliance or Wiaver procedures or the owr.ec or
other parties acting in his behalf have violated
regulations or rules promulgated by the Department,
and, (e) a fleet operation shall hold a valid MV?C
station license, and employ or have available a
mechanic who is VIP-qualified =nd holds 2 current
MVPC Class "A" installers license.
3-173
-------
-8-
Licensing Procedure
Fleets wishing to become licensed with the Vehicle
Inspection Program to inspect and test their vehicles and
issue Certificates of Compliance or Waiver may obtain
applications from the Vehicle Inspection Program Regional
Office, 3415 Fletcher Avenue, Suite 12, El Monte, CA
91731. The telephone number is (213) 565-7005.
3-174
-------
-9-
SECTION 3
FLEET QUALIFIED MECHANICS REQUIREMENTS
A. Care and Checkout of Required Equipment
B. Equipment Accuracy Check
C. Completion and. Forwarding of Data Log Sheets
3-175
-------
-10-
A licensed fleet operation is required to have employed the
services of a mechanic who has received his VI? Certificate of
Qualification ahd holds a valid MVPC Class "A" installers
license. In addition, the qualified mechanic is required to
attend a training session to become familiar with fleet
inspections, test and data recording requirements. Fleet
mechanic training sessions will be conducted by the VIP
representative during the initial fleet inspection visit.
A. Care and Checkout of Required Equipment
All fleet vehicle inspection and testing shall be
conducted in accordance with the procedures contained
herein and in an area approved by the Vehicle Inspection
Program. The fleet facility shall have all the required
test and diagnostic equipment as listed in the Qualified
Mechanics Handbook. All required equipment shall be in
good condition and maintained in accordance with
manufacturer's' recommended procedures.
B. Equipment Accuracy Check
The exnaust gas (HC-CO) analyzer shall be check for
accuracy at least weekly. BAR certified calibration gas
must be used in the accuracy check. The accuracy of the
analyzer may be checked at either the bench (gas
calibration port) or through the sample probe. VI?
inspectors will check accuracy at the probe in order to
verify sample system integrity as well as bench accuracy.
When the analyzer is checked only at the calibration port,
the fleet mechanic is responsible to assure the sample
system is not leaking.
1. Acceptability of analyzer accuracy check.
a. If the ppm reading of HC is within + 100 ppr?. of
the N-hexane-to-propane equivalent concentration
(see "How to use BAR certified gas" on page 11)
the HC section is within accuracy limits. For
example, if the BAR certified HC gas sample has
a concentration of 1632 ppm, the meter reading
may vary + 100 ppm from 1632 ppm. A reading
between 1532 and 1732 ppm would be wi-nin
specified tolerance limits.
b. Read the CO meter on the 0-10 percent scale. If
the CO meter reading is within jrO.4 of -he
certified CO sample value, the CO section is
within acceptable accuracy limits. For sx^-cie,
if the certified CO gas sample value is 8.25%,
the meter reading may vary 0.4 from this v=lue.
Readings between 7.85% and 3.55% CO would be
3-176
-------
-11-
c.
within specified tolerance limits (8.25 - 0.4 =
7.85% or" 8 .25 + 0 .4 = 3.65%) .
If test results are not within allowable
tolerances, analyzer service is required.
NOTE: Analyzer found to be out of the
accuracy tolerance or in need of repair must be
removed from the certification work area.
Inform the station ; operator/owner that no
further certification work may be
until the analyzer is correctly
and/or repaired or a leaner/substitute analyzer
is made available. When a loaner or substitute
analyzer is obtained, the operator shall verify
its operation and accuracy prior to performing
tests with it.
conducted
calibrated
How to use BAR certified gas.
Shown below is a sample of the label required
attached to each bottle fo BAR certified gas: .
to be
CERTIFIED SLENDER
No.
DOT-NO.
ANALYSIS
CARBON MONOXIDE
PROPANE (HC) ,3l5O
CERTIFIED ANALYTICAL
ACCURACY • . ±2=-.
BALANCE GAS : . N. ,
• . ta
DATE FILLED _____
LOT NO.
propar.e/car ben
Each analyzer
Of N-'" 5X3"=: 0-
BAR certified calibration gas is a
monoxide blend in a nitrogen carrier.
reads out in parts per million (pom)
the hydrocarbon (HC) scale. Each analyzer is
required to have a unique conversion factor (C or C2-
C6) stamped or identified, on the instrumer.- . Tr.e
factor is necessary to determine N"-hexane equivaisr.cy
of propane. The following example illustrates us- cf
this conversion factor:
3-177
-------
-12-
SXAMPLE: If the 'BAR certified gas label on che
bottle shows 3200 pom propane and the factor shown (C
or C3-C6) on the instrument is 0.51, the N-hexane
equivalent of propane is 0.51 x 3200 = 1632 pom.
NOTE: The correction factor applies only to the
hydrocarbons.
The percentage value of carbon monoxide in the gas is
read directly from the BAR certified gas label. No
conversion is required.
EXAMPLE; If the label on the bottle of BAR certified
gas shows 8.25% carbon monoxide, the meter on the
analyzer should read about 8.25% if it is in
calibration.
RECORDING OF ACCURACY CHECK RESULTS
Enter the results of the analyzer accuracy check on
the analyzer accuracy log sheet provided.
C. Completion and Forwarding of Data Log Sheets
The vehicle certification data log sheet shall be filled
out completely for each vehicle inspected and signed by
the Fleet "Qualified" Class " "A" Mechanic. After
completing the data log sheet, remove the attached carbon
copy and forward it to the VIR Regional Office within five
(5) working days.
The Regional Office address: 3415 Fletcher Avenue, Suite
;?2, El Monte, CA 91731 .
B-178
-------
-13- :
SECTION 4
VEHICLE INSPECTION PROCEDURES
Step 1 - Pre-Eraission Inspection
Step 2 - Vehicle Identification/Filling out Data Log
Step 3 - Emission Control Systems Inspection
Step 4 - Checking Initial RPM
Step 5 - Insertion of Sample Probe
Step 6 - Initial Emissions Measurement
Step 7 - Smoke Check
Step 8 - Determination of Emissions Test Results
Step 9 - Emissions Failure Repairs
Step 10 - Checking the Success of Emissions Repair
Step 11 - Completion of Data Log
Step 12 - Emissions Waiver
B-179
-------
-14-
STEP_1 - PRE-EMISSION INSPECTION
Before starting the emission test, verify the following:
* Exhaust gas analyzer is operating within the
acceptable accuracy limits, as determined by an
accuracy check made within the past week.
* Required tools and equipment are available.
* Vehicle engine temperature has stabilized and the
choke is fully open.
* Inspect the vehicle's exhaust system to make sure it
is free from leaks or holes which affect the validity
of the exhaust measurement. If the vehicle exhaust
has holes or rusted-out areas it must be repaired
prior to emissions testing.
STEP 2 - VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION/FILLING OUT DATA LOG
A. Vehicle Data Section (see figure below):
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION DATA LOG SHEET
,73
;F/C
c i 3 t N •• r
I.F
-------
Item 6.
I tern ()
-15-
Enter your Fleet License Number in
provided.
the spaces
Enter the Collective Fleet
when you are inspecting a
collective fleet member.
vehicles belonging to your
blank .
Number of the member fleet
vehicle belonging to a
When you are inspecting
fleet, leave this area
It era (8.)
I tern (9.)
Item
Enter the first four (4) letters of the name of the
vehicle manufacturer. Do not enter model of the
vehicle. When certifying a truck, van or motor home,
enter a "T" and the truck/van (I.e. CIO or F150 etc.)
series number when available, under the vehicle make
block.
Enter the Year Model of the testing standards to be
used. See #10 below:
Enter the Year Basis for the inspection as follows:
NOTE: "Year Basis" is the year by which emission
standards and/or emission control system requirements will
be based .
a. If the vehicle is not specially constructed and
there is n£ paperwork • stating the engine has
been changed, enter MM in the space provided.
In other words enter MM for all "stock"
vehicles. Also enter the model year of the
v_e_h_ic_l_e_ as described in £9 above.
b. If frhe vehicle has been specially constructed
(dune buggies, etc.) enter SS in the spaces
provided. Enter the year model or if no year
model is printed on the registration, er.-er the
year first sold as tne Year Model in ?9 above.
If there is paperwork, which shows the
been changed, enter SE in the spaces
Also, enter the model year of the engine in
Year Model area as described in =S above.
engine nas
~ r ovide-d .
the
I tern
Enter the Number of Cylinders
spaces provided.
the engine in che
STEP 3 - EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS INSPECTION
Inspect the required emission control system (ECS) us:.ng
the procedures in Section 5 of tnis handbook. Do r.o- gc
on to Step 4 until the .vehicle has all required emission
controls operating or been granted a waiver.
B-181
-------
-16-
STEP_4_ - CHECKING INITIAL RPM-
Connect a tachometer and check the initial engine idle
RPM. The engine idle RPM shall be adjusted if it varies
• more than 100 RPM from the manufacturer's specification.
If the vehicle is equipped with a retrofit device, use the
retrofit manufacturer's specified idle RPM setting when
applicable. Record the idle RPM after adjustments in the
box provided on Section 1 of data log.
STEP 5 - INSERTION OF SAMPLE PROBE
Insert the HC and CO analyzer probe into the vehicle tail
pipe a minimum of eleven (11) inches. If the sample probe
cannot be inserted a sufficient depth, an adapter must be
used to insure no dilution of the exhaust sample.
STEP 6 - INITIAL .EMISSIONS MEASUREMENT
1) Measure and record the initial idle emission levels
of hydrocarbon (HC) and carbon monoxide (CO) and
enter the readings on the data log sheet in Section
1 .
2) Increase the engine speed to 2500 RPM + 200 RPM and
hold until the HC-CO readings stabilize for about 10
seconds. (The transmission should be in park or
neutral with the wheels blocked.) Record the readings
in Section 1 of the data log.
3) Allow the engine to return to idle and rech-sck t'r.e
emission levels. Record the readings in the boxes
provided in Section 1 of the data log. NOTE: EJxhaust
emissions measurements shall be made with .ne air
cleaner installed, all vacuum lines connected ~~c air
pump connected and operating.
STEP 7 - SMOKE CHECK
During 2500 RPM phase of the initial e~i£sicns
measurements, visually check the vehicle exhaust for
smoke (excluding water vapor). Smoke is compcsec of
small visible particles of oil and exhaust r=isic-:e.
Vehicles that exhaust visible smoke for area-*:' tr.an
10 seconds at 2500 RPM shall be failed for ex :•=£ = _vs
smoke. Refer to Section 5 of the Qualified Mechanics
Handbook for the proper repair procedure. Put
findings in Section 5 of data log.
§l!i!LJL ~ DETERMINATION OF SMISSIOMS TEST RESULTS
Determine the State idle emission limits fro- 5 •:••.;•:. icn
11 of this handbook and enter them in Sec tier. i, jr.
the Data Log Sheet.
3-132
-------
-17-
Compare the HC and CO readings obtained during both
idle tests to the State Inspection Emission Limits.
If the vehicle emission levels for both HC and CO are
less than the State Inspection Emission Limits during
the second idle, the vehicle has passed the
emissions. Proceed to Step 11. If either of the
vehicle idle emission levels are greater than the
State Inspection Emission Limits, the vehicle has
failed the idle emission test; go to Step 9.
STEP 9 - EMISSIONS FAILURE REPAIRS
Refer to the Low Emission Tune-Op procedures as
outlined in Section 7 of the Qualified Mechanics
Handbook. Follow the procedure listed for the Low
Emission Tune-Up. Disregard references to filling
out Vehicle Inspection Report. NOTE: The tune-uo
standards are always the manufacturer ' s
specifications, or when manufacturer specifications
are not available, the Recommended Garage Carburetor
Adjustment Guidelines published in Section 11 of the
Qualified Mechanics Handbook should be used. Do not
use the State Inspection Emission Limits wher. tuning
vehicles. Once the repair procedures have been
completed, enter the appropriate data in Sections 3
and 4 of the log sheet.
STEP 10 - CHECKING THE SUCCESS OF EMISSIONS REPAIR
Once the repairs have been completed or the cost of
further repairs necessary to reduce emission3 would
exceed the cost limitation and the fleet cvr.er does
not want to perform repairs which are not required to
reduce the emissions of HC and CO, record the
readings in the first idle boxes in Section. 5 of the
data log sheet. Increase the engine speed to 2500 +
200 RPM and hold until the HC and CO readings
stabilize. Record the readings obtained. Allow the
engine to return to idle and record the readings.
Record the final idle speed in t" e box provided in
Section 5 of the data log.
Compare the idle emission readings reccriei in
Section 5 to the State standards. If both tr.e -!C and
CO readings during the first or second idle ar; i?ss
than the State standards, you have repaired -he
emission failure; proceed with Step 11.
If either of the readings exceed the Stace 3-ancaras
and further repairs would exceed the cost 1::..i-.ar.ion
and the fleet owner does not want the fur the: repairs
performed, go to Step 12.
B-133
-------
-18-
STSP 11 - COMPLETION OF DATA LOG
Check the "passed" box at the lower portion of the
log sheet. Complete and sign the bottom portion cf
the log sheet. A Certificate of Compliance may now
be issued using the procedure in Section 6 of this
handbook.
STEP 12 - EMISSIONS WAIVER
When emission still exceeds the State standards and
further repairs will exceed the cost limitation and
the fleet owner does not want the repairs performed,
the vehicle is eligible for waiver. List the further
repairs required in the "comments" portion of Section
5 of the data log sheet. Check the "waived" box at
the lower portion of the form and complete and sign
the bottom portion of the log sheet. A Certificate
of Waiver may now be-issued using the procedure in
Section VI of this handbook. Make sure the checks
and adjustments required in Section 3 of the data leg
have been completed before a waiver is issued.
B-184
-------
-19-
SECTION 5
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM INSPECTIONS
A. Inspection of Devices
B. Repairs
C. Emission Control System (ECS) Waivers
B-185
-------
-20-
Inspection of Devices
The vehicle to be inspected shall be positioned in the
approved work area. All necessary reference manuals
needed to determine emission control system requirements
and engine adjustment settings shall be readily available
to the approved work area.
1. Inspect vehicle to determine that all State and
Federally required emission control systems are
installed and operating, including retrofit devices
as applicable. Such an inspection will consist of,
but is not limited to, the following types of systems
as applicable to the year model of vehicle being
inspected:
* crankcase ventilation system
* air injection system
* engine modification
* air preheat/thermostatic air cleaner
* ignition spark control
* exhaust gas recirculation
* fuel evaporation system
* exhaust converter & fuel tank lead restrictor
* retrofit exhaust control
* retrofit NOx control indluding windshield
sticker
Vehicles exempted from retrofit device program shall
be identified by placing the letter "S" in the
appropriate boxes in Section 2 the ~ai:a log sheet.
Vehicle emission control system requirements can be
found on the vehicle underhood tune-up label or
nationally published emission control reference
manuals.
A detailed emissions control system inspection
procedure is contained in Section 3327 of the
Handbook for Installers and Inspection Szatic-s,
Motor Vehicle Pollution Control.
In addition, verify that the fuel tank lead
restrictor is present and not
designed for non leaded fuels.
B-136
-------
-21-
B . Repairs
Vehicles found with missing, disconnected, modified or
inoperative emission control devices can not be certified
until repaired or granted a waiver based upon prior
approval by the VIP Regional Office as specified below.
The results of the emission control systems inspection
shall be entered on the fleet inspection data log sheet by
indicating a check in the appropriate boxes in Section 2
of the data log.
Emission Control System Waivers
The Vehicle Inspection Program is authorized to issue
emission control system (ECS) waivers to vehicles that
have failed the emission control system inspection..
A request for ECS Waiver shall be made by telephone to the
VIP Regional Office when either of the following
conditions are encountered:
1. Your repair facility is unable to locate replacement
components or devices needed to repair the emission
control system, or
2. When the repair or replacement (parts and labor) of
the emission control system or components is too
costly as determined by the vehicle age, model, year
and other factors.
All vehicles are required to receive a low emission tune-
up performed according to the procedures of the
department to be eligible for receipt of an ECS
Waiver .
The procedure to be followed when requesting an ECS Waiver
is as follows:
CONDITION 1
Non-availability of replacement components or device§__:_
* Contact shall be made, with a minimum of three major
suppliers to determine availability.
* Contact the Regional VI? Office, (213) 573-"C30
(waiver informaton only) state the reason for ECS
Waiver request and identify the sources contacted.
* The VI? representative will review the fac~s and if
all conditions are met, an ECS waiver authorization
number will be issued.
3-187
-------
-22-
* If the waiver request requires an on-site VI?
investigation, a representative will schedule a visit
to the fleet facility to inspect the vehicle and make
a determination.
* When authorization is granted, the fleet "Qualified"
mechanic will enter the authorization number in the
space provided on the data log sheet and on the
Certificate of Waiver. Also, enter the letter "N" in
the applicable ECS box(es) in Section 2 of the data
log sheet.
CONDITION 2
When the cost of repairing or replacing inoperative,
missing or disconnected ECS systems or components exceeds
the maximum dollar figure below as determined by year
basis on data log.
1955 to 1965 $ 85
1966 to 1974 $150
1975 and newer $250
* The ECS Waiver limitation does not include the $50
exhaust emission cost limit.
Before an authorization for ECS cost waiver can be
granted, the fleet owner of the vehicle involved is
required to spend up to the dollar figure shown above and
give the vehicle a low emission tune-up. When it is
determined by the fleet "Qualified" Class "A" mechanic in
the fleet MVPC licensed station that further ECS repairs
or device replacement will exceed the maximum cost limit,
the Regional VIP Office shall be contacted at (213) 565-
7030 (waiver information only) .
When a VIP representative determines that the Request for
ECS Waiver is valid, an authorization number will be
granted to the "Qualified" Class "A" mechanic. The waiver
authorization number shall be recorded by the mechanic on
the fleet data log sheet and on the the fleet Certificate
of Waiver. Also, place the letter "W" in the applicable
ECS box(es) in Section 2 of the data log sheet.
3-138
-------
-23-
SECTION 6
COMPLETING THE CERTIFICATE
A. Certificate of Compliance
B. Certificate of Non-Compliance Procedure
C. Certificate of Waiver
B-1S9
-------
-24-
A VIP licensed fleet, operation is authorized to issue
three types of certificates (Compliance, Non-Compliance
and Waiver). The certificates~ are available at the
Regional Office and have ten (10) in each book.
Certificates are in triplicate (three copies). The first
copy (blue) is the DMV copy, the second (pink) is a
vehicle copy and the third (white) is to be retained in
the Certificate Book. Certificates are valid indefinitely
when retained by a fleet who is a new/used car dealer.
Once a vehicle is sold the Certificate is valid for 60
days from date of issue for subsequent transfers.
Therefore, the "date of issue" should be left blank until
the vehicle is sold. The fleet operator should enter the
date of sale in the "issue date" space on the blue and
oink cooies.
A. Certificate of Compliance
After completion of all inspections and tests and the
vehicle has met all the criteria, mark an "X" in the
compliance box, fill in the vehicle license, venicle
identification number and fleet license number. If the
vehicle is from a fleet collective member, enter the
member number. Enter your qualification number and sign
the form. DO NOT ENTER THE DATE OF ISSUE UNTIL THE
VEHICLE IS SOLD. Remove the blue and pink copies and
retain the white copy in the certificate book.
B. Certificate of Non-Compliance
If the vehicle which is to be certified meets BOTH of
the below criteria, see Section VI, Part B.
It is:
1) owned or leased by a California ires ider.t,
business, or corporation, and
2) A 49-State vehicle with less than 3000 miles on
the odometer, OR has over 3000 miles on the
odometer and is being transferred to the
ultimate purchaser as defined in Section 39055.5
of the Health & Safety Code.
when a vehicle meets the criteria for a certificates of
Non-Compliance and passes the inspection ar.;: test
requirements, a Certificate of Non-Compliance snail be
issued.
In addition, a report of issuing a Certificate or
compliance shall be filled cut and mailed to -.-•?
Regional Office within five working days. ?.^0'"
3-190
-------
-25-
issuing a Non-Compliance Certificate forms are included in
the back of the vehicle certification data log book.
C. Certificate of Waiver
Before issuing a Certificate of Waiver, verify that the
vehicle meets one of the criteria listed below:
* Vehicle has failed the exhaust emission test and
received a low emission tune-up and is in need of
further repairs that will "exceed the $50 cost
limitation.
* Vehicle has failed the emission control system
inspection and has received a low emissions tune-up
and is in need of further repairs or replacement of
devices that will exceed the applicable dollar value
or replacement components cannot be purchased.
Authorization has been received from the VIP Regional
Office as outlined in Section V.
3-191
-------
-26-
SECTION 7
SURVEILLANCE OF FLEET ACTIVITIES BY THE STATS
A. Reinspection of Vehicles
3. Spot-Check of Fleet Qualified Mechanics
Competency
C. Review of Records
3-192
-------
-27-
A. Reinspection of Vehicles
The State will conduct periodic random reinspections of
the fleet facility to assure all rules and regulations
adopted by the department governing fleet activities are
adhered to. On-site reinspection will consist of the
following checks as a minimum:
1. HC and CO analyzer accuracy check and verify the
accuracy log sheet is maintained current.
2. Review of Data Log Book and certificate records.
3. Reinspection of a sample of vehicles available, which
have completed the ECS inspection and exhaust
emissions test.
B• Spot-Check of Fleet Qualified Mechanics Competency
The VIP field representative will spot-check fleet
qualified mechanics competency by requesting a
reinspection of a sample of fleet vehicles previously
certified.
The competency check will be completed in the fleet
facility designated inspection area, using the fleet
equipment and technical reference manuals. The frequency
of the spot-checks for competency will be determined by
the proficiency demonstrated by the qualified mechanic.
C. Review of Records
During 'the random reinspections the VIP representative
will conduct a thorough review of all fleet records
pertaining to the inspection, test and repair of vehicles
certified.
B-193
-------
-28-
SECTION 8
WHO TO CONTACT WHEN FLEET PROBLEMS ARISE
Should problems arise during the inspection and testing of
fleet vehicles that are related to the VIP forms, procedures or
test requirements, contact the Regional VIP Office at 3415
Fletcher Avenue, Suite £2, El Monte, CA (213)575-7005).
B-194
-------
-29-
SSCTION 9
FLEET LICENSING
A. Initial License
B. Renewal Lic.ense
C. Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated
D. Change of Address
E. Change of Ownership
F. Termination of Fleet Licensing
3-L95
-------
-30-
A. Initial License
To be eligible for a VIP fleet license, a fleet facility
must meet the following criteria:
1. At all times a fleet of 10 or more vehicles which are
registered in the SCAB and which are not exempt from
inspection.
2. Possess the equipment specified in Section 3326(a)
and (b) of Title 16, California Administrative Code
and demonstrate that such equipment is properly
maintained and calibrated.
3. Employ the services of a licensed MVPC installer who
has also been issued a Certificate of Qualification
pursuant to Chapter 20.4 of the Business and
Professions Code.
4. Possess a current MVPC station license and where
appropriate, a valid ARD registration.
5. With prior authorization by the Department, a new or
used car dealer licensed as a VIP fleet facility may
inspect and test another car dealer's (fleet
member's) vehicles provided that his fleet also
consists of 10 or more affected vehicles.
6. Submit an application on a form approved by the
Department. All fleet members must be identified at
time of application.
A fleet facility desiring a VI? fleet license should
contact the VIP Regional Office at 3415 Fletcher Avenue,
Suite 32, El Monte, CA (213) 565-7005) .
B. Renewal License
1. A fleet facility license is valid for one year from
the date of issuance and shall expire on that date
unless renewed or unless terminated by operation of
law.
2. A fleet facility licensee shall submit a timely and
.proper renewal... aDD_li.cat_ip_n_ .._t.o the Department
A fleet facility
licensee whose license has exni'red shall im.T.edia teiy
cease to inspect or test vehicles or issue
certificates.
B-196
-------
-31-
Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated
Application shall be made to, the Department for a
duplicate license in the event a license is lost,
destroyed or mutilated. The person to whom the license
was issued shall furnish satisfactory proof to such fact.
Upon receipt of such application, a duplicate license will
be issued for the unexpired term of the license. Any
mutilated or lost license subsequently found, shall be
surendered to the Department.
Change of Address
In the event of a change of name of the licensee (not
involving any change of ownership) or a change in the
licensee's address, the license shall be returned to the
Department with an application for a replacement license
for the unexpired term of the license. Upon receipt of
the application, the Department will cancel the returned
license and issue a new license for the unexpired term
without a fee.
Change of Ownership
Any change of ownership of the licensee will require the
issuance of a new license as outlined in Section A.
F. Termination of Fleet Licensing
The licensing of vehicle dealers as VI? fleets will
terminate upon implementation of the annual renewal of
registration phase of the program.
B-197
-------
-32-
SECTION 10
SUSPENSION OR RESCISSION OF FLEET FACILITY LICENSE
A fleet facility license may be suspended or rescinded for any
of the following:
1. The fleet to be inspected falls below affected 10
vehicles.
2. Failure to maintain properly calibrated and operative
equipment required in Section 4.A.
3. Failure to employ the services of a qualified licensed
installer during vehicle certifications as specified in
Section 9.A.3.
4. Failure to maintain required records.
5. Failure to inspect or test vehicles in accordance with
specifications and procedures established by the
Department.
6. Failure to provide the Department with reasonable access,
information and other cooperation as specified by Section
9889.52(e) of the Business and Professions Code.
7. Violation of any provision of Chapter 20.4 of Divison 3 of
the Code or any regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
B-19S
-------
-33-
SECTION 11
STATS INSPECTION EMISSION LIMITS
MODEL
YEARS
NUMBER OF
CYLINDERS
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
EMISSION
HC(PPM)
STANDARDS
C0(%)
1955 to
1955 to
67
65
1968 to 70
1968 to 70
1966 to 70
1966 to 70
1971 to 74
1971 to 74
1971 to 74
1971 to 74
1975 to 79
1975 to 79
4 or less
5 or more
4 or less
4 or less
5 or more
5 or mo r e
4 or less
4 or less
5 or more
5 or mo r e
ALL
ALL
Without
Without
air
air
injection
injection
Without air injection
With air injection
Without air injection
with air injection
Without air injection
With air injection
Without air injection
With air injection
NON-CATALYST
CATALYST
1850
1200
1000
500
600
• 450
500
350
450
250
350
250
8.0
9.0
7.0
3.0
7.0
3.0
6.0
2.25
6.0
2.25
3.0
2.0
All exhaust emissions testing shall be made with air injection pump
connected and operating as applicable. Vehicles equipped with
thermal reactors shall be tested to the non-catalyst specification.
3-199
-------
APPENDIX C
NEVADA
AIR QUALITY REGULATIONS FOR MOBILE EQUIPMENT
AUTHORIZED STATION INSPECTOR TEST #2
AUTHORIZED STATION INSPECTOR TEST #3
C-l
-------
STATE OF NEVADA
AIR QUALITY REGULATIONS
'FOR MOBILE EQUIPMENT
Adopted by
Nevada Environmental Commission Department of Motor Vehicles
John Fransway, Chairman ' S. Barton Jacka, Director
December, 1979
Administered by
i
Department of 'Motor Vehicles
S. Barton Jacka, Director
Carson City, Nevada
and
Peace Officers
of the State
C-2
-------
WHEREAS, the Nevada State Implementation Plan shows that
from the available ambient air quality data for carbon monoxide and
oxidants, Clark County, specifically the Las Vegas Valley, and
VJashoe County, specifically the Truckee Meadows, 'is in violation
of the state and national ambient air quality standards; and
WHEREAS, such standards were promulgated by the United
States Environmental Protection Agency and the State Environmental
Commission .for the express purpose, of protecting,, the health and .
welfare of the citizens residing therein; and
WHEREAS, the control strategy for reducing carbon monoxide
and the oxidant levels by the reduction of the1 carbon monoxide and
hydrocarbon emissions respectively includes the implementation of a
strategy for inspecting and maintaining in-use motor vehicles; and
WHEREAS, the Fifty-Ninth Session of the Nevada State
Legislature provided guidance to the State Environmental Commission
to establish an annual inspection and maintenance program in
progressive steps; and
WHEREAS, the St.:;':e Environmental Commission now deems
said inspection program necessary to aid in the achievement of the
required ambient air quality standards; and
WHEREAS, the Fifty-Ninth Session of the Nevada State
Legislature established authority for the Department of Motor
Vehicles to promulgate requirements for licensing and inspecting
authorized stations;
NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED that the State Environmental
Commission and the Department of Motor Vehicles promulgate these •
regulations with the express purpose of developing data upon which
to define the reductions in emissions for in-use motor vehicles and
to aid in the achievement 'of the ambient air quality standards which
are presently being violated predominantly because of motor vehicle
emissions; and.
BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that such progressive step imple-
mentation is based on the requirements of Chapter 445' of NRS; and
BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that a cooperative study be com-
pleted by January 1979, such study will show acceptance by and
protection of consumers, cost for improvement of air quality, and
the effectiveness of the program as a whole; and
BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the motor vehicle owner will
be provided with information explaining the reasons for the methods
of inspections.
C-3
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS 1
ARTICLE 2 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
ARTICLE 3 - ENVIRONMENTAL COMMISSION REGULATIONS FOR
MOBILE EQUIPMENT 6
ARTICLE 4 - DEPARTMENT OF MOTOR VEHICLES POLLUTION CONTROL
REGULATIONS 15
-------
ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS
1.1 Ambient air. That portion of the atmosphere surrounding people,
animal, and plant life.
1.2 Approved inspector. An individual person who has qualified by
passing the written examination as prepared by the department
of motor vehicles, and has successfully demonstraced the ability
to operate the required diagnostic equipment-,, and, has been
issued a license as an approved inspector.
1.3 Authorized station. As defined in subsection 1 of chapter 445
of NRS, a station licensed by the department of motor vehicles
for inspecting motor vehicles and pollution control devices for
compliance with chapter 445 of NRS or any applicable federal or
commission regulation and for installing, repairing, and adjust-
• ing pollution control devices and motor vehicles to meet the
commission's requirements.
1.4 Carbon monoxide (CO). A colorless, odorless, highly toxic gas
• that is a normal byproduct of incomplete fossil fuel combustion.
1.5 Certificate of compliance. A certificate, issued.by an approved
inspector in an authorized station, which declares that the motor
vehicle identified on the certificate is properly equipped with
the pollution control devices indica/ted on the certificate and
that such devices conform with the requirements of chapter 445
.of NRS and regulations adopted by the state environmental
•.commission.
1.6 Commission. The state environmental commission, as defined in
chapter 445 of NRS.
1.7 Crankcase emissions. Air contaminants emitted into the atmos-
phere from any portion of the engine crankcase ventilation or
lubrication systems.
1.8 Department. The department of motor vehicles.
1.9 Diagnostic equipment. Tools used to diagnose engine performance.
1.10 Emission. The act of passing into the atmosphere an air contam-
inant or a gas stream which contains, or may contain, an air
contaminant; or the material passed to the atmosphere.
1.11 Established place of business. (1) The permanent structure
owned either in fee or leased with sufficient space to test,
.inspect, or adjust, if needed, one or more motor vehicles for
which a certificate of compliance or evidence of compliance
may be issued; and (2) large enough to accommodate the office
or offices of an authorized station to provide a safe place to
keep the books, certificates of compliance, and all other
records of this authorized station, at which site or location
the principal portion of such licensee's business shall be open
to inspection during usual business hours by any authorized
agent of the department of motor vehicles.
C-5 '
-------
L
1.12 Evidence of compliance, as defined in subsection 3 of chapter
445.610 of NRS, includes a certificate issued when a motor
vehicle has been inspected and (a) has the required equipment;
or (b) does not meet the emission control requirements after
the repairs have been made and the motor vehicle is exemptc-d by
the provisions of article 3.15.1.2 or article 3.15.1.3.
1.13 Exhaust emissions. Air contaminants emitted into the atmosphere
from any opening downstream from the exhaust ports of a motor
vehicle engine.
1.14 Exhaust gas analyzer. A device for sensing the amount of air
contaminants in the exhaust emissions of a motor vehicle.
1.15 Fleet owner. An owner or lessee of three or more motor vehicles.
1.16 ' Fleet station. As defined in subsection 4 of chapter 445.610
of NRS, a facility x^hich is licensed by the department to conduc
inspections of the motor vehicles of qualified owners or lessees.
1.17 Gross vehicle weight. The manufacturer's gross weight rating
for the individual motor vehicle.
1.18 Heavy-duty motor vehicle. A motor vehicle which is designed
primarily:
.1. For transportation of property and is rated at more
than 6,000 pounds GVW;
2. For transportation of persons and has a capacity of
more than 12 persons ;
3. As a recreational motor vehicle; or
4. As an off-road utility vehicle.
1.19 Hydrocarbons. A family of compounds containing carbon and
hydrogen in various combinations,'found especially In fossil
fuels.
1.20 Inspection/Maintenance. A strategy to reduce emissions from
in-use motor vehicles by ideiitif ying vehicles that need
'emission-related maintenance and requiring that such mainte-
nance be performed.
1.21 • Light-duty motor vehicle. A motor vehicle v.'hich is designed
primarily for:
1, Transportation of property and is rated at 6,000 pounds
GVW or less; or
2. Transportation of persons and has a capacity of 12 per-
sons or less.
1.22 Local air pollution control agency. Any city, county, or
district air pollution control agency approved by the
commission.
C-6
-------
1.23 Model year of vehicle. The production period of new motor
vehicles designated by the calendar year in which such period
ends. If the manufacturer does not designate a production
period, the model year with respect to such vehicles shall
mean the 12 month period beginning January of the year in which
production begins.
1.24 Motor vehicle.. As defined in subsection 5 of chapter 445 of
NRS, every self-propelled vehicle in, upon, or by which any
person or property is, or may be, transported or drawn upon a
public highway, except devices moved by human or animal power
or used exclusively upon stationary rails. . . • •
1.25 New motor vehicle. A motor vehicle that has never been regis-
tered with the department, and has never been registered with
the appropriate agency of authority of any other state, the
District of Columbia, any territory or possession of the United
States or foreign state, province, or country.
1.26 .. Nitrogen oxides. A gas formed in great part from atmospheric
nitrogen and oxygen when combustion takes place under high
temperature and high pressure, as in internal combustion engines.
All oxides of nitrogen except nitrous oxide, as measured by
test methods set forth in this part.
1.27 Off-road utility vehicle. A motor vehicle of over 6,000 pounds
GVW which has special features for off-road operation, such as
four-wheel drive.
1.28 Opacity. The property of a substance tending to obscure vision
and measured in terms of percent obscuration. The relationship
between opacity and Ringelmann number is approximately equal
to the following in shades of white to gray.
Opacity Ringelmann
(Percent) Number
20 1
40 2
60 3
80 4
100 5
1.29 Person. The State of Nevada, any individual, group of indivi-
duals, partnership, firm, company, corporation, association,.
trust, estate, political subdivision, administrative agency,
public or quasi-public corporation, or other legal entity.
1.30 Recreational motor vehicle. A vehicle which is primarily
designed to provide temporary living quarters for travel, camping
or other recreational use and has a GVW of over 6,000 pounds.
1.31 Registered owner. An individual, firm, corporation, or associa-
tion whose name appears in the files.of the motor vehicle
registration division of the department of motor vehicles as
the person to whom the motor vehicle is registered.
C-7
-------
1.32 Ringelmann chare. The chart published by the U.S. Bureau of
Mines, which illustrates graduated shades .of gray to black,
for use in estimating the light obscuring capacity of smoke.
1.33 Smoke. Small particles consisting predominantly, but not
exclusively, of carbon, ash, or other combustible material,
resulting from incomplete combustion.
1.34 Special mobile equipment. Every motor vehicle not designed or
used primarily for the transportation of persons or property
and only incidentally operated or moved upon a paved roadway.
1.35 Standard. A standard of performance proposed or promulgated
under these regulations.
1.36 Tampering. Rendering inoperative, or intentional misadjust-
ment of any motor vehicle device or element of design intended
to control exhaust emissions.
;
1.37 • Used motor vehicle. A motor vehicle that has been registered
with the department, or has been registered with the appropriate
agency of authority of any other state, the District of Columbia
or any territory or possession of the United States or foreign
state, province, or country.
1.38 Water. Visible mist or condensed water vapor.
The abbre-
meanings:
1.39 'The abbreviations used in these regulations have the following
°C - degree celsius (centigrade)
CO - carbon monoxide
GVW - gross vehicle weight
HC - hydrocarbons
kg - kilogram(s)
Ib - pound (s)
NOX- nitrogen oxides
ppm - parts per million
c-a
-------
ARTICLE 2 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
2.1 Severability:
2.1.1 These regulations and their various portions are severable.
Should any portion thereof be declared invalid or uncon-
stitutional it shall not affect any other portion.
2.2 Circumvention:
2.2.1 No person shall install, construct, or use any device which
conceals any emission without resulting in a reduction in
the total release of air contaminants to the atmosphere.
C-9
-------
ARTICLE 3 - ENVIRONMENTAL COMMISSION REGULATIONS FOR MOBILE EQUIPMENT
3.1 No person shall operate or leave standing on any highway any
motor' vehicle which is required by state or federal law to be
equipped with a motor vehicle pollution control device, unless
such device is correctly installed and in operating condition'.
No person shall disconnect, alter, or modify any such required
device. The provisions of this Article shall not apply to an
alteration or modification found by the commission not to
" reduce the effectiveness of any 'required motor vehicle emission
control device. Neither shall the provisions of this Article
apply to an alteration or modification of a motor vehicle .to
fuel use other than gasoline or diesel fuel where such altera-
tion or modification is effected without violating existing
federal and state standards for the control of exhaust emissions
3.2 No gasoline-powered motor vehicle shall be operated which emits
visible smoke while moving for a distance of more than 100 yards
upon the streets, roads, or highways of the state.
3.3 Visible emissions of diesel-powered motor vehicles or special
mobile equipment operated at or below 5,000 feet elevation and
manufactured on or after January 1, 1970, shall not exceed an
opacity of 20 percent for more than 15 consecutive seconds or
for periods aggregating more than 5 minutes in any 1 hour.
Visible emissions of diesel-powered motor vehicles or special
niobile equipment • operated at or below 5,000 feet elevation
. -and manufactured before January 1, 1970, shall not exceed an
opacity of 40 percent for more than 15 consecutive seconds or
for periods aggregating more than 5 minutes in any 1 hour.
3.4 Visible emissions of diesel-powered motor vehicles or special
mobile equipment operating above'5,000 feet elevation shall not
exceed an opacity of 40 percent for more than 15 consecutive
seconds or for periods aggregating more than 5 minutes in any
1 hour.
3.5 Except as provided by federal regulation, no person shall
operate a device manufactured on.or after January 1, 1970, used
exclusively upon stationary rails at or below 5,000 feet eleva-
tion where the period of continuous visible emission is of an
opacity greater than 40 percent for more than 15 consecutive
seconds. Visible emissions for devices used exclusively upon
stationary rails operated above 5,000 feet elevation shall not
exceed an opacity greater than 60 percent for more than 15
consecutive seconds.
3.6 Except as provided by federal regulation, visible emissions
from devices manufactured prior to January 1, 1970, used exclu-
sively upon stationary rails shall not exceed an opacity greater
than 60 percent for more than 15'consecutive seconds.
C-10
-------
3.7 Exceptions to this Article
3.7.1 Scheduled maintenance'or repairs which result in emissions
of air contaminants performed in an area determined by the
department as constituting a repair shop do not violate
this Article.
3.7.2 Diesel-powered motor vehicles and special mobile equipment
may exceed the visible emissions set forth in articles 3.3
and 3.4 for not longer than 15 minutes for stationary
warm-up of cold engines to achieve operating temperatures.
,3.7.3 Visible emissions in excess, of those set'forth in articles
3.5 and 3.6 do not violate the requirements of this Article
if the visible emissions occur:
3.7.3.1 . During maintenance or repairs.
3.7.3.2 For a period- of 40 consecutive seconds or less during
acceleration under load.
3.7.3.3 For a period of 4 consecutive minutes or less when
loaded after a period of idle.
3.7.4 The provisions of article 3.9 do not apply to any:
1, Heavy-duty motor vehicle;
2. Light-duty motor vehicle produced 15 or more model
years earlier than the current calendar year, as
shown in the following examples:
Effective on:
January 1, 1980, all 1965 and older model vehicles
are exempt from inspection;
January 1, 1981, all 1966 and older model vehicles
are exempt from inspection;
January 1, 1982, all 1967 and older model vehicles
are exempt from inspection;
January 1, 1983, all 1968 and older model vehicles
are exempt from inspection;
January 1, 1984, all 1969 and older model vehicles
are exempt from inspection;
3. Light-duty motor vehicle having an engine displacement
of less than 50 cubic inches;
4. Motorcycle;
C-ll
-------
5. Motor vehicle which is. subject to prorated regis-
tration pursuant to chapters 706.801 to 706.361
of NRS, inclusive, and is not based in this state;
6. New motor vehicle; or
7. .Transfer of:
(a) Registration or ownership between spouses
or companies whose principal business is
leasing vehicles; and
(b) registration if evidence of compliance was
issued within 90 days before transfer.
3.7.5 The provisions of article 3.8 do not apply if the require-
ments contained in article 3.15 are met.
3.8 Motor Vehicle Inspection Standards
3.8.1 Except as provided in articles 3.15 and 4.1 step 5, any
motor vehicle which is subject to inspection in accordance
with the provisions of chapter 445 of NRS and the time-
table set forth in article 3.8, as a condition of compliance
with the inspection, must have all required federal and
state emission control devices installed and properly-
operating in accordance with emission control specifications
of the motor vehicle manufacturer.
3.8.2- Any light-duty gasoline-fueled motor vehicle which is
subject to inspection in accordance with the provisions of
chapter 445 of- NRS and the timetable set forth in article
3.9, as a condition of compliance with the inspection, must
not emit:
1. Visible smoke in its exhaust emissions or ir its
crankcase emissions when the prescribed inspection
test procedure is used; or
2. carbon monoxide (CO) and hydrocarbons (HC) in its
exhaust emissions in excess of standards set forth
in Table 1 when measured with an approved exhaust
gas analyzer and by the prescribed inspection
procedure.
Table 1
Exhaust Emission Standards
Model Year of Vehicle CO (%) HC (ppm)
Up to and including 1967 7.5 1200
1968 to 1969, inclusive 5.0 600
1970 to 1974, inclusive- 4.0 400
1975 arid later 3.0 300
C-12
-------
NOTE: All measurements shall be made after the
engine has been operating for a sufficient period
to attain normal operating temperature and the
engine has been purged if it has been operating
at an idle for more than 5 minutes, subject to the
provisions of article 4.1.
3.9 Time of Implementation
3.9.1 All used light-duty motor vehicles shall be inspected and
certified as having all federal or state required emission
control devices installed and properly operating and shall
meet the adopted exhaust emission standards in accordance
with the timetable set forth in this Article.
3.9.2 a. Upon change of the registered owner in accordance with
chapter 445 of NRS after July 1, 1974, all used light-
duty motor vehicles based in Clark County shall be
inspected and certified, by an authorized station, that
state and federally required .emission control devices
are installed on the motor vehicle and operating
properly and the motor vehicle is in compliance with
the emission standards adopted in this Article.
b. In accordance with chapter 445 of NRS, on or after
July 1, 1977, all used light-duty motor vehicles being'
registered to a new owner or being registered for the
first time are required to have evidence of compliance,
in Clark County.
c. On or after July 1, 1981, all used light-duty motor
vehicles being registered or reregistered in Clark
County must have evidence of compliance.-'
3,9.3 a. Upon change of the registered owner in accordance with
chapter 445 of NRS, on or after February 1, 1978, all
• used light-duty motor vehicles based in Washoe County
shall be inspected and certified, by an authorized
station, that state and federally required emission
control devices are installed on the motor vehicle and
operating properly and the motor vehicle is in compli-
ance with the emission standards adopted in this Article
b. In accordance with chapter 445 of NRS, on or after
September 1, 1978, all used light-duty motor vehicles
being registered to a new owner or being registered
for the first time are required to have evidence of
compliance, in Washoe County.
c. On or after July 1, 1981, all used light-duty motor
vehicles being registered or reregistered in Washoe
County must have evidence of compliance."''
C-13
-------
*Note: Subsection 1 of NRS 445.635 pro-
vides that the board of county
commissioners of any county hav-
ing a population of 100,000 or
more (Clark or Washoe Counties)
may by ordinance require that
all used motor vehicles being
registered or reregistered have
evidence of compliance with the
emission standards by a speci-
fied date before July 1, 1981.
3.9.4 Used light-duty motor vehicles owned by the state and any
of its political subdivisions, must be inspected and
certified annually if they are based in those counties
where a program for annual inspection of motor vehicle
emissions has been put into effect. The inspection must
certify whether or not state and federally required emis-
sion control devices are installed on the motor vehicle
and operating properly and the motor vehicle is in com-
pliance with the emission standards prescribed in article
3.8.2 of these regulations.
3.10 Licensing of Authorized Station Required
3.10.1 No person may engage in the business of inspecting, repair-
ing, installing or adjusting a motor vehicle pollution
control device for the purpose of issuing a certificate of
compliance or an application for a waiver or is entitled
to any other license or permit required by chapter 445 of
NRS or these regulations until he has applied for and has
been issued a license to operate an authorized station.
3.10.2 The department shall investigate any applicant for an
authorized station license, and before an applicant for
an authorized station is approved, an inspection of the
premises will be made by an authorized representative of
the department.
3.10.3 No license shall be issued to an appl cant unless the
applicant employs at least one approved inspector, who may
be the station owner.
3.10.4 The inspections may be performed only at the established
place of business by an approved inspector using an exhaust
gas infrared analyzer and the diagnostic equipment itemized
in article 4.3.1 which have been approved by the department
3.10.5 The authorized station license and all oCher licenses
issued to approved inspectors shall be displayed in a con-
spicuous place under glass or; other transparent material
within the authorized station.
C-14
-------
3.10.6 Authorized station shall be required to keep attached to •
their infrared analyzer manufacturer's quick reference
guides for hookup and testing procedures for their infra-
red equipment.
3.11 Application, Fee for Authorized Stations; Issuance of License
Certificate
3.11.1 Application for an authorized station license shall be
filed upon forms supplied by the department of motor
vehicles, and the applicant shall furnish:
3.11.1.1 Such proof as the department may deem necessary ' '
that the applicant qualifies as an authorized
station, including proof that the applicant has
an established place of business in this state;
and
3.11.1.2 Fee of $25.
3.11.2 License expires at midnight on December 31 of each
calendar year.
3.11.3 Upon receipt of such application, when satisfied that the
applicant is entitled thereto, the department shall issue
to the applicant an authorized station license certificate
containing the station's name and the address of his fixed
place of business.
3.12 Approval of Inspectors
3.12.1 No person will be approved as an inspector unless he has
demonstrated his qualifications and ability to the satis-
faction of.the department by the following:
3.12.1.1 Submitting an application, on the form provided by
the department which establishes that the applicant
is qualified to make all necessary adjustments of
emission control devices according to the manufacturer'
specifications, record necessary i '.formation, and
inspect and test the operation of federally required
emission control devices;
3.12.1.2 Submitting a certificate of competence which indicates
his technical ability in major motor vehicle tune-ups
in accordance with accepted practices of the industry;
3. 12.. 1.3 Submitting a certificate of competence as issued by
the manufacturer of an exhaust gas analyzer approved
by the department, indicating his ability to adjust
and operate that equipment; and
3.12.1.4 Successfully completing a written test, which was
prepared by the department, with a grade score of not
less than 75 percent and, if required, by performing a
C-15 practical demonstration of prescribed test procedures.
-------
3.12.1.5 Ac the discretion of the•department, an applicant
who fails to pass the inspector test may be required
to wait for a period of 7 calendar days before he
may retake the approved inspector's test,
3.12.1.6 Every inspector approved by the-department shall
report in writing to the department every change in
his place of employment and any termination of his
employment within 10 days after the date when the
change or termination occurred.
3.12.2 Upon acceptance and approval of the application, a license
as an approved inspector will be issued by the department.
3.13 Fleet Station Licensing Requirements
3.13.1 ' A liceiise for a- fleet station may be issued to an owner or
lessee of a fleet of three or more motor vehicles.
3.13.2 . Such a station shall meet all the requirements applicable
to an authorized station, as set forth by these regulations,
except a fleet station may inspect and certify only those
motor vehicles which constitute such fleet and may issue
certificates of compliance for those fleet motor vehicles
which are sold to the public.
3.14 State and Political Subdivision Licensing Requirements and
Evidence of Compliance
3.14.1 A license may be issued to any state agency or political
subdivision of the state to inspect motor vehicles owned
by the .state or political subdivision for the purpose of
compliance with these regulations.
3.14.2 a. The state agency or political subdivision in comply-
ing with these regulations must submit to the
department annually a list, in a form prescribed
by the department, of those light-duty motor vehicles
which are assigned plates as described in MRS 432,368.
b. The list must show compliance with articles 3,8 and
4.1, steps 1 through 4, of these regulations.
3.14.3 A licensee pursuant to this article is exempt from
the following articles of these regulations:
a. Bond requirements, 4.6;
b. Certificates of compliance, 4.16, 4.17, 4,18;
c. Sign, 4.5; and
d. Use of waiver, 3.15.
C-16
-------
3.15 Application for Waiver
3.15.1 The department may approve an application for a waiver from
the emission standards contained in Table 1 of article 3.8
if the application includes:
3.15.1.1 Receipts or other evidence of parts and repairs,
including labor, dated not more than-10 days before
the date of inspection and before registration.
The repair parts must be related to emissions, for
example, points, plugs, wires, carburetor kits, vacjuum
hoses, air filters, and positive crankcase ventilation
valves. The repair labor must be related to emissions,
for example, carburetor cleaning or rebuilding, or
installation of parts related to emissions.
3.15.1.2 An application for a waiver may be approved for a
privately owned vehicle if the cost of repair parts,
exclusive of a catalytic converter, is at least $25,
or $75 for the parts and labor, and if evidence is -
submitted to the department that the amount has been
spent and the parts have been installed. .
3.15.1.3 An application for a waiver may be approved for a
vehicle dealer only if the combined cost of parts
and labor, exclusive of a catalytic converter, and
analyzing costs for the vehicle is $75 or more and if
evidence is submitted to the department showing that
$75 or more has been spent on parts and labor relating
to the repairing of the emission deficiency and the
parts have been installed.
3.15.1.4 An application for a waiver will not be approved for
any vehicle of model year 1975 or later if the vehicle
was equipped with a catalytic converter and the con-
verter has been removed.
3.15.2 If a vehicle exceeds the emission standards set forth in
article 3.8 and the vehicle requires repair work, the
work may be performed by an authorized station or else-
where .
3.15.3 Upon the submission to the department of an application
for a waiver and evidence that the repairs have been made,
the department will reinspect the vehicle free of charge and
approve or deny the application. This reinspection will be
done at the department's test laboratory.
3.15.4 An application for a waiver must contain an identification
of the vehicle for which the waiver is sought. Only the
department may approve a waiver. An approved waiver per-
mits the registration of the vehicle. An approved waiver
expires 90 days after the date of issuance.
C-17
-------
3.16 An authorized station shall certify an exemption on the
certificate of compliance and issue the certificate for a
vehicle with missing pollution control devices, exclusive of
a catalytic converter, if the vehicle docs not exceed the
standards prescribed in article 3.8.2 of these regulations.
C-1S
-------
ARTICLE 4 - DEPARTMENT OF MOTOR VEHICLES POLLUTION CONTROL REGULATIONS
4.1 Prescribed Inspection Test Procedures
Step 1: A visual inspection must be made of the exhaust
system for visible smoke and blowby gases while the engine is
at idle and fast idle, and a check of the vehicle must be made
to ensure that all emission control devices required by this
state and the Federal Government are connected,
Step 2: After the motor vehicle has been brought to normal
operating temperature, connect motor vehicle to engine diagnos-
tic equipment. The infrared exhaust analyzer . shall be adjusted
according to the manufacturer's specifications. Place the
C-L9
-------
Make, model, and year of vehicle
Engine type
Vehicle identification number
Odome'ter reading
Before HC and CO readings-
Dwell or air gap
Ignition timing
Idle setting (rpm)
After HC and CO readings
Cost of adjustments and parts
CID
CYL
Any other information requested on a certificate of compliance
or an application for a waiver must be supplied. The depart-
ment may require additional information before issuance of a
certificate of compliance or an application for a waiver.
C-20
-------
A.2.2 A list of approved exhaust gas analyzers is on file with
the director of the department and may be obtained by
writing to:
Department of Motor Vehicles Department of Motor Vehicles
Registration Division Registration Division
Emission Control Section Emission Control Section
2701 East Sahara Avenue 305 Galletti Way
P.O. Box 1899 Reno, Nevada 89502
Las Vegas, Nevada 89101
4.3 Inspection and Certification
4.3.1 The department will inspect authorized stations and certify
that they are properly equipped and their personnel are
adequately trained to issue certificates of compliance or
applications for waiver in accordance with the procedures
of the department. On or after January 1, 1980, a person
making application to become licensed as -an authorized
station must provide equipment necessary to perform the
inspection required in article 4.1. The equipment must
include the following, singly or in combination:
1. Ignition analyzer oscilloscope or equivalent.
2. Ohmmeter.
3. Voltmeter.
4. Tachometer.
5. Vacuum gauge.
6. Cam angle dwell meter.
7. Ignition timing light.
8. Compression tester.
9. State approved infrared analyzer.
10. Distributor advance tester.
Authorized stations licensed before January 1, 1980, have
until July 1, 1980, to obtain the necessary equipment.
4.3.2 The department will check the calibration of each exhaust
gas analyzer and certify it at intervals of not more than
30 days. \
4.3.3 The department will disapprove in writing any authorized
station or equipment which is not in compliance. Certifi-
cates of compliance must be immediately surrendered, and
any test conducted after disapproval will not be accept-
able to the department until the instrument is repaired and
recertified by the department.
4.3.4 Each authorized station shall have adequate information
available for the inspector to determine:
4.3.4.1 What state or federal emission control devices are
required for specific motor vehicles.
C-21
-------
4.3.4.2 What the motor vehicle manufacturer's emission
control performance specifications are for the
specific motor vehicle.
4.3.5 The department of motor vehicles, with the technical support"1
of the environmental commission, will establish a written
test for licensing of approved inspectors. The approved
inspectors shall be qualified to make all necessary adjust- .
ments, according to manufacturer's specifications, of
emission control devices, record necessary information, and
inspect and test for the operation of required emission v
control devices.
4.3.6 Each authorized station shall maintain and submit the
records of all inspections to the department for data eval-
uation at least once every 14 days.
4.3.7 The department and the commission will interpret and
correlate the submitted data to determine the amount of
reductions of emissions achieved.
4.3.8 All inspection records at the authorized station shall be
maintained at the established place of business for 1 year v
and shall be made available to the department and the
commission or its representative when conducting a compli-
ance inspection.
4.3.9 " Forms for applications of waiver will be supplied to all
authorized stations by the department. All applications
for waiver must be submitted to .the Department of Motor
Vehicles, Las Vegas Office, 2701 East Sahara Avenue,
Las Vegas, N7evada; or the Reno Office, 305 Gallstti Way,
Reno, Nevada, for approval.
4.4 Responsibility for Obtaining Certificates of Compliance
4.4.1 When a dealer's report of sale is issued, a dealer in
used motor vehicles shall furnish evidence of compliance
with the emission controls, or an application for a
waiver approved by the department, a" the same that the
dealer's report of sale is issued unaer the provisions of
NRS 482.424. In any other sale or purchase of a motor
vehicle, the purchaser is responsible for providing a
certificate of complicance or an approved application for
a waiver.
4.5 Approved Authorized Station Sign
4.5.1 An authorized station shall post a sign in a conspicuous
place indicating the set fee or hourly rate, on a time and
material basis, advising the total inspection fee and the
$2 certificate fee as approved by the department and shall
include the words "Authorized. Station".
C-22 ' •
-------
4.5.1.1 The sign shall be of material chat shows a white back-
ground with dark contrasting letters and figures.
4.5.1.2 ' The dimensions of the sign must be no less than 23
inches wide and 23 inches high.
4.5.1.3 . All letters and figures appearing on the sign shall
not be less than 2 inches in height..
4.6 Authorized Station's Bond; Action on Bond
4.6.1 Before a license for an authorized station is furnished
to any person, the department will require that the
applicant 'procure and file with the department a good -and
sufficient bond in the amount of $1,000 with a corporate
surety thereon, duly licensed to do business x^ithin the
State of Nevada, approved as to form by the attorney general,
or place on deposit with the department (a) cash; (b) a
bond issued by the United States; or (c) a savings certifi-
cate in the amount of $1,000, and conditioned that the
applicant shall conduct his business as an authorized sta-
tion without fraud or fraudulent representation and without
violation of the provisions of chapter 445 of NRS or these
regulations.
4.6.2 The undertaking in the bond or deposit shall be deemed to
include and shall include any fraud or fraudulent repre-
sentation or violation of any of the provisions of chapter
445 of NRS and these regulations by any approved inspector
or employed agent for or on the behalf of the authorized"
station.
.4.6.3 The bond or deposit shall provide that any person injured
by the action of the licensee or employee acting on the
behalf of the licensee in violation of any provisions of
chapter 445 of NRS and these regulations may bring an
acti'.-n on the bond.
4.7 Misleading, Inaccurate Advertising, False Information Exhibited •
by Authorized' Station
4.7.1 No authorized station may intentionally publish, display,
or circulate any advertising which is misleading or inaccu-
rate in any material or misrepresents any of the services
rendered, products sold, manufactured, handled, or furnished
to the public.
4.7.2 The department will provide a. brochure for distribution to
the public which will explain the reasons and methods for
the emission control inspection.
4.8 An authorized station which does not have an approved inspector
in its employ shall immediately cease to operate as an author-
ized station.
C-23
-------
4.8.1 An authorized station without an approved inspector as an
employee shall remove or cover its sign as an authorized
station, shall not inspect and issue any certificate of
compliance or application for a waiver and must notify the
department that an approved inspector is not employed by
the station. If an approved inspector is not employed
within 60 days, the authorized station shall surrender its
station license and all its forms and supplies to the
department.
4.8.2 An authorized station whose license has been cancelled or
which has surrendered its license may submit a new applica-
tion 60 days after the cancellation or surrender.
4.9 Denial, Suspension or Revocation of Authorized Station License:
Grounds
4.9.1 The department may deny the issuance of a license for, or
suspend or revoke the license of, an authorized station
upon any of the following grounds:
4.9.1.1 Failure of the applicant to have an established
place of business in this state.
4.9.1.2 Material misstatement on the application.
4.9.1.3 Unfitne'ss of the applicant or licensee.
4.9.1.4 Failure of the licensee to keep at the authorized
station all books of certificates of compliance and
any material or documents which are used by the
authorized station in its inspection program.
4.9.1.5 Willful failure to comply with any of the provisions
of these regulations or the directives of the director
of the department.
4.9.1.6 Failure or refusal to furnish and keep in force any
bond.
4.9.1.7 Failure on the part of the licensee to maintain an
established place of business in this state.
4.9.1.8 Failure or refusal by the licensee to pay or other-
wise discharge any final judgment rendered and
entered against the licensee arising out of any fraud
or misrepresentation of any services rendered as an
authorized station.
4.9.1.9 • Failure of the licensee to maintain any license or
bond required by any political subdivision of the state,
4.9.1.10 Issuing or permitting to be issued, either by design
or through failure to properly supervise the issuance,
any fraudulent application for a waiver.
C-24
-------
4.9.1.11 Allowing a certificate of compliance or an applica-
tion for a waiver to be completed and signed by any
person other than the approved inspector of the
authorized station who performs the inspection.
4.9.1.12 Failure to notify the department within 24 hours
' after a certificate of compliance or an application
for a waiver has been lost or stolen.
4.9.1.13 Failure on the part of the authorized station or
its agents to allow an authorized representative of
the department upon the premises of the authorized
station in the performance of his duties.
Note: Subsection 2 of NRS 445.634
provides in part:
"2. The department may suspend
or revoke the license of a
station if:
**•*
(c) The station has issued
a fraudulent certificate of
compliance whether intention-
ally or negligently. A
'fraudulent certificate' in-
cludes, but is not limited to:
(1) A back-dated
certificate;
(2) A post-dated
certificate; and
(3) A certificate
issued without an
inspection.
(d) The approved inspector
does not follow the prescribed
test procedure."
4.9.2 For the purposes of article 4.9.1.5, failure to comply
with a directive of the director of the department,
advising the licensee of his noncompliance with any pro-
visions of these regulations, within 10 days after the
licensee's receipt of the directive is prima facie evidence
of his willful failure to comply with the directive.
4.9.2.1 When the license of an authorized station has been
suspended for cause, the suspension will be no longer
than 90 days. Upon suspension, the license of the
authorized station must be surrendered to the depart-
ment.
C-25
-------
4.9.2.2 When Che license of an authorised station has been
revoked for any cause, the principal officer." of the
authorized station may not reapply for a license
as an authorized station within 1 year after the
date of the revocation. Upon revocation, the license
of the authorized station must be surrendered to the
department.
4.9.3 The department is not limited to the grounds listed in
article 4.9.1, but may deny the issuance of a license to
an applicant or suspend or revoke a license already
issued if the department is satisfied that the applicant
or licensee is not entitled to the license.
4.10 Hearing by Director of the Department of Motor Vehicles upon
Denial of Application, Suspension or Revocation of Authorized
Station License
4.10.1 The applicant or licensee may, within 30 days after the
receipt of the notice of denial or suspension or revoca-
tion, petition the director of the department in writing
for a hearing, which will be conducted by the director
or his authorized representative.
4.10.2 Upon filing the petition, a date for hearing will be fixed
no longer than 20 days after the receipt of the request
for hearing, and the applicant or licensee shall have the
right to be present at a hearing and testify in his Ov.ni
behalf and to have such other persons as he desires to be
present and testify at the hearing.
4.10.2.1 Failure of the. applicant or licensee to petition the
director of the department in writing for a hearing
within the 30-day period 'Constitutes an automatic
denial of the application or suspension or revocation
of the authorized, station's license.
4.10.3 Within 10 days after the hearing, the director of the
department or his authorized representative will:
a. Grant or finally deny the aoplicat '.en; or
b. Suspend or revoke the license,
4.10.4 Notwithstanding the provisions of articles 4.10.1 to
4.10.3, inclusive, the department may, if the director
finds that the action is necessary in the public interest,
upon notice to the licensee, temporarily suspend or
, refuse'to renew the license certificate for a period not
to exceed 30 days. In any such case, a hearing will be
held and a final decision rendered within 30 days nfter
notice of the temporary suspension.
C-26
-------
4.11 Application to a District Court of the State of Nevada for
Denial, Suspension or Revocation of an Authorized License:
Judicial Review
Note: In accordance with NRS 233B.130,
If the application of the licensee is denied, suspended or
revoked, the applicant or licensee may, within 30 days after
the date of denial, suspension or revocation, appeal to the
First Judicial District Court of the State of Nevada, located
in Carson City, or in the county of his principal place of
business for judicial review.
4.12 Denial of an Inspector's License
4.12.1 The department may refuse to issue a license to an
applicant who fails to pass the examination as described
in article 3.12.1.4.
4.12.2- The department may refuse to issue a license to an
applicant who fails to provide satisfactory evidence of
ability and competence.
4.13 Denial, Suspension or Revocation of an Inspector's License
4.13.1 The department may deny the issuance of, suspend or revoke
an inspector's license upon any of the following grounds:
4.13.1.1 Failure of the applicant to establish by satisfactory
evidence to the department that he is employed by an
authorized station.
4.13.1.2 Applicant has knowingly made any false statement or
concealed any material fact on his application for
a license.
4.13.1.3 Determination by the department that an applicant or
approved inspector is not lawfully entitled thereto.
4.13.1.4 Applicant knowingly submits false inaccurate, or
misleading information on a certi±icat.e of compliance
or other records submitted.
4.13.1.5 Failure of an approved inspector to report in writing
to the department every change in his place of employ-
ment or any termination of his employment within 10
days after the dace of the change or termination.
4.13.1.6 He issues a certificate of compliance or an applica-
tion for -a waiver which contains fraudulent: information
A.13.1.7 He does not follow the test procedures prescribed by
the department in an inspection.
C-27
-------
'4.13.1.8 lie allows a certificate , of compliance or an applica-
tion for a waiver to be completed by a person who is
not an inspector approved by the department.
Note: The term "fraudulent" includes
but is not limited to a back-
dated document, a post-dated
document or a document based on
anything other than actual phy-
sical inspection at the time
of the issuance of the certifi-
cate of compliance or application
. . for a waiver.
4.13.1.9 Incompetence of the inspector to perform his duties.
4.13.1.10 Inaccurate determination made by an approved inspector
regarding a classification of a heavy-duty motor
vehicle.
4.13.2 When an approved inspector's license has been suspended
for cause, the suspension will not exceed 90 days. The
approved inspector's license must be surrendered to the
department.
4.13.3 When an approved inspector's license has been revoked for
cause, the person may not reapply for an approved inspec-
tor's license for 1 year after the date of revocation.
The approved inspector's license must be surrendered to
the department.
4.14 Hearing by Director of the Department of Motor Vehicles upon
Denial of the Application, Suspension or Revocation of
Approved Inspector
4.14.1 The applicant or approved inspector may, within 30 days
after receipt of the notice of denial, suspension or
revocation, petition the director, in writing, for a
hearing which will be conducted by the director or his
authorized representative.
4.14.2 Upon filing the petition, a date for hearing will be fixed
no longer than 20 days after receipt of the request for a
hearing, and the applicant or approved inspector shall
have the right to be present at a hearing and testify in
his own behalf and to have .such other persons as he desires
to be present and testify at the hearing.
4.14.2.1 Failure of the applicant or approved inspector to
petition the director in -writing for a hearing within
the 30-day period constltutiis an automatic denial of
the application or suspension or revocation of the
license.
C-28
-------
4.14.3 Within 10 days after the hearing, the director or his
authorized representative will make written findings of
fact and conclusions of law and will:
a. Grant or finally deny the application; or
b. . Suspend or revoke the license,
4.14.4 Notwithstanding the provisions of articles 4.14.1 to
4.14.3, inclusive, the department may, if the director
finds that the action is necessary in the public interest
upon notice to the approved inspector, temporarily suspend
or refuse to renew the license for a period not to exceed
30 days. In any such case, a hearing will be held and
a final decision rendered within 30 days after notice of
the temporary suspension.
4.15 Application to District Court for Denial, Suspension or
Revocation of Approved Inspector: Judicial Review
Note: In accordance with NRS 233B.130,
If the application is denied or the license of an approved
inspector is suspended or revoked, the applicant or approved
inspector may, within 30 days from'the date of denial, suspen-
sion or revocation, appeal to the First Judicial District
Court of the State of Nevada, located in Carson City or in
the county of hixs principal place of business for judicial
review.
4.16 Certificate 'of Compliance
4.16,1 The primary use of the certificate of compliance or
evidence of compliance is for a-used motor vehicle regis-
tration transaction as required by chapter 445 of NRS,
requiring that certificates of compliance or evidence of
compliance with these regulations be submitted to the
department of motor vehicles upon application for regis-
tration by an owner of 3. used motor vehicle.
4.16.2 All books of certificates of compliance and any material
or documents which are used by the station in its inspec-
tion program must be kept at the authorized station.
4.16.3 If a certificate of compliance or an application for a
waiver is not required for registration purposes by
article 3.9, the authorized station issuing the certi-
ficate or application must remit to the bearer, upon
demand, the amount of the fee for the inspection and
certificate.
4.17 Certificates of Compliance: Purchase
029
-------
4.17.1 Certificates of compliance may be purchased only by .--.n
approved station and may be obtained from the Dop^n in^n;:
of Motor Vehicles' branch offices, located at 2701 rlast
Sahara Avenue, Las Vegas, Nevada, 89101, and at 305
Galletti Way, Reno, Nevada, 89502.
4.17.1.1 The charge for certificates of compliance is $50 for
a book of 25 certificates. For each certificate issued
to a fleet station the charge is $2.
4.17.1.2 An authorized station or a fleet station shall not
purchase or otherwise obtain a certificate of compli-
ance or an application for a waiver from a source
other than the department.
4.18 Responsibility for Completing and Signing Certificates of
Compliance and Applications for Waiver
4.18.1 No person other than an approved inspector employed by
an authorized station or a fleet s;:-•;.ion may cou;plor.e r.nd
sign a certificate of compliance'or an application for
a waiver.
4.18.2 'A certificate of compliance or an application for a vaiv^r
must include:
1. Information which identifies the person or vehicle
dealer who is applying for the certificate; or f.hc
application;
2. The applicant's address;
3. The year, make, and model identification •••.:.r,ber of
the vehicle;
4. Any additional information on the ftiniss: on Lest,
which is required by chapter 445 of MRS av:d these
regulations;
5. The name of the authorized station;
6. The signature of the approved inspector; r~d
7. The time and date of the. inspection.
4.19 Fleet Stations
4.19.1 A license'for a fleet station may be issuo.d to an «..-vn.er
or lessee of a fleet of three or more notor vehicles.
4.19.2 Such a station shall meet all the require;.:./1 to ^ppl i .•:••.•.'"•"; c-
to an authorized- station, as set forth by I icv;e i.'C.3n 1 .:•.:•'-. V.G
except:
4.19.2.1 That no sign need be displayed and prices ;;.:...d -.ic "
be posted; and
4.19.2.2 Manufacturer's specifications and instrocv i •:.-.-. s are
required to be maintained only for those vehicles
used and serviced by the fleet st^ fir-n.
C-30
-------
4.19.3 A fleet station may inspect and certify only those motor
vehicles which constitute its fleet and may issue certi-
ficates of compliance for those fleet motor vehicles
which are sold to the public.
4.20 Political Subdivision Fleet Station
4.20.1 A fleet station operated by a state agency or a political
subdivision of the state shall have its vehicles inspected
on an annual basis. Such vehicles must meet the require-
ments set forth in article 3.8.2.
4.20.2 Such a fleet station-shall submit to the department
evidence, on forms provided by the department, that the
vehicles have been inspected and meet the requirements
of article 3.8.2.
Note: NRS 445.710 provides:
"1. A violation of any
provision of NRS 445.610 to
445.710, inclusive, relating
to motor vehicles, or any rule
or regulation promulgated pur-
suant thereto relating to motor •
vehicles, is a misdemeanor,
The provisions of NRS 445.610
to 445.710, inclusive, or any
rule or regulation promulgated
pursuant thereto, shall be
enforced by any peace officer,
2. Satisfactory evidence
that the motor vehicle or its
equipment conforms to such pro-
visions, rules or 'regulations,
when supplied by che owner of
such motor vehicle to the depart-
ment of motor vehicles within
10 days after the issuance of
a citation pursuant to subsection
1 may be accepted by the court
as a complete or partial mitiga-
tion of the offense."
C-31
-------
r?jch.-.r,ic _A_'h-2l ieve: that air is injected into t-e e.xha'jst -:;r.i T'T'C to
continue the burning of exhaust gase? end in this way cot d'.-.;n on the
amount of pollutants released through the tail pips.
r'.schanic 8 says the air injection system is used to neutralize the back
pressure in the exhaust system of modern engines using emission control
devices.
A. A only
E. B only
C. Both f- and B
D. "either A or E
/
D 'i <; r1 r •• '-• ' ] f n r f a n t f ~> ^ • i ~ - * ( r ^ ~ '<"< ~~ i i ~ z 1 N' ? -~ v • /=• t '• •' a ;< r f •> r, n i ^ r.-.^^Tzr. r < < •
^ijw! >.>JUVJ' »»llwi ••^•••^t \ ' • • • •» • !-..!;•« -M I ,' ^-'t^''^« I.>_OIM.< li — w > v • • • _ ~ k''.
A. The speed of the er'Cine
C. The breaker point gap
0. The tif-perat'jre of the engine
'"-'1 M ;"i i"is r%-' source of '. '-cuuF' 'j^cd to cc-en th-° -"GR vilve ^S'
-
A. froT, the intc!;e rinifold
3. rorti;d froir. the carburetor
C. rYofp the exhaust system
D. PCV. sys tern
4-. l;han should the ignition timing bs adjusted
A. Before adjusting the ignition contact points
B. After adj-Sting the ignition contact points
C. Either before or after adjusting the contact points
0. None of the above
5. Distributor vr.cuu.T; cdvance action is governed by:
A. The n;;;-ber of cylinders in the engine
3. The load of the enoine
C. B:-caksr plate ---vfirsnt .'.
D. The soeed of the encine
6. There are several indications as to the performance of a PCV system on a
car. Which of the following are probable indications of a PCV system
.-a If unction?
A. Excessive oil sludge build up around oil filler cap
3. Slowby fumes coding from an open oil filler cap at idle.
C. Rough engine idle .
D. Al1 of the above
1. As the rubbing block on the conract points wears:
A. Dwell angle increases and point cap increases
B. Dwell cngle-incrc-ar.es and point .c>p decreases
C. Dwell angle c!c-cr-.-.?.ses and point gap increases
0. N'o charge occurs
C-32
-------
AUTHORIZED STATIC;; I.'.SPtCTOrt TESl
S. Ignition voltage requiregents are:
A. Highest with rich mixture
B. Highest with lean mixture
C. Lowest with lean mixture
D. Mixture doss not affect voltage requirements
9. The carburetor operates on the principle of:
A. Atmospheric pressure
B. Fuel pump pressure'
C. Fosi tive pressure
D. Differential pressure
1C. ','hich is not part of a Fuel Evaporation Ccr.trol System?
A. Charcoal Canister
B. Fuel tank vint line
C. Fuel filter
G. Overfill limiting valve
11. The thermostatically controlled air cleaner should:
A. Opsn hot air passage curing war- up
B. Close hot air passage during war- up
C. Provide hot air at all times
D. "Provide cool air at all times.
12. ',•/!•.CT, the ?CV valve is pinched closed the:
A. HC will drop to isro
5. CO v.-i 11 drop to zero
C. 2 CO will drop
0. £ CO will increase
13. CO (carbon monoxide) is affected by:
A. Fuel mixture and choke operation
3. ilisfiring of one or -ore cylinders
C. Ignition timing
D. 'Men2 of th.3 above
If,. A vehicle snglne.when started cold, has black s.-.oke coining from the
tailpipe, which is the most probable cause?
'•'r-:hanic A says the vacuum kick (break or pull off) is defective
['--chanic 3 says the thermostatic controlled door of air clearer is closed
'i.'ho is right?
A. Mechanic A only
3. Mechanic 3 only
C. Either i-echanic A or 8
0. ;-V! t'-.er ":echanic A or 3
C-33
-------
STAl;ji\ I .'t^-'cX 'v^ i-iST
15. j_Vrcyanic A says the Exhaust Gis "eci-':ulation (Evir,) f.ystiir. is r'-i-d t:
reburn sor.:e of the exhaust gases and- in this way cut down on the
amount of hydrocarbon exhaust gas getting1 into the at~or oh ere.
?';chanic S^ says the EGR system is used to recirculate exhaust cas into the
combustion chambers to limit the high combustion temperature where
N'0X (nitrogen oxide) is pro^Suced
A. A only
5. Eon! y
C. Soth A and B
D. Nei ther A or 8
1£. A faulty valve in the positive crankcise ventilation systc-m •.-•ill:
A. Decrease exhaust emissions • '
5. Affect idle stability
C. Incrc-ase gasoline mileage
D. All of the above
17. -hich of the following methods are used to decrease th? carbon -:r:-y'de
(CO) emission produced by a vehicle?
A. Leaner carburetors and calibrated chokes
B. Exhaust gas recircu1ation
C. Evavorativ= loss system
D. 'lone of the above
18. Coil output is maximum while running the engine v;hen the:
A. Rotor is shorted
3. Secondary circuit is opened by disconnecting a olug v;ire
C. Spark plugs are fouled
0. Plug v/ire is grounded to engine block
19. Cam dv/ell or cam angle means:
A. The lingth of time the points a^-e closed^
S. The angle at which the rubbing block contacts the cam
.C. The distance bet'.ve-sn the lobes on the cam
0. The number of degrees of distributor -cam.rotation during the time
the noints are ooan.
I
20. Whan operating under a heavy load or wida open throttle, the pcv.-er
'system of a carburetor must be able to supply:
A. Richer mixtures
3. Leaner mixtures
C. I-'orc vacuum
D. '-'ore pressure
034
-------
AUTHORIZED STATION INSPECTOR TEST
21. To properly adjust initial (basic) ignition timing \/hat
i ns ^rur.ents are needed?
A. Timing light and Tachometer
E. Vacuum cauage add Tachometer
C. Timing light and Infra -red Machine
0. Voltmeter and compressor guage
22. Cranking vacuum test indicates the condition of the:
A. Charging system
B. "ech sirical condition of the engine
C. Carburetor and fuel pump
0. Vacuu." diaphragm
22. Carburetor idle mixture should be sdjuited ___ the ignition
tiding has been set.
A Csfcr°
E. While
C. i'ai:es no difference
D. After
2-. Excessive point gap results in:
2. Reduced ewe 11 '
C." :-Jth A and 5
D. "one of the above
25. A cracked intake manifold may cause:
A. Rich mixture
3. Moticeabla drop in oil pressure
C. No change
D. Lean mixture
25. The intermediate section of the sc-::e p;:t=rn indicates the c
of the:
A. Coil and condenser
B. Spark plugs
C. Ballast resistor
0. Ignition points
27. An increase in CO will always be fol lov/ed by:
A. A decrease in HC
S. An increase in HC
C. li'o change in HC
0. .'ior.e of these.
C-35
-------
AUTHORIZED STATIC,1; INSPECTOR1 TES1
28. Manifold vacuum is highest at:
A. Idle
B. Mid-range
C. Deceleration and coasting
D. Under load
29. l;hen'a PCV valve and boss are removed frors the valve co'ver arvd the
engine idle is unaffected v;he~ the tnu~b is placed over the =r.c of
the valve, but the engine stalls v.-'-.er t^s valve is :~e~~ved fr;~
fhe follovn'ng is indicated:
A.. Plugged PCV valve
S. Plugged air cleaner hose
C. The"?CV valve is operating pr•:.:. = rly
0. Both E and C
Mechanic A says the "ported" vacuum is taken from the ct~e = .:i-- = ;"!c
side of tne throttle plate.
Mechanic 3 says the "ported" vcc;:j- is taken from the engi'.e side 01
the throttle plate. Who is right?
A. Mechanic A only
B. Mechanic B only
C. Both A and B
0. Neither mechanic A nor B
Sc c '•'. ~ v"1
Cu r»-lA !
C-36
-------
FALSE:
1. The certificate of co.mpl iance is not signed by the inspector'
upon ccmoieticn ot the inspection.
2. It is a misdemeanor to enter false or incorrect data on a
certificate of compliance.
3.' The motor vehicle manufacturer's emission control performance
specifications are necessary prior to performing emission tests.
4. Motorcycles are required to rr.eet exhaust emission star.-dara's.
5. An approved inspector must notify the Department of Motor Vehicles
in writing within 10 cays win en chancing a-plcy-ei".
6. If a certificate of compliance or v,-;iver is issued and is
not required for r-:-gis traticn purpos.es by Article 3.7.4
of the Air Quality Regulations the station issuing ths
certificate shall refund the amount of test and certificate
fee on demand.
is prohibited by r'rderal law only.
S. Leveed gasoline c;jlc ^e~;ge the catalytic converter.
9. The maximum penalty for a misdemeanor is a S500.0C fine
and six (6) months imprisonment.
10. Only Clark and 1-,'ashoe Counties registrations require
emission certificates of compliance at the present time.
11. Visible blowby gases are al lev/able if no smoke is evident
at the tailpipe..
12. Anyone failing the inspectors test may be required to v.ait for
a period of seven calendar days before they -ay retake the
approved inspector's test.
13. Crar.kcase emissions are contaminants admit tec into the
a times:;here from any portion of the engine crankcase
ventilation or lubrication system.
14. It is legal to remove the air pump v.-hen headers are installed.
15. Ignition tuning should be adjusted .to plus or minus 3° of
manufacturers specifications.
16. On dual exhausts, readings need not be taken from both
exhaust pipes.
17. The prescribed test p^c-cedures must be follov/ec e--er, v;;en
the vehicle meets' the renuire.d standards on the first
inspection.
C-37
-------
AUTHORIZED S7AT10!; INSPECTOR TES"
FALSE
IS. A light duty truck with a GVW of over 6,000 Ibs requires
a certificate of compliance.
19. Thermostatically controlled air cleaners are emission
control devices.
20. If a vehicle exceeds emission standards as set forth in
Article 3.3 and the vehicle requires repair work, this
repair v:ork nust be performed by an authorized stafbn.
C-38
-------
1. Ci'Li'^-ir: YiC'JUiTi test indiefli.es t;;s condiiijn of
A. Charging system.
3. I'.-.hiriical condition of the engine
C. Csrbjr'rtor snd fuel P'.::~p
0. V; :•„••..;: diaphragm.
2. J-jrii :ion voltsge ;•>:•: i-ji .-<•••:. ents are:
A. H-;c':v>t with rich :-.i>- lure
S. I--: :.: :;.t -Hh Uin ,-.:xt,re
C. ! -.•.•?;t v.-i Lh I'^n i-ixt'j.-e
.= .::•; jested
I • •• ^S i!
0. After
A. ?. "! ch : i xt-:re
5. ••' :•; i •:.•.• >.:j1 e crop in oil p'r.j: •: :j.-3
.
6. T !•.••» i;-.: j;';--.--jiate section of !;,.} i-ccrt pattern ircic^t^s '.'•.-; ••_c.":di t: on
Of thi:
A. Coil 3nd ccrc'c-nser
3. SfS.-;: plugs
C. GclK'-.st resistor
0. Icnition points
7. Distrit.itor ccnti'i f ;;oa 1 (^chsnical ) sdvince ictirn is -^c.-. -_nv';d- by:
C. Th e r r •?.-. '•: ^ ~o \ n t r p. p
D. '"H.e ?:-C:;ird of t'-^ or;~i.-a
C-39
-------
c. T!,3 load of ti'.e ii.cir.e
C. Brewer plate -:cv~::ent
D. The sp^fid of the engine
A faulty valve in the positive crsrkc^se ventilation system will:
A. Cvcrease exhaust -.:.'ii s? icns
B. Affect idle stabil i t y
C. Increase c^f.oline ;T:il;-2ce
D. All of the above
/
Coil cv.tput is -=>;i~:~ while r^.rsinc the e^i: : -..J-.SR the:
T*
A. Totor is s?:-irUd
H. S ••: '.•••idarv circuit is crir.^d ::.v di :•::•:'— ?c :i PC 5 plug wire
C. S-s-k olLas are fr-jUd'
?. _PV-g v.ira is c;-:-j-.V to ir^ir.s t •'••:>: ,
1!. "-en cp-i.-ating u:.csr a ^-^ivy load cr v.ij= c;i~ ^-,-o:tU, the .:•:•..
of a Cs rciir^tor ;n;st be cble to supply:
10.
D. i"r.:.i-2 pressure
J2. Ths csrb'jrstor operates on the principle of:
A. Atr.?johr:-ic Pressure
3. Fuel p.:np pressure
C. Posi ti ve cre??ure
ferential pressure
13. The primary source of v^cuu- -;SJG to of; in t;-.e Ev..^ v = lve is:'
F- r ,- - — ». u - -• ,, - - '. -, -.....•/•, T j
i ! i.1:. i Li >S I H •_ C. >« 5 . - ; ; , i i ij ! G
3. r •;. r I -e d from the carburetor
C. r\-±- the exhaust system
0. PCV system
14. Tr,e f!GR v<=.lv,3 isn't a good plac-2 to obir.in a c:s 5.;.:.:ple for t^sl'.'-g
••riigir.e by r'enns of ?.r\ i:ifra-rod exl^ust ir^lyzer b^Co-'se:
A. Saroia would be frcrr, few, not all cylinders
3- Gas is too cold at this point
C. .-..-.a 1 year orcbe will not fit
n. rre=J-:ir.g the seal voids warranty
15. Should the EHR syr.tGir, fail, i.hs cvc-ri-jg car cv.^er v;ill:
A. Chjoct to rc'jgh idle
5. ~V:..;VG it
C. Te^.d for a lev; truck C-40
• 0. Hot •;!.-:'•.•.- it
-------
]£. CO
A. fuel ir.~ixt.jr3 iii
i cm t'l on t~i i.Vi rig .
5. Misfiring of one or ;:;ore cyl i nc'ers
C. C'o';:G operation 'and carburetor prahriter controls
D. lione of the above
17. ':-.';-,en t'r.2 ?CY valve is pinched closed the:
A. i!C wi 11 drop to Zero
B. CO will drop to Zero
C. Z CO will drop
D. '-CO win inci-c-iS2
:.n iicrvase in CO wi
always
b* fol'cv.rc by:
A. A' ;];-.;:• rise in HC
B. An i ;•: c ?-..-:-. 3 e in HC
• c
'..",ich is not :^rt of a Fuel Ev.?:o~ri ti^n Co'irol SvaJ.r:n?
D. Gvirfill • i,:;-; ting v^lve
'•"'.=fi a r* •."'•/ v;l •. e'end hcse.ai'e ra.v.ovec fron t!'.-2 valva co;. •
e:-jir:3 ic"!2 is ^.affected '..hen the t!vj.--b is placed ov;r
t:\e valve, but the ancii-e stalls when the valve is r-i;.-.:v:
'".-•se, the follcv/i ng is '.r.-jicatid:
A. Pl;;-:rd ?CV valve
B. f'1.:.j-;-.;:-d air closer hcse
C. Ths F-CV v^lve is c-'c-rafing procarly
0. ~:th 5 arid C
C-41
-------
2.
3.
upon ci-.-.pletior: of the i r.ip-i-ction.
It is a misdemeanor to enter false or incorrect data on c
certificate of compliance.
The iiiotor vehicle manufactu-.-er1 s emission cor.trol per for."
specifications ire necessary prior to performing emijsio
i-'otorcyciss are r-.--;>jir?d to ;:..r;et exhaust emission stapdar
Carburetor adjustments have nothing to do v;i th/HC fvr.ir-si-:
An undectectec i c.-vition ra 1 ft;:v:tion will not '.i.-r-;:-? the
c 2 L a 1 y t i c c :• r. >.-1 i r. ^
An c-xhj'jst cas reci rcul a :;ion valve controls hydrocarbons
Excessive CO's are ti;s result of i~perf&ct combustion th;'
10.
11.
12.
13.
An engine misfire vnll cause a lev/ HC reading.
It is legal to disconnect, alter, or ;:,odify c-ny emission
control device.
Crar';case e;-i:S^cns r.r,-? con t am-: nants admitted into the
at't'iOiphsre from any portion of the engine crsnkcase
ventilation or 1 ;.;brication system.
It is legal to rc-:..-:ve the air pump v.-'vin headers are insta'
Ignition timinc si'.v'jld be adji.'S'rd to plus oi- mirus S'~ of
17.
13.
19.
20.
On ckiii exi^usts, rc-^.dir^s ii-r-jd not he t-i':en 'fro~ both
exhaust pipes.
Vacuum leaks will cause nigh CO's at idle.
A light duty truck with a GYW of over 6,000 U-s or n;ore
requires a csrti fics te of co"pl iarTcTT
Tha level of CO in ti:-2 exhaust o a
affected by enci:;e ;:':is-fi r.=?.
ir.c is
The;":? s ta ti cal ly cor-trol 'vd air cle^.-i'.-rs are 0:"i3i':o
control devices.
C-42
-------
APPENDIX D
NEW JERSEY
SPECIFICATION FOR EXHAUST GAS ANALYTICAL SYSTEM
LAW AND- PUBLIC SAFETY - PROPOSED RULES ON LICENSING OF
MOTOR VEHICLE REINSPECTION CENTERS
OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES FOR MOTOR VEHICLE EMISSION
REINSPECTION
D-l
-------
, October 1, 1977
STATE OF NEW JERSEY:
SPECIFICATION FOR EXHAUST GAS ANALYTICAL SYSTEM
Technical Advisory Agency:
Departisent of Environmental Protection
Bureau of Air Pollution Control
P.O. Box 2807
Trenton, M. 0. 08525
Using Agency:
'Department of Law « Public Safety
Division of Motor Vehicles
25 South Montgomery Street
Trenton, N* J. 08625
Purchase Agency:
Department of the Treasury
Division of Purchase and Property
State House
Trenton, N. J. 08625
D-2
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM
REFERENCE NO.
PAGE NO.
Contents
Section 1 - General Conditions,
Provisions, Rules and Requirements
Scope
Omissions,'Errors
Vendor's Contract
Evaluation Criteria
Bidders' Conference
Bid Rejection . :
Clarification, Addendum
Pre-Production System and Acceptance
Delivery Schedule, Inspection and
Certi fication
Service Guarantee
Conditions and Alternative Bids
Demonstration
Award
Bid Deposit
Authorization to do Business in the
State of Mew Jersey
Method of Payment
Performance Bond
Schematic Diagrams
Manuals and Operating. Instructions
Training
Maintenance and Calibration Schedule
Unit Identification
• Riqht of Patenting and Registry
Right of Termination
Assignment
Section 2 - Prescribed Emission Inspection
Procedure at Idle and the New Jersey
Periodic Motor Vehicle Inspection
Scope
New Jersey Periodic Motor Vehicle
Inspection
New Jersey Inspection Station
Operation and Layout
The New Jersey Prescribed Emission
Inspection Test Procedure
Vehicle Operation and Classification
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
1.16
1.17
1.18
1.19
T.20
1.21
1.22
1.23
1.24
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.3.1
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
9
9
13
13
13
14
14
14
15
16
16
.17
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
22
23
D-3
-------
ITEM
REFERENCE NO.
PAGE NO.
Vehicle Preparation
Vehicle Position
Precondition Mode
Normalized Idle Mode
Sampling Procedure
System Check
Probe Handling
Emission Measurements
Smoke Measurement
Gaseous Measurement
Interpretation and Processing of Results
Calibration Techniques
Daily Tests
Monthly Tests
Section 3 - Part 1 - Exhaust Gas Analytical
Equipment Specifications
Scope - fJev/ Equipment Option
General
Analytical System :
Safety Provisions . ' .
Interchangeability
Materials
Construction
Electrical Power
Electrical Connections
Electrical Equipment
Storage Temperature
Operating Temperature
Humidi ty Condi tions
Temperature Control
Radiation Shielding
Compatibility
Quality Assurance
California Bureau of Automotive Repair
(BAR) Emission Analyzer Accreditation
Program
Enclosure Design and Construction
Dimensions and Height
Mechanical Construction
Finish
Mobility of Console
Internal Construction
Configuration
Base Cabinet
Readout Console
Readout Display - Numerical
2.3.1.1
2.3.1.2
2.3.1.3
2.3.1.4
2.3.2
2.3.2.1
2.3.2.2
2.3.3
2.3.3.1
2.3.3.2
2.3.4
2.4
2.4.1
2.4.2
3.0
3.1
3.1.1
3.1.1.1
3.1.1
3.1.1
.2
.3
3.1.1.4
3.1,1.5
3.1.1
3.1.1
3.1.1.8
3.1.1.9
10
11
12
3.1.
3.1
3.1.
3.1.
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1.
3.1,
.0
.7
3.1.1
3.1.1
3.1.1
3.1
1.13
3.1.1.14
1.15
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
3
3.1
3.2
3.1.3.3
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
25
25
26
25
26
27
27
28
23
28
28
29
29
29
29
29
30
30
30
30
30
30
31
31
32
32
32
32
33
33
33
34
D-4
-------
ITEM
REFERENCE NO.
PAGE NO.
Readout Display - Pass/_Eai-l-
Vehicle Control Group Selector
Panel Layout and Details
Printer and Data Storage - •
Process Control - Subsystem
Sample Handling Subsystem
General
Sample Probe
Sample Hose
Water Trap
Filtration
Sample & Bypass Pumps
Flow Rate
Flow Indicator
Flow Diagram(s)
Analytical Subsystem
Carbon Monoxide, Carbon Dioxide, and
Hydrocarbon Analyzers
Instrument Range
Accuracy
Interference Effects
Relative Response
Response Time
Zero Drift
Span Drift
Warm-Up Time
Vibration Effects
Calibration
Automatic Zero and Span
Daily Calibration
Monthly Cal ibration
Adjustment Control
Calibration Conformance
Vehicle Preconditioning System
Engine RPM Sensing Device
RPM Meter
Electronics Location
Accuracy
General Conditions
Gain Control
Equipment Accessories and Interfaces
Spare Parts & Accessories
Interfaces
Accessories
Probe Heater
Data Storage Unit
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.T
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
•3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1.
3.1
3.1
3.1
,3.4
,3.5
,3.6
,3.7
,4'
,5
,5.1
.5.2
,5.3
,5.4
.5.5
.5.5
,5.7
3.1.5.8
3.1.5.9
3.1.6
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
3.1.6.5
3.1.6.6
3.1.6.7
3.1.6.3
3.1
3.1
6.9
6.10
1.7
1.7.1
1.7.2
1.7.3
1.7 4
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.1.7.5
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.3
3.2.4
3.2.r
3.2.6
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.3.1
3.3.3.2
34
34
35
35
36
36
36
37
37
38
38
39
39
39
40
40
40
40
41
41
41
42
42
42
42
42
43
43
43
43
44
44
44
44
45
45
45
45
46
46
46
46
46
46
47
D-5
-------
ITEM
REFERENCE NO.
PAGE NO.
Section 3 - Part 2 - Specification for
Modernization and Repair of Exhaust
Emission Testers EET-91C-NJ
Purpose
Scope of Repairs
Unit Identification
Schematic Diagrams
Operating Instruction Manual
Training
Analytical System
General
Safety Provisions
Interchangeabil ity
Materials
Construction
Electrical Power
Electrical Connections
Electrical Equipment
Storage Temperature
Operating Temperature
Humidity Conditions
Temperature Control
Radiation Shielding
Compatibili ty
Electronics
Instrument Panel
KC & CO Meters
Zero and Span Adjustments
Pass/Failure Indicators
Vehicle Control Group Selector
Standby Test & Calibrate Controls
Flow Meter & Low Flow Indicator
Panel Layout and'Details
Sample System
General
Water Separator (Bypass) Pump
Primary Filter Assembly Repairs
Fi 1 tration
Scope of Modernization
General
System Capabi1ity
Warm-Up Time
Response Time
Accuracy
Zero Ori ft'
Span Drift
i.o-
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
'1.5
2.0
2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.1.4
2.1.5
2.1.6
2.1.7
2.1.8
2.1.9
2.1.10
2.1.11
2.1.12
2.1.13
2.1.14
2.2
2.2.1
2.2.2
2.2.3
2.2.4
2.2.5
2.2.6
2.2.7
2.3
2.3.1
2.3.2
2.3.3
2.3.4
3.0
3.1
3.1.2
3.1.2.1
3.1.2.2
3.1.2.3
3.1.2.4
3.1.2.5
48
48
49
49
50
50
50
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
52
52
52
52
52
53
53
55
55
55
55
55
55
56
56
57
57
5S
58
58
58
58
58
58
D-6
-------
ITEM
REFERENCE NO.
PAGE NO.
Modernization and Delivery
Delivery Schedule
Quality Assurance
Inspection and Acceptance
• Service Guarantee
Method of Payment
Section 4 - Equipment Service Requirements
and Alternative Lease-Service Contract
Scope
Service Responsibility
Overall Responsibilities
Vendor's Service Facility
Field Representatives
Technical Agency-Vendor Communications
Response to Service Request
Service Report
Lease Contract Alternative Bid
Lease and Service Contract
Testing Responsibilities ;
Lease Period
Modifications
Government Regulations
Using Agency Rights
3.2
3.2.
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
4.0
4.1
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
4.1
4.1
.4
,5
4.1.6
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.4
4.2.5
4.2.6
59
59
59
60
60
60
61
61
61
62
63
63
63
64
64
64
64
64
64
65
65
Appendix A
Subcnapter 15 - Control and Prohibition of
Air Pollution From Light-Duty Gasoline-
Fueled Motor Vehicles
Appendix B
Motor Vehicle
Law
Appendix .C
Proposed Subchapter 15 - Control and Pro-
hibition of Air Pollution From Gasoline-
Fueled Motor Vehicles
Appendix D
Motor Vehicle Inspection Stations
Locations, Types and Number of Handlings
D-7
-------
Contents
The New Jersey State~~Department of Environmental Protection (DE?) has
adopted state v/ide inspection standards for the control of carbon monoxide
(.CO) and hydrocarbons (HC) emissions from light-duty motor vehicles, as
described in the New Jersey Administrative Code, Title 7, Chapter 27, Sub-
chapter 15, "Control'and Prohibition of Air Pollution From Light Duty Gaso-
line-Fueled Vehicles, as Amended (See Appendix A). Legal authority for
establishing such regulations is contained in the New Jersey Air Pollution
Control Act as amended by portions of Public Law 1967, c. 106 Motor Vehicle
Law (see Appendix B).
In addition, CEP has proposed a series of amendments to Subchapter 15.
These amendments, in part, define three (3) alternative standard schedules
for the third phase of the New Jersey auto, emission inspection standards.
The proposed amended subchapter is contained in Appendix C.
Exhaust emissions tests have been conducted in the state's motor vehicle
inspection stations for a period of over feu'.- years. The Exhaust Emission
Testers (E.E.T. 910-NJ) utilized in these tests were designed and manufactured
over five years ago. Since that time, many significant improvements in the
state of the art have been examined by the Department or introduced in other
state inspection programs. The progressive reduction in the acceptable levels
of exhaust emissions mandate tighter overall analytical system accuracy and
incorporation of as many of these improvements as practical within the parameters
of functional requirements and cost effectiveness.
Therefore, the Department is considering the alternatives of acquisition
of new exhaust gas analytical systems, by direct purchase or lease, and/or
modernization of the existing E.E.T-910-NO systems. .
c-3
-------
- 2 --
The Department is aT*o "considering various equipment configuration
options and quantity ranges for the new analytical systems. These options
are set forth in Par. 1.10 and defined in Section 3 of this specification.
Quantity ranges for the modernization alternatives are also set forth in
ParaGraph 1.10 and defined by addendum to Section 3./
For guidance of potential vendors, SectiorM contains general condi-
tions, provisions, rules and regulations, in addition to those that appear
en the bid request form.
Section 2 includes a description of the Mew Jersey periodic motor ve-
hicle inspection system, the prescribed vehicle emissions inspection pro-
cedure and the manner in which the specified system would be used for the
inspection of light-duty motor vehicles. The detailed specifications for the
exhaust gas analytical system and associated equipment appear in Section 3.
Section 4 consists of detailed specifications of the service requirements
and an equipment leasing arrangement which is proposed as an additional
alternative to procurement.
The specification covers the requirements for an exhaust gas analytical
system used to evaluate the exhaust emissions of internal combustion "engines
under ncnloadsd (idle) conditions. The emissions to be analyzed are hydro-
carbons (I-!C) and carbon monoxide (CO) as determined by noi. dispersive infrared
methods and defined in the air pollution control code (Subchapter 15).
For the purpose of this specification, the devices shall be sensitized to
measure carbon monoxide at the 4.74 micron infrared band expressed as percent
carbon monoxide, and to measure hydrocarbons as hexane at the 3.41 micron
infrared band, expressed as parts per million of hydrocarbons (hexane).
D-9
-------
- 3 -
Please note, hcv/ever, that the proposed amendments to Subchapter 15
(Appendix C) would change the definition of "approved exhaust gas analytical
system" to express hydrocarbons as total hydrocarbons expressed in percent,
in addition to hexane expressed in parts par million. In order to facilitate
. - .* '.t
this measurement, the infrared band passage-has been widened in the proposal
to include wavelengths between 3.25 and 3.41 microns.*
The specification also includes technical design alternatives for each
of three (3) alternative emission inspection standards as proposed in the
amendments to Subchapter 15, digital printout and display utilizing micro
processor'technology, an analysis of C02 emissions, and an RPM sensing device.
Vendors are required to submit bids for each of the standard alternatives
but may consider bids for micro processor technology, C02 analyzer and RPM
sensing as optional.
The bidder shall indicate as part of his proposal previous experience
j
in nondispersive infrared detection methods.
*nO!R vendors should be cognizant of this proposed change. However, at
this time, vendors need not respond if development is warranted. Instead,
the methodology necessary to develop such sens.itivity should be discussed.
D-10<
-------
JSection 1
General Conditions, Provisions, Rules and Requirements
1.0 Scope .
The exhaust inspection concept employs a self-contained analytical and
multiple range readout system for measuring CO and HC concentrations at the
vehicle exhaust outlet. Concentrations shall be expressed as percent for CO
and as parts per million (ppm) hexane for HC, with a range of 0 - 10% CO
+_ 2.5% of the indicated concentration from 1 to 7.5% CO and a range of 0
to 2000 ppm +_ 2.5% of the indicated value from 100 ppm to 1200 ppm.
The measurement will be made on a stationary vehicle at idle with the
transmission in neutral. The analyzers shall have the capacity of measuring
the CO and HC concentrations in less than 10 seconds to avoid interference
with the normal inspection lane testing rate. Each analytical system shall
be capable of analyzing 500 cars in a'12-hour day for six days per week or
approximately 120,000 vehicle inspections per year, in indoor and outdoor
inspection stations and under ambient weather conditions experienced in New
Jersey. Therefore, the system shall be mobile to facilitate placement in
the inspection lane and rugged in anticipation of rough handling. Routine
servicing of the instrument must be accomplished in less than five minutes
to prevent undue delay in the inspection lane.
All interested vendors are requested .to submit proposals in accordance
with the information and specifications contained herein.
0-11
-------
- 5 -
1.1 Omissions , Errors
In the event that any" omissions or serious errors are discovered in the
specifications, all interested.vendors will be notified immediately. After
the proposals have been received, the bidders may be required to furnish
additional information necessary for clarification. It is to be understood
by all bidders that any information requested will be for clarification pur-
poses and will not change the vendor's original bid.
1.2 Vendor's Contact
Vendors submitting proposals may request the Division of Purchase and
Property for additional information and clarification as might be needed for
the preparation of their bid. Individual-' vendor conferences will be scheduled
to accommodate such requests. Responses affecting the contents of this pro-
posal will be made available to 'all vendors.
1.3 Evaluation Criteria
The evaluation will be concerned with system quality, operating charac-
teristics, life expectancy, service guarantee, leasing provisions (if appli-
cable) , as we!1 as cost,
Responsiveness to the Bid Request shall be a critical factor in the bid
evaluation. Failure to respond fully to the technical specifications, general
conditions and the alternative proposal of this Bid Reque:*. shall constitute
sufficient reason for rejection of a bid.
No bids will be considered unless detailed.descriptions, technical dis-
cussion, specifications, drawings, servicing arrangements and requirements
and leasing arrangement (if applicable), have been included with each bid.
All bids must include supporting data so that there is no question as to
D-12
-------
- 6 -
the equipment, services, etc. being supplied. Broad categorical statements
such as "All of the State's specifications and requirements are being met,"
are not considered adequate supporting evidence.
1.4 Bidders' Conference
There will be a bidders' conference on' at
a.m. in the Purchase Bureau bid room, first floor, State House, Trenton, [Jew
Jersey. The purpose of this conference is to answer questions related to
the specifications.
1.5 Bid Rejection
The Director of the Division of Purchase and Property reserves the right
to reject any and all bids submitted if such rejection is deemed to be in the
best intsrests of the State of Hew Jersey.
1.5 Clarification, Addendum
During the bid evaluation, the Director of the Division of Purchase and
Property, the Director of the Division of Environmental Quality and the Deputy
Director of the Division of Motor Vehicles may request vendors to attend
~2Gtir,gs for tha purpose of clarifying the bids.
The State reserves the right to addenda the Bid Request document and any
such addendum shall become part of this specification.
1.7 Pre-production System and Acceptance
One hundred and twenty (120) days after contract award the successful
vendor shall furnish one exhaust gas analytical -system for inspection. This
pr3-producticn system will become the sample system and all production systems
will be identical or, if required, subject to modifications found necessary
D-13
-------
- 7 -
to fulfill specifications -contained herein. The pra-production system shall
be refurbished, if necessary, and delivered as the last unit in the delivery
schedule. This system shall be identical and in accordance with the terms
of the purchase or lease agreement and all production units shall comply
with the manufacturing techniques required for adherence to the specification.
Approval in writing of the pre-production system shall constitute acceptance .
by the Department and serve as notification '• to ship. Thereafter, the de-
livery schedule of Section 1.8 shall be followed. Approval of the system
shall not relieve the supplier of the responsibility to furnish equipment in
accordance with any requirements of this specification.
Any information that the Director of the Division of Purchase and Property
sees fit to obtain regarding the ability of a bidder to supply the equipment
and render the necessary service will be taken into consideration in making
an award. The Director reserves the right to conduct pre-award surveys of
prospective vendors' facilities. Such surveys will include, but not be limited
to, the following items:
Adequacy of technology base Management structure Long lead time items
Personnel Assets Quality Assurance Critical components
Production plan a resources Sub-contractor structure Tools & fixtures
1.8 Delivery Schedule, Inspection and Certification
The foil owing delivery schedules are required:
New Equipment Alternative:
Item Mo. Quantity Awarded Delivery Schedule*
1A or IB (a) 1 to 10 systems ' All units 60 days
(b) 11 to 25 "
(c) 26 to 75 " 25 units 60 days
50 units 90 days
*
(d) 75 to 125 " 25 units 60 days
50 " 90 "
50. " 120 "
D-14
-------
- 8'-
Mods mined Equipment Alternative:
Item No. Quantity Awarded Delivery Schedule
II (A) (a) 1 to 25 units... Delivery of the.initial 10 unit
float quantity shall be made within 2
II (B) (b) 26 to 50 " weeks after notification to the vendor
of the locations of the initial units
II (C)' (c) 51 to 75 " to be-modernized. The vendor is re-
sponsible for pick-up of the testers
II (0) (d) 76 to 100 units and return of the modernized units to
designated locations within this tv/o-
II (E) (e) 100 to 125 " week period. Subsequent lots are to be
picked up and returned within a similar
two-week 'period.
*NQTE: All units must be delivered to the vendor's flew Jersey service
facilities within the number of days specified above after pre-
production system acceptance. •
Each unit will then be put into proper operating condition and inspected
by the vendor per requirements in accordance with a checklist as per Section
3.1.1.14. The Department of Environmental Protection's personnel will certify
each inspection, either at the contractor's facilities or at the State's
motor vehicle inspection stations, at the option of the State.
Systems will be installed in the State's Department of Motor Vehicles
inspection stations by the contractor as per a destination delivery schedule
to be developed fay the Division of Motor Vehicles. The Division of Motor
Vehicles will provide the interfacing necessary for the contractor to complete
the final installation at the inspection site. After installation, the con-
tractor v.'ill test each instrument and certify its accuracy.
If circumstances beyond the control of the contractor result in a late
delivery, it shall be the responsibility and obligation of the contractor
to make the details known immediately to the Purchase Bureau, State House,
Trenton, New Jersey, as well as the Department of Environmental Protection.
D-15
-------
- 9 -
1.9 Service Guarantee
All units must be fully guaranteed, including all parts, labor, replace-
ment parts and maintenance (other than routine) for a'period of one (1) year ' ••
after installation in an inspection station. Each unit will continue to be
field tested by the using agency at the inspection site under actual testing
conditions for at least one month. If a unit does not meet specifications,
it must be repaired or replaced by the vendor. Payment will be authorized
upon completion of the field tests. ;
1.10 -Conditions and Alternative Bids
The successful bidder will be the prime contractor for the systems and
must comply with all requirements of the purchase contract or lease agreement.
Bids will be publicly opened and read by the Division of Purchase and
Property, Purchase Bureau, State House, Trenton, on the date specified on
the proposal form. Bidders are requested to furnish five (5) copies in book-
let form of their bids.
Sid prices shall shew the cost of the following alternatives;
CONTRACT ALTERNATIVE: (New Equipment Systems Only)
Direct Purchase '• Equipment Lease
(a) 1 to 10 systems For quantity ranges as in direct purchase
for five (5) year Keriod with option of
(b) 11 to 25 systems purchase at the end of the period. All
equipment and service, including parts,
(c) 26 to 75 " labor and maintenance (other than routine),
necessary for continuous testing included.
(d) 75 to 125 " . The Lease Agreement is contingent to
funds being available for this purpose
and appropriated by the Legislature.
ATI quantity ranges to include Penalty, closure, and inflationary costs
one (1) year service for each will be negotiated directly with the
system (including parts and successful vendor.
labor).
n-16
-------
- 10 -
Potion for Increased Quantity in Subsequent Fiscal Years:
The State may increase the quantity of the systems called for under the
initial contract award by a quantity which when added to the initial award
shall not exceed the maximum range" quantity_ qf 125 systems.
The exercise of this option shall be at the unit price set forth below.
The Director of Purchases may exercise this option'at any time preceding
July 1, 1973 by giving written notice to the vendor. Delivery of the systems
added by the exercise of this option shall commence 60 days after such notice
and at the same rate as delivery of the items called for under the basic con-
tract unless the parties otherwise agree.
Inasmuch as the unit price for the .basic quantity may contain develop-
ment, testing, tooling, engineering and other costs not applicable to future
quantities, as well as offsetting inflationary cost, vendors are requested
to take these factors into consideration and set forth the unit price in the
space provided below for the option of' future quantities:
Option Quantity Unit Price Each
If the vendor does not indicate a unit price in the space provided above,
it will be interpreted to mean that the unit price shown in the schedule is
the unit price applicable to the option quantity.
Varying prices may be offered depending on the number of units actually
ordered and the date or dates when ordered.
D-17
-------
- n -
TECHNICAL DESIGN ALTERNATIVES-AND OPTIONS:
For each alternative and option, the bid prices shall reflect each equip-
ment alternative. A unit price shall be shown for each of the alternatives
as well as quantity ranges below:
Item Mo.
I. Mew Equipment Alternatives:
A. Direct Purchase
Alternatives
Basic HC and CO Analytical (a) (b) (c) (d)
System for: 1 to.10 11 to 25 " 25 to 75 76 to 125
IA1. Phase II Standards schedule
(possibly 10 standards) $ $ • $ $
IA2. Phase III adjusted standard
schedule (possibly 10 stds) $ $ $ $_
IA3. Phase III optimized standard
schedule (possibly 30 stds-) $ $ $ $_
Options
IA4. Diqital printout and/or
visual display capability $ $ $ $_
IA5. HC, CO & C02 Analyzer (Abso-
luts C02 value from 0 to 162)$ $ $ • $_
IA5. HC, CO ft C02 Analyzer (Abso-
lute C02 value from 0 to 16;0
plus RPM sensing device $ $ $ $_
D-13
-------
- 12.-.
B. Lease Equipment ..
A1 ternati ves
.Annual Unit Lease Cost for Quantity Ranges
Basic HC and CO Analytical ~ (a)
System for: 1 to 10 11 to 25 26 to 75 75 to 125
131. Phase II Standards schedule ' .
(possibly 10 standards) $ $ $ $_
IB2. Phase III adjusted standard
schedule (possibly 10 stds) $ $ $ $_
I'B3. Phase III optimized standard
schedule (possibly 30 stds) $ $ $ $_
Ootions
IB4. Digital printout and/or
visual display capability $______ $ $ $_
135 HC, CO ?•. C02 Analyzer (Abso-
lute C02 value from 0 to 16S)$ $ $ $_
IBS. HC, CO & COe Analyzer (Abso-
lute CO? value from 0 to 16/o)
plus RPM sensing device $ $ $ $_
The State reserves the right to select any alternative from the table.
All amounts shall be stated in figures. Careful proofing of these figures
is the responsibility of the bidder. Claim of error, after bids are opened,
will not be accepted and no changes or correction will be permitted.
Proposals shall' be opened for acceptance on bid due date.
All conditions printed on the reverse side of the proposal form are hereby
made a pcirt of the conditions under which the bidder's proposal is submitted.
D-19
-------
- 13 -
1.11 Demonstration
Bidders, upon request, must demonstrate their proposed systems in pro-
totype form (or in concept form if not manufactured) to the New Jersey
State Department of Environmental Protection prior to award to determine
compliance with .these specifications or for the purpose of •demonstrating
acceptable alternatives. If requested, bidders must demonstrate their pro-
posed system or concept in a working environment within 10 days of written
notification by the Department of Environmental Protection and/or the Purchase
Bureau. Arrangements for such demonstrations and consultations shall be made
directly with the Bureau of Air Pollution Control, Department of Environmental
Protection. Copies of pertinent correspondence must be sent to the Director
of the Division of Purchase and Property and Deputy Director of the Division
of Motor Vehicles.
•Failure to demonstrate the proposed equipment on or before the scheduled
date may be sufficient reason to disqualify the manufacturer's entire proposal.
1.12 Award
Award will be mads by the Director, Division of Purchase and Property,
to the lowest responsible bidder meeting all conditions and specifications
and best fulfilling the needs of the using agency.
1.13 Bid Deposit
Each Proposal shall be accompanied by a certified or a cashier's check
made payable to the State Treasurer, State of New Jersey, equal to 1C percent
of the amount of the proposal, or the vendor must have an Annual Bid Bend on
file for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1973 as evidence of coed faith, and
D-20
-------
- 14 -
to the effect that, if the proposal of the bidder is accepted, the bidder
will enter into the contract. Such a bond must be executed by a bonding
company authorized to do busines-s-in the State, of New Jersey.
1.14 Authorization to do Business in the State--of New Jersey
•r*
If the successful bidder is a corporation not organized under the laws
of the State of New Jersey, the award of contract,-and payment of consideration
thereunder, shall be conditioned upon said corporation promptly filing a cer-
tificate of doing business in the State of New Jersey and complying with the
provisions of the law of the State of New Jersey in that regard.
1.15 Method of Payment
Payment will be made in installments corresponding to the segments of
the delivery schedule established in Section 1.8. Payment will be authorized
upon completion of field test check out and written acceptance by the State
after installation in the inspection system. The amount of each payment will
be equal to the number in each delivery group divided by the total nur-ber of
units being procured. If the leasing alternative is selected, payments will
be made at the end of each quarter or twenty (20) equal payments.
1,16 Performance Bond
The bidder receiving notification of award will be rtjuired to submit a
Performance Bond in the amount of 30 percent of the total contract. All
bonds must be executed by a company authorized to do business in the State of
New Jersey provided said bonds meet with the approval of the Director of the
Division of Purchase and Property.
The Bond shall be maintained in full force for a-period of twelve months
after the termination of the full warranty period, (5 years if the ecuip.-snt
D-21
-------
- 15 -
lease contract is selected), to guarantee that the Contractor will make
good any faults or defects in the work arising from improper or defective
materials, workmanship or service which may appear during that period.
1.17 Schematic Diagrams
Sets of schematic diagrams must be provided. The quantity of diagrams
required is dependent on the quantity range awarded under Par. 1.10 as
follows:
Quantity Range Schematic Diagrams
A. 1 to 10 Systems 2 sets
B. 11 to 25 Systems 5 sets
C. 26 to 75 Systems 10 sets
D. 75 to 125 Systems 10 sets
The diagrams must show:
a. Electrical power distribution
b. Electronic interfacing
c. Gas flow streams including primary and second filter location
d. Panel layouts
e. All electronic circuits (individual components such as logic
boards can be shown separately)
f. Electronic layouts (block diagram)
g. Readout panel: Analog or digital meters, switches, gain and
zero controls, on and off power switch, year selector switches,
weight class switches, no flow indicator, C02 option readout
and rejection indicator
D-22
-------
It is permissible to_substitute manufacturer's instruction manuals (con-
taining the required diagrams) or manufacturer's drawings of components,
provided they fulfill the requirements -of this section.
1.13 Manuals and Operating Instructions
Detailed instruction manuals for each system must be provided. The
manuals must describe the operating characteristics of the system including
the function of each subsystem. Electrical circuits, optical bench and the
sampling system should be described in terms which will provide meaningful
assistance for troubleshooting purposes. Manufacturer's operating manuals
may be used providing they fulfill the troubleshooting requirements.
A laminated operator instruction guide illustrating the. flew Jersey ve-
hicle test procedure, calibration techniques and simplified troubleshooting
instructions must be provided. One guide per unit must be permanently affixed
to the system.
1.19 Training
The vendor shall provide on-the-jcb training in the test procedure, cal-
ibration and routine maintenance requirements. Such instruction will take
place at all 38 inspection stations and reach approximately 480 examiners.
Specialized maintenance training shall be mads available to technical per-
sonnel of the OEP. A schedule and description of such training must be in-
cluded in the bid.
The training program shall be implemented and completed prior to field
test check out of systems in each inspection station.
D-23
-------
- 17 -
1.20 Maintenance and Calibration Schedule
A schedule of routine maintenance and routine calibration must be pro-
vided. Simple maintenance of a nontechnical nature may be conducted by in-
spection station personnel. This schedule-and the suggested personnel for
performing this maintenance must be part of the instruction guide.
1.21 Unit Identification
A permanently affixed label shall be attached to a readily visible
portion of the system enclosure. The label shall contain the following in-
fo mat ion:
a. Unit number - each unit delivered must be labeled
sequentially from 1 to 125 with the numbers not •
less than 1/2 inch in height
b. Vendor's name, designated model, serial number and
telephone numbers of the party or parties performing
service including:
1. Local field representative
2. Regional service facility
3. Calibration infornation including
hydrocarbon/propane factor
1.22 Right of Patenting and Registry
It is understood and agreed that the contractor shall not seek or obtain
a patent or any other form of registry for the components involved in this
request for bid and that all rights for patenting and registry shall vest
exclusively and remain with the State of Mew Jersey. Excluded from this
D-24
-------
- 18 - '
understanding and agreement.are any components or systems which are already
patented, • patent pending or registered, as of the date of receipt of this
request for bids. —
1.23 Right of Termination _ .„ • •"•'
The State shall have the right to terminate any'contract on 30 days
written notice to the contractor. This right shall be in effect during the
term of this contract, if in the State's sole judgment, the contractor is
failing to fulfill his obligations.
1.24 Assignment
The contractor is prohibited from assigning, transferring, conveying,
subletting or otherwise disposing of this Agreement or its rights, title
or interest therein or its power to execute such Agreement, to any other
person, company or corporation without the previous consent and approval
in writing by the State.
D-25
-------
- 19 -
Section 2
Prescribed Emission Inspection Procedure at Idle and the Mew Jersey
Periodic Motor Vehicle I-nscecticn^
2.0 Scope
In preparing a bid for the design and performance of this exhaust gas
analytical system, it is important that vendors become familiar with the
operation of the present New Jersey inspection system and the prescribed New
Jersey test procedure for exhaust emissions.
2.1 New Jersey Periodic Motor Vehicle Inspection
All vehicles registered by the State of Mew Jersey, with the exception
of non-school buses, heavy duty vehicles and vehicles less than two (2) years
old (at first registration date) must be inspected in the State's inspection
stations. Passenqer vehicles must be inspected once a year, at the time of
registration renewal. All state inspection personnel engaged in this pro-
cedure are certified by the New Jersey Civil Service Commission. The initial
inspection is conducted by Division of Motor Vehicle examiners at state in-
spection stations. If a vehicle is required to be reinspected, the motorist
has the option of returning to the State inspection, station or a State li-
censed reinspection center (private facility) for retest and certification.
The inspection program is administered by the Vehicle inspection Bureau,
of the Division of Motor Vehicles in the Department of Law and Public Safety.
Tha Department of Environmental Protection is empowered to promulgate regu-
lations establishing standards and requirements for the control of air con-
taminants frcm motor vehicles. When established, such regulations are admin-
istered and enforced by the Division of Motor Vehicles.
D-26
-------
- 20.--
The inspection field—force is divided into four districts. The inspec-
tion stations within these districts come under the supervision of district
supervisors. Figure 2.1 shows the present location of the inspection sta-
tions in the state. Every county has at least one station and the urban
counties contain additional stations to provide greater capacity.
At the present time, there are 38 inspection stations in operation
throughout the state. Under this proposal, ultimately all 38 stations are
to receive updated or new exhaust gas analytical systems. These consist of
three-lane stations, two-lane stations and one-lane stations, for a total of
70 lanes in the inspection system. Some of the stations are single lane •
stations located in drive-in theaters; .all of these consist of an unsheltered
strip, 140 feet by 18 feet, with equipment attached to the ground or stored
in a nearby, secured facility.
In Appendix 0 , the individual stations are listed alphabetically by
county with the address, type of inspection station, yearly volume and percent
capacity indicated. They are located on the map shown in Figure 2.1.
2.2 flew Jersey Inspection Station Operation and Layout
Inspection station management is under the administrative control of the
station supervisor. Inspection lanes are under the direction of assistant
supervisors. In addition to these men, five examiners are needed to operate
one inspection lane. In the event that one lane is being utilized at full
capacity, station staffing should be flexible enough to allocate up to seven
r.on to this lane.
A single inspection lane consists of 7 inspection points which operate
in the sequence indicated.
D-27
-------
S.AMPLE COPY OF MOTOR VEHICLE INSPECTION CARD
g
5
g
<»«
>
0
CD
u\
xr
•s-iCS-Nai P'-A7S N!j'-»d£^ . P.i> i «iw "-C" TH
p«2 VS** C* viniC^i STAT;3N I>:S
[so, ._. •• •
d»
LJ« \
C *.
c«r
WCOIC
... |
SXAV«.N£= ^-^ sr:CXi.^ ^-jvCSS
VsJ*^
\^x
I i s 1 -
/ \ =
"" " "*-./ V i '*
r-.—o ; / -< r o — :\;>-
•' \l3'_
US" N
C.*.
ovr
1
<-30^C
i.«
'•-•"i,
OWT
VJAX
j «IM
1 |
| T\i*««a( ,
',.3- ^
C. *.
ay r
rvMcai
y ,,nr />:
\ / »
o o 5 -
/,.-X
\C1/I
I 1 s i -
/^\;
/-. = o - a\ > ;
\c^r
I i s f ~
//TTTX
REAR " •" FRONT
Lirr aisxT i.xrr «ICNT
! — !•
i — '•
ft
B:
i i
! — 1"
L-L
\\\\
™ t 1
^- '
!*"iH
I
1 -3.;—^
iiS::;:U
H.±S:;::Cij
'^ \ \ — !. to-! — i
^ C i i . " s " i ;
' '• i i — o j o w
i i - S ' S z
n^'','- . ' -i s ,-s =
L /i i V U « • ~ w w o j- o >
Si |isls(22
M - | 1 2 j < 2 '. 2 5
C;A $:£ S j ^ < ^° CSS
^^' E s| ; s j =; !-ss
V'^fC1 s t i ; ^ = 5i ;:i!
fc' «_n 3L/--4_X; - 2 * 0 i 0 r
ui j ; I •< ' l » o
= ! I Y 2 2 T 2 2
=*«-«-r;;V i i ' i : i i
I'- '_ »! 1. ' r : IV
.rc».r./:-Ar:c- i»i T ^
- * -»» i ;»-. * r »t; -
;;,l.l:r,f.:"J • .s • : : J- i
".V^.-T i i I' ^i
••««"•- -.IS>.TI j 5 i
iiT.'v :;.':•.,- : i 4: i i
..Jio- cairJ-^CTio-. . , , 7 • i
"-ui = *(- !?'C^«» • ! ! ' ; 1
• ' »: i
-••.OS-.C-..3 | 1 , , [ t ^
• •* » a i - ; • ; i
LJT"-^3- •-•V-*-'r • - . iio= i i
.v.toV\€:;.-;.V^v • ; • • i ; • i
ITS- w:C*r l • ! i ! ; ! ! f-
— .t-.3 ; : j ; , :
! ji 1 !"j
f:,Vt-.ir 1 l l : "S: ; !
.«.-. ...p^ i j
CO 1 i i 15: X
--.au.s.'i I i i j iiii i
.%v-°-.:. . .- , i;i •!?. i
,..»..„-, ! •! • -J : i X
".r-"':,^':1 :•:'.«•: i
D-28
-------
- 22 -
system piping and muffler—for holes and leaks.
The repaired vehicle must be presented for reinspection at either the
state inspection station or licensed reinspection center within 30 days.
Figure 2.2 (Pg. 22A) shews the schematic of a typical lane configura-
tion with the inclusion of the Exhaust Gas Analytical System. The emissions
test may be made at any point in the inspection system depending on the
station length. Normally, the test will be conducted at the beginning of
the inspection lane at the point where credentials are checked. At most
inspection stations, retests will be made at the end of the inspection lane
(sea Figure 2.2). Since some inspection stations exit directly into the •
street, however, a retest in this position is impossible. Thus, in many
cases, the positioning of the emission test will depend upon the individual
inspection station, predicated on vehicle, flow and the most efficient use of
available manpower. In all cases, one unit is required for every inspection
lane and an additional unit for retest position and/or backup. In the case
of a system breakdown, the retest backup system will replace this system.
Therefore, systems must be mobile and of such size as to be transportable in
a standard size station wagon.
2.3 The New Jersey Prescribed Emission Inspection Test Procedure
In the present procedure, the motorist positions Ivis vehicle adjacent
to the exhaust gas analytical system. At present, the examiner checks the
zero control and presses the correct vehicle model year control switch to
actuate the appropriate standards. The probe is then inserted in the tailpipe
while the vehicle'remains at curb idle. Any emission level above the designed
standard actuates a red fail light. The results are manually proccssc-d en
the inspection card. The entire emission inseectic-n requires less than 30
seconds.
D-29
-------
cr
j
- •! — ri =•
~or
rac
Ve
av i.-c Public 5a?e-cy
Motor Vehicles
- John Waddington
:cr - Robert HcMi.in
licle Inspection— •'
- Pir.k-.:s Chodosh
X
North-Urban Districi
Supervisor—
llian Henn
r station ican-ificatior
t e ocaton P. u ~. V: 3
Central Distr:
Surervisor—
Jar.es Grandje-
. ~ r i c t
D-30
-------
- 23 -
The test for idle exhaust emissions consists of the following four
operations:
Vehicle Operation and Classification .••.<
Sampling Procedure
Emission Measurements _ ..•
Interpretation and Processing of Results
2.3.1 Vehicle Operation and Classification
2.3.1.1 Vehicle Preparation. The idle test is made after the vehicle has
reached normal operating temperature. In general, only one test is per-
forrced on each vehicle.
2.2.1.2" Vehicle Position. At the inspection checkpoint the motorist
positions the vehicle so that the rear axle is adjacent to the emission
tester. The transmission shall be in neutral. The hand brake is
secured.
2.3.1.3 [Optional 1 Precondition Mode. The motorist is instructed to
accelerate his engine rapidly and hold for a period of eight to ten
seconds. The motorist ascertains and maintains the elevated rpm by
hcldinn the throttle position constant with the rpm sensing device read-
ing in the designated range. The examiner monitors the engine and
observes for smoke during this mode.
D-31
-------
- 24"-
The motorist is ther_instructed to remove his foot from the throttle
and allow the engine to return to normal idle rpm.
2.3.1.4 Normalized Idle Mode. The engine is operated at normal idle
operating speed until the test is completed.
\
2.3.2 Sampling Procedure
2.3.2.1 System Check. Before inserting the sample probe in the tailpipe,
the examiner checks the CO and KC meter readings. If the meter readings are
off the zero band, he calibrates zero and span according to the instrument
manufacturer's recommended instructions^. If the meter readings are in the
zero band, he proceeds with the emission test.
2.3.2.2 Probe Handling. During the normalized'idle mode (Section 2.3.1.5),
the sampling probe is placed into the exhaust outlet of the vehicle. The
probe should be placed as far into the. exhaust as possible. However, it
must be inserted at least three (3) inches into the tailpipe. In the case of
dual exhausts, both exhausts should be tested. The probe shall remain in po-
sition in each exhaust for a period of ten (10) seconds, or until a steady
reading is monitored in both the HC and CO metsrs.
2.3.3 Emission Measurements
2.3.3.1 Smoke Measurement. During the precondition mode (Section 2.3.1.3)
the examiner observes for visible smoke in the exhaust emissions or in the
crankcase emissions.
D-32
-------
- 25 -
2.3.3.2 Gaseous Measurement. The examiner ascertains the model year and
weight class from the vehicle registration certificate. At the console
he then selects the correct vehicle model year control group and (option-
ally) weight class buttons according to the following table:
Vehicle Model Year Vehicle Weight*
Control Group Selector Class Selector
Up to and including 1967 )
1958-1969 )
1970-1974 ) #1 , #2 and 3
1975-1979
1980 & Later
During the normalized idle mode, measurement and standard decision
are'automatically made of the exhaust stream for the gaseous pollutants,
carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons, according to standards established in
Subsection 7:27-15.4 Alternatives A, B or C (See Appendix C). The visual
display is observed until standard decisions of both contaminants are
activated. The measurement is repeated for dual exhausts.
2.3.4 Interpretation and Processing of Results
If steady state emissions levels for either gaseous contaminants from
either exhaust outlet and/or visible smoke is observed in excess of stan-
dards, the vehicle is not in compliance.
In Column ISA of the inspection card, the examiner or optionally, the
printer punches results according to the following practice:
a) If the vehicle is in compliance, punch in the
approval (APR) column.
*Subject to amendments proposed in Subchapter 15 (Appendix C]
D-33
-------
- 26 -
b) If one or more" pollutants (CO, HC or smoke) are not
in compliance, punch holes in one or more of the
appropriate positions adjacent to the pollutant.
After the results have been punched, the registration card and the in-
•I*
spection card are inserted under the left windshield.-v/iper of the vehicle.
If optional emissions printout is employed, the'examiner removes the
inspection card from the emission tester console and places it under the
windshield.
2.4 Calibration Techniques
2.4.1 Daily Tests. At least once during the workday, or after zero
offset has been observed (Section 2.3.2.1), or after routine maintenance
has been performed (Section 4.2.1) the exhaust gas analytical system shall
be calibrated. Such calibration must be performed according to the in-
strument manufacturer's recommended instructions.
If the system conforms to the requirements, inspection testing may
proceed; if it doesn't conform, system corrective action must be taken.
2.4.2 Monthly Tests. At least every 30 days, specified personnel of
the Bureau of Air Pollution Control and/or the contractor shall calibrate
the systems with a calibration gas technique to be specified by the Bureau
of Air Pollution Control.
The designated personnel shall record calibration gas concentrations;
instrument readings before and after adjustments", if necessary; date of
•inspection; and inspector's name on an authorized form.
This will also be recorded on the form which is deposited in a readily
accessible part of the system.
D-34
-------
Fit/Hire 2.2
Typi.cn! Motor Vehicle Testing Lane
l..icons;o ami
U..s;i i r;i:i:;.it ion Chock
0 0
'i (--)
V
0
OJ
Tcv?r
) )
;i.oi. Fro
C
( toD
p. t End Hern
hock Tc
crmrd!
7^^
'^IT^~"
a
i i
Ilight Brake Sticker
ist Test Issiie
t m '
1 .
o <
and Emission
Retesh
22A
-------
- 27 -
Section 3
Part 1
Exhaust Gas Analv-tical Equioment Specifications
3.0 Scope - Mew Equipment Option- . ;
The exhaust gas analytical equipment specification describes a. semi-
autom tic, high volume vehicle test system designed for the Mew Jersey
Motor Vehicle Inspection System. Equipment specified in this section is
divided into three subsections: Analytical System (Section 3.1), Vehicle,
R.P.M. System (Section 3.2) and Equipment Accessories and Interfaces
(Section 3.3). : :
The exhaust emission tester shall include a base console, readout
console, and a vehicle rpm sensing system (optional). The readout console
shall be mounted in a separate module and shall be capable of remote
mounting with heavy-duty cable 20 feet from the base cabinet and shall also
include provisions for firm mounting to the base cabinet assembly.
The optional Vehicle R.P.M. System is a semi-automatic device which
measures engine revolutions per minute. It shall consist of a sensing
device, engine cylinder selector, gain control and readout panel. The
device shall be mounted either inside the analytical console or separate
from it. The engine hood will not be open during the test.
3.1 General. The analyzer shall be designed for maximum operational
simplicity with a minimum number of operation decisions required in the
performance of a complete exhaust emissions analysis in less than ten(10)
seconds. All components subject to wear, breakage, or distortion shall be
easily accessible for adjustment, repair, or replacement through access
panels, slide-cut shelves or drawers.
D-36
-------
- 28 -
The analytical system shall be unaffected by ambient conditions as
may occur i.n the operation of the inspection lanes, including: sand and
dust, water splashes, salt spray, projectiles from vehicle wheels, oil and
grease, humidity, shock, vibration, electromagnetic interferences, and
thermal cycling. . '
3.1 .1 Analytical System
The Analytical System contains the analytical detection equipment, ex-
haust gas sampling systems, electronic signal and standard selection pro-
cessing, automatic calibration controls and readout or display panels.
The analyzer shall be capable of analyzing for hydrocarbons (HC),
carbon monoxide (CO), and, as an option, carbon dioxide (CO?) from motor
vehicles powered by gasoline internal combustion engines.
3.1.1.1 Safety Provisions. Each analytical system shall be so constructed
and shall incorporate safety devices to prevent conditions hazardous to
personnel or detrimental to equipment. Circuit breakers shall be used to
protect individual circuits and analyzers. All such devices shall be readily
accessible. Fuses shall not be used. The system shall be grounded to pre-
vent electric, shock.
3.1.1.2 Interchangeability. All parts shall be manufactured to standards
which will permit replacement or adjustment of components without requiring
modification of parts or basic design.
3.1.1.3 Materials. All materials used in the fabrication of the analyzer
shall be new and of the quality necessary to rreet the requirements of this
specification. Contact between dissimilar metals, especially brass, copper,
steel, aluminum or magnesium shall be avoided.
D-37
-------
- 29 -
3.1.1.4 Construction. The analyzer shall be complete and all necessary
parts and equipment required for satisfactory operation shall be furnished.
All screws, pins, bolts and similar parts shall be installed with means to
prevent less of tightness. All parts subject to adjustment or removal shall
not be permanently deformed by adjustment qr...removal.
3.1.1.5 Electrical Power. The analyzer shall operate from the unregulated
120 volt, 60 Hertz supply available in New Jersey's motor vehicle safety in-
spection stations. Operation shall be unaffected by line noise, voltage and
frequency variations equal to or less than those considered normal by the
supplying utility company. Maximum system power shall not be greater than
10 amps at 120 volts.
3.1.1.6 Electrical Connections. Connections to conductors and terminal
parts shall be of the screv/ pressure or solder type. When solder connections
are used, the conductors and terminal parts shall be mechanically secured
with means to prevent Toss of tightness.
Interconnecting cables terminating at the control panels shall be con-
structed with weathertight connectors staked to withstand shock and vibration
during operation and movement.
3.1.1.7 Electrical Equipment. Unless otherv.-ise specified all electrical
components including motors, starters, switches and wiring shall conform to
provisions established by the Underwriters Laboratories, National Electric?.!
Cede, and applicable state and, local electrical .codes.
3.1.1.3 Storage Temperature. V.'hilG in storage, the analyzer and all compon-
ents thereof shall be undamaged from ambient air temperatures ranging from
0°F. to 130°F.
D-33
-------
- 30 -
3.1.1.9 Operating Temperature. The analyzer and all components shall
operate without damage and within specified calibration limits in ambient
air temperatures ranging from -20°F to +110°F while exposed to direct sun-
light.
**"
3.1.1.10 Humidity Conditions. The analyzer shall operate within the
accuracy requirements immediately after exposure"'to the following conditions:
For twenty hours to an ambient air temperature of 100°F +_ 10°F, with a rel-
ative humidity of not less than 90%, followed immediately by two hours at
10Q°F +_10°F at a relative humidity of not less than 99 percent.
3.1.1.11 Temperature Control. Analyzer components which affect sensitivity
and calibration shall have their internal temperature controlled to design
temperatures when exposed to the prevailing ambient conditions of any in-
spection station. These include the conditions noted in Section 3.V.I.9
and 3.1.1.10 and also a wind speed up to 40 miles per hour.
3.1.2.12 Radiation Shielding. The entire unit will be designed and shielded
to prevent erroneous readings due to conducted or radiated interference such
as from ignition systems, fluorescent lights, motors and switching noise.
3.1.1.13 Compatibility. Only materials that are not susceptible to deter-
ioration when in contact with automobile exhaust gases should be used.
3.1.1.14 Quality Assurance. The contractor or vendor shall prepare an in-
spection procedure which reflects the requirements of the specification.
The procedure will be approved by the Department of Environmental Protection.
D-39
-------
- 32 -
3.1.2.2 Mechanical Construction
All access panels shall be designed for rapid removal when service
is required. External hangers or other means shall be provided on the
housing for storing the pickup hose, sample probe, tachometer cable and
120 VAC power line. A compartment'shall be provided to store spare
filters and, if necessary, spare parts or special tools.
3.1.2.3 Finish. The entire console shall be painted inside and out
with a blue, baked enamel as determined by the Department. Labels or indi-
cators which reveal or refer to the manufacturer or supplier of the equip-
ment shall not be visible from outside the unit. (Exceptions to this are
the service sticker and Underwriters Laboratory nameplate.)
3.1.2.4 Mobility of Console. During the normal inspection process, it
is often desirable to move the console over paved and graded surfaces.
Thus, the console shall be equipped with high quality, ball-bearing type
wheels with a 360 degree turning radius. Two wheels shall be equipped
with locking devices. The wheels shall be equipped with hard rubber tires
or equivalent casters designed for the weight and size of the unit. The
center of gravity shall be such that routine movement will not causa tipping
over of the unit.
3.1.2.5 Internal Construction. The system shall be designed in modular
construction fern when feasible. For example,;power supply, electronics
and the infrared detecting devices should be mounted on separate, easily
accessible boards, trays, drawers, or modules. No batteries may be used.
All mechanical purrps shall be vibration and shock mounted. The electronics
D-40
-------
- 33 -
shall be solid state consisting of integrated circuit or equivalent
printed circuit boards.
3.1.3 Configuration .
The analytic system may be contained in one.--.(l) or two (2) separate
, •••
enclosures, depending upon human engineering and inspection system config-
uration. Maximum configuration flexibility is required to conform v/ith
the latter (Section 2). If two enclosures are employed they shall consist
of a base cabinet and a readout console.
3.1.3.1 Base Cabinet. Generally, the base cabinet shall contain the .
infrared optical benches, operator control panel, signal process elec-
tronics, heating devices, sample and water pumps, filter assemblies,
sample handling tubing, flow controls, automatic calibration, and
[optionally], the printer and tape storage compartment.
3.1.3.2 Readout Console. The console shall contain tv/o (2) visual HC,
CO and [optionally] C02 displays - 1) numerical and 2) pass/fail. The
numerical display shall consist of an analog or digital display and also
must form some type of visual comparison with standards. These output
devices shall have a guaranteed accuracy of within +2% of full scale.
The ranges for numerical displays shall be: HC - 0-20CO pHm; CO - 0-10S;
[optionally] C02 - Q-16/',. . If digital display is utilized, four (4) digits
are required for HC (opm) and three (3) digits for CO and C02 (tenth of
percent).
D-41
-------
- 34 -
3.1.3.3 Readout Display - Nun-apical. The console, if sapapata fpom the
base cabinet, shall contain ppovisions for maximum flexibility of move-
ment including distance from base cabinet and height above ground. If
used remotely it shall be capable of standing free and/or hung from a
stanchion. The console shall also have the capability for attachment with
the base cabinet.
The meters or output display device shall prominently show vehicle
group failure points. These failure point displays or markings shall be
so designed as to facilitate adjustment to accommodate future revisions.
Output values must be readable from a distance of 15 feet and an
angle of 60° on both sides of the center line. The console shall be
designed to minimize glare over this range.
3.1.3.4 Readout Display - Pass/Fail - Readily visible lights shall be
provided to indicate pass (green) and fail (red) for KC, CO or both.
[Optional] An additional indicator light is to be employed for the CG£
measurement. The accuracy of the pass/fail set points must be +2% of
the indicated value. The failure lights must accommodate the failure
points of each potential standard.
The failure lights must be visible on a sunny day from a distance
of at least 12 feet and from 360 degrees.
3.1.3.5 Vehicle Control Group Selector. The failure points for each
test must be automatically selected from the analytical console when the
motor vehicle examiner activates the appropriate vehicle group selector.
Provisions shall be made for five (5) year vehicle control groups (alter-
nately) and two (2) vehicle weight classes. (See Pg. 7, Appendix C.)
D-42
-------
- 35 -
3.1.3.ft Panel Layout and-Details. The layout of push button switches,
lights, etc. on the panel should be detailed and justified by the con-
tractor after considering human engineering and maintenance factors.
Some important human engineering considerations are: a) visibility
of numerical display and pass/fail indicator lights .-from various tailpipe
locations; b) accessibility and lighting of the vehicle year control
orcup selector; and c) observation of the RPM during the acceleration
precondi tion.
In addition, the layout of the push button switches and lights on the
panel should be determined and justified by the contractor, subject to the
requirements that: a) the operator may be wearing heavy gloves; and b)
spacing of buttons and lights should be chosen to give the panel a neat
appearance.
3.1.3.7 Printer and Data Storage. [Optional] The digitized output from
the analytical system shall be capable of being recorded on an alpha-numerical
printer. This printer shall be activated so that readings are printed as
per the following general format:
Vehicle Year Group: ' [Optional] Weight Class:
HC CO [Optional] Possible leak and/or
Fuel Economy Indicator
Test Value
fl. J. Standard
The size, shape and position of this format will be decided by the
usinq agency.
The printer shall be capable of accepting and printing this format ir.
the appropriate positions ("C" column) en the 4" X 7-1/2" Division of Motor
D-43
-------
- 36 -
Vehicle inspection card. In addition, column 15A shall be automatically
punched in the appropriate areas (Section-2).
Accommodation and interface-with a removable data storage unit shall
be provided. The specification for the data storage units is contained
in Section 3.3.3.2. • "
3.1.4 Process Control - Subsystem. The process control system shall
perform the functions of accepting, displaying, and reporting all necessary
data from the various input sources. In addition, the subsystem shall be
capable of making pass/fail decisions and of initiating automatic calibra-
tion procedures. DEP is encouraging the use of the latest process control
technology in order to develop uniform procedures consistent with insoec-
tion lane operations as defined in Section 2.
Bidders are required to submit a process control flow diagram indi-
cating the system logic-requirements for each input.
An example of a process to be controlled follows:
1) Enter vehicle year control group and (alternative) vehicle
weight class.
2) [Optionally] CO? analysis, pass or fail
3) KC & CO analysis, pass or fail
4) Unit in purge mode
5) Automatic zero and span set (recalibraticn)
3.1.5 . Sample Handling Subsystem
3.1.5.1 General. The sampling system consists of two subsystems:
1) internal sampling system; and 2) external sampling system. The ex-
ternal subsystem shall include an insulated probe assembly and a prcba
D-44
-------
- 37 -
heatar for cold weather operation and a durable 20-foot hose with standard
fittings to fit the existing M. J. probe assembly. The internal subsystem
shall include, but not be limited to, sample pump, bypass pump, appropriate
valves for calibration and a low/no flow indicator. Vendor is encouraged
to reduce the length and/or inside diameter of the internal sample hose to
facilitate sample flow and thus optimize system response time.
Sample line material must be designed to reduce water condensation
and absorption-desorption HC condensation. The material must also be
designed to reduce kinking of the hose.
A self-draining water trap is required to protect the instruments.
System must be impervious to particulate matter, particles of carbon-
aceous materials, oil or oil combustion products, gasoline, lead compounds
and other additives.
Particulate matter must be physically filtered from the exhaust gas
prior to analysi s.
The bidder shall supply a schematic diagram of the sampling system.
2.1.5.2 Sample Probe. The sampling probe shall be fabricated in conform-
ance with Mobile Source lab sketch 1974 - 101 as revised 7/22/75 or approved
substantial equal. See Figure 3.3. (Department of Envi r-".rental Protec-
tion will supply the sample probe.)
3.1.5.2 Sample Hose. The inter-connecting hose shall be of such design
and weight that it can easily be handled by the inspector, The hose length
shall be- twenty feet with a 3/8" female flare fitting compatible with the
sample probe. The long.hose length is required so that one console can
D-45
-------
fcS '/ /«;•
/•"«•=> S4/.3/7'/
:' :i Tr!i'ih!!nr|i;:ij!'!i
: j : ' : j ; ! : j ! • ! i i • ; i j ; I : •
's'otdTilP P/fdXiZ \ /4^^/.y/
. _i i ; i'. j ; , | ; i ._[/.
; - i \ro£. !^iv
; •; h •.
i
!
VI
!\l
I
: i i
l*1i
!!
! i
i. jJ__|-L_u- i L1J.J.-1.U-,—; LL -j i ! ! I : :
^ >1>^ill|!l-Hii..M|i:;ii:i{j|'!M1'
i, i
-£(\ ' ! • ' . -^i T ^>^/° ; ^o1/^ -SMZ/Jsj -Tet
• •••<•••• '._:_,..„ ••:-..
/ ,1- . _-.
^dL'?'^" i.^/^'/^/-VF''*'^''//1/£7^'\^&_S/fjtj/f-*f-<^/«.j.'! 2
q i^y/^'S T^^F^i'Ti^7^ ^""^ !^:"^^^51 ^'^;
fMj?4-S\ /jpftsjz.T Y*t-*'~l*l' Yt7~.J/-s- t s\i;A'?-\°^>6\^,/r
-------
- 33 -
be used for two lanes in_£he event, of a unit failure. The hose shall be
of such material that it will not be affected by the exhaust gases and
molecular hydrocarbon hang up will be minimized. The hang up from an
eight cylinder car with two spark plugs disconnected, after analyzing
for one minute, shall be no greater than 10 ppm hexane one minute after
removing the. sample probe from the vehicle's tailpipe. Hoses and sampling
systems which fail to meet this condition will cause high readings and
zero drift in the hydrocarbon analyzer.
The hcse connection to the console must be reinforced to prevent
kinking at the points of maximum bending.
A means of self retraction shall be provided to remove the sample
hosa from the tasting area when not in immediate use. .This can be done
by a coiled sample hose or by a retraction device.
3.1.5.4 Water Trap. The system shall be designed with a water trap
in the bypass sample stream. The water trap shall be continually self-
draining through a bypass pump. The trap bowl shall be constructed of a
durable transparent material. The water trap and bypass pump should be
located as low as possible on the analyzer so that condensed water in
the sample hose will drain, by gravity, into them. However, the trap
must be placed in a position readily visible to the operator. The sample
for the analyzers should be obtained from the top of the water trap.
3.1.5.5 Filtration. The sampling system shall be equipped with partic-
ulate filter(s) suitable to maintain the operating performance of the
analytical and sampling system without frequent claaining. The secondary
filter capacity must be largo enough to effectively filter the samples
D-47
-------
- 39 .-
obtained during the routine tasting of at least 5000 vehicles in the in-
spection station.
3.1.5.6 Sample & Bypass Pumps. The sample and bypass pumps shall be the
positive displacement diaphragm type, with corrosion resistant internal
surfaces and capable of minimum operational lira of 10,000 hours with no
'mechanical or electrical failure (or equivalent equal).
The pumps may be either single pumps for the sample and bypass streams
or a dual pump for bypass flow and sample flow.
The sample pump shall have int3gral motor overload protection and per-
manently lubricated sealed ball bearings.
The bypass pump shall be connected in the :sample system so .that any
v/ctsr condensed in the water trap is removed by the pump and dumped outside
the system. The bypass stream does not pass through the particulate filter.
The bypass and sample pumps shall be activated by a test standby switch,
3.1.5.7 Flow Rate. The flow rate from the pumps shall be sufficient to
obtain the overall response time of less than five seconds for 95 percent
response to a step input of gas having the full scale concentration of
either or both contaminants.
Flcv/ Indicator. The system shall be equipped with an indicator
which will activate if the sampling flow rate decreases to an extent which
will causa an increase in response time of 5 seconds greater than specified
in 3.1.5.7.
D-43
-------
- 40 -
3.1.5.9 Flow Diagram(s). Bidders shall design and submit flow system
diagram(s), subsystems (if appropriate), and piping schematics in accord-
ance with good engineering practices'.
3.1.6 Analytical Subsystem.
3.1.6.1 Carbon Monoxide, Carbon Dioxide, and Hydrocarbon Analyzers.
The carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide and hydrocarbon analyzers shall be the
ncndispersive infrared type, sensitized to measure carbon monoxide at the
4.74 micron band, expressed as percent carbon monoxide, to measure carbon
dioxide at the 4.35 micron band expressed as percent C02, and to measure
hydrocarbons as hexane at the 3.41 micron band expressed as parts per
million of hydrocarbons (hexane) in air.
Please note, however, that-the proposed amendments to Subchapter 15
(Appendix C) would change the definition of "approved exhaust gas analytical
system" to express hydrocarbons as total hydrocarbons expressed in percent,
in addition to hexane expressed in parts per million. In order .to facili-
tate this measurement, the infrared band passage has been widened by the
proposal to include wavelengths between 3.25 and 3.41 microns. NDIR vendors
should be coom'zant of this proposed change. However, at this time, vendors
need not respond if development is warranted. Instead, the methodology
necessary to develop such sensitivity should be discussed.
3.1.6.2 Instrument Range. The carbon monoxide analyzer shall have a
ranee of 0-10?. and 0-33 resolved in 0.1 increments. The carbon dioxide
analyzer shall have a range of 0-162 .resolved in 0.12 increments. T'r.2
hydrocarbon analyzer shall have a ranae of 0-2000 pom and 0-300 ppm re-
solved in 10 ppm increments.
D-49
-------
- 41 -
3.1.6.3 Accuracy. Eacji analyzer shall have an overall, absolute accur-
acy of +2-1/2% of indicated value with a dynamic range of 1 to 7.5% and 100
to 1200 ppm HC. •
This error shall include, but not be limited'to, the resolution limita-
tions incurred when reading the equivalent instrument meters and/or other
readout devices by eye at the distance of fifteen. (15) feet.
3.1.6.4 Interference Effects. Interference effects of selected components
on the CO analyzer shall be measured at zero and 2% CO points. The inter-
ference, as indicated in the CO reading, shall be less than those listed
below.
Interfering Gas Apparent Instrument
Shifts + % CO
0-153 C02 0.05
0-100% C02 0.1
0-3% KgO 0.05
0-3000 ppm NO or N02 0.05
0-10% 02 0.05
Average exhaust mixture 0.05
Interference of selected components on the hydrocarbon analyzer shall
be measured at the zero and 200 ppm hexane points. The in.arference, as
indicated by shifts in the hydrocarbon reading, shall be less than 20 ppm
hexane for the interfering gases listed above.
3.1.6.5 Relative Response. The hydrocarbon analyzer responds to paraffin
hydrocarbon on approximately a carbon atom basis, lower responses are ob-
tained for olefin, aromatic, and acetylene hydrocarbons. To obtain similar
responses from different analyzers to exhaust gas hydrocarbons, the following
D-50
-------
- 42 -
relative responses ^ 5% of full scale must be obtained from the infrared
analyzer:
Hydrocarbon % Full Scale
1000 ppm hexane • 100
2000 ppm propane ICO
3000 ppm ethane 92
1500 ppm butane - 1 50
2000 ppm propylene 32
6000 ppm methane • 28
1000 ppm benzene • 4
3.1.5.6 Response Time. In response to a full scale step input, each
analyzer shall reach 95 percent'of full scale reading within five seconds
if the sample probe is being used and one second if it is not.
3.1.6.7 Zero Drift. Zero drift shall be automatically activated at
start-up each day and after every test. Reduce zero drift to less than
10 ppm HC and 0.05?, CO. Zero drift should be less than +2% in eight hours
v/ithcut automatic zero.
»
3.1.6.8 Span Drift. Span drift shall be electronically controlled to
reduce span drift to 10 ppm HC and 0.1X CO. Span drift shall be less than
+2'i in eight hours without automatic span control.
3.1.6.9 Warm-Up Time. 95 percent accuracy of readings within five
minutes after system is activated.
3.1.5.10 Vibration Effects. The system shall be unaffected by vibrations
encountered under normal operating conditions. In addition, the system
D-51
-------
- 43 -
shall be unaffected by vibrations under transport conditions in a vehicle
or truck.
3.1.7 Calibration. The system shall provide for automatic zero
•
calibration performed after each test; automatic span calibration per-
formed at periodic time intervals; routine daily calibration checks •
activated manually by the operator; and monthly calibration by specified
personnel trained in the use of precision calibration gas mixture.
3.1.7.1 Automatic Zero and Span. The system shall have the capability
to perform automatically a zero and span calibration sequence. The
sequence shall correct for any short-term drift in the system's electronic
circuits. The zero sequence shall be activated automatically after the
emission test. The span shall be activated automatically upon command.
3.1.7.2 Daily Calibration. The daily calibration will be conducted by
the motor vehicle examiner. This calibration shall take less than 30
seconds and without having to open up the enclosure. For this, the system
must be equipped with a mechanical or electronic calibration method which
simulates an exhaust sample having a concentration between 50« and 8QJ5 of
full scale for each analyzer. This calibration shall be of an accuracy
which maintains the absolute accuracy specified in Section 3.1.6.3.
3.1.7.3 Monthly Calibration. Calibration wi ill be made at monthly inter-
vals by specified personnel of the Bureau of Air Pollution Control, util-
izing techniques recommenced by the contractor and approved by the Bureau.
This calibration shall be accomplished in minimum tire and without having
to open the system enclosure.
D-52
-------
- 44.-
3.1.7.4 Adjustment Control. Any required calibration adjustments must
be easily made to minimize system down time. Any calibration adjustment
controls must be internal or shielded. The bidder should describe the
cal bration sequence in detail.
3.1.7.5 Calibration Conformance. The systems must be calibrated by
the vendor and must conform with the specifications' described herein.
a) Check calibration with 3, 5, 7.5 and 9% CO; 3, 5, 10 and
15% C02", and 300, 500, 1000, 1500 and 2300 ppm propane.
b) Check response to C02- (15% and 100% concentration for
CO HC analyzer).
The system must be equippe-d with-accessories which will allow expedi-
tious execution of these tests..
At the tiire of this laboratory testing (Sections 1.8 and 3.1.1.8) the
entire physical and operating condition of the system will be checked. The
vendor must supply a simple, easily operable procedure with which to conduct
these checks.
1.2 [Optional] Vehicle Preconditioning System
3.2.1 Enqine RPM Sensing Device. Because of time and manpower limita-
tions, the RPM sensing unit must be of the remote type designed to measure
engine RPM with the engine hood closed. In conditioning the vehicle, measur-
ing the idle RPM, or conducting a 2000 RPM test, the engine speed must be
measured. The measurement may be made by using-the electromagnetic radiation
from the ignition system, pressure pulses, sonctic pulses, or concentration
pulses in the exhaust generated by the combustion in each cylinder.
D-53
-------
- 45 -
3.2.2 RPM Meter. The RPM readout meter shall be placed so that it can •
be seen and read by the operator of a motor vehicle. The meter ace shall
have a scale of 0-3000 RPM in 50 RPM increments. The 2500 RPM point shall
be marked with a red line. The RPM range from-.2000 RPM to 2600 RPM shall be
cross hatched and a green light provided to Indicate this range.
The output meter shall be removable and mounted on a console which can
be easily observed by the driver. The console~should not interfere with
the normal flew of vehicle traffic. Mobility conditions specified in Para-
graph 3.1.2.4 shall apply.
3.2.3 Electronics Location. The tachometer electronics shall be incor-
porated within the vehicle precondition console.. It shall be easily service-
able through the front or back panels. It shall be of the intergrate circuit
type incorporating replaceable circuit boards of the type indicated in Para-
graph 3.1.2.5.
3.2.4 Accuracy. The absolute accuracy of the tachometer should be
+JGO RPM. It shall maintain this accuracy on the follovnng types and lo-
cations of engines: front or rear engines; 4, 6, or S-cylinder engines.
The unit shall be impervious to conducted or radiated interference, espec-
ially from fluorescent lights and ignition systems of vehicles idling in
the inspection lane but not being tested or other inspection lanes or in
the general vicinity of the inspection station.
i
3.2.5 General Conditions. The general conditions specified in Para-
graph 3.1 shall apply to the vehicle precondition system.
D-54
-------
- 46 -
3.2.6 Gain Control. The system must automatically adjust itself to
the varying sign?.! levels encountered in normal vehicle ignitions in order
to maintain optimum sensitivity.
3.3 Equipment Accessories and Interfaces.
3.3.1 Spare Parts & Accessories. The vendor shall maintain an adequate
suoply of soars parts and accessories to fulfill service requirements. These
shall include, but not be limited to, cables, line filters, sample lines, etc.
3.3.2 Interfaces. It is anticipated at this time that the only inter-
face between the inspection station and the exhaust gas analytical system
will be the power cable. The power cable shall be equipped with a standard
three prong connector at the inlet and a pull-away type at the analytical
system. It shall be 30 feet in length and be extremely durable and water-
proof when connected to enclosure.
The interconnecting power and signal cable between the analytical
system and the display module shall be extremely durable. Soth the cable
and its connectors shall be waterproof when connected and the connectors
shall be designed to prevent pin damage.
All of the above cables shall be impervious to the environmental con-
ditions described in Section 3.1. Special emphasis shall be placed on cable
resistance to cleaning solvents such as kerosene and detergent.
3.3.3 Accessories
3.3.3.1 Probe Heater. 110 Volt AC with 25 foot grounded cord. Curing
cold weather the probe assembly (tip) is inserted in the heater to preclude
D-55
-------
- 47 -
freezing of water co'ndensate in the probe, external sample hose, etc.
(The probe heater will be furnished by the Department of Environmental
Protection.) _
3.3.3.2 Data Storage Unit. The unit will consist of a compact record-
ing device capable of transforming analyzer output (carbon monoxide and
hydrocarbon concentrations, pass-fail status, model year control group,
vehicle weight class, date, and time) into digital format on magnetic
tape. The unit will be portable and easily attached and located within
the analytical base cabinet. Selection of the model year group and ve-
hicle weight class control buttons will activate the unit. Signaling of
the pass-fail status will deactivate the unit. Five (5) units shall be
supplied under this contract. Additional units may be purchased on a
per unit basis as desired by the state.
D-56
-------
- 43 -
Section 3
Part 2
[Optional]
Specification for Modernization and Repair of. Exhaust Emission Testers
EET-910-NJ
1.0 Purpose
The existing 125 Exhaust Emission Testers -(Sun Model EET-910-NJ) have
been in use in the harsh environment of New Jersey motor vehicle inspection
stations for more than five years. These testers were designed and manu-
factured over six years'ago. Since that time, many significant state-of-
the-art improvements have been introduced. Therefore, as an option to the
purchase of new testing equipment, it is proposed to incorporate as many
of these improvements as practical within a specified number of these
uni ts ,- consistent with the system's functional capacity and cost-effective-
ness. .In addition, alternating bids accommodating eacii standard group-
as proposed in Appendix C and illustrated on Page 54 of this section are
required.
1.1 Scope of Repairs
In general, the modernization of the EET-910-NJ units is intended to
incorporate the key optical bench components and warm-up '. me performance
features of Sun Electric Corporation Infrared Exhaust Performance Analyzer
Koriel EPA-75, plus certain calibration features of Sun Exhaust Emission
Analyzer Model AEA-102 or equivalent analyzers. In addition to these
chances, the vendor shall be responsible for repairs or replacement of
these components designated below and such other components of the EET-
910-iv.'J testers which are necessary for the efficient testing of vehicles
in the inspection lanes:
D-57
-------
- 43 -
Section 3
Part 2
[Optional]
Specification for Modernization and Repair of. Exhaust Emission Testers
EE7-910-NJ
1.0 Purpose
The existing 125 Exhaust Emission Testers "(Sun Model EET-910-NJ) have
been in use in the harsh environment of New Jersey motor vehicle inspection
stations for more than five years. These testers were designed and manu-
factured over six years ago. Since that time, many significant stata-of-
the-art improvements have been introduced. Therefore, as an option to the
purchase of new testing equipment, it is proposed to incorporate as many
of these improvements as practical within a specified number of these
units, consistent with the system's functional capacity and cost-effective-
ness. In addition, alternating bids accommodating each standard group
as proposed in Appendix C and illustrated on Page 54 of this section are
requi red.
1.1 Scope of Repairs
In general, the modernization of the EET-910-NJ units is- intended to
i-corporate the key optical bench components and warm-up time performance
features of Sun Electric Corporation Infrared Exhaust Performance Analyzer
.'•'oriel EPA-75, plus certain calibration features of Sun Exhaust Emission
Analyzer Model AEA-1G2 or equivalent analyzers. In addition to these
chanqc-s , the vendor shall be responsible for repairs or replacement cf
these components designated below and such other components of the EE~-
910-ilJ testers which are necessary for the efficient testing of vehicles
in the inspection lanes:
D-53
-------
- 49 -
a) repair and/or .-rep 1 acement of sampling system
components;
b) re-pair and/or replacement of probe holding
brackets and retractor reels which are
missing or broken; '
c) repair or replacement of base cabinet casters
which have been bent or worn sufficiently to
affect stability of the tester.
1.2 Unit Identification
A permanently affixed label shall be attached to each modernized EET-
9!0-:\'J in such manner and of such size to cover the existing label. The
label shall contain the following information:
1) Unit number. Each unit shall retain the number of the unmodified
unit. The .number shall be not less than 1/2 inch in height.
2) Vendor'.s name, designated model, i.e. EET-910n7S-NJ, and telephone
numbers of the party or parties performing service including:
a) local field representative;
b) regional service facility;
c) prcpane/hexane factor.
1.2 Schematic Diagrams
10 sets of schematic diagrams must be provided. The diagrams must shew
a) electrical pcv/er distribution;
b) electronic interfacing;
c) gas flov; streams ;
d) enclosure layouts;
D-59
-------
e) all electronic circuits (individual components such as
logic boards can be shown separately)
f) electronic layouts (block diagram)
It is permissible to substitute manufacturer's instruction manuals
(containing the required diagrams) or manufacturer's drawings of this
section. Diagrams shall be delivered to the Mobile Sources Lab., 380 Scotch
Road, Hest Trenton, N.J OS52S.
1.4- Operating Instruction Manual
A supplemental instruction manual for the modified systems must be
provided for each unit modernized. The manuals must describe the operating
characteristics of the system, including the function of each subsystem.
Manufacturers' operating manuals may be used providing they fulfill routine
troubleshooting requirements. One^ copy of each manual shall be placed in
the pocket provided in base cabinet of the existing EET-91G-NJ testers.
An additional ten copies of the manual shall be delivered to the Mobile
Sources Lab, 330 Scotch Road, West Trenton, NJ 08623.
1.5 Training
Tiv2 vender shall provide training in the test procedure, calibration
end maintenance requirements of the modified unit. Sue!', instruction will
t£;ke p'iace at the Mobile Sources Lab, 33C Scotch Road, Hest Trenton, ::J
Gc5?.3. Specialized maintenance training shall be provided to mobile sources
labs personnel upon request of the Copart:r.ont.
2.C Analytical Systec
D-60
-------
- 51.-
2.1 General
The analytical systsni shall be a modernized unit utilizing new
optical bench components of the"Sun EPA-75 and automatic calibration com-
ponents of the Sun AtA-102 models, or equivalent unit, to meet the per-
forr.ance requirements as specified herein. All parts subject to wear,-
breakage, or distortion shall be extremely durable and also easily
accessible for adjustment, repair or replacement. Means shall be provided
for removal of at least two sides of the analyzer to provide for ease of
maintenance and service.
2.1.1 Safety Provisions (See Paragraph 3.1.1.1)
2.1.2 Intel-changeability (See Paragraph 3.1.1.2)
2.1.3.. Materials (See Paragraph 3.1.1.3)
2.1.4 Construction (See Paragraph 3.1.1.4)
2.1.5 Electrical Power (See Paragraph 3.1.1.5)
2.1.6 Electrical Connections (See Paragraph 3.1.1.6)
2.1.7 Electrical Equipment (See Paragraph 3.1.1.7)
2.1.3 Storage Temperature (Sec Paragraph 3.1.1.8)
2.1;9 Operating Temperature (See Paragraph 3.1.1.9)
2.1.10 Humidity Conditions (See Paragraph 3.1.1.10)
2.1.11 Temperature Control (See Paragraph 3.1.1.11)
D-61
-------
- 52 - :
2.1.12 Radiation Shielding (Sea Paragraph 3.1.1.12)
2.1.13 Compatibility (See Paragraph 3.1.1..13) . .
MOTE: Sped fication requirements for Part 2, Modernization and Repair,
which are identical to the requirements of Part 1, Section 3, Mew Equipment,
are included-by specific references above.
2.1.14 Electronics. The electronics shall consist of solid state ccm-
pcnents utilizing glass epoxy, or equivalent, printed circuit-boards. Each
analytical channel shall have its own electronic system. Interchanging
cables terminating at the control panels shall be constructed with water-
tight connecters secured to withstand shock and vibrations.
2.2 The Instrument Panel shall contain the following:
2.2.1 HC a CO Meters. The instrument panel shall contain new 8-inch
back illuminated maters for both hydrocarbon and carbon monoxide.
"eters shall be constructed with d'Arsonval movements, spring-back
jewelled bearings and tamper-proof mechanical, zero adjust; and have a
guaranteed accuracy of within +_ 2% of full scale and be capable of with-
standing a 400°' overload without damage. The HC lew range scale shall
provide a testing capability of 0-500 ppm and the high ranee scale of
0-2CQO pprn. The carbon monoxide meter ranges shall have a low range
of 0-3" and a high range of 0 to 10".
The high range scales should be utilized to measure emission values
for pro-lGCC, 19GS-19G9, and 197C-197-; vehicle'groupings. The lew range
scales should be utilized to measure! emissions for 1975-1979 and the 19CG
D-62
-------
• 53 -
and later vehicle groupings:- The raters shall be conspicuously marked
(or illuminated) at vehicle group failure points. These markings shall
be so designed as to provide for~removal and replacement to accommodate
future revisions in failure points.
•i*
2.2.2 Zero and Span Adjustments. Each meter shall be adjustable for
zero and span from the front panel of the modernized EET-910-NJ (EET-
91CM73-MJ).
2.2.3 Pass/Failure Indicators. A two (2) inch diameter green light
shall be incorporated in the unit and designed to actuate a specified
length of time into the emissions test if standards have not been exceeded.
Two (2) inch diameter red lights incorporated in the EET-910-NJ units
shall indicate failure for CC or HC .inspection. The accuracy of the
failure set points must be jj.5% of the full scale range. The EET-910-NJ
failure lights must accommodate the failure points of the additional year
groupings required in the EET-910M73-NO units. Each failure light shall
remain en until the automatic calibration has re-zeroed the system.
The sat points shall be easily adjustable frcm potentiometers
reudily accessible inside the console. Five set points for carbon monoxide
civ,! hydrocarbons are required at the failure points f,s il ustratcd be lev/:
D-63
-------
- 54 -
Exhaust Emission Standards for Light-Duty Vehicles
Subject to Inspection by the Division
of Motor Vehicles
and/or
Licensed Reinspecticn Centers
Alternate A - Phase II
Model Year
Pre-1968
1968-1969
1970-1974
1975-1979
1980 and Later*
Effective Date
Aug. 1, 1975
CPU) HC(ppm)
8.5
•7.0
5.0
3.0
1400
700
500
300
Alternate 3 - Adjusted Phase III
Pre-1968
1968-1969
1970-1974
1975-1979
1980 and Later*
Effective Date
Jan. 1, 19
7.5
6.0
4.0
2.0
1200
600
400
200
Alternate C - Optimized Phase III
Model Year
Pre-1968
1968-1969
1970-1974
1975-1979
1980 and Later*
C0(%)**
Weight Class
#1 22 and =3
9.5
6.0
5.5
2.0
HC(ppm)
Weight Class
II n and #3
7.5
5.5
4.0
1.5
1300 (1.56)
500 (0.60)
450 (0.54)
200 ^.24)
950 (1/14)
450 (0.54)
350 ( .42)
150 (0.18)
*To be promulgated at a later date
**Subject to 10% tolerance
D-64
-------
- 55 -
2.2.4 Vehicle Control Group Selector. The failure points for each
test must be automatically selected in the analyzer console when the motor
vehicle examiner activates the" appropriate vehicle group selector. Pro-
visions shall be made for five (5) vehicle year control groups and an op-
tional two (2) vehicle weight classes.
2.2.5 Standby Test & Calibrate Controls. The EET-910-NJ standby test
mo e switch and the calibration test mode plunger may be retained or re-
placed with mode control switching as employed on the EPA-75 tester with
automatic calibration.
2.2.6 Flow Meter & Low Flow Indicator. The control panel shall retain
the sample flow gauge of the EET-910-NO. The present flashing red light
low or no flew indicator may also be retained in the EET-910M75-NJ testers.
Should this low flow indicator be incompatible with the modernized ystern
the low or no flow indicator similar to that used on the Sun ZPA-75 unit may
be utilized.
2,2.7 Panel Layout and Details. The layout of pushbutton switches,
lights, etc. on the panel should be determined and justified by the con-
tractor after considering human engineering and maintenance factors and
the limitations of the EET-910-NJ cabinet configuration.
2.3 Sample System
2.3.1 General. The present type of sampling system shall be retained
in the EET-91GM7S-NJ model. However, certain components listed below have
been found subject to frequent replacement or maintenance to avoid
D-65
-------
- 56-
leaks into the sampling system or to eliminate'particulate matter passing
through the primary filter assembly. It is also desirable to reduce the
length and/or inside diameter of~internal hose's to facilitate sample flow
and thus optimize sample system response time..
2.3.2 Hater Separator (Bypass) Pump - Part No. 303-076. If warranted,
shall be replaced by the vendor wjth a pump of Improved efficiency and
greater operational life, i.e., not less than 10,000 hours with no mechanical
cr electrical failure. The pump may be either a single pump or a dual pump
f-;r bypass arrl sample flew.
Tiie bypass pump shall be connected in the sample system so that any
water condensed in the water trap is removed by the pump and dumped outside
the system. The bypass stream does not pass through the particulate filter.
It snail be placed in such location as to provide for ease of maintenance
or replacement.
The automatic water drain system'uti1ized in the EPA- 5 tester shall not
be used in the EET-910.M75-NJ tester.
2.2.3 Primary Filter Assembly Repairs - Part No. 70C9-711. The-alum-
inum element retainer en the bulk of the existing primary filter assembly
has deteriorated. If warranted, thcsa elements shall be replaced by the
contractor and the filter housing and br/.vl cleaned and reconditioned in
such mrip.ncr as to restore full flew and effectiveness.
Tire contractor at his option may utilize elements of the secondary
filter assembly for replacements for the primary filter.
'•"ta_: The secondary filter is to be replaced wi:h the secondary filter
assy. lie. 20-097 for the EPA-75 tester as "art of the moderni zatior, project.
D-66
-------
- 57 -
The vendor shall return all excess components of the primary and second-
ary filter assembly to the mobile source control labs for future maintenance
use.
2.3.4 Filtration. The sampling system shalT'be equipped with particulate
filter(s) suitable to maintain the operating performance of the analytical
and sampling system without frequent cleaning or-.replacement. The present
filter element used in the EET-910-NJ primary filter assembly shall be re-
tained. Filter element No. 301-908 used in the present EPA-75 secondary
filter assembly (a throw-away filter) shall be utilized in EET-910H75-NJ
tester. The vendor -is encouraged to propose alternate filter elements which
may be cleaned and reused in order to reduce or eliminate the high inventory
levels and costs of the disposable filter element. Advance cleaning techniques
such as ultrasonic vibration should be considered.
3.0. Scope of Modernization
The intent of the modernization of the EET-910-NJ tester to the EET-
91G'-'75-MJ configuration is to substitute the bulk of the Sun EPA-75 taster
components or equivalent testers in the chassis of the EET-910-NJ uni-t. All
features of the EPA-75 unit shall be incorporated unless specifically ax-
clu-dcrd by this specification. Additionally, the electrom'~illy controlled
zero drift feature of the Sun AEA-102 Model or equivalent testers shall be
incorporated. Relevant product technical data and specifications of the
Sun Models EPA-75 and AEA-102 or equivalent tester are hereby incorporated
into this specification by reference and shall apply to tho modernization of
the EET-910-NJ to the EET-91GM75-iNJ configuration.
D-67
-------
- 58 -
3.1 General
Examples of the changes required are:
Replacement of the Beckman NDIR benches with IRI NDIR benches.
Elimination of the EET-910-NJ back pack assembly. Install
•r*
strip heaters to extend the operational temperature range
of the IRI benches to the requirements .of Par. 2.1.1.9.
The heater assemblies on the sides of the head frame assembly
have required frequent maintenance to avoid excess zero and
span drift fluctuations, apparently due to grounding problems.
These heaters should be removed, if possible, without loss of
operational temperature range capability as specified in Par.
2.1.9.
3.1.2 - System Capability. This EET-910-M75-NJ tester shall meet the
following performance criteria.
3.1.2.1 V.;arm-Up Time. 95% accuracy of.readings within 5 minutes after
system is activated.
3.1.2.2 Response Time. 95" of full reading in the first seven (7) seconds
after the probe is inserted into the exhaust system.
3.1.2.3 Accuracy. (See Paragraph 3.1.6.3.)
3.1.2.4 Zero Drift. Each analyzer shall 'nave a zero drift less than +2:.'
of full scale of the lov/est range in eight (8): Hours.
3.1.2.5 Span Drift. (Same as Zero Drift.)
D-63
-------
- 59 -
3.2 Modernization and'Delivery.
The vendor is responsible for pickup of the units at the various in-
spection stations in ccnformance with a priority listing to be established
by Mobile Source Control labs in collaboration with the vendor.
It is intended to establish a "float" quantity of 10 units to be modern-
ized by the contractor. Upon completion of thes-e testers, the vendor shall
deliver the units to the designated inspection stations and pick up a similar
quantity of the units for modernization. This procedure shall be repeated
until all units have been completed and accepted by the state.
3.2.1 Delivery Schedule. Deli very of the initial 10 unit float quantity
shall be two weeks after notification to the vendor of the locations of the
initial units to be modernized.- The vendor is responsible for pickup of the
testers and return of the modernized units to designated locations within this
two week period.
Subsequent lots are to be picked up and returned within a similar two
week period.
3.3 Quality Assurance.
The contractor shall prepare an inspection procedure which reflects
the requirements of the specification. The procedure will be subject to
approval by the Department of Environmental Protection.
The contractor shall use the approved procedure when inspecting each
modernized unit and shall certify that each item on the list has been satis-
fied in every unit. A copy of each certified list shall be forwarded to the
Department. The Department reserves the right to observe and verify that
the procedure is being satisfied and that, in general, every unit performs
within the parameters of the specification.
D-69
-------
- 60 -
3.4 'Inspection and Acceptance
Shall be by Mobile Sources' laboratory personnel after review of con-
tractor's certification and on-site verification of functional performance
and other specification requirements at the motor vehicle inspection stations
or other designated delivery points.
3.5 Service Guarantee
All units shall be guaranteed by the vendor for performance and all
parts, labor, replacement parts and maintenance (other than routine) for a
period of one (1) year after installation in an inspection station.
Excluded from this guarantee are those components which were not affected
by modernization or repairs required under the specification.
3.6 ' Method of Payment
Payment will be in installments corresponding to the delivery segments
f
established above. Payment will be authorized upon completion of fieldtests
and written acceptance by the state after installation in the inspection system.
D-70
-------
- 61 --
Section 4
Equipment Service Requirements and Alternative
Lease-Service Contract
4.0 Scope
Since operation in the Mew Jersey inspection station environment is
a rigorous application for the equipment, the technical specifications have
emphasized durable equipment. With the service provisions in this section
it is intended to assure the normal vehicle throughput rate of the motor
vehicle inspection stations by minimizing system down-time and by virtually
eliminating the possibility that two systems in the same inspection station
might fail simultaneously.
To achieve this goal, the vendor must submit a comprehensive service
plan to fulfill the requirements established in Section 1.9 and 4.1 for a
period of one year. In addition, an alternative equipment lease-service
proposal (Section 4.2) is requested to permit the using agency greater
flexibility in assessing its service needs.
4.1 Service Responsibility
4.1.1 Overall Responsibilities
1) Service 'Guarantee - In accordance with Section 1.9 the vendor
shall assume full responsibility for all system servicing
including all parts and labor. This includes gas recalibration,
as appropriate, after service. These services are to be per-
formed at no additional cost to the state during the one-year
warranty period.
D-71
-------
- 62 -
2) Post Warranty Service - The vendor agrees to assume service re-
sponsibility after expiration of the one-year warranty period.
At the option of the state, the service responsibility shall be
renewable annually for an additional four (4) year period. The
•!•
cost for these services shall be determined annually by negoti-
ations.
The following are excluded from vendor responsibility:
a) Intermittent, routine nontechnical maintenance as
recommended by the vendor and performed by notor ve-
hicle examiner personnel. ,(The state shall decide if
the recommended maintenance fulfills these requirements.)
b) Periodic gas calibration and performance testing as
determined by the Department.
c) The cost of equipment damage due to negligence or
vandalism.
4.1.2 Vendor's Service Facility. The vendor shall indicate in the bid
response proposal locations of repair facilities. Such facilities shall be
operational at the time of bid evaluation and contain a complete stock of re-
placement parts (including infrared optical benches), accessories and full
time service technicians. (As a condition of this specification, the State
n;=y ask to inspect such facilities and observe operations during the bid
evaluation period.)
Each facility shall have a set of primary "calibration standard cases.
The vendor must define a format for cross-checking such standards betv.-sen
facilities and the Bureau of Air Pollution Control, Mobile Sources lab.
D-72
-------
- 63 -
These standard gases shall include high and low concentrations as
fo11ows:
1) Low concantrati ons —
300 ppm hydrocarbons*
32 carbon monoxide
7% carbon dioxide**
2) High concentrations
1200 ppm hydrocarbons*
75- carbon monoxide
12" carbon dioxide**
Notes: ^Expressed as M-Hexane. Propane equipment is required from propane/
key factor.
**Mot applicable if bidder does not bid on C02 equipment option.'
4.1.3 Field Representatives. The vendor shall establish regional field
representatives geographically located within the state to expedite services
as may be required. Representatives'.names, location and training must be
included in the proposal along with organizational information outlining
servicing capabilities, lines of communication and management functions.
4.1.4 Technical Agency-Vendor Communications. Within vendor specified
regions the field representatives must have telephone service or answering
service available during mobile sources lab hours.
4.1.5 Response to Service Request. The field representative or his
designate shall be responsible for attending to a service request within
twelve (12) inspection lane working hours after the request was initiated.
D-73
-------
- 64 -
4.1.6 Service Report. ^Effort should be made to service the analytical
systems at the inspection site. If it is necessary to replace a system
for any reason, the vendor service representative must report the change to
the Mobile Sources labs. Such' information, as 'unit replacement number,
- '•"•*
service representative, region, probable malfunction, verified malfunction,
and repair cost must be reported on a written format, to the Mobile Sources
lab, 3GO Scotch Road, West Trenton, NJ 08623. ~"
4.2 Lease Contract Alternative Bid
4.2.1 Lease and Service Contract. An alternative bid is solicited for
.the systems described herein. This alternative will involve the leasing,
rather than purchase of the systems. During the lease period, the vendor
must provide all services required in Section 4.1. In addition, the follow-
ing conditions (Section 4.2.2 through 4.2.7) will prevail.
4.2.2 Motor Vehicle examiners wi11 continue to fulfill the function of
inspecting motor vehicles for exhaust emissions and safety.
4.2.3 The period of such a lease and service agreement will be for five
(5)' years, at which time the state will have the option of purchasing the
equipment at a negotiated cost at the end of the period o~ renegotiate the
agreement for an additional time period.
£.2.4 No modifications in equipment, procedures or service necessary to
irprove the performance or efficiency of the assigned task may be made by
the lessor without the written permission of the Bureau of Air Pollution
Control .
D-74
-------
- 65 -
4.2.5 Any modification in equipment procedures made necessary by
state or federal legislation, rules, regulations or by the lessee or
using agency may require a renegotiation of terms, conditions or scope
of the aqreenent.
•I*
4.2.5 The using agency and lessee is free to inspect calibration
equipment and also to perform routine maintenance according to the man-
ufacturer's recommendation.
D-75
-------
Appendix A
NEW JERSEY STATE DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
NEW JERSEY ADMINISTRATIVE CODE
TITLE 7, CHAPTER 27
SUBCHAPTER 15
CONTROL AND PROHIBITION OF AIR POLLUTION FROM
LIGHT-DUTY GASOLINE-FUELED MOTOR VEHICLES
Filed: January 6, 1972
Effective: July 5, 1972
Amendment Promulgated June 22, 1973; Effective Data: July 1, 1973
Amendment Promulgated June 28, 1974; Effective Date: July 1, 1974
Amendment Promulgated January 31, 1975; Effective Oats: February 1, 1975
Amendment Promulgated Anril "l , 1975; .Effective Oats: April 1. 1575
Amendment Promulgated January 7, 1976; Effective Date: February 1, 1976
TABLE OF CONTENTS
7:27-15.1 Definitions
7:27-15.2 Public Highway Standard
7:27-15.3 New Motor Vehicle Dealer Inspection Compliance Standard
7:27-15.4 Motor Vehicle Inspection Standards
7:27-15.5 Exceptions
7:27-15.5 Variances
7:27-15.1 DEFINITIONS •
The following words and terms when used in this Subchaptar shall have the
following neanings, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
"Approved exhaust gas analytical system" means a device for sensing the amount
of air contaminants in the exhaust emissions of a motor vehicle. For purposes of
this Subchaoter this shall mean analyzing devices of the nondispersive infrared
type sensitized to measure carbon monoxide at the 4,74 micron band e-xpressed as
percent carbon monoxide in air and to measure hydrocarbons as hexar.e at the 3.41
micron band expressed as parts per million of hydrocarbons (hexane) in air. The
device shall be of a design meeting "SPECIFICATIONS FOP. EXHAUST GAS ANALYTICAL
SYSTEM" on file with the State Commissioner of Environmental Protection and approved
for use in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedures for calibration
and maintenance.
"Carbon monoxide" means a non-irritating, colorless, odorless gas at standard
conditions which has the molecular form of CO.
D-76
-------
- e. -
"Crankcase emissions" means substances emitted into the atmosphere from any
portion of the engine crankcasj? ventilation or lubrication system.
"Exhaust emissions" means substances emitted into the atmosphere from any open-
ing downstream from the exhaust por-ts_of a motor vehicle engine.
"Hydrocarbons" means compounds whose molecules .consist of atoms of hydrogen and
carbon only. . .....
"Light-duty" means any motor vehicle designed primarily for transportation of
persons or property and registered at 6,000 pounds gross weight or less.
"Model year of vehicle" means the production peTiod of new motor vehicles or
new motor vehicle engines designated by the calendar year in which such period ends.
If the manufacturer doss not designate a production period, the model year with re-
spect to such vehicles or engines shall mean the 12-month period beginning January
of the year in v/hich production begins.
"Motor vehicle" means all vehicles propelled otherwise than by muscular power,
excepting such vehicles as run only upon rails or tracks.
"Mew motor vehicle" means a newly-manufactured motor vehicle registered in New
Jersey, prior to delivery to the ultimate purchaser.
"f'ew motor vehicle dealer" means a sales agency. his employees, and/or agents
licensed pursuant to N.J.S.A. 39:10-19 to sell new motor vehicles.
?
"Person" means corporations, companies, associations, societies, firms, partner-
ships and joint stock-companies as well as individuals, and shall also include all
political subdivisions of this State or any agencies or instrumentalities thereof.
"Pre-delivery checklist" means a schedule of items and procedures which a new
motor vehicle dealer is required or requested by a manufacturer to check or follow
prior to delivery of a. new motor vehicle to the ultimate purchaser. • •
"Sn;o!:e" means small gasborne and airborne particles, exclusive of wa'ter vapor,
arising from a process of combustion in sufficient number to be observable.
"Ultimate purchaser" means any person, other than a motor vehicle dealer pur-
chasing in his capacity- as a motor vehicle dealer, who in good faith purchases a
motor vehicle for purposes other than for resale as a motor vehicle dealer.
7:27-15.2 PUBLIC HIGHWAY STANDARD
(a) Mo person shall operate any light-duty, gasoline-fueled motor vehicle or
permit such vehicle which he owns to be operated upon the public highways of the
State if the vehicle emits visible smoke in the exhaust emissions or in'tr.e crar.l-.cass
emi ssi or,s .
/1
b) The provisions of this subsection shal1-become effective July 1, 1973.
D-77
-------
- 3 -
7:27-15.3 NEW MOTOR VEHICLE DEALER INSPECTION COMPLIANCE STANDARD
(a) Any light-duty, gasoline-fueled new motor vehicle subject to inspection
by any new motor vehicle dealer in accordance with .regulations promulgated by the
Hew Jersey Division of Motor Vehicles shall, prior to delivery by the new motor
vehicle dealer to the ultimate purchaser, conform to the emission specifications
prescribed by the manufacturer and/or such specifications as may be prescribed by •
the manufacturer in the new motor vehicle pre-delivery checklist to assure proper
functioning of emission control devices.
(b) Whenever emission specifications are not prescribed, the inspection stan-
dards as set forth in Section 15.4(b) (Motor Vehicle Inspection Standard) 'of this
Chapter shall apply to such new motor vehicles.
(c) The provisions of this "subsection shall become effective July 5, 1.972.
7:27-15.4 MOTOR VEHICLE INSPECT ICM STANDARDS
(a) Any light-duty, gasoline-fueled motor vehicle which is subject to inspec-
tion by the Division of Motor Vehicles in accordance with the provisions of N.J.S.A.
Titles 39:8-1, as a condition of compliance with said inspection, shall not emit
visible smoke in the exhaust emissions or in the crankcase emissions when using the
prescribed inspection test procedure.
(b) Any light-duty, gasoline-fueled motor vehicle which is subject to inspec-
tion by the Division of Motor Vehicles in accordance.with the provisions of N.J.S.A.
39:8-1, as a condition of compliance with said inspection, shall not emit carbon
monoxide (CO) and/or hydrocarbons (HC) in the exhaust emissions in excess of stan-
dards set forth in Table 1, when measured using an approved exhaust gas analytical
system and the prescribed inspection procedure.
(c) The provisions of this subsection shall become effective July 5, 1972, sub-
ject to the exception set forth in Section 15.5 (Exceptions) of this Chapter.
INSPECTION STANDARDS
VEHICLES SUBJECT TO INSPECTION
BY THE DIVISION OF MOTOR VEHICLES
(Reference N.J.S.A. Titles 39:8-1)
EFFECTIVE EFFECTIVE EFFECTIVE'
MODEL YEAR JULY 5, 1972 AUG. 1, 1975 JAN. 1, 1977
QF VEHICLE COm HCfPPf-n CO("Q HC(PPM) CO(S) HCfPPM)
Up to and 10.0 1600 3.5 1400 7.5 1200
includinq 1967
1968-1969 8.0 800 7.0 700 5.0 600
1970-1974 6.0 600' 5.0 500 4 0 400
1975-1976 3.0 300* 2.0 200
1977 ,».
Later
D-78
-------
- 4 -
PRESCRIBED INSPECTION TEST PROCEDURE.
STEP 1: With the vehicle in
neutral near, all accessories
off, handbrake secured, ac-
celerate engine and observe
for visible smoke in the
exhaust emissions and crank-
case emissions.
STEP 2: With the engine running
at idle, insert sampling probe
of gas analytical system into
the engine exhaust .outlet. The
steady'state levels measured as
percent carbon monoxide and
parts per million of hydrocarbons
in the exhaust .gas shall 'be the
inspection-test result.
NOTE: All measurements are to be made after engine has
been operating a sufficient period oj_time to
attain normal operating temperature.
* Effective Oct. 1, 1975.
** To be promulgated at a later date.
7:27-15.5 Excentions
(a) Hcncompliance with standards set forth in Section 15.4 (Motor Vehicle
Inspection Standard) of this subsection by any motor vehicle during the period
July 5, 1972, to June 30, 1973, shall not be cause for rejection or reinspsction.
(b) The provisions of Sections 15.3 (New Motor Vehicle Dealer Inspection
Compliance Standard) and 15.4 (Motor Vehicle Inspection Standards) of this Chapter
shall not apply to motorcycles or to motor vehicles with an engine displacement of
less than 50 cubic inches.
(c) Nothing in this Subchapter is intended to limit or deny the inspection of
motor vehicles for exhaust systems in accordance with regulations established
pursuant to N.J.S.A. Titles 39:8-1.
7:27-15.5 Variances
(a) V'henever the Director, Division of Motor Vehicles, has reason to believe
that any node! year of vehicle (or classification of light-duty gasoline-fueled
vehicles) up to and including 1957 cannot comply with the omission standards as
set forth in Section 15.4 he shall so advise the Commissioner, Department of
Environmental Protection, stating the manufacturer, model, year and classification
of such vehicles. After consultation with the Commissioner", Department of
Environmental Protection, the Director, Division of Motor Vehicles, may waive any
inspection standards for such motor vehicles.
(Section Pronujciat2c! effective Ouly 1, 1974 undQr N.-i.^.A. ^?-l<1.R-4 lr] )
D-79
-------
APPENDIX B
NEW JERSEY
AflR POLLUTaOM
CONTROL LAWS
Puo/iined by the New Jersey Slots Deportment of
Heolth, Air Pollution Control Program. John Pitch
Plow, Trenton, N. J. 08625.
rrt aa spi*. ara ,-30* rv«>i m rj *-3» =| «
ir*H»3 H iOf^ W^&R
U -J y >^W d 4s/ d <£. W t^aid U li
Chopters 15 and 16 of P. L. .1966 (Tille 37:3-70:1 and 70:2, and Title 26:2C-3:1 to
8:5), as amended by portions of P. L. 1967, c. 106. Supplements :he Air Pollution Control v
Act (1954).
NOTe: Other portions of the 1954 Act, as amended, and other air pollution laws ore available.
They include: ; (
O General Provisions of 1954 Act as a Air Pollution Scholarship and
amended . Intern Program .''
.. 9 Tax Exemption for Air and Water Pollu-
O Emergency Control Act Hon Con)ro| £qulpment
9 Permit for Construction, Installation and 9 Mid-Atlantic States Air Pollution Control >
Alteration of equipment Compact *
The provisions concerning motor
vehicles contained in the 1966 Supplement 10
ihc Air Pollution Comrol Act (1954) -ire
amended by portions of P. L. 1967, c. 106.
39: 3-70.1
Any motor vehicle which is subject to
inspection by the Division of Motor Vehicles
or anr other duly authorized body shall, as a
condition of compliance with said inspection,
pnss such tests as may be required to demon-
strate that the motor vehicle complies with any
standards and requirements for the control of
air contaminants established by the New Jersey
Siatc Department of Health which .ire appli-
cable 10 sucii motor vehicle.
39: 3-70.2
Any person who op-rates a motor vehicle
or owns :i motor vehicle which he permits to
opcrr.ti/d.'Cpon the pviblic highways of this State
which emits smoke .ind other air contaminants
in excess of *t.ind;irds adopted by ;he depnrt-
rn?m shall be !i.ir>le lo a pcnnlty of not less
il'.::n JtJ.OO ;ior more ilinn SICO.OO -'hich shall
be enforced in nrcorj;:ncc with the provisions
of Chapter 5 of Title 39 of Ihc Revised Statutes.
26: 2C-3.1
The dcp.inmcr.t, after consultation with
ihc Director of the Division of Motor Vehicles,
sh;i!I h.vc ihc power lo forntui.itc .ind promul-
gate, amend and repeal co3es, rules and
regulations establishing standards and require-
ments for the conucl of air contaminants from
motor vehicles.
26: 2C-3.2
Any code, rule or regulation establishing
standards and requirements for the control
of air contaminants from motor vehicles shall
be applicable lo such classification of motor
vehicles as the department shall determine to
be necessary to carry out the purpose of this
act and shall apply to such motor vehicles not
earlier than ISO days following the date of
adoption.
26: 2C-3.3
Such codes, rules and regulations shall
establish standards and requirements for the
control of air contaminants from motor vehicles
manufactured with air pollution control de-
vices, systems or engine modifications con-
sistent with the. requirements of fhc "Motor
Vehicle Ajr Pollution Control Act!' (77 Stat.
39:. -2 U.S.C. 1S37) and any amendrr.er.ls and
supplements thetcto.
26: 2C-3.4
Such codes, rules and regulations shall
establish standards and requirements for con-
trol of air contaminants which can reasonably
be attained by properly functioning motor
vehicles without Lhe additioa of any air
pollution control devices, systems, or engine
modifications provided such vehicles were- not
manufactured with pollution control devices,
systems or. engine modifications in accordance
with Lhe "Motor Vehicle Air Pollution Control
Act" (77 Stat. 392, 42 U.S.C. 1S57).
26: 2C-3.5
All codes, rules and regulations shall be
formulated and promulgated in the manner
provided for in Section S* of the act to which
this act is a supplement.
• Section 8 (P. L. 1954, C. 212, C. :S::C-3),
reprinted here for your convenience, states:
The department shall have power to
formulate and promulgate, amend and repeal
codes and rules and regulations preventing,
controlling and prohibiting air pollution
throughout th: Stats or in such territories of
the State 'as shall be aiTecied thereby; pro-
vided, however, that no such code, rule or
regulation and no such amendment or repeal
shall be adopted except after public hearing
to be held after 30 days prior notice thereof
by public advertisement of the date, time and
place of sucb. hearinj, at which opportunity
to be heard by -Jis department with respcc:
thereto shall be given to the public; and pro-
vided, further, that no such :ode, rule or
regulation and no such amendment or repeal
shall be or become effective until 60 days after
the adoption thereof as aforesaid. Any person
heard at such public hearing shall be jivcr.
written notice of the determination of the
department.
D-80
-------
Appendix C.
PROPOSED "REGULATION
NEl-J JERSEY STATS DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
HEW JERSEY ADMINISTRATIVE CODE ' •
TITLE 7, CHAPTER' 27
- "•*'•*
•r*
SU3.CHAPTER 15
CONTROL AMD PROHIBITION OF AIR POLLUTION FROM
[LIGHT-DUTY] GASOLINE-FUELED MOTOR VEHICLES
Filed: January 5, 1972
Effective: July 5, 1972
Amendment Promulgated June 22, 1973', Effective Date: July 1, 1973
Amendment Promulgated June.23, 1974; Effective Date: July 1, 1974
Amendment Promulgated January 31, 1975; Effective Date: February 1, 1975
Amendment Promulgated April 1, 1975; Effective Date: April 1, 1975
Amendment Promulgated January 7, 1976; Effective Date: February 1, 1976
TABLE OF CONTENTS
7:27-15.1 Definitions
7:27-:5.2 Public Highway Standard
7:27-15.3 Hew Motor Vehicle Dealer Inspection Compliance Standard
7:27-15.4 [Motor Vehicle Inspection Standards] Light-Duty Motor Vehicle Inspection
Standard
7:27-15.5 [Exceptions] Hsav.y-Duty Motor Vehicle Inspection Standard
7:27-15.6 [Variances] Mechanic Certification
7:27-15.7 Operation of Emission Control Systems
7:27-15.8 Warranty Performance
7:27-15.9 Exceptions
7 :'il-\ i5. iC Variances
7:27-15.1 DEFINITIONS
The following v/ords and terms when used in this Subchaptar shall have the follcwiir:
rr.eaninqs, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
"Administrator" means the administrator of the United Stares £nv/iron~sntal Protec-
tion /-"er.cv.
"Agency" means the .United States Environmental Protection Agency.
"Air pollution control device" rreans system ofcomponents designed by the manufac-
turer -Q control air contaminants as rec'jires ;.:y fo.ccrai lacis latiorT!
"Air c::.??." "•?pri.s a specific air r?oi lucic:'. ccn'rcl device- v/hich introduces sir in
the G/'naujt "anifnid to control air conTa~i:'r.nt:. ' " '
D-31
-------
vod dec;1.1" roans a crnprlnr.ad lab-si for rgcarnlng values of the New Jersey
emissTon -jnscecficr! tes~~and rsia'teq ••r.v'.or^a'cicn, the cesiqn of which is on file with
the Coirmi-.sioner.
"Approved exhaust gas analytical system" means a device for sensing the amount of
air contaminants in the exhaust emissions of a motor vehicle. For purposes of this Sub-
chapter this shall ~aan analyzing devices of the nondispersive infrared type sensitized •'•
to measure carbon monoxide at the 4.74 micron band expressed as percent carbon monoxide
[in air] and to measure hydrocarbons as [hexarra]1-total carbon at [the 3.41 micron band]
a band passage of 3.25 to 3.41 microns expressed as [parts per million of] percent
hyarocarbons L-'-exar.a in airj as total carbon or equivalent parts oer million hydrocarbons
expressed as hexane. The device shall be of a design meeting- "SPECIFICATIONS FOR EXHAUST
GAS ANALYTICAL SYSTEM: .on file with the [Stata] Commissioner [of Environmental Protec-
tion] and approved for use in accordance with the [manufacturer's] Department's recom-
mended procedures for calibration and the manufacturer's recommended procedures for
[calibration andj maintenance.
"Carbon monoxide" means a [non-irritating] colorless, odorless, tasteless gas at
standard conditions [which has the] having a molecular [form of CO] composition of one
carbon atom and one oxygen atom.
"Certified automobile emission mechanic" means any person who has completed a
training program as stipulated by the Department.
"Commissioner" means the Stata Commissioner of Environmental Protection.
"Correlative test" means a short vehicle emission test cycle which is statistically
relate- 'o the official federal test procedure.
"Crcinkcase emissions" means substances emitted into the atmosphere from any portion
of the engine crankcase ventilation or lubrication systems.
. "Department" means the Hew Jersey Department of Environmental•Protection.
"Exhaust emissions" means substances emitted into the atmosphere .from any opening
downstream from the exhaust ports of a motor vehicle engine.
"Expressed as total carbon" i"eans a basis of hydrocarbon measurement in which the
hydrocarbon samoie is determined by ths total number of ha.xane molecules.
"Expressed as hexane" mse.ns a b.^sis of hydrocarbon measurement in which the hydro-
carbon sample is determined by the total r.uiT.jgr of hexana molecules.
"Federal test_procsdura" means the official vehicle emission test cycle employed
by EPA to datarmina C0:~n'i iance of vehicles vnth federal standards.
"F!:-;1 economy sticker" means a federally recuirgd dacal affixed to the left rear
window v. ..'eh specifies tha £?A measure fual economy range of a newly Purchased venicle
modal.
"Gascl i ne-fi.'sled motor vehicle" means any motor venicle, other than g'iesel, oricin-
ally ecuiooad or modified to be powered sy a hydrocarbon fuel.
"Haavy-dutv" means any motor vehicle dgsicned primarily for transportation of
persons or orc-jertv and registered in excess of 5.GOO pound; cross weight.
•. D-32
-------
" H i a h c r> n • o " "^ ft -ins a driving rr.ods of a ."gv/ Jsrsny prescribed inspection test pro-
cedure for h^av'-':-uT'.y vairicies.
"Hydrocarbons" means compounds whoss rr.o'lecuiss consist of atoms of hydrogen and
carbon only.
^Idle" means th? vehicle tsst ~otis~of a New Jersey prescribed tast procedure.
^Idla emission specification" rcqans the carbon monoxide and hydrocarbon emission
levels at normal icle i'>i3M as determinea anc pubrishqu oy the manufacturer.
"Light-duty" means any motor vehicle designed primarily for transportation of
persons or property and registered at 6,000 pounds gross weight or less.
"Modal year of vehicle" means the production period of new motor vehicles or new
motor vehicle engines designated by the calendar year in which such period ends. If
the manufacturer dees not designate a production period, the model year with respect
to such vehicles or engines shall mean the 12 -south period beginning January of the
year in which production begins.
"Motor vehicle" [means] ' Includes al 1 vehicles propelled otherwise than by muscular
power, excepting such vehicles as run only upon rails or tracks.
"Mew motor vehicle" means a newly-manufactured motor vehicle registered in New
Jersey, prior to delivery to the ultimate purchaser.
"New motor vehicle dealer" means a sales agsncy, [his] its employees , and/or agents
licensed pursuant to N.J.S.A. 39:10-19 to sell new motor vehicles.
"Person" [means] includes corporations, companies, associations, societies, firms,
partnerships and joint stoclc companies, as 'well as individuals, and shall also include
all political subdivisions of this State or any agencies or instrumentalities thereof.
["Pre-delivery checklist" means a schedule of items and procedures which a new
motor vehicle dealer is required or requested by a manufacturer to check or follow prior
to delivery of a new motor vehicle to the ultimate purchaser.]
^Sel f-inscection record" means a listing of inspection requirements to be performed
by new motor vehicle dealers as reoulrgd by the Division of Motor Vehicles.
"Smoke" means small gasborna and airborne particles, exclusive of water vapor,
arising from a process of combustion in sufficient number to be ooservable.
"Ultimate purchaser" means any person, ether than a motor vehicle dealer purchasing
in his capacity as a motor vehicle dealer, who in good faith purchases a motor vehicle
for purposes other than for resale as a motor vehicle dealer.
"Waiver of cornel lance" means a declaration of exemption issued by the Croartmsnt.
' ".•.'arrant'/" me ans r.iouirqd n1-?. intananf:.": service for emission control and/or oroner
vehicle performance as specified ov the van id -3 :r:anufac~'jrgr .
"'.-.'eight class" means a classification of motor vehicles by cross weight as defined
and u till zee ov the Division of Motor Vehicles.
D-83
-------
7:27-15.2 PUBLIC HIGHWAY STANDARD
(a) No parson shall cpernts-any [light-duty] :gasol ins-fueled motor vehicle or
perrr.it such vehicle which he owns to be operated upo'n the public highways of the State
if the vehicle enits visible smoke in the exhaust emissions or in the crankcase emis-
sions for a period in excess of three consecutive seconds.
[(b) The proviscns of this Section shall become effective July 1, 1973.] ::
(b_) No person shall operate any light-duty- gasoline-fueled motor vehicle or permit
such vehicle v.'hich he owns to be operated unon the public highways of the State if the
vehicle emits HC or CO in excess of standards as set forth in Table 2.
(c_) Mo person shall operate any heavy-duty gasoline-fueled motor vehicle or permit
such vehicle which he owns to be operated uocn the public highways of the State if the
venicle emits HC or CO in excess of standards as set forth in Table 3.
7:27-15.3 NEW MOTOR VEHICLE DEALER INSPECTION COMPLIANCE STANDARD
(a) Any [light-duty,] gasoline-fueled new motor vehicle subject to inspection by
any new motor vehicle dealer in accordance with' regulations promulgated by the New
Jersey Division of Motor Vehicles shall, prior to delivery by the new motor vehicle
dealer to the ultimate purchaser, conform to [the emission specifications prescribed by
the manufacturer and/or such specifications as may be prescribed by the manufacturer in
the new motor vehicle pre-delivery checklist to assure proper functioning of emission •
control devices.] manufacturers' idle emissions specifications for CO and HC or, if none,
to the standards as set forth in Table 1.
(b) [Whenever emission specifications are not prescribed, the inspection standards
as set forth in Section 15.4(b) (Motor Vehicle Inspection Standard) of this Chapter
shall apply to such new motor vehicles.]' The exhaust emission test results expressed
as cercgnt CO and carts per million of HC snail be recorded on the new moicr vehicle
self-inspection record for such vehicle prior to delivery uo the ultimate purchase, and
shall be recorded on an approved decal to be affixed to the side window adjacent to the
fuel economy sticker.
[(c) The provisions of this section shall become effective July 5, 1972.]
TABLE I
Exhaust Emission Standards for Nswly Manufactured Vehicles
Subject to Insssction by 'lav/ Car Dealers
Model Year C0% Tolerance HCopm Tolerance
1975-77
(Air-Purco Ecuippsd) C. 5 t 0.5 50_ ± 2_5_
1975-77
(•ion-Air PU.T.O Eoiooed) ' 1.0 ± Q.5 100 t 50
a
D-84
-------
Prgscr'ibad.. Inspection
Test i'-irQCcU'jr»
STEP 1: All measurements ar° to be made after enclr.g has been operating a sufficient
period of t1~a to attain normal ooarafing temoeraturs.
STEP 2: With the vehicle in neutral "gear,_all accessories off,'handbrake secured, •
accelerate engine and observe for continuous visible smoke In the crankcase emissions
after vehicle has reach ad a steady stats condition. '• . ••
.'• '.*
ST£P 3: With the enoine running at idle, insert' sarr.sl ing orcbe of gas analytical system '
into the engine exhaust outlet. The stsady stare 1 avals measured as percent carbon
monoxide and parts per million of hydrocarbons in the exhaust cas shall be the inspection
test result. __,.•'
7:27-15.4 [Motor Vehicle Inspection Standards] Light-Duty-Motor Vehicle Inspection
Standard
(a) Any light-duty, gasoline-fueled motor vehicle which is subject to inspection
by the Division of Motor Vehicles in accordance with the provisions of N.J.S.A. Titles
39:3-1 et seq., as a condition of compliance with said inspection, shall not emit visible
smoke in the exhaust emissions cr in the crankcase emissions for a period in excess of
thres consecutive seconds when using the prescribed inspection test procedure.
(b) Any light-duty, gasoline-fueled motor vehicle which is subject to inspection-
by the Division of Motor Vehicles in accordance with the provisions of N.J.S.A. Titles
39:8.1 et seq., as a condition of compliance with said inspection, shall not emit carbon
monoxide (CO) and/or hydrocarbons (HC) in the exhaust emissions in excess of standards
set forth in [Table 1] Table 2, wnen measured using an approved exhaust gas analytical
system and the prescribed inspection procedure.
[(c) The provisions of this Section shall become effective July 5, 1972, subject-
to the exception set forth in Section 15.5 (Exceptions) of this Chapter.]
[Table I
Inspection Standards
Vehicles Subject tc Inspection
by the Division of Motor Vehicles
(Reference N.J.S.A. Titlas 39:3-1)
Effective • Effective Effective
Model Year July 5, 1372 Aug. 1, 1975 Jan. 1, 1977
of Vehicle . CO(2) HC(sgni) C0f%) HC(cnm) CO(^) HC(soa)
Up to and
including 1957 10.0 1600 3.5 1400 7.5 1200
1968-1969 8.0 800 7.0 700 5.0 600
1970-1974 6.0 600 5.0 500 4.0 400
1975-1975 . 3.0* 300* 2.0 200
1977 & Later**
D-35
-------
Prescribed Inspection
last Procedure
STEP 1: With the vehicle in neutral gear all accessories off, handbrake secured, accel-
erate engine and observe for visible smoke in the exhaust emissions and crankcase emis-
sions. ' • .
STEP 2:. With the engine running at idle, insert sampling pro.be of gas analytical system
into the engine exhaust outlet. The steady state levels measured as percent carbon
monoxide and parts per million of hydrocarbons in the exhaust gas shall be the inspec-
tion test result. .
NOTE: All measurements are to be made after engine has
been operating a sufficient period of time to
attain normal operating temperature.
*
* Effective October 1, 1975 ;
To be promulgated at a later date.]
FABLE 2
Exhaust Emission Standards for Light-Duty Vehicles
Subject.to Inspection .by the Division
of Motor Vehicles ' ' '
and/or
Licensed Reinscection Centers
Alternate A - Phase II :
Effective Data
Aug. 1, 1975
Model Year C0j%) HC(soni)i
Pre-1953 8.5 1400
1953-1959 7.0 7CO
' 1979 & Later*
Alter-ats 3 - Ad/justed Phase III
197,0-1974 5.0
W,'"'t1
.J
-------
19/0-1974
1375-1973
1979 i latnr*
o ,\i
5.:_
*
**
To bs prcrnulqatcd 2: a lat^r dut-
Subject to 103 tS!-2rar.c-3
Wemiit Class
=00 (O.aO
450 (0.547
2GO (0.24)
r?2 and 13
950 (1.14)
450 (0.54)
350 (0.42)'
150 0.18)
ll E-:r?.5ii""~3"t5 ?.re to b° ~=c
engine has been oo-aratlng 5 sufficient
STEP 2: With tha vehicle "in neutral c~ar? all accessories off, handbrake secured,
a c c e i e ':* ?. 1 2 2 n. oj 1 r, ~- o. ? i n obssrve .~'cr {'.cr:'-.'in!-!i'i;jj v; ?, •; ~ i f? 5"',c!c:G" o-c.: sv-^yy "iir^g |-.-.c-r":".ri Jn acccrcanca wl^n acci"ic-
abig; r'-c'.j'i.i'icns cf r.'r.s i)':v'jicn of ;-'c::
( c ) Any ivrsvv-cuty, yjjjlj J -j:-f;:c: lodjro--:;- v?i:1cl.^ i.-.-nlch ^: sub.lgct ts infraction
by the Olvls-on or ;-'.C'-:c-v Vti.'riCi.os in occ:-jr^.'':'.c3 vn th t::i? Previsions or N.J.li.A. 39:3-1,
as a ccr.cl tlriii of cc:r.o h'ar.c^ wich '•?.*,?. 'iv^c^c :ior:. jhaii noc grmt carbon ^c-nox loe (COi
and/or hydr^ccrcons (iiC; in "~ ^:
-------
Model Year
of Vehicle
1970 & Earlier
1971-1978
1979'
Exhaust bTTJjS'ion Standards for i-i^avv-OMty Vg;;Jc: 1 j<
Subject to Seif-Inspection by Private Fleet Operators
and/or
Inscaction bv the Division of Motor Vehicles
ccisy
7.5
4.0
Idle
HC,(ppm hexane;•
'..,,700'
4CO
* To be promulgated at a later date.
High Cruiss
3.0
2.0
Prescribed Inspection
Test Procedure
STEP 1: All measurements are to be mad? after engine has been operating a sufficient
perioc of time to attain normal operating temperature.
STEP 2: V.'ith the Vehicle in neutral gear, all accessories off. hnndbr-:!--.e secured, in-
sert the sampling probe of the exhaust nas analyzer into tha engine exhaust outlet.
Accelerate the engine to high cruise (rriqnest sc-aod possible, but 25QO rc~ naxi^un)
and csservr- for visible Si~oke In the axhai.'St emissions after the vehicle has reached
a ci?acy stace condition.
STEP _3: With the vehicle continuing to operate at high cruise, insert sampling pro b a
of cas .ana 1/tical system Into the angina exhaust outlet. The steady stace levels
measured as percent cargo." monoxide ard''par'Cj car ::;il',1cn of hydrocarbons in zhe"ex-
haust cas snail be- the in.^peczion test result. .
STEP 4: Decelerate and allow thq engine to operate at idle. Ths steady state lave'i_3_
measursd as percent carbon monoxide and parts par million hydrocarbons in_ the qxhaijs'i
ess 3.i'iu'i i u-j L.O^ Inspection result at idle.
7:27-15.6 [Variances] Mr-chnnic CcrfKicatlon
(a) IP ord?r to be approved as a c^rvifi'KJ automobile emission;; mechsrric, an appli-
cant must corrioi_-3"e a rrairinc coui—q and cazz j.uai if ication test;; devei^Ted and aocr-cved
by the Qecart.iisn" relation to c;utc"'.ao'i l_g enrisj;i'cra control .
(b} T'c-g provision; of this subsection sh-ill not becn.'ng effective until the Cc-m-
inissionsr, by Administrative Orcer. cublis^es an affective date.
Such deto shall be at Ic-ast 1"0 days after oublication bv the D90ri-t:::;n: of
a list of approved training ccursss.
D-S8
-------
7:27-15.7 Ocgr^.ic.n of ":n-i;-1cn Ccntro'l 5y?.tern
(a) i"c ?r:-r"or, •.•hcQ'i !:ncvrir'jlv''i1:'csnnsct. ssacti-vats. or otherwise render Inoper-
able cir." a'"r"?Ti lutlon control device; '••'•lief; has hosn Installed by the manufacturer on
arv aiKcacoi 1 e~
(b) Mo person shall ooarate on o.nv highway in this State any motor vehicle in which
any air sol hitler cor:~ro'i davica installed en sucn automobile has oeen disconnected, de-
acti vs v~-o, or '^.'yjr'.vise 'r-r?ncgr'-"j InsparTibls.. ... ••••-
^•—^*^-»" ^ i(-
7:27-15.3 Warranty Pgrfornar.ee
(a_) v.'hensver a motor vehicle Is rejected for s~i?sions and if such model vehicle
class If Ic.-.--; en Is not In cc-.c i lance with .1 ccrre'ic'lve test as determined by the Ad-
mlr.lsLratcr of th° £pv1rcr;msr.'ca1 Protactlcn Acsncy, the cost of rsoair of such vehicle
shall ba borre ov the mariufacturc-r if the C'.vnar has complied by ths manufacturer's war-
ranty racuvrsniRfTuS for =r?nss1on correrol.
7:27-15.9 [15.5] E/.ceofions
[(a) N'onccmolianca with standards sat forth in Section 15.4 (Motor vehicle in-
spection standard) of this Subchaptar by any tnctcr vehicle during the period July 5,
1972 to June 30, .1973, shall not be causa for rejection or rair.spection.] •
than 50 cubic inches.
(2.) C(c)l ifothing in this Subch^ptar is intsndsd to limit or deny the inspection of.
rioter vehicles for exhaust svstass in accordance with reculations established pursuant
to N.J.S.A. Title 39:8-l [.]/39:8-2, 39:3-70. 39:3-7:5, and 39:10-26.
7:27-15.10 [15.6] Variances
[(a) Whenever 'the Director, Division of Motor Vehicles, has reason to believe that
any r^odjl y?ar of vs-Ticls (or classification of lioht-dut.y gasoline-fueled vehicles) up
to and incUidinn 1967 cannot comply, with the omission standards as set forth in Section
15.4 he shall so advisa the Cc.rjnissior.er, Department of Environmental Protection, stating
the can-jfacturcr, model, year and classification of such vehicles. After.consultation
with the Corr-issic-er, Department of Environmental Protection, the Director, Division of
Motor Vehicles, may waive any inspection standards for such motor vehicles.]
(a_) 'rthenever the Crjir.missior.ar has reason to ball eve that any model vear vehicle
canr.st~cc.-n'o"'i v '•'•'t:h sin is si on strinaarcs sg~ rcrth 1 :i Sociicns iii.3, IS.4..and iS.i-'i of
this Subc.^aozer. ha shall consult: wi tn thn Director. -Division of Motor Vehicles, stating
che injivjfactu r.?r, tr.ocal year. a»d c'uir.21 f ic.itjj_cn of such vfjiiicle. The Cormi ss loner,
cif'er dg-arr'.i'riinn that cjino I iap.cs v/1ch ermssicn -jzardarcs ^s sei: forth a cove Is net
possiola, fray v/r.lvg ar.v qr; is si.on inssectlon standard for such vehicle or establish
a 1 carnaziva ctandarac for such vr-nicie. Sue,", v/aiver or alternative standaros m-?.v~acolv
€0 arv scecific classification desr.ed r.sc^ssdry. .ae it bv manufacturgr, mocei year.
engine disolacs^ant. GT:C~ ' ~^ =J1:
D-89
-------
(b_) y-henevar *hg astv^trd ccs~ of ^'i.-rjion cc^olir:nc3 for rainscectlon exceeds
one hu~arg'd~gollars f S1 GOT"foi" a v'ahTc'ia 10 vgar;; or older, thq owner of such vehicle
rr.av apply ~o ;h?? Ooogrtrrsrc ror a v/t1v?r or cciroiianca pr'sssntlna ths vehicle rsoair
cos" £SL'i~atg frcrr. -i lic.snssa ••slnsogcr.lon csr.tar. "Such agon cation must Include
vehicle licsnse, nisice, ygrir. dat-s, I'ei'nnpoctlon center and rnsc.hanlc'3
D-90
-------
APPENDIX D
Mo.
Location
Atlantic City
Uabash and
Maryland Ave.
MOTOR VEHICLE INSPECTION STATIONS
LOCATIONS, TYPES AND NUMBER OF HANDLINGS
Atlantic County
Leased by state
Constructed in 1930
Two-lane enclosed station
Total Annual
Initial
Handlings
74,986
Emission Handlings
Per Lane Per Hour
16
? 2
Lodi
Mill Street off
Garibaldi Ave.
liackensack
Drive-In Theater
Berqen Pike
Little Ferry
Paramus
Century Road
Berqen County
State owned
Constructed in 1959
Three-lane open side
station with additional
open air lane .attached
Expanded into a multi-
purpose field installation
In 1963
Leased by state
One lane open-air station
State owned
Constructed in 1969
Three-lane enclosed station
with additional enclosed
lane option
181,631
25
65,805
107,910
30
25
-------
Mo.
Location
Ridgewood
156 Chestnut St.
MOTOR VEHICLE INSPECTION STATIONS
LOCATIONS, TYPES AND NUMBER OF HANDLINGS
Dergen County (Cont'd)
Leased by state
Constructed in 1938
One-lane enclosed station
with additional open-air
lane attached in 1959
Total Annual
.Initial
Handlings
83,770
Emission Handlings
Per Lane Per Hour
18
Burlington
Drive-In Theater
Creek Road, Delanco
Mount) Holly
Madison Avenue
and Route 30
Burlington County
t
Owned by state
One-lane open air station
State Owned
Constructed in 1930
One-lane enclosed station
59,086
05,860
29
34
10
Cainden
617 Hampton Rd.
Merchantville
Atco
Route 30
Caroden County
State-owned
Constructed in 1957
Three-lane enclosed
station; can be
expanded into multi-purpose
field installation
Leased by state
Constructed in 1957
One-lane open air station
193,982
24
69,005
34
-------
No.
11
Location
Cape May
Court House
Rt. 4 & Shelby Ave.
MOTOR VEHICLE INSPECTION STATIONS
LOCATIONS, TYPES AND NUMBER OF HANDLINGS
Type
Capo May County
State owned
Constructed in 1930
One-lane enclosed station
Total Annual
Ini tial
Handlings
39,322
Emission Handlings
Per Lane Per Hour
17
12
13
Bridgeton
Cornwelis Drive
Hillville
1106 Wheaton Ave.
Cumberland County
State-owned
Constructed in 1949 •
One-lane enclosed station
State-owned
Constructed in 1938
One-lane enclosed station
36,012
62,430
16
26
14
16
Livingston
Drive-In Theater
Route 10
Montclai r
16 Label Street
I lev/ark
220 Frelinghuyser Ave.
Essex County '
Leased by state
Constructed in 1956
One-lane open air station
Leased by state
Constructed in 1930
Two-lane enclosed station
State-ov/ncd
Constructed in 1976
Three-lane enclosed station
72,678
121,007
199,872
36
20
03
-------
No.
17
Location
Deptford
725 Egg Harbor Rd.
Deptford
MOTOR VEHICLE INSPECTION STATIONS
LOCATIONS, TYPES AND NUMBER OF HANDLINGS
Type
Gloucester County
State-owned
Constructed in
Two-lane semi-enclosed station
Total Annual
Initial
Handlings
123,341
Emission Handlings
Per Lane Per Hour
47
o
18
19
Jersey City
177 Roosevelt Ave.
Secaucus
County Ave. &
Secaupus Road
Hudson County
Leased by state
Constructed in 1938 '
Three-lane enclosed station
State-owned :
Constructed in 1963
Three-lane open-side
103,154
119,222
14
17
20
Flemington
Junction Rt.
& Rt. 31
12
Hunterdon County
Leased by state
Constructed in 1938
One-lane open air
52,264
26
21
Trenton
Route 1
Brunswick Pike
Baker's Basin
Hcrcer County
State owned
Constructed in 1957
Three-lane multi-purpose
field installation
169,820
-------
MOTOR VEHICLE INSPECTION STATIONS
LOCATIONS, TYPES AND NUMBER OF HANDLINGS
No.
22
23
Location
Kilmer
Kilmer Rd. 8,
Trurnan Dri ve
Edison
No. Brunswick
Drive-in Theater
Rt. 1, Brunswick
Rahway
Woodbridge Ave.
Type
Middlesex County
0/med by state
Constructed in 1975
Two-lane semi-enclosed station
Leased by state
Constructed in 1956
One-lane open-air station
State-owned
Constructed in 1958
Three-lane openside station
Expanded into multi-purpose
field installation in 1963
Total Annual
Initial
Handlings
93,717
55,886
160,442
Emission Handlings
Per Lane Per Hour
20
28
21
25
26
As bury Park
3rd Avenue &
Cornstock St.
Eaton town
Route 36
Monmouth County '
State-owned
Constructed in 1938
Two-lane enclosed station
State owned
Constructed in 1958
Three-lane multi-purpose
field installation
68,387
150,427
15
21
D5
-------
No.
27
Location
Freehold
Route 9
(1 mile south)
MOTOR VEHICLE INSPECTION STATIONS
LOCATIONS, TYPES AND NUMBER OF HANDLINGS
Type
Momnouth County (Cont'd)
State owned
Constructed in 1938
One-lane enclosed station
Additional open-air lane-1962
Total Annual
Initial
Handlings
92,492
Emission Handlings
Per Lane Per Hour
20
20
o
I
Morris town
Ridgedale Ave. &
Washington Place
Morris County
State owned
Constructed in 1930
Two-lane enclosed station
133,653
28
29
• 30
Manahawkin
220 Recovery Road
Toms River
Route 166 and
James Street
Ocean County
State owned
One lane >
Semi-enclosed
Constructed 1969
State-owned
Constructed in 1930
One-lane enclosed station
One additional open air lane
34', 109
99,233
15
37
D6
-------
No.
31
Location
Wayne
401 Route 46
(east of Rt. 23)
MOTOR VEHICLE INSPECTION STATIONS
LOCATIONS, TYPES AND NUMBER OF HANDLINGS
Pas sale County
State-owned
Constructed in 1958
Three-lane multi-purpose
field installation with
additional open-air lane
attached
Total Annual
Initial
Handlings
204,677
Emission Handlings
Per Lane Per Hour
21
V 32
Salem
Route 45
Mannington Twp.
Salem County '
State owned
Constructed in 1938
One-lane enclosed station
36,949
17
33
Somervil le
61 Central Ave.
Somerset County
Leased by state
Constructed in 1930
One-lane enclosed station
74,148
29
34
Newton
Moran Street
Sussex County
State owned
Constructed in 1930
One-lane enclosed station
70,616
30
07
-------
No.
35
36
o
37
Location
Plainfield
1600 S. Second St.
Union Drive-in
Theater
Route 22
Hestfjield
Windsor Ave.
South Ave.
off
MOTOR VEHICLE INSPECTION STATIONS
LOCATIONS, TYPES AND NUMBER OF HANDLINGS
Union County
Leased by state
Constructed in 1949
One-lane enclosed station
with Driver Qualification
Center attached
Additional open-air lane
attached in 1961
Leased by state
Constructed in 1956
One-lane open-air
station
State-owned 2-1ane
Constructed in 1938
One-lane enclosed
Additional open-air larie
attached in 1962
Total Annual
Initial
Handlings
89,349
Emission Handlings
Per Lane Per Hour
20
61,324
100,218
30
23
30
Washington
Route 31
Warren County
State-owned
Constructed in 1938
Orie-lane enclosed station
54,008
23
39
Hhippany, Rt. 10
Mt. Pleasant Ave.
Morris County
Leased by station, One-lane
enclsoed. Constructed in
1955
55 ,390
25
-------
Autoscan, FMC Corporation
Automotive Service Equipment Division
lOlS.Q West Jefferson "Blvd.
Culver City, California .90230.
Attn: Edmund Pelta
Barnes Engineering Company
30 Commerce Road
Stamford, Connecticut 06904
Attn: David A. Winer
Asst. to President
Beckinan Instruments', Inc.
Process Instruments Division
250Q Harbor Boulevard
,?ullerton, California 92634
Attn: John Slanke
Marketing Manager
Automotive Test Products Dept.
Chrysler Corporation
Huntsville Electronics Division
102 tfynn Drive
Huntsville, Alabama 35805
Attn: T. A. Pape
Mgr., Marketing
Environmental Techtonics
Scott Environmental Systems
County Line Industrial Park
Scuthar.ption, Pennsylvania 1S966
Attn: Contract Man acre r
Olscn-Hcriba Incorporated
1021 Duryea Avenue
Irvine Industrial Complex
Santa Ana, California 92705
Attn: Contract Manager
Kal Equip Company
Ctsego, Michigan"49078
Attn: Contract Manager
D-99
-------
Sun Electric Corporation
Harlsn & Avondale _ '
Chicago, Illinois Slu31
Attn: R. C. Gerlach, Mgr.
National Accounts
Philco Ford
Ford Road
Newport Beach, California 92663
Attn: Contract Manager
Emission Control Product:
Aeronutronic Division
Northrop Corporation
Electro-Mechanical Division
421 E. Carritcs
Anaheim, California 92801
Attn: Contract Manager
Infrared Industries, Inc.
Electro-Optics Division
P. 0. Box 989
Santa Barbara, California 93102
Attn: Contract Manager
The Aerospace Corporation
2350 East El Segundo Boulevard
El Segundo, California 90245
Attn: Contract Manager
Clayton Manufacturing Corrpanv
El F'.cnte, California 91734
Attn: Contract Manager
Radian Corporation
2500 Shoal"Creek Blvd.
P. 0. Box 9948
Austen, Texas 78765
Attn: Contract Manager
D-100
-------
LAW AND PUBLIC SAFETY
DIVISION OF MOTOR VEHICLES
Proposed Rules On Licensing of
Motor Vehicle Reinspection Centers
John A. Waddington, Director of the Division of Motor Veh-
icles in the Department of Law and Public Safety, pursuant to
the authority of N.J.S.A. 39:3-2 proposes to adopt a new
regulation concerning the licensing of motor vehicle reinspec-
tion centers:
Full text of the proposed regulation follows:
SUBCHAPTER 32. MOTOR VEHICLE REINSPECTION
CENTERS
13:20-32.1 License required; license classes
(a) Reinspection centers shall be licensed by the Director
prior to engaging in the service of certifying that vehicles
initially rejected at a State motor vehicle inspection station
have been adjusted, corrected or repaired so as to conform
to the standards established by law or regulation.
(b) Reinspection centers shall be licensed in the following
classes:
1. Class I licenses shall be issued to reinspection centers
to engage in the certification of passenger automobiles,
trucks registered for not more than 6,000 pounds, and buses,
except school buses and buses subject to the jurisdiction of
the Oepaitment of Public Utilities.
• 2. Class II licenses shall be issued to owners or lessees of
fleets of 50 or more vehicles (except school buses and buses
subject to the jurisdiction of the Department of Public Utilities)
which are subject to annual state inspection.
3. Class III licenses shall be issued to reinspection centers
to engage in the certification of motorcycles only.
13:20-32.2 Service limits
(a) Class I licenses may be issued to provide "full service"
in all vehicle rejection categories or "limited service" in one or
more of the following categories:
1. Engine emissions;
2. Brake system;
3. Exhaust system;
4. Steering, suspension, tires and wheels;
5. Glass (windshield, windows);
6. Electrical: All switches, signals, wipers, lenses and
lights, including headlight installation and alignment:
7. Miscellaneous: Any rejected item not in other cate-
gories.
(b) Class II licenses authorize certification in all vehicle
rejection categories, but limited to vehicles owned or oper-
ated by the licensee.
(c) Class III licenses authorize certification in all motorcy-
cle rejection categories.
13:20-32.3 Facilities and equipment
(a) Licensed reinspection centers must be housed in a
building having a garage-type entrance and one or more ser-
vice bays.
(b) An engine emissions analyzer, approved by the De-
partment of Environmental Protection, must be available on
the premises of all Class I "full service" centers, all Class II
centers, and all Ciass I "limited service" centers licensed to
certify repairs in the engine emission category.
(c) A vehicle lift or heavy duty floor jack must be available
on the premises of all Class I "full service" centers, alt Class
II centers, and all Class I "limited service" centers licensed to
certify repairs in the brake, steering and suspension system
categories.
.(d) Headlight aiming equipment, for example, a photoelec-
tric cell aimer, a mechanical aimer or an aiming chart, must
be available on the premises of all Class I "full service" cen-
ters, all Class II centers, all Class III centers and all Class I
"limited service" centers licensed to certify repairs in the elec-
trical category.
(e) Brake testing equipment, for example, a drive-on hori-
zontal scale or roller-type tester, must be available on the
premises of all Class I "full-service" centers, all Class II cen-
ters, all Class III centers and all Class I "limited service"
centers licensed to certify repairs in the brake system categ-
ory. Provided, however, that this brake testing equipment
requirements shall be waived where the licensee intends to
road test brake repairs.
(f) A tire tread depth gauge calibrated in 32nds of an inch
shall be available on the premises of Ciass I "full service"
centers, Class II centers. Class III centers and Class I
"limited service" centers licensed to certify repairs in the
steering, suspension, tires and wheels category.
13:20-32.4 Applicant qualifications
(a) An applicant must, in the Director's discretion, be a
proper person to hold a reinspection center license.
(b) In assessing whether an applicant is a proper person,
the Director may consider the character and responsibility of
the individual applicant (if natural person), of the individual
partners (if partnership) or of the officers and other controlling
individuals (if corporation) or anyone else employed by or
otherwise associated in business with the applicant.
(c) An applicant must have legal capacity to contract, to be
sued and to be liable for all debts.
(d) No applicant shall be entitled to licensure who is under
18 years of age.
(e) The applicant or someone in his employ shall have:
1. At least three years of paid experience in general au-
tomotive repair and service, or if applying for a limited service
license, in the applicable rejection categories; or
2. Have completed a course in automotive repair at an
approved vocational school and at least one year of applica-
ble experience; or
3. Have been certified as a general mechanic, or in the
applicable categories, by the National Institute for Automotive
Service Excellence.
13:20-32.5 Insurance required
(a) Every licensee is required to maintain liability insur-
ance coverage in the following minimum amounts:
1. For damage to property in any one occurrence:
550,000;
2. For injury to, or death of any one person in any one
occurence: 3100,000; '
3. For injury to, or death of two or more persons in any one
occurrence: S300.000.
(b) An applicant shall file, together •.vith '-is application.
proof of insurance coverage in the form of a certificate issued
by the carrier containing a clause that ten days prior notice
will be given to the Division of^any cancellation or termination
of the policy.
(c) Failure to maintain such insurance coverage shall &e
cause"for immediate suspension of license.
D-101
-------
13:20-32.6 License application, form, content and fee
(a) Applications for licenses shall be made on forms pro-
vided by the Division, consisting of two parts, principal and
supplementary.
1- The principal application shall elicit information bearing
upon the nature and location of the applicant's business, the
experience of the applicant and his employees, and the na-
ture of the reinspection license sought by the applicant.
2. The supplementary application shall cover the back-
ground of the owner and each partner of an unincorporated
business and each principal executive officer and controlling
individual of a corporation or association and shall be filed by
each such owner, partner, controlling individual or officer.
(b) A non-refundable fee of Si0.00 paid by check or
money order payable to "New Jersey Division of Motor Vehi-
cles" shall be submitted with the application.
(c) Any qualified person may file application for and be
licensed in both Class I (full or limited service) and Class III in
which case the fee shall be S10.00 for each class.
(d) When a person licensed in Class I "limited service"
makes application to amend the license so as to add rejection
categories, a fee of S10.00 shall be paid with the application.
13:20-32.7 License, display of; content
(a) A. current reinspection canter license certificate shall
be conspicuously displayed in the licensee's place of busi-
ness.
(b) License certificates shall describe the class and rejec-
tion categories to which the reinspection center is limited.
13:20-32.8 Identifying mark; reinspection center
(a) An identifying mark bearing the logogram of the Divi-
sion of Motor Vehicles shall be issued to each licensee ex-
cept Class II. . ' " ' . .
(b) Said mark shall be conspicuously displayed on the
outside of the reinspection center.
(c) The licensee shall post a sign beneath said mark de-
scribing the services offered which shall correspond to the
ciass and limits set forth in the license.
(d) Each licensee shall affix the center's license number in
the space provided on the mark.
13:20-32.9 Reinspection approval stickers
(a) The approval sticker shall be composed or two parts,
as follows:
1. A base sticker indicating the calendar year validity and
sticker serial number; and
2. A registration renewal and inspection month number in
:he form of an insert which is to be applied to the base sticker.
(b) Base stickers may be purchased by a licensee, by mail
or in person, from the Division of Motor Vehicles, Certificate
of Ownership Bureau, Licensing Section, 137 East State
Street, Trenton, N.J. 0866S. . . .
(c) 3ase stickers shall be purchased at S0.50 per sticker in
quantities of 50 or more. •
(d) Registration renewal and inspection month inserts
shall be provided to licensees at no charge.
(e) Upon the return of base stickers which are not used
Curing the applicable calender year, a credit of 30.50 per
sticker shall be given the licensee toward the purchase of
current base stickers.
(f) Base stickers shall be secured in a locked place of
limited access, such as a safe, cabinet or desk drawer. The
licensee is solely responsible for the security of the base
stickers. Failure to take necessary security precautions to
protect the stickers against loss or theft shall be cause for
suspension or revocation of the license.
(g) Base stickers shall be placed on a vehicle only after
reinspection has been completed.
(h) When defects detected at State inspection have been
repaired or adjusted by the licensee or by an employee on
the licensee's payroll, the licensee shall insure, prior to
placement of an approval sticker on the vehicle, that the indi-
• vidual who performed the repair or adjustment work has
signed his name on the State inspection rejection card next to
the applicable rejection category. When defects detected at
State inspection have been repaired by someone other than
the licensee or employees on the payroll of 'he licensee, the
licensee shall insure, prior to placement of an approval
sticker, that the person or persons who reinspect the vehicle
have signed the state inspection rejection card at the bottom
of its reverse side.
(i) State inspection rejection cards shall be kept separate
and apart from the base stickers and shall be kept in a locked
place of limited access, such as a safe, desk drawer or
cabinet.
(j) The serial number of the base sticker and the date of
issue shall be recorded upon the corresponding state inspec-
tion rejection card.
(k) Base stickers shall be used in numerical sequence.
(I) Defective and voided stickers shall be returned to the
Division of Motor Vehicles within two business days of dis-
covery.
(m) Upon discovering that base stickers have been stolen
or are otherwise unaccounted for, the licensee shall notify the
Licensing Section within one business day of discovery.
(n) Upon discontinuation of the reinspection certification
service by the licensee, all unused base stickers and registra-
tion renewal and inspection month inserts snail be forwarded
to the Division of Motor Vehicles within 24 hours of discon-
tinuance. In such case, fees paid for unused base slickers
will be refundable.
(o) Licensees shall be solely accountable for the base
stickers, and inserts issued to them by the Division of Motor
Vehicles..
13:20-32.10 Records
(a) State inspection rejection cards shall be maintained by
the licensee in order corresponding ;o the base sticker serial
number recorded thereon and the date on which the base
sticker was issued.
(b) Class I and III licensees shall maintain repair orders
and invoices (bills for parts and labor) in the form required oy
the deceptive automotive repair work and advertising prac-
tices regulation (N.J.A.C. 13:45A-1.1 et seq.J.
(c) The repair order and invoice number or numbers shall
be transcribed onto the state inspection rejection card.
(d) 'Records required to be maintained by this Section
shall remain on file in the licensee's place of business for a
period of two years from the date of issuance of the base
sticker.
(e) Records required to be maintained by this Section
shall be made available by the licenses for examination by
employees of the Division of Motor Vehicles at any time Cur-
ing regular business hours. Investigators and other Division
of Motor Vehicles personnel shall be granted access.to me
licensee's property during regular business hours.
D-102
-------
(f) Failure to permit investigators and other Division of
Motor Vehicles personnel on the premises of the licensee
during regular business hours for purposes of conducting
reasonable investigations shall be cause for suspension.
Such investigations shall include, but shall not be limited lo,
discussions with customers, examination of machinery, ques-
tioning of employees and the employment of such'other in-
vestigatory techniques as may be necessary for the en-
. forcement of this regulation and the provisions of Title 39,
Chapter 8.
13:20-32.11 Certification of reinspection "".-•• .
(a) Each licensed reinspection center shall have the au-
thority to reinspect vehicles covered by the particular center's
license and to certify that specific items for which a vehicle
was rejected at State inspection have been corrected to con-
form with the technical standards set forth in the "Manual on
Procedures and Standards for Use by Licensed Reinspection
Centers". Provided, however, that Class I "limited service"
' centers may reinspect and certify vehicles only when all of
the items for which the vehicle was rejected at state inspec-
tion are within the categories enumerated on the center's
"limited service" license.
(b) No licensee shall certify that items for which a vehicle
was rejected at State inspection have been corrected unless
the licensee or an employee on the payroll of the licensee
has inspected the vehicle and has determined that all defects
detected at State inspection have been corrected to conform
with the technical standards set forth in the "manual".
(c) Certification shall be evidenced by the affixation of a
reinspectiori approval sticker on the vehicle in the place
specified in the "manual" and by stamping a reinspection
approval imprint on the reverse side of the vehicle's registra-
tion certificate. Each licensee shall possess a stamp for the
purpose of effecting said reinspection approval imprint. Fail-
ure to take necessary security precautions to protect ;ne
stamp against loss or theft shall be cause for suspension or
revocation of the license.
(d) Certification of a vehicle by the licensee or his em-
ployee snail constitute the licensee's representation that the
licensee or an employee on the licensee's payroll has in-
spected the vehicle and has determined that the defects de-
tected at State inspection have been corrected to conform
with the standards set forth in the "manual".
(e) Class I licensees, upon being presented with a vehicle
for repair or adjustment of defects detected at State inspec-
tion and for certification, may occasionally opt to "farm out"
part of the repair or adjustment work; that is. to have the
repair or adjustment work performed with the equipment or
by the employees of another firm. Provided, however, that
Class I "limited service" centers may exercise said "farming
out" option only when all of the items for which the vehicle
was rejected at Slate inspection are within the categories
enumerated on the center's "limited service" license. Pro-
vided, also, that Class I centers licensed to reinspect glass
may always "farm out" their glass repair work.
(f) Repair or adjustment work performed under this "(arm-
ing out" option shall be deemed to be work performed under
the direction of the Class I licensee. Exercise of this option
shal! not relieve the licensee of his ultimate duty, as set forth
in subsections (b), (c) and (d) above, to have the sufficiency
of ail adjustments or repairs inspected by the licensee or by
an employee on the licensee's payroll prior to certification of
the vehicle.
(g) Licensees who elect to exercise said "farming out" op-
tion may be held vicariously liable, in any subsequent license
revocation proceeding, for any unconscionable practice per-
petrated on (he consumer by the party, to whom the work was
"farmed out".
(h) The fee which a Class I or III licensee may charge the
consumer for affixing a certification sticker shall not exceed
S1.00.
(i) The fee which a Class I or III licensee may charge for
reinspection of items rejected after State inspection and
which have been repaired by the vehicle owner or someone
not under the direction of licensee shall not exceed that por-
tion of the licensee's established hourly labor charge for re-
pair service as specified in the "manual" to be the average
time required to reinspect a partic-'lar rejected item. The con-
sumer shall be notified in advance that the licensee's charge
for such reinspection shall not exceed that portion of the labor
hourly rate.
(j) Every licensee, other than Class II, shall conspicuously
display a schedule of reinspection charges at his placs of
business and shall file a copy thereof with the Licensing Sec-
tion of the Certificate of Ownership Bureau. The displayed
schedule shall be no smaller than one square foot.
13:20-32.12 Denial, suspension and revocation of license
(a) The Director may deny, suspend or revoke a reinspec-
tion center license or refuse renewal thereof for cause, indud-
ing but not limited to one or more of the following:
1. Violation of any provision of N.J.S.A. 39:8-2 et seq. or of
any regulation adopted thereunder, including a finding of guilt
made pursuant to Section 10 of the Act:
2. Fraud, or misrepresentation in securing the license or in
the conduct of the licensed activity:
3. Making reinspection service charges in excess of those
posted in the licensed premises and filed with ;he Director;
4. Conviction of a crime involving moral turpitude:
5. Violation of the Consumer Fraud Act, P.L. 1967. c. 301
(C.56:8-1 et seq.) or of any regulation adoptee thereuncer;
5. Other good cause.
(b) The Director may deny, suspend, revoke or refuse re-
newal of a reinspection center license for a violation of the
provisions of N.J.S.A. 39:8-2 ot seq., the provisions of tnese
regulations or for other good cause pursuant to the Ac.~;,-.is-
trative Procedure Act, P.L 1963, c.40 (C.52:KO-1 et seq.).
(c) Upon suspension or revocation of a reinspecnon
license, the licensee shall forthwith surrender :o tne Director
the reinspec'ion center license, tne reinsoeciion approval
stamp, ail unused reinspection aoproval stickers, all state
inspection rejection cards, and the reinspection center ic'en-
tification mark.
13:20-32.13 Advertising
Advertising of reinspection service shall include a descrip-
tion of the class and rejection categories in which tne canter
is licensed.
D-103
-------
NEW JERSEY DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
BUREAU OF AI?. POLLUTION CONTROL
MOBILE SOURCE CONTROL SECTION
OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES FOP, MOTOR VEHICLE EMISSION ?>EI"S?ECTICN
irac venicla Sxnaust
Calibration Procscura , Test Procacura and Standards,
and Test Zcnicinent
Seatanber 1973
*-o ff
D-104
-------
V.
OPERATIONAL ?RCCZDU?Z3 FOR MOTOR VZHICLZ EMISSION RZIN3PECTICN
Required Vahicle Exhaust
Calibration Procedure, Test Procadura and Standards, and Tast Equipmen-
CONTENTS
Subject Page
Introduction
Mew Jersey Law I
Mew Jersey Emission Standards ', I
Inspection of "sad Cars 2
Customer's Rights 2
Reoair Faciiitv Identification 4
Mechanic ' s Training Procrani 5
Calibration Procedure 6
Tas~ Procedure and Standards 10
Approved Tast icuipnent 12
AC Spark Plug ' 15
Allen Tast Products 13
American Motors Corporation IS
American Par-ts Company 20
Acoliad Power 22
Atlas Supply Conpany 23
3arr.es Supply Company 24
BecJcrran Inst—ir.ant Company 25
Chris-ia Dlactric Corporation 25
Chrysler Corporation 23
Clayton * 29
Environmental Tectonics Corporation 30
FMC Corporation 31
Ford Motor Corporation 32
Fox Products Company 33
Hamilton Tasr Systems 34
Horiba Instr'inant Company • 33
Kal Ecuioment Comoanv 35
D-105
-------
3 ubject Page
King Electronics Ccrcpanv 38
NA?A Baixaaip Inc. " 39
Peerless Instr-unent Corporation 41
Snap-On Tools Inc. 42
Stawar-t-Warner Corporation 43
Sun Electric Corporation 44
Texaco Inc. 45
Wosiaco-Yanaco 46
Mew Jerssv Ceoartnent of Znvironnsntal ?rc~actio
Bureau of Air Pollution Control
Mcbiia Source Control Section
P. 0. Box.2307
Tranton, New Jersey 03625
D-106
-------
INTRODUCTION
Mew Jersey Law
New Jersey's air pollution ccn-roi activity was authorized
by .the legislature in the "Air Pollution Control Act (1954)".
Although state lav for many years had prohibited the emissions of
excessive smoke from motor vehicles, the legislature passed a law
in 1957 which provides the legal basis for the current Mew Jersey
motor vehicle erosions inspection/maintenance program.
Basically, the legislature authorized the State Departr.en-
of Environmental Protection to establish standards and require-
ments fcr the con-roi of air contaminants from motor vehicles.
It was stated that vehicles subject to inspection by the Division
of Motor Vehicles must meet these standards as a condition of in-
spection and registration. Provision was also made for fir.es of
;25 to S.1GO for the operation on highways of vehicles which er?.it
smoke or other pollutants in excess of the prescribed standards.
Actual meter vehicle inspection in Mew Jersey is under the
control of the Division of Motor Vehicles. Vehicles must pass
inspection lane requirements before their registration will be
validated. Owners of vehicles which are rejected are given a
card on which the reason(s) for rejection is indicated by punch-
marks. The owner may repair the car himself, or have the work
oerformed at a commercial service facility.
After repairs have been completed, the cwr.er may return his
vehicle to an inspection lane for reinspecticn and certification,
or ha may have this accomplished, at a Licensed Motor Vehicle Rein-
spection Center.
;7ew Jersey Emissions Standards
Mew Jersey's emissions standards became affective on July 3,
1972. However, -here vas an introductory period during which ic
was not necessary to have vehicles repaired when they failed to
meet the emissions standards. This gave the motorist and the
mechanic time to become accustomed to the emissions inspection
trest, and allowed the state time to correct any procedural problems
which might appear.
The Mew Jersey standards, which are designed to protect air
cualitv by ensuring that motor vehicles are maintained in reason-
able operating condition, are grouped according to vehicle age.
This is done so that the older vehicles, which have no or only
partially affective control systems, are permitted greater emis-
sions than are the later models which have more affective controls.
D-107-
-------
The standards for carbon monoxide are given in percentages.
For example, 5.0 percent 'means that no mere than one-twer.tia-ch
cf a car's emissions cay be carbon monoxide. The standards for
hydrocarbons are given in parts per million (ppm) . A standard
cf 500 parts per million, for example, means that out of one
million parts cf exhaust, no more than 500 parts can be hydro-
carbons. One (1) percent is equal to tan thousand (10,000) part
per million. Thus, on the average, a car emits about 100 times
as much carbon monoxide as hydrocarbons. As is explained in a
later section, the test machine automatically analyzes the
contents cf the exhaust from a car being inspected, and the
mechanic reads the carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons content
directly from meters- on the machine.
Certain vehicles can be exempt from these emission standards.
At the present time, ail pre-1563 Saab tvo- stroke engines are
exempt. However, they should be maintained at the lowest possible
emissions levels and should not emit excessive smoke. There is
a single standard for visible smoke for ail model years. The
regulation states that the vehicle being inspected "shall not
emit visible smoke in the exhaust emissions or in the crankcase
emissions" during the tvo steps of the inspection test procedure.
Inspection of used Cars
will
pass state inspection. Insofar as emissions are concerned, this
means" that the vehicle meets state standards. If the vehicle
should fail inspection for any reason other than that caused by
the buyer, the dealer may be deemed a disorderly person and he
must refund the full purchase price or repair the vehicle a- no
cost to the buyer.
However, these requirements do not apply when the buyer signs
a vaiver statinc that ha has read and understands the dealer' s
obligations and waives these obligations and releases the -dealer
from the requirement to make repairs or refund the full purchase
orice in event the vehicle fails inspection.
Customer' 3 lights
The mechanic should be aware of certain state regulations
v/hioh are designed to protect the customer from misleading repair
and advertising practices. These are titled "Deceptive Automotive
V^-iJ..^^ — ^J/ .* W -— — -w — _ '^W*>*-3, • — -» =i J — — ,3 W ii W w ... J 'W b««i. V «^ W. — ,.. '—^- ^ — *—-S •- •-. b*.;w «.
himself brings the vehicle to the shop during normal wcrk hours.
Thus, they would not include vehicles which ire picked up by shop
D-108
-------
personnel, o: when the customer merely parks the vehicle 2.- the
shop ar.d leaves a set of written instructions as to what is tc
be done.
The regulation applies to ail types of repair facilities,
ranging from the one-man corner gas station to the largest garage.
•The only types of work not covered are changing tires, lubricating
vehicles, changing oil, installing light bulbs, batteries and.
windshield wiper blades and other "minor accessories and services."
Thus, it is apparent that labor and par-ts of emissions control
systems and: devices • are covered.
To meet the-requirements of the regulation, the repair shop
must:
1. Posr in a conspicuous place a required sirn which.
informs the customer of his rights.
2. Obtain a written authorization signed by the cus-
tomer before any work is starred. The customer
must be given a copy of this signed authorization,
which indicates the nature of the work to be per-
formed or the problem to be corrected and which
shows the odometer reading on the vehicle.
3. Give the customer an advar.ee estimate of the cost
of the repairs, unless he signs a waiver saying
he does not recuire an estimate. There are three
types of estimates: "a price not1 to exceed 3 ,"
"an exact figure to complete a specific repair,1'
or "a detailed breakdown of parts and labor."
4. Return ail replaced par~s excec- these under war-
ranty to the customer if he requests them.
5. Give the customer a detailed invoice of ail par~ts
•and labor when authorised work is completed.
0 .
vided for labor and material.
The New Jersey Division of Consumer Affairs is responsible for
administering this regulation. Additional information or copies
of the code can be obtained from the Division of Consumer Affairs,
Room 304, 1100 Raymond Boulevard, Newark, New Jersey 07102(tele-
phone 2C1-543-3537).
D-109
-------
.. . • w w» — — * — '——.— — ^ _' ^•»S-J»__,»^.— ^^.-^4.
P.apair faciiitias which a.ra cualifiad -c par~:icipata i.-. ij
51icps '.vzich. ara licar.3ad bv tiia jivi-sici of .'Ictcr :"ahicla;
irfcnr. rai.~3'cac~ic™s cf "aiiiclas vcich hava bs-sn rajactad ':
:—a~3 insosc-icr; 5ta~icns ir.c. ~;c car^ifv that zhasa Taiicl;
been racai~ad sc 2.3 ~o zaa~ sta^a 3-tanda_rd3 ira xncwn i3
:33d Mc~or "ahicla ~.air.s~ac-icn Car.tars. Thasa can-rars rac
iar.tifvir.c dacal for display to tha public. This dacai Ls
i • - T~- .— -—-a 1 " "
UC3IS52 ?,EHS?=CT!CN C2IT3S
D-110
-------
'* ec ii
Vehicle volume and the potential difficulty cf serf erring
correct vehicle diagnosis and maintenance provides incentive for
che mechanic to seek specialized training in emission control.
i!aw Jersey has legal authority to achieve a meaningful and
effective training program. In 1973, the state legislature
enacted PL-156 which allows vehicles which have been rejected
for safety as well as emissions to be reinspected at state licensed
reinspection centers. DMV licenses such reinspection centers
which are qualified and properly equipped. Using personnel from
licensed reinspection centers as a nucleus from which to draw
trainees , the 'Tew Jersey DE? has brought about a training program.
designed to educate and instruct practicing and gainfully er^icved
auto mechanics in the art cf auto emission control maintenance.
A total of 23 Vcc/Zd. , regional high schools, and community
colleges have committed to participation in this program.. Ini-
-ially, the program is offered to mechanics from licensed rein-
specticn centers. At a later cats, completion of the program will
be -ace a condition for obtaining a reinspection center License.
The prograr. is also being offered to the general public, many of
•whom are nov attempting to learn the science of coping with emission
rscairs .
Each school has developed its own program 'under the guidance
of the state coordinator to assure uniformity. The format is a
5-sessicn, 20-hour training program. Tor at least 50 percent of
the time , students have "hands-on" training utilizing various ia-s
model vehicles. Both the program and the "7C/Tach curriculum are
based on an official Mew Jersey Department of Environmen-ai Pro-
tection auto emission control manual and an EPA sponsored audio-
visual aids package.
In addition, a mobile test van is utilised to reach and
acquaint thousands cf auto owners throughout the sta~e with the
interaction between low emissions and fuel economy. The van is
aisc used to update the VC/Tech schools ' s~aff s and instructors
periodically on the latest amiss ion control equipment ccnsis~ent
with fuzure emission control technolocv evolu.~icn
After a mechanic has successfully completed the course, or
has been certified by the National Institute of Automotive Service
Excellence (NIASS) , the licensed reinspecticn canter in which he
works will be listed in the handout provided by the Division of
Motor Vehicles to every motorist of a rejec-ed vehicle. This
handout lists the name and location of licensed reinspecmion cen~ars
which can cerform the racuired service.
D-lll
-------
CALIBRATION PP.CCZDUP-Z
Since exhaust analysers ara. extremely sensitive instruments,
careful maintenance and calibration is .necessary. Exhaust gas
analyzers ara of major assistance to the mechanic whan they are
in good working order. '-Then they ara not in good working order,
they can be misleading and the causa of wasted effort.
The basic guide for maintaining any specific analyzer is
the manual which comes with the instrument. This manual must be
followed to the Latter. Since there are major differences betvee'n
instruction procedures used for the various analyzers, no attempt
is made here to provida the detailed guidance which would apply
•to each of the approved models.
"Zero set" and "span" adjustments are vital. After the
analyzer has been warmed up, these .adjustments should be performed
as described in the manufacturer's manual before each emissions
test. Carelessness with thase tvo adjustments will defeat the
purpose 'of the analyzer.
Of equal ir.portar.ee is periodic calibration of the analyzer.
The analyzer's accuracy is checked by sampling a standard gas with
known concentrations of carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons. The
analyzer should accurately identify the composition of this test
gas within the permitted toierancas.
Gas calibration should be performed as oftan as it is necessary
to maintain analyzer accuracy. This is at least every tvo weeks
when performed by shop personnel, or every three months when per-
formed by a service contractor. P.acords of calibration, including
data of calibration, calibration gas standard, observed, and/or
corrected equipment reading and calibrator's signature, should be
recorded in a log or on a sticker supplied bv the Division of Motor
"ehicles.
At Licensed Motor Vehicle ?.einspection Canters, Division cf
Motor Vehicle investigators will check calibration and review cal-
ibration procedures at least once every two months. Analyzers
•••'hich cannot be calibrated within remitted toierancas will be
placed "ciit of service" until repairs have been macs by a manu-
facturer-authorized service/calibration -aoresentative. Ficrure
2 is an illustration of the calibration gas equipment used in the
official Mew Jersey calibration procedure.
D-112
-------
-x-
, 0
.ac
~ -
"law
enera
Tha official >raw Jersey calibration prccsd'ura is as fcllcws:
:nna.L sna^.1 ce raspoasuia tor
: tc ir.vesticatcr' s visit.)
ca.-r.ct be set yith drift lass ihar. jO tcta (HCJ and
C.3% {CO over a 2G-seccnd period, —.a oalibratior.
car-zificacicr. stickar --^s~ be .T_ar:
-------
THIS UNIT
HAS SEE.N ORE SHED
OUT OF
SERVICE
3Y H-iS ,M5W ^cSSSY 3IV1SJO.H
OP MQTCS VeHICi_s3
>ts txniuat inaryMr i.iaii i:' irr/inn-
nartai .3-5Jscr:
/^r-sss
_z cs 3~3ir.'sec on vis caj2-.tsc 2^ 1^2 aii—
lv-ar. If ~a fac~3r -3 3~a~pec sr. ir.a ^a-'i^ac. '^sa
i fac'icr o: 0 .52. Tliis ~aczc~ vcisn ~uj. z^.3 iJ.sd. 5v
the crcpana concentration should civa you cie ax-
cectad. aziaiv-tsr raacLi.-^ for the hydrccarion scaia.
Record, ti—5 ;~u—isar l-i t_~a procer blanx on. tis
stickar. Tna sx^actac inalv~=^ raadinc for in a
~7linear. ?.acord tni.5 nuribar in ~ha -ro^ar blanJ<
on tha s~iokar.
D-114
-------
4. Attach the regulator tightly to tha calibration gas
cvlincer. (Ncta .that this connection utilizes a
left-handed thread.) Open tha- cylinder valve shut-
off located en top of the cylinder. Read the gas
delivery pressure off the regulator gauge. If it
is net approximataiy 10 Lbs., adjust it by -timing
the T-screw on the regulator. This adjustment must
be made with both the supply line shut-off valve
and flow control valve open. After adjusting, close
the flow control valve.
5. To check for analyzer sample hose leaks, secure the
hose tightly over the tip cf the sample probe. If
a lev-flew condi-icn is r.ct indicated on the analyzer,
there is a laak in the sample hose system which must
be corrected before orocascing.
5. Open the flow control valve until the balloon just
barely inflatas. After 30 seconds, record tha ana-
lyzer readings in the proper blanks.
7. Pull the hose off the probe and immediately close the
flow-control valve and then the shut-off valve on the
cylinder. P.schsck the :sro or. the analyzer as in
Step 2. The drift must still be within 50 ppm HC
and 0.3% CO or an cut-cf-service sticker must be
issued.
3. ?.eopen the flow-control valve until the pressure drops
to zero on both gauges. Then close all valves and
remove the reg-^lator from the cylinder. Replace the
cylinder cap.
9. Mew compare the analyzer readings you recorded against
the expected anaivzer reaclin—s. If the difference is
greater than 100 ppm HC or 0.5% CO, che instrument is
out of calibration.
10. Affix the filled-cut "gas calibration certification
sticker" to the analyzer.
Since the analyzers encountered in the garage system will be of
many different makes, problems may be encountered with using this
procedure on all of them. If such a problem is encountered, call
the DE3 lab and a technician will attempt to "talk you through"
the orocedure.
D-115
-------
TEST PROCEDURE AND STANDARDS
The Department of Environmental Protection has specified
steps- which must be followed in order to conduct an emissions
inspection test. These are as follows:
1. The test shall be conducted after the engine has
been operating for a sufficient oericd of time to
attain normal operating temperature.
2. With the motor vehicle, in neutral gear, all acces-
sories off and the hand brake secured, accelerate
the engine to approximately 2500 rpm and hold.
Observe for visible smoke in the exhaust emissions
and/or crankcase emissions. •
MOTE: Any motor vehicle designed primarily for
transportation of persons or property and regis-
tered at 5,000 pounds gross vehicle weight or less
shall not emit visible smoke from the exhaust sys-em
or the crankcase.
3. With the engine operating at idle insert the sample
probe of the exhaust analyzer into the vehicle's
exhaust pipe. The probe tip shall be inserted at
least o to 12 inches, or as far as possible, into
the tailpipe. For dual exhaust vehicles, check
both exhaust pipes; the higher reading shall be
the exhaust gas measurement.
4. The steady state emissions levels measured as percent
carbon monoxide (C0%) and parts per million of hydro-
carbons (HC pprr.) in the exhaust shall be the inspec-
tion test result. These results shall be compared bv
vehicle model vear and effective date as shewn in
Table 1.
TAB LE 1
:TEW .JERSEY DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
EXHAUST EMISSIONS STANDARDS
Model Year ' '
of Vehicle CO (%) EC (com)
Pre-1963 ' 3.5 1400
1963-1969 7.0 700
1970-1974 5.0 500
1975-1979 3.0 300
-D-116.
-------
IMPORTANT MCTE: The above standards -are New Jersey
lr.spec-~.cn standards only, not vehicle ?erforr.anca
cr sianur'actxirars ' .ri'corgr.er.ced standards . Service
mechanics should -air.tain vehicles for inspection
or sals so that exhaust emissions levels are in
accordance with specifications recommended by the
manufacturer or seek reasonable eniissions levels as
shewn in Table 2.
TA3LZ 2
RZASONA3L2 V~EHICLZ ?S?J-OR>L\MCE EMISSIONS LZ^TZLo
C0% Tolerance HC (ppm) Toleranc
?re-1963 - 3.0 ^2.0 700 ^200
GM Motor Vehicles ~
Pre-1963 3.0 ^2.0 500 ^200
Ncn-C-'-l Motor vehicles
1368-1963 3.0 +2.0 300 j^iOO
All Vehicles
1970-1974 1.5 +1.0 200 -100
ill Vehicles
1S73-1379 0.5 j_0.5 50 ^ 25
Catalytic Equipped ~
1975-1979 1.0 -_0.5 100 ^ 50
Mon-Catalvtic ""
D-117
-------
APPROVED TEST EQUIPMENT
Emissions analyzers are highly sensitive instruments which
measure the amcur.t of carbon son oxide (CC) and hydrocarbons (EC!
in the exhaust cases of a motor vehicle. The analyser's direct
reading meters show the mechanic the percentage of carbon monoxide
and the parts per million of hydrocarbons in the exhaust. It
should be pointed out that the analyzer also can be of great help
to the mechanic with his trouble-shooting when emissions are ex-
cessive.
Mo instruments are used to check smoke emissions from auto-
mobiles. These emissions are "read by eyeball".
Although exhaust analyzers come in many sizes, shapes and
colors, the basic operating fundamentals of these instruments
are the same. Exhaust analyzers draw gas samples from the ex-
haust system of a vehicle. -The analyzer filters the sample to
remove the water and any small particles of carbon, or other
particuiates which would interfere with the analysis. The ex-
haust sample is then passed to the sample cell where detectors
and an infrared light source are used to determine the amount of
carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons contained in the sample. The de-
tectors provide information to an amplifier which activates the
meters to give direct readings of the percentage of carbon monoxide
and the parts per million of hydrocarbons in the exhaust sample.
Analyzers used in the Mew Jersey emissions inspection test
must be approved by the Department of Environmental Protection.
These analyzers must be of the type employing the Men-Dispersive
Infrared (NDI?.) principle. The Bureau of Air Pollution Control
periodically publishes a list of approved NDI?. analyzers. This
does not mean the Department recommends any specific analyzer
which appears on the list. It dees mean1 that the .analyzers named
have been examined and tested by Mobile Source Control technicians.
These technicians have certified that the analyzers meet the fol-
lowing specifications established by the Department:
General Specifications
1. The instrumentation shall consist of analvzers, s;
system, readout indicators, etc. necessary to diagnose
and properly maintain ail vehicles to comply with stan-
dards established by the New Jersey State Department of
Environmental Protection. The system shall be capable o:
continuously measuring the concentration of carbon monox-
ide* and hydrocarbons** in vehicle exhaust emissions
from a gasoline engine in the idle mode.
2. A direct readout is required for both carbon monoxide
and hvdrocarbcns.
-D-113 .
-------
The analyzer shall be simple to operate and maintain
• by garage personnel. 'The analyzer shall have surfi-'
cier.t durability and ruggedness for frecuen~ usa and
continuous analysis at various vehicle exhaust flew
rates for long periods in a garage environment, Con-
secuentlv, -the operating temperature ranee shall be
. be tveen 3 2 * F \ and" 110 " T.
The analyzer concentration ranges shall be the follow-
ing :
Hich Ranca Low Ranee
CO range: 0-10% 0-4%
HC.range: 0-2000 ppm 0-400 upm hexans
The hexane-propana factor shall be analytically de-
termined, at.the 5000 ppin carbon concentration and
shall be in.; the ranga of 0.47 to 0.56. The factor
shall be displayed on the outside of the cabinet.
Interference frcr. nor.-interest gases , particulates ,
and v/ater vapor shall be Is'ss than l.%of full scale.
The response tir.e 'for .-.an exhaust gas -saEtpie Ls.trc-
•duced at the probe shall be less than 10 seconds
for 90% of the reading.
The accuracy of the analyser shall be graeter than.
^3% of the full scale reading for all ranges. 'The
zero and span drift shall be no acre than ^3% of full
scale in two -hours.
The samp la system shall ..include all components as
probe, tubing, pumps, filters/ water traps, etc. re-
quired to continuously analyze raw exhaust gas. The
system shall be easy to clean and maintain.
A. low flow indicator shall indicate a sample flow
degradation sufficient to cause a response time
greater than 10 seconds for 9C% of the reading.
The hydrocarbon hang up shall be seasursd at 70T
by.- sampling an idling 3-cylinear engine with one
spark plug disconnected to create a concentration
between IfGO pen and 2000 ppm hydrocarbons. After
sampling for five minutes, -the probe shall be re-
moved from the exhaust pipe and the HC reading shall
stabilize within 30 seconds at a reading lass than
10% of full, scala..
-D-119.
-------
12. The systen shall contain, a • calibration check for per-
fcrniance tasting. The calibration method, may be a
gas standard or other mechanical or electrical method.
Air say be used for zero checking. The instrument
shall have the capability for gas calibration through
both the sampling system and calibration part.
13. Warm-up tine shall be as short as possible, but not
greater than 15 minutes front a1 cold start.
14. Ail electronics shall be solid state.
* (as percent CO) at the 4.74 raicron band
** (as com hexane) at the 3.41 raicron band
. D-120
-------
MEW -JERSEY DSPAJITHENT OF ENVI20NHENT.-.L PROTECTION
•Asa roved MB13 HC and CO 7ehicla Exhaust Test: Scuisroent
D-121
-------
The following table is an. alphabetic distributor listing of
^DI3. models evaluated and approved by DE? for use by Mew Jersey
licensed reinspection centers. 'This listing provides the sales,
service, and hcir.e office contacts for each distributor.
Models which have been out of production for sore than five
years will be dropped from the listing at the time of the next
revision. The following footnotes apply to models which have
been out of production for a period less than five years:
"ootnote • Out of nreduction since-
1 12/73
2 , 12/74
3 . • 12/75
4 12/75
5 12/77
5 5/73
7 8/78
. D-122-
-------
Distributor
AC Spark I'iu.j
Division of
General Motors
Mode Is
Sales
SI-500
AC-Oelco
One Univerjl ty I'laza
Suite 206
llackensack. NJ 07601
(201)616-1717
(000)352-9BBO
o
Seryjcc_
Cres toIK Inc.
109 flock Hoad
Trenton, NJ 00619
(609 )507- 3330
Eastern Electronics
201-li tssex Street
llackensack, NJ 07601
(201)312-3945
Eni|vire Warehouse Inc.
627 Broadway
Loh'j Branch, NJ 07710
(20J)222-3U01
fair Me Id Power Service
031 Fairfield Avenue
Kenilworth, NJ 07033
(201)211-1099
Johnson Electrolnb
9th on 11th Street
Mapleuood, NJ 07010
(201)761-1222
Penn Jersey Stores 037
66 North Delsea Drive
Vine I and, NJ 00360
(609)696-9705
Phillips Equipment
I IK) I 11 tul dun Avenue
Camden, NJ OB103
(609)365-1300
Manul. or
Home
Distributor
Office
Mr. J im Vial ters
Kal-E(|uipnierit Co.
111 IJaslrinijton St.
Otsetjo, Michiyan 1B070
(BOO)352-9BUO
- 16 -
-------
Distributor
Approved Mot hi Is
Sales
AC Spark IMuyfCont)
Service
Manuf. or Distributor
Home Office
Quick Tool Repair
032-C Ridyewood Avenue
New Brunswick, NJ 00902
(201)016-0001
Snap-On Tools Corporation
127!i Illoomfield Avenue
Fail-field. NJ 07006
(201)575-1666
Sound Service
231 East 3rd Street
Plainfield. NJ 07060
(201)753-1250
(000)352-9000
- 17 -
-------
Allen TesL Products
Approved Models Sales^ Service
14-, 15-5. 16-, lfl-b
23-, 25- Series
Maituf. or Distributor
Home Office-
Mr. I imothy Donovan
210 Anderson Street
llackensack, NJ 0/601
(201)342-5203
Mr. Ira Friedman
3f> IJucks (toad
East llrunswick, NJ
00016
(201)230-6156
Mr. Timothy Donovan
240 Anderson Street
llackensack, NJ 07601
(201)342-5203
Fair field Power Service
034 Fairfield Avenue
Kenilworth, NJ 0/033
(201)241-4091)
Kentek Company
415 Third Avenue
East North Port. NY 11731
(516)368-7460
Mr. Ken liroome
Allen Test Products
The AlI en Group Inc.
2101 N. Pitcher St.
Kalama/oo, Michiyan 49007
(616)345-0531
o
i
-------
iluitor
American Motor's Corp,
AMServ Equipment
Program
Approved Models
14-, 15-5, 16-. 10-S.
23-. 25- Serins
Sales
Mr. Frank L. Quinn
444 Saw Mill River
Elms foul, NY 10523
(914)345-5700
Mr. Uruce Mai or
000 Chester Pike
Sharon Hills, PA
19079
(215)337-0230
Service
lid.
Mr. Timothy Donovan
240 Anderson Street
llackensack, NJ 07601
(201)342-5203
fairfield Power Service
034 Falrfleld Avenue
Kenilworth, NJ 07033
(201)241-4099
Kentek Company
415 Third Avenue
East North Port. NY 11731
(516)360-7460
Manuf. or Distributor
Home Office
Mr. Ken Uroome
Allen Test Products
The Allen Group. Inc.
2101 N. Pitcher- St.
Kalama200. Michigan
49007
(616)345-0531
o
-------
njstriliutor
American Tarts Co.
Poweready
Approved Models
370-100
Sales
Service
Mr. Torsello
300 Allwood Road
Clifton, NJ 07012
(201)770-4700
American Parts Sys.
COO Clark Avenue
KiiHj of Prussia. PA
(215)265-6464
o
I—-
K>
Cres ton Inc.
109 Flock Road
Trenton., IIJ
(609)607-3334
Las turn Electronics
201-5 Essex Street
Hackensack. HJ 07601
(201)342-3945
Empire Warehouse Inc.
627 f!roadway
Lomj Branch, NJ 07740
(201)222-3004
Fall-field Power Service
034 Fairfield Avenue
Kunilworth, NJ 07033
(201)241-4099
Johnson Electrolab
9th on 44th Street
Maplewood. NJ 07040
(201)761-4222
Perth Jersey Stores //37
66 North Oelsea Drive
Vine land, NJ 00360
(609)696-9705
Phillips Equipment
1061 lladdcn Avenue
Cumden. NJ 00103
(609)365-4300
Manuf. or Distributor
jloiiie Office.
Mr. Jay Kemp
American Parts Corp.
P. 0. Oox 3131
7000 H. Park Drive
Houston, Texas 77001
Mr. Jim Walters
Kal-Equipment Co.
411 Washington Street
Otseijo, Michigan 40070
(000)352-9000
- 20 -
-------
Pis tributo;'
American I'arts Co.
Poweready (Cont)
Approved Mode-Is Sa|es
Service
Manuf. or Distributor
Home Office
Quick fool Repair
032-C Hidcjewood Avenue
Net* Qrunswick. NJ 08902
(201)046-0001
Snap-On Tools Corporation
!27!> Olooinfield Avenue
Fair-field. NJ 07006
(201)575-1666
Sound Service
231 East 3rd Street
Plainfield. NJ 07060
(201)753-4250
(000)352-9000
to
00
- 21 -
-------
Manuf. or Distributor
Ap|)l tod Power
(ronnerly Marquette)
40-1767, 40-176A.
40-220^, 40-222'J,
40-225J, 40-2273.
10-276. 40-7532.
42-076. 42-151^
12 /i •) i r i; 3
42-153'
42-156;;
42-160^
42-155-
Mr. John Voyce
A|)|>l ied I'ower i Inc.
10 SU:rn Avenue
S|)i-in
-------
Distributor
Atlas
o
Approved Models
AFT-330, 3403. 3413,
3423. 345^, 346, 3/1?
AMA-3137. 313-C,
450. 5GO
AEA-370. 3/6
ADC- 120ME4, 120MAE'1
AHT Models may or may
not have the ACT
prefix.
Sales
Service
Manuf. or Distributor
Home Office
Distributors of
Atlas Products
(000)558-0664
For Models AET-330 and
AMA-450:
Sun Electric Corporation
10G1 Paulison Avenue
Clifton, NJ 07011
(201)770-6331
Sun Electric Corporation
2520 Wyandotte Road
Willow Grove. PA 19090
(215)659-7700
For Models AET-340. 341,
342, 345. 346, 347; AMA-313
313-C, 550; AEA-370. 376;
AOC-120ME. 120MAE:
Automotive Product Service Div,
Applied Power Inc.
10 Stern Avenue
Springfield. NJ 07001
(201)467-3950
Creston. Inc.
109 Flock Road
Trenton, NJ 00619
(609)507-3334
Empire Via rehouse Inc.
627 Broadway
Lony Uranch. NJ 07740
(201)222-3004
Karr Electronics
10 Old Turnpike Road
Pleasantville, NJ 00232
(609)645-1144
Mr. Richard Pfost
Atlas Supply Company
Diamond Road
Springfield. NJ 07001
- 23 -
-------
Distributor
llarites F.n
-------
(llsJ.jlUiii.loil Approved Models
lleckman Instrument 590
Co.
Sales
Deckinan Instrument Co.
15 Delmont Drive
Somerset. NJ 08073
(201)560-0076
Mr-. Michael Way
Automotive Test Prod.
2500 Harbor 01 vd.
Fullerton, Calif.
92631
(711)071-1010
Service
Mauuf. or Distributor
Home Office
Lo
ro
Oeckman Instruments
15 Uelmont Drive
Somerset, NJ 00073
(201)560-0076
ICarr Electronics Inc.
10 Old Turnpike Rd.
Pleasantville, NJ 00232
(609)615-1111
J. C. Miller
Til ton Rd. £ Burton Ave.
North-field. NJ 00225
(609)616-3737
Phillips Equipment Co.
1061-67 lladdon Avenue
Caindcn, NJ 00103
(609)365-1300
Mr. Michael Way
Oeckman Instrument Co.
Automotive Test Prod.
2500 Harbor Ulvd.
Fullerton. Calif. 02631
(711)071-1010
- 25 -
-------
I)istrlhutpr Approved Model:
Chris lie t: Ice trie EA-74C
Corp.
Sales
Service
Manuf. or Distributor
Hume Office
J. II. Association
15511 Queen Ann Bridge
Road :
Bowie. Maryland 20716
(301)249-5119
(800)213-3490
o
i
U)
LO
[(. Oando
4742 Oak Avenue
Trevose, PA
(215)357-6426
Creston Inc.
109 Flock Road
Trenton. NJ 011619
(609)507-3334
Fairfield Power Service Co.
(134 Fatrfield Avenue
Kenilworth, NJ 07033
(201)241-4099
Five Boro Rubber & Equip.
Repa i rs
5223-1Oth Avenue
Brooklyn. NY 11204
(212)256-1176
II & II Electronics Service
3600 N. Front Street
Philadelphia, PA
(2)5)324-5550
Johnson Electrolab
Ninth 44th Street
Maplewood, NJ 07040
(201)761-4222
Orchard's Hydraulic Service
2421 White Horse Pike
Cologne, NJ
(609)965-2923
Christie Electric Corp.
3410 W. 67th Street
Box 60020
Los Amjeles, CA 90060
(213)750-1151
-------
Oistriltutor
Approved Moilo 1I s_
Sales
Christie(Coiit.)
Service
Manuf. or Distributor
Home Office
Pioneer Auto Parts
& Service Co.
3007 N. Fox Street
Philadelphia, PA
(215)223-9220
T & K Charger Service
62 West Second Street
Oayonne, NJ 07002
(201)436-4114
Mis lawn Auto Parts Co.
426-429 E. Cheltem Avenue
German town, PA
(215)044-0200
2'I -
-------
Mann I. ur Distributor
Distributor ______ _ Approved Models __ ______ _^!ll§ ____________ 5*;O.!i^L___ _ __ ______ Home Office ___
Chrysler Corporation 14-, 15- , 16-, lii-'J, Mr. V. Salava fas tern lileclronics . Inc. Mr. T. A. Pope
23-. 25- Series N.Y.Zone Parts & 201 Essex Street Chrysler Corporation
Service llackensack, NJ 07601 Hunts vi lie llectronics
I1I(P/M), OCE III, Tappan, NY 10903 (201)342-3945 Division
DC£-'/5, Ill(lVM) ( 01 /I) 62 /- 2200 102 Uynn Drive
3B3U001, MfSL"(P/N). lluntsvi lie. Alabama
IICP III, Mopar Model Mr. J. C. Obenschaln Walielan Radio 35H05
III, III-C. (P/N) II ox 489 . Perm and Harrison Sts.
1-3000 Wayne, PA 19007 Pliila., PA 19124
(215)687-6110 (215)200-^4600
U)
Ul
2(1 -
-------
Manuf. or Distributor
Distributor Approved Mo do '[s § aU;^ Service Home Office
Clayton CSS/310 Harry Maijner Creston Inc. Mr. John Uelicka
3701 Tonnelle Ave. 109 Flock Road Games Engineering Co.
N. Bergen. NJ 07017 Trenton. NJ 00619 30 Commerce Road
(201)067-2624 , (609)507-3334 Stamford, Conn. 06904
(000)243-3490 (203)340-5301
Fairfield Power Service Co.
034 Fairfield Avenue
Kenilworth, NJ 07033
(201)241-4099
(000)243-3490
a
- 29 -
-------
Imvi roiniKiiital
Tectonics Cor|i.
Approved Models
lll-C
Sal(
Mr. Frank Art/:
En v i ronmen ta ] Tec ton i cs
Scott Environmental
Systems
County I. ine Imkistrial
Park
Southampton. PA U1966
Si:rv Ice
Manuf. or Oistrihutor
MOIIIL- Office
Mr. Frank Artz
Environiiiental Tectonics
Scott Environmental Systems
County Line Industrial Park
Southampton. PA 10966
(215)356-9100
Eastern Electronics Inc.
201 Essex Street
llackensack. NJ 07C01
(201)342-3945
Ualielan Radio
Penn and Harrison Sts.
Phila.. PA 19121
(215)2611-4600
Mr. Frank Art2
Environmental Tectonics
Scott Environmental
Systems
County Eine Industrial Pk.
Southampton. PA 1(1966
(215)355-9100
-------
Dis tjribu_tor_
FMC - Autoscan
A[)|>royed Mod e_ Is_ S ales
1R Series. 570, 710,
705C, 4050 Series,
1000
Mr. Robert Gill
R. J. Electronics
1366 Churchvllle Rd.
Southampton. PA 17330
(215)917-1027
(000)121-0682
Service
Georye Alusick Sales
& Service
179 UasltiiKjton Avenue
Ouinont. NJ
(201)305-3970
Mel rose Distributing Co.
Glens!tie, PA
(215)007-2425
Manuf. or Oistributor
Home Office
Dr. tdmond f'elta
FMC Corporation
Automotive Service
Equipment Division
10150 West Jefferson Blvd.
Culver City. Calif. 90230
(213)070-9075
(000)421-0602
u>
oo
-------
Distributor
Ford Motor Corp.
Rotunda
Approved Models Sa les
14-, 15-5, 16-, 1U5.
23-, 25- Series
01-0160
36-001
36-001).
40-7%,
.JU 1IW I Jc » •*-* I J\J t.
42-7203. 42-7213,
42-7223, 42-7293,
42-7303, 42-/3I3.
42-V32, 42-73'j
70-0010. 70-0020
70-0009, LLPE-f-IR
02, 04, and 36
Series with I ft
Analyzers
Manuf. or Distributor
Home Office
Mr. Adam Schuff
Ford Motor Corp.
Parts and Service
I1. 0. Box U16
Pennsauken, NJ
(609)662-0021
Mr. W. II. Schaiik
Ford Motor Corp.
Newark District Off.
U. S. Highway #46
Teterboro, NJ 07609
(201)2l'0-9400
Ford Marketiny Corp.
Ford Customer Service
1041 Klmjs lli(jliway
Cherry Hill, NJ 00034
(609)662-0021
Ford Motor Corporation
Newark District Office
U. S. Highway 046
Teterboro, NJ 07609
(201)2011-9400 '
Ford Motor Corporation
Div. Newark District Office
0. S. Highway #46
Teterboro, NJ 07609
(201)200-9400
I
h->
U)
- 32 -
-------
Distributor
Approved Models
Fox Products Co.
1000-
Sales
Mr. Hill Hamilton
1720 N. 10th St.
Philadelphia. PA
19111
(215)329-2700
Mr. Geonje Reed
P. 0. Uox 145
Dresner, PA 19025
(215)613-7707
(000)213-3198
Service
Manuf. or Distributor
Home Office
Cres ton, hie.
109 Flock itoad
Trenton, NJ 00619
(609)507-3331
Fairfield Power Service Co.
031 Fail-field Avenue
Ken11worth. NJ 07033
(201)211-1099
Fox Products Co.
1720 N. 10th Street
Philadelphia, PA 19111
(215)329-2700
J. C. Miller
1i1 ton Road & Burton
Nor tit fie Id. NJ 00225
(609)616-3737
(000)213-3190
Ave.
o
I-1
J>
o
- 33 -
-------
Mauuf. of Distributor
|_MjjJri])utor A|)|Jroved Modi-l_s_ Sales Service Home Office p
Hamilton Tost Systems Autosense 200 Automotive Sensor Hamilton Test Systems Mr. Robert llansman
Technology Uiiulsor Locks, CT 06095 Hamilton Test Systems
21154 Tolbut Street (203)623-1621 Windsor Locks. CT 06905
Philadelphia, PA . (203)623-1621
19136 (000)213-2117
(2I5)69U-0026
I
H-1
-fN
- .14 -
-------
Manuf. or Distributor
I) is trlbutor Approved Models Sa les Service Home Office
lloriba GSM-3003 GSM-300A, Mr. Carl Weik Mr. Jean Massirini Mr. Max Moore
MEXA-300'', MIZXA-300A lloriba Instruments. IMC . lloriba Instruments Inc. lloriba Instruments, Inc.
3001 lladley Ud/Sec.SA 3001 lladley Koad/Sectlon 5A 1021 Duryea Avenue
South Plalnfleld. NJ South Plainfitild, NJ 07000 Santa Ana. Calif. 92705
070flO (201)755-0101
(201)755-0104
a
i
- 35 -
-------
Pi sir I but or
Kal-E(|uip
Approved Models
4094-C6. 4094-D6
Sales
Mr. Howie Rogers
Rogers and Greenbtirg
1219 York Road
Abbinylon, PA 19001
(215)007-7175
Mr. Stanley LuddeM
S-L Marketing
Specialists, Inc.
630 Springfield Avon.
P. 0. Box 206
Oerkeley lleiyltts, NJ
(201)164-0930 07922
(000)352-9000
Service
o
Creston Inc.
109 Flock Road
Trenton, NJ 00619
(609)507-3331
Eastern Electronics
201-5 Essex Street
llackensack, NJ 07601
(201)342-3945
Empire Warehouse Inc.
627 0roadway
Long 0ranch. NJ 07740
(201)222-3004
Fail-field Power Service
834 Fail-field Avenue
Kenilworth, NJ 07033
(201)241-4099
Johnson Electrolab
9th on 44th Street
MaplewooU. HJ 07040
(201)761-4222
Penn Jersey Stores Ji/37
66 North Delsea Drive
Vine land, NJ 00360
(609)696-9705
Phillips Equipment
1061 Madden Avenue
Caniden, NJ 00103
(609)365-4300
Manuf. or Distributor
Home Orfice
Mr. Jim Waiters
Kal-Equipment Co.
41) Uashinyton Street
Otseyo. Michiyari 40070
(000)352-9000
-------
!}is.tr{j)ujLor__
Kal-l^uip(Cont)
Approved Models
Sales
Service
Mariuf. or Distributor
Home Office
Quick Tool Repair
032-C Ilidgewood Avenue
New Brunswick, NJ 00902
(201)046-0001
Snap-On Tools Corporation
1275 Olooiufield Avenue
Fairfield, NJ 07006
(201)575-1666
Sound Service
231 East 3rd Street
Plainfield, NJ 07060
(201)753-1250
(000)352-9000
- 37 -
-------
Muiiuf. or Distributor
[butor _______ Approved Modi; Is _ __ Sales _______ _ ____ rL*LT_yJ£*- ______ _ _ Home Office
Kiny 700^ Kiiiy F-lectronlcs Creston, Inc. Kimj Electronics Co.
129 Woodstock Drive 109 Flock Koad Urecksville, Ohio 11
Newton, PA 11)940 Trenton, NJ OB619
(21S)3!T/-7036 (609)51)7-3334
l:air-field I'ov/er Service Co.
034 Fair-field Avenue
Kenllwortli, NJ 07033
(201)241-4099
(000)243-3490
a
i
- 30 -
-------
j)isj:r ibutor
NAI'A llalkainu
Approved Models^
Sales
Service
Manuf. or Oistibutors
Home Office
015-G0026
14-47076
o
i
NAPA Distribution Ctr
17/0 New Durham Road
S. Plalnfield, NJ
070UO
(201)905-7500
Mr. Frank Scharz
Quaker Ci ty Auto
Parts Co.
N. Broad Street
P. 0. Box 1G?
Middle town. DE 19709
(302)370-9034
Cres tori Inc.
109 Flock Road
Trenton, NJ 00619
(609)507-3334
Eastern Electronics
201-5 Essex Street
llackensack, NJ 07601
(201)342-3945
Empire Warehouse Inc.
627 Broadway
Lon.j Branch, NJ 07740
(201)222-3004
Fairfield Power Service
034 Fairfield Avenue
Kenilworth. NJ 07033
(201)241-4099
Johnson Electrolab
9th on 44th Street
Maplewood, NJ 07040
(201)761-4222
Penn Jersey Stores 037
66 North Do I sea Drive
Vine-land, NJ 00360
(609)696-9705
Phillips Equipment
1061 Madden Avenue
Caimlcn. NJ 00103
(609)365-4300
NAPA Balkaui|j Inc.
2601 South Holt ltd.
P. 0. Box 41000
Indianapolis, IN 46241
(317)244-7241
-------
Ul-LtflLjyLy£ Approved Models
NAI'A llalkainp(Cont)
Sales
Service
Manuf. or Uistributors
Home Office
Quick Tool Repair
832-C lUdijtwooil Avenue
New Urunswick, NJ 00902
('M 1)016-0001
Snap-On Tools Corporation
127'j liloonil ield Avenue
Fair-field, N.) 07006
(201)575-1666
Sound Service
231 tast 3rd Street
Plain field, NJ 07060
(201)753-1260
(000)352-9000
o
I *
-------
Distributor
Peerless
Approved Models
660, 662. 9703.975
Sales
Rocco Zito Associates
0 Rockaway Place
Parsip|>any, NJ 07054
(201)334-7203
(000)323-4205
Service
Johnson Electrolab
Ninth 41th Street
Maplewood, NJ 07010
(201)761-4222
Sound Service
234 E. Third Street
Plainfield, NJ 07060
(201)753-4250
Manuf. or Distributor
Home Oil ice
Mr. Bert Robins
Peerless Instrument Co.
6101 Gross Point Rd.
Chicago, Illinois 6064U
(000)323-4205
o
i
03
- 41 -
-------
Distributor
Sna|i-0n fools
Approved _Mode Ij>_
MT-495, MT-496,
MT-496S, MT-497S
Sales
Service
Mi. lion Smith
Snap-On Tools, Inc.
1275 Uloomfield Ave.
fail-field. NJ 07006
(201)675-1666
Snap-On Tools, Inc.
12/'j Uloomtield Aveu.
fair-field. NJ 07006
(2!01)!i75-l666
Snap-On Tools. Inc.
ID 10 Underwood lilvd.
P. 0. Oox 173
fJelran, NJ Ob07G
Manuf. or Distributor
Home Of rice
Mr. Gene Olson
Snap-On Tools. Inc.
2UOl-OOth Street
Kenosha. Uisconsin
o
42 -
-------
Distributor
Approved Mode 1s
Stewart-Warner
3160A. 3161
Sales
Service
Stewart-Warner Aleniite
Sales Co.
1075 Lousons Road
Union. MJ 07003
(201)607-1100
Stewarl-Uarner Alemite
Sales Co.
930 N. Oth Street
Philadelphia, PA 19123
(215)922-5430
Stewart-Warner Aleniite
Sales Co.
1075 Lousons Road
Union, NJ 070U3
(201)607-1100
Stewart-Warner Aleniite
Sales Co.
930 N. flth Street
Philadelphia, PA 19123
(215)922-5130
Manuf. or Distributor
Home Office
Stewart-Warner Corp.
Aleniite and Instrument
Division
1026 Diversey Parkway
Chicago, 1L 60614
(312)003-6000
o
Oi
o
- 43 -
-------
Distributor
Sun Electric
EPA-75. U-912-1.
EET-9101, EET-9IOI,
EET-945. EET-947.
2001, 1115, 910,
U-9121
Sales
Sun Electric Corp.
1051 I'aulison Ave.
Clifton, NJ 07011
(201)770-6331
Sun Electric Corp.
2520 Myandotte Road
Willow Grove. PA 19090
(215)659-7700
Sun Electric Corp.
1051 Paulisuii Ave.
Clifton, NJ 07011
(201)770-6331
Sun Electric Corp.
2520 Wyandotte Road
Willow Grove. PA 19090
(215)659-7700
Manuf. or Distributor
Home Office
Mr. Robert Vulnec
Sun Elee trie Corp.
Harlem and Avondale
Cliicaijo, Illinois 60631
(312)631-6000
i
t-1
Ui
- 44 -
-------
Manuf. or Distributor
Pis tributor Approved Models SfLliL-L Service Home Office
Texaco B335T Mr. John lielicka Creston, Inc. Mr. John Oelicka
Barnes limjinuering 109 Flock Road llarnes Engineering Co.
30 Commerce Road Trenton, NJ 00619 30 Commerce Road
Stamford, Conn. 06901 (609)507-3334 Stamford. Conn. 06901
(203)340-5301 (203)340-5301
fairfield Power Service Co.
(000)243-3490 034 Fairfield Avenue
Kenilworth, NJ 07033
(201)241-4099
(000)243-3490
I
t-1
Ui
- 45
-------
_ Pis It ibulur Approved Models
Woniaco-Yanaco tlR-101
MAUC-12
Sales
Service
Quick Tool Nepalr
032-C Ridij»iwood Avenue
New Urunswick. NJ
(201)046-0077
T & K Chanjcr Service
62 U. Second Street
Bayuimu. NJ 07002
(201)136-1114
Manuf. or Distributor
Home OfMce
Mr. Takaiuichi Yosliiura
Yaiiatjimolo Mty. Co LTD
20 Josliuncjaiiiae-Cliu,
Slilmotoha
Kushiml-Ku. Kyoto
Japan
Plione:
Kyto 075(611)1311
i
t-4
U)
-------
APPENDIX E
OREGON
DEQ IDLE EMISSION STANDARDS - MEMO ON GUIDELINES FOR
SETTING STANDARDS
PROPOSED MOTOR VEHICLE EMISSION CONTROL INSPECTION TEST
CRITERIA, METHODS AND STANDARDS
S-l
-------
Stite of Oregon
DEPARTMENT Or ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY D.TIS.O~!CZ MZMO
701 Ron Householder' / / Date* February 6, 1975
From: gill Jasper
Subject: QEQ. Idle Em i ss i on • S tandards
Attached are several alternative proposals for the DEQ idle emission
standards. Various guides and patterns were evaluated in composing these
standards. Among them were:
1) 50% carbon monoxide reject rate as it was stipulated in OEQ.'s Clean
Ai r Act IP and TCS;
2) Equitable reject rates among the various classes;
3) Close adherence to the auto manufacturers' recommended maintenance
procedures;
k] Simplicity in implementation and enforcement;
5) Various reject rates for CO and HC;
6) Ease and understanding by the general public;
7) Detecting gross emitters.
Motor vehicles manufacturers certify the emission levels of their products
to the Federal Government, prior to their sale to the general public. These
manufacturers must comply with the same constant volume sampling test procedure
(CVS) and meet the same standards or pass limit. Thus, for any given model
year, all new motor vehicles sold in the United States do not pollute more than
the maximum allowable for the given year of manufacture.
In establishing a regulatory inspection/maintenance program, a number of
questions come to mind. In limiting those questions to those regarding the
technical justification of any selected standards, the field is reduced to a
few germane inquiries. Among these are:
1) How do the test standards relate to the Federal Standards?
2) Are the cars technically and mechanically able to comply with state
idle emission standards?
3) Is the operation of the vehicle adversely affected by compliance with
the emission standard?
' The federal certification emission test is a complex procedure involving
a specific driving pattern of a vehicle on a chassis dynamometer and related
E-2
-------
Ron Householder
February 6, 1375
Page 2
endurance mileage accumulation. The total emissions from the driving cycle
(which includes idle, cruise, acceleration, and deceleration modes) are deter-
mined to ensure the manufacturers' compliance with the federal emission stand-
ard.s. A relationship between idle testing and CVS testing'has been established,
though it does have low overall correlation.' There is, however, a good one-way
relationship in that a car with high emissions measured at idle will, with good
probability, show high emissions on the CVS test. The reverse, however, does
not apply with good probability. This is referred to = s an error of omission,
and while not enabling a direct correlation between an idle test and the CVS
test, indicates that it is possible to identify a portion of those vehicles
which would not comply with the federal standards.
EPA regulations specify the maintanance: a 1 lowed under federal certification
and also specify that those engine tune-up specifications and adjustments as
recommended by the manufacturer be included on a permanent label readily visible
in the engine compartment. Additionally, the manufacturers' documents to the
federal government, under the terms of those regulations, that the maintenance
instructions on that label are reasonable and necessary to assure compliance
with the federal emission standards. These maintenance instructions specify the
recommended engine tuning parameters. The vehicle owner's manual lists the
manufacturers' recommended maintenance and intervals, and these maintenance
recommendations include the checking and adjusting of those same engine para-
meters. The connection between properly maintained vehicles and the ability
of a vehicle to pass the federal emission test is evident since the recommended
vehicle maintenance includes those same adjustments and checks which the
manufacturers perform during the vehicle certification. These base recommenda-
tions are substantially those presented on the engine labels of the vehicles
when they are sold. These labels have been on all cars sold in the United
States since the 1368 model year and have been permanently affexed and usually
include the idle CO setting, since the 1372 model year.
Prior to 1368, most people in the United States demanded and received
smooth, soft, high powered automobiles. These cars had a definite feel about
them. With the advent of emission control s, , the fTianufscturers made certain
changes and added certain devices to their engines in or 'er to reduce the pollu-
tion output. Over the past five years, certain modifications more than others
have affected the vehicle feel or drivability. Among them are: lowered com-
pression ratios so that most cars sold could1use "regular" grade gasoline;
changes in the distributor, modifying the spark advance curve; and carburetor
changes designed to more accurately measure the fuel to the engine. Vehicles
were emission "tuned" as opposed to performance "tuned", and weight and
accessory loads increased, compounding mileage changes and resulting in a
change in engine design and operation. The result was a different vehicle fee!,
The fact that the vehicle feels different that it used to is not an indication
of lessened reliability. In general, reliability has remained as good as ever,
and certain areas have actually increased. Engine wear has been reduced due to
E-3
-------
Ron Householder
February 6, 1375
Page 3
higher engine temperatures reducing acid action on the engine. In-proved fuels
and lubricants coupled with improved design have helped minimize the mainten-
ance required, while supplying better assurance of longer and continued oper-
ation. Tire, suspension, improved lighting, all have contributed to a more
reliable vehicle than was available 20 years ago.
Various technical innovations have been incorporated in these vehicles
to achieve compliance with the federally mandated emission standards. In
QEQ.'s IP, we were given certain credit for those innovations in obtaining com-
pliance with the Federal ambient air levels. The State was also given credit
for CO emission reduction based upon a projected reject rate for any adopted
idle emission inspection maintenance program. The reject rate stated by the
State was 50%. While there was some discussion between the State and EPA
concerning the benefits of such a reject level, 50% is the level which the
State has stated in the IP and TCS that it will strive for in order to bring
Portland into compliance with the Federal ambient air level.
During the past year, the Department has been conducting a voluntary
emission inspection program. During that time, a set of interim idle emission
criteria have been in effect. These criteria were designed to detect gross
emitters and consisted of a series of classes based upon model year. Evalua-
tion of the data obtained indicated that while a good balance of compliance
was -achieved between classes based upon year, there was some discrepancy
among various makes as to fail rates for a given criteria. There was variation
among makes as to the range at which our interim criteria was set above the
manufacturers recommendation.
Based upon the above criteria and philosophy, three approaches to carbon
monoxide standards are listed. The first approach, Table I, lists a series
of standards related to the manufacturers' idle raccmmendations. The second
approach, Table II, lists a series of standards relative to carbon 'monoxide
levels. The third approach, Table III, lists the standards by model year
groupings, the same way as is currently being done in the voluntary program.
The hydrocarbon standards are basically the same for all three alternatives.
The methodology used in developing Table I is as fullows. Analysis of
the data from the voluntary program showed that while we were getting about
the same reject rate among year classes, further review revealed that there
was a disparity among makes as to the reject rates at the interim criteria
levels, and further, that there were often large variations within these age
groups and when further broken down, this was reflected in the make groups.
Additionally, manufacturers' recommendations were often six to 10 times lower
than our • cr iter ia.
A review of literature available in the service industry (Mitchell,
Chilton, and Motors Manuals) was made to determine what the manufacturers'
-------
Ron Householder
February 6, 1375
Page k
settings were. Many manufacturers were contacted and their responses clarified
their recommendations.- The underhood cecals were noted in the voluntary inspec-
tion program and the values listed there were compared to those obtained in the
literature search. With this information available, a listing was drawn up for
all motor vehicles such that the recommended standard level was either equal to
or greater than the manufacturers' recommendation. The individual values are
greater than the manufacturers' idle CO recommendation by 0.5 or 1.0% based upon
a value judgment as to the ability of the specific vehicle class' ability to
meet those standards. The other values are the same as the manufacturers'
upper limit if the manufacturer stipulated a large operating range.
The discussion of the idle CO setting above relates primarily to those
vehicles manufactured after 1967- As far as the older vehicles are concerned,
the idle CO setting is basically set at 6%. There are several good reasons for
this. One is that the experience gained in the voluntary test program indicates
that most vehicles can easily operate at these levels. Maximum power tuning
normally gives an air/fuel (A/F) ratio of about 12.5 which corresponds to about
5-5% CO while maximum economy tuning A/F is about 13-5 or 3% CO. Thus, normal
operation of the ore-emission controlled vehicles is below 6% CO.
Alternative 1 may be considered to be closely related to the highest and
best practicable treatment and control since it relies heavily on the manufac-
turers' experience and know-how in developing a vehicle system capable of
being certified. The allowance built into the standards proposed in Alternative
1 should be sufficient to allow for reasonable deterioration and the problems
associated with repeatability between the State's inspection test and mainten-
ance provided in the privato sector. ~\z sa.~v'cs industry, in general, is
capable of servicing those automobiles new on the road. Various programs are
being continually offered to upgrade and keep the service industry abreast of
the new automotive technology both by educational facilities and by the manu-
facturers themselves. Equipment is aval lab la on the marketplace which enables
the service industry to ensure the accuracy of their settings. The Department
has been circulating the California approval list of infra-red exhaust gas
analyzers for over six months. An individuaj motorist should even be able to
adjust his own vehicle simply by following -the steps and procedures outlined on
the underhood label or in the owner's manual. There is jiso, in the market-
place, a good supply of acceptable quality tune-up tools well within the reach
of the motorist with a desire to do his own work.
Summarizing Alternative 1, the following advantages and disadvantages may
be listed. The CO standards rely heavily on the manufacturers' experience
and knowledge in determining the correct settings for a given automobile. They
are equitable to all car classes in that they require the vehicle to be operated
and maintained as it was designed, or rather that its operation approach the
highest and' best practicable treatment and control for a given design. These
standards will detect gross emitters. The single disadvantage is that based
uoon the experience of the voluntary program, we will have unequitable reject
rates among certain vehicle makes. This is softened somewhat by the enforce-
ment tolerance which can be added for the first year.
E-5
-------
Ron Householder
February 6, 1975
Page 5 • .
Alternative 2 listed in Table II, takes an entirely different approach in
the presentation of the standards. The listing is not by year and make, but
rather by carbon monoxide level. The same basic approach-as Alternative 1 is
used in classifying vehicle groups into CO classes. The advantage of this
approach is that it emphasizes the desired control on carbon monoxide. The
disadvantages, in my opinion, outweigh the advantages. They are that it is
confusing in format, the relationship between manufacturers is not as evident
as the approach in Alternative 1, and in terms, of a working standard, it would
have to be rewritten in a format similar to Alternative 1.
The last alternative shown in Table IN is similar to the criteria cur-
rently being used in the voluntary program. In this approach, the only classi-
fication is by model year. The levels do not necessarily rely on manufacturers'
experience and recommendations. The advantages of this approach are that
there are few numbers" and classes, simplifying the control groups. It emphasizes
the change in federal standards by the chosen year groupings, and it has shown
in the voluntary program chat comparable reject rates are maintained between
year groupings. The disadvantages of this approach ara that it does not relate
to the manufacturers' recommended levels. It generates unequal reject rates
based upon make groups. There are dissimilar allowances over manufacturers'
recommended levels, seme six to 1C times greater, while others are actually
above the limit, thus not necessarily detecting the greater quantity of gross
emitters. It necessitates the use of an exemption list, which in a regulatory
operation, becomes extremely critical should an inspector overlook a vehicle
whi ch may be 1i sted.
All the alternatives contain the same basic set of hydrocarbon standards.
These numbers are similar to our interim criteria. Among the reasons for this
approach are that hydrocarbon excesses are usually associated with mechanical
malfunctions or rnisadjusted ignition components. In terms of carburetor
adjustments, hydrocarbons are little affected with the exception of a lean
misfire (the condition where the amount of fuel is so little that the combustion
process is effected). Hydrocarbons more nearly coincide with age, and engine
cylinder groups. This has been documented in the TRW report for the State of
California along with other studies and noted from our , .-/n voluntary program.
Additionally, there are no definite manufacturers' recommendations for hydro-
carbon settings. Our voluntary program has also shown that with values similar
to those listed, we will be able to detect gross emitters. These values should
not affect the setting of our carbon monoxide standards, and should prove
equitable among the various classes.
Diesel vehicles and two-stroke cycle vehicles will be exempt from the
hydrocarbon check. This is cone because diesel hydrocarbons must be measured
by a more sophisticated sampling technique than we will be using. Two-stroke
cycle vehicles are exempt because even when they are operating perfectly,
the hydrocarbon levels are in the range of 2000 to ^000 ?pm. Justification
for the exemption is based upon engine design and the low carbon monoxide
levels obtainable from both of these engines.
E-6
-------
Ron Householder
February 6, 1575
Pace 6
Also in the standards is the need for checking the carbon monoxide balance.
This can be done by checking the combined CO plus CO readings. If it is less
than 1 Ofc it can be readily assumed chat we are not gettfng a correct sa-ple.
Engine testing and combustion theory show that the range of this carbon balance
is between lit and 22% and is a function of the air/fuel ratio. Diesels and
two-stroke cycle engines should be exempt from this requirement because of
the inherent differences in the design which causes change in the mass flow
rate, affecting the carbon balance.
Smoke checks should only be made at a steady-state idle, and include both
tailpipe and breather. Checks at other conditions, while indicating problems,
are outside the current definition and intent of the proposed regulations.
The reject rates associated with Table I are shown in Table IV. Reviewing
Table IV, one can see the effect of carbon monoxide and hydrocarbon standards.
It is recognized that reject rates are heavier on some particular makes than
others. 3ut experience indicates that these classes can be brought into
comp1iance with minimal cost and effects on reliability.
Taking all the factors into consideration, the alternative in Table I
is the most justifiable on the basis of a technical recommendation. This
approach utilizes the experience and knowledge of the ,-anuf act'jrers in setting
the standards and has the best chance of relating to the settings required for
compliance with the Federal CVS test.
WPJ:mg
1-7
-------
13 70.
Hanuf acfjr er
Factor*/ Idle CO DEO Standard Tolerance
• I.
2.
,3.
.4.
5 .
6 .
7 .
3.
I9'
io.
LI.
12.
b.
14.
Alpha Rcneo
AMC
139,232 6 cylinder
304,360,390 73
Audi
BMW
1500
2002
2500
2800
British Leyland
a) Austin Aaerica
b) Jaguar
c) MG Midget
Sprite Mk IV
MG3
MGC
d) Rover
e) Triuaph
Spitfire Mk 3
TR 6
G7 6+
Checker
Chrysler
. 198, 225 6 cylinder '
313, 340, 383 VS
440, 426 V3
Citroen
Colt
Darsun
Sedan, Wagon, ?U
15CO
• 2000
2402
Ferrari
Fiat
350
124 Sedan, Wagon, Coupe,
Ford
170 6 cyl.
200 S cyi.
240 6 cyl.
250 5 cyl.
302
302 Boss
351C
35 1W
390
428CJ
429
429CJ
429 Boss
460 Lincoln
General Motors
a) Buick
250 6 cyi.
350, 455 V3
A/F Ratio=14.1
14.1
0.3-1.0
0.3-1.0
1.5-2.5
1.5-2.5
3.5
2.5
2.5
4.5
3.0
1.0-3.5
0.5-2.5
0.5-2.5
A/F Ratio- 14. 2
0.5%
2.0-4.0
2.0-0.2
2.0-0.2
2.0
Spider
1.0
1.5
1.5
0.44
2.3
0.9
0.3
0.12
2.15
0.75
0.35
2.3
1.0
E-8
4.0
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
5.0
4.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
4.0
5.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5 '
4.0
5.0
5.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.5 •
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.0
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.5
0.0
0.5 '
0.5
0. 5
0.5
1.0
0.0
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
-------
1370
tor/ Idle CO DEO Standard Tolerar.ca
b) Cadillac
472, 500 V8 1.5 0.5
c) Chevrolet
153 4 cyl. 2.5 0.5
230, 250 5 cyl. 1.5 0.5
307, 350, 400, 402 V3 1.5 0.5
454 V8 1.5 0.5
d) Oldsuiobila
250 6 cyl. 1.5 0.5
350, 455 V8 1.5 0.5
e) Pontiac
250 6 cyl. 1.5 0.5
350, 400, 455 73 1.5 0.5
15. Honda 5.0 0.5
15. International 4.0 0.5
17. Mazda 4.0 0.5
13. Mercedes 3enz
220/3 3.0-4.0 5.0 0.5
250/3., 230S/3 1.3-2.3 5.0 0.5
230 SE/3, 23CSL/3 3,5-5.0 5.0 0.5
300 SEL/3, 300 SZL/3 3.5-5.0 5.0 0.5
600 3.5-5.0 5.0 0.3
19. Coel
1.1 engine 2.0 3.0 0.5
1.3 engine . 3.0 0.5
20. Peugeot 504 2.5-0.5 4.0 0.5
21. Porsche
911£ 3.0-0.5 5.0 0.5
9115 3.0-0.5 5.0 0.5
9117 3.5-4.5 31200 rpm 5.0 0.5
914 4 cyl. 5.0 0.5
914 6 cyl. 4.0 5.0 0.5
22. Renault RIO, R1S 5.0 0.5
23. Pills ?.oyc2, aeatlay 4.0 0.5
24. Saai 3.0 0.5
25. Subar-u 4.0 0.5
22. Toyota
3KC 4.0 3.5
3?«C 4.0 0.5
2M 4.0 0.5
2M3 4.0 0.5
SRC 2.0-3.0 4.0 0.5
3RC 2.0-3.0 4.0 0.5
F 4.0 0.5
27. Volkswagen
Type I 2.3-3.1 3.0 0.5
Type II 2.3-3.1 ^ 3.0 0.5
Ty^e III 2.3-3.1 , 3.0 0.5
23. Volvo
3203 2.0 4.0 0.5
3303 2.0 4.0 3.5
-------
1371.
/5.
.
9.
,0.
12.
13.
14.
Manufacturer
Alpha Romeo 1750
AJ-tC
232 5 cyl.
304, 360, 400 73
Audi
Super 90
100 LS
3MW
1500 4 cyl.
2002 4 cyl.
2SOO 5 cyl.
2300 6 cyl.
British Leyland
a) Austin
b) Jaguar
Factorv Idla CO
0.3-2,2
CSC S tandard
3.0
Toisrar.ca
0.5
XJ5 Sedan
c) MG
Midget
MG3
d) Rover 350GS
e) Triumph
Checker
Chrysler
198, 223'5 cyl
313, 340, 360, 333 73
400, 425, 440 78
Citroen
Celt
Crickett
Datsun
1200 Sedan
510 Sedan, wagon
2402
? i ck up
Ferrari
Fiat
350 Sedan
350 Coupe, Spider, Racer
Ford
1500 4 cyl.
2000
170
200
240
250
302 73
351C,
390 73
400 73
429 73
429 73
460 73
4 cyl.
6 cyl.
5 cyl.
5 cyi.
6 cyl.
Boss
A/T: 13.5 3.0
1.5
1.5
0,3-1.0
0.3-1.0
1.5-2.5
1.5-2.5
3.5
2.5
4.5
3-5
0.5-2.5
A/?: 14.2
0.5
0.5
0.5
4.0-""?
0.3
2.0
2.0 air
6 . 0 pur.p
2.0 disc.
4.5;0.5
2.0-0.5
1.5
1.2
1.0
1. 5
1.0
1.5
0.4
0.2
0.7
0.2
0.3
0.9
. 3.5
3.5
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
3.0 •
5.0.
4.0
3.0
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
3.0
5.0
7.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
5.0
3.0
2.0 .
2.-0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
.0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
E-10
-------
1971 .
io .
17.
13.
13.
20.
21.
22.
22.
24.
25,
25.
c)
d)
e)
Manuf acrtur ar
General Motors
a) 3uick
250 5 cyl.
350, 455 V3
b) Cadillac
472, 500 VS
Chevrolet
140, 4 cyl.
250, 6 cyl.
307, 350 V3
400 VS
402, 454 V3
Oldsnobile
250 5 cyl.
350, 455 V3
Pontiac
250 5 cyl.
307, 350, 400, 455
Hcnda
Intamational
Mazda
Piston
Rotary
He re aces '3enz
. 220 4 cyl.
250 6 cyl.
250C, 23GS
230SZ, SZL, SL
280SZ/300SEL 3 cyl.
300 SSL (5.3), 600
C?ei
1.1 sngir.e
1.9 engine
Peugeot
304
504
Porsche
314 4 cyl.
914 6 cyl.
911T
911Z
911S
Renault
RIO
•US
Rolls Royce 5 Bentley
Saab 99.
3uba.ru
Toycca
Corolla 3XC
Corolla 2Tc
Corona SRC
Crown 2M
Land Cr-jiser ?
Hi lux 3RC
Factorv Idla CO
DEO Standard
2.0
1.0
0.5
0.5
1.0
1.0
0.5
1.0
1.0
1.3-2.3
1.5-3.5
1.5-3.0
2.50-0.5
4.0
3.5^4.5 (11200
3.0-0.5
3.0-0.5
2.0-0.5
2.5
1.0-4.0
2.0-3.0
2.0-3.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5 '
1.5 '
1.5
5.0
4.0
4.0
3.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
0.5
0.5
0.5
0,5
0.5
0.5
0.5
> 0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.0
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0. 5
E-ll
-------
I
I
1971
Manufacturer Factory Idle CO DEQ Standard Tolarar.ca
L3. Volkswagen
Sedan, Conv. , Xaraan Ghia 1.5-r3.0 3.0 0.5
5tat. Wagon, Transporter 1.5-3.0 3.0 0.5
Sc. Back, Fast Back 3.0 0.5
Volvo
.3203 4 cyl. ' 2.0-3.0 4.0 0.5
320S 4 cyl. 1.0-2.0 4.0 0.5
330A 5 cyl. 2.5-3.5 4.0 0.5
E-12
-------
1972
Manufacturer
Factorv Idle CO
DEO Standard
Tolerance
1.
2.
3.
4.
2 .
6.
7.
a _
a_
13.
i 2.4
12 .
13.
14.
15.
Alpha Rosso
A.MC
232, 253 5 cyl
304, 360, 401 V8
Audi
Super 90
100 LS
3MW
2002
2002 Tii
Bavaria, 3.0CS
British ley land
a) Austin Marina
b) Jaguar
XI
-------
1372.
Manufacturer
Factor-/ Idle CO
DZQ Standard
Tolerance
&.
I
f
1
1
2
•
•
25.
15
7
Ford (cant.)
400 73
429 73
460 73
General Motors
a) 3uick 350, 455 73
b) Cadillac 472, 500 73
c) Chevrolet
140 4 cyl.
250 5 cyl.
307, 350 73
d) Olds.-obil3
3) ?ontiac
250 5 cyl.
307, 350 78
400, 455 73
Honda.
600 Sedan
350, 455
oupe 2
International
Mazda
1200
1300
' 616
303
RX2
Mercedes Senz
220
250
230SZ
2303Z, SZL 4.5
300 SZL 4.5
350SL 4.5
SCO
C?ei 1900'
Sedan
Wagon
CTT Couoe
PeugGot
Porschs
914
9117
911Z
9115
Renault
R12
R15
R16
R17
Roils Royca * Santi
Saab
•\ • 1 ' r A
.-\ii V t
oar
ay
0.1
0.3
0.5
0.3
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
0
0
2.
j. ,
1
^ •
0.
0.
0.
0-4
0-4
5-4
5-4
5-4
5-4
-3
-3
0-3
0-1
5-3
5-2
5-2
5-2
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
,-\
. 5
. 5
. 5
.0
.0
.0
1.0-4.0
1.5-2.5
.5-2.
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.9
1.0
1.0
1.0
5/0
5.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0..3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0. 5
0.5
0.5
0.3
0. 5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.0
O.C
0.5
0. 5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0,5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.3
2.5
3.5
3.0
-------
1972
Man of ac-tar ar
Factory Idle CO
C£Q 3 tandard
Tolerar.sa
23. Subara ffl 1300G
29. Tcyoca
2XC
2TC
13RC
42-1
20. Volkswagen
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
Type 4
31. Volvo
3203 4 cyl.
320Z 4 cvl.
320F
cvl.
330A 6 cyl.
3301 6 cyl.
330? 5 cyl.
1.0-3.0
2.0-3.0
2.0-3.0
2.0-3.0
1.0-3.3
2.0-3.0
3.0
0.5
1.0-1.5
1.0-1.5
1.0-1.5
2.5
1.0-1.5
1.0-1.5
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
0.5
•^ x
'•*/ . 3
0.5-
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
E-15
-------
1373 .
1.
3.
A
5.
6.
7 .
3.
9.
10.
h.1.
12.
13.
14.
15.
15 .
Manufacture r
Alpha '?.asao (all)
232, 253. 6 cyl.
304, 360, 401 VS
Audi (all)
3i-!W
2002
2002 Tii
Bavaria & 3. CCS
British Ley land
a) Austin, Austin Healey,
Morris, Austin Marina
b) Jaguar XiS Sedan V12
c) MG Midget
MG3
d) Rover
e) Triuir.ph
GTS
T?.6
Stag
Checker
L'JV
Chrysler
193, 225 5 cyl.
313, 340, 360, 400, 440 '
Citroen
Colt
Courier
Crick ett
Datsun
1200
1SOO S ?U
1300
2402
Ferrari
Fiat
350
124 Sedan, Wagon
124 Coupe, Spider
123
Ford
1500, 2000, 4 cyl.
200 3 cyl.
250 5 cyl.
302, 351C, 351W
'351
400, 429
460
Factory Idle CO DE
0.3-2.2
1.0-1.5
0.5-1.0
1.0-0.5
0.3-1.2
2.0-3.0
1.5-2.0
2.0
4.5
2.5
2.5
3.5
0.5-2.5
0.5-2.5
0.5-2.5
0.5-2.5
1.0-3.0
A/F 14.2
0.5
, .+1.0
3.3- .
0.3
0.3-1.5
1.5-0.5
1.5^0.5
1.5-0.5
1.0-1.6 31400 rpn
2.070.5
3.0^0.5
2.0-0.5
1.5
. 0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.4
:0 Standard
3.0
2.0
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
1.0
3.0
1.0
1.0
3.0
5.0
2.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3.0
4.0
2.5
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
Tolerance
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
9.5
0.5
0.5
E-16
-------
1973.
Manufacturer Factory Idle CO DEQ Standard Tolerance
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
3.0 0.5
3.0 0.5
3.0 0.5
4.5 0.5
4.0 0.5
4.0 0.5
3.0 0
2.0 0.5
2.0 0.5
2.0 0.5
2.5 0.5
3.0 0.5
3.0 0.5
3.0 0.5
3.0 0.5
3.0 0.5
3.0 0.5
3.0 0.5
3.0 0.5
3.0 0.5
4.0 0.5
4.0 0.5
4.0 0.5
3.0 0.5
3.0 0.5
ype 1 3.0 0.5
•V-s 2 1.0-3.0' 3.0 0.5
v^e 3 3.0 0.5
,• i .1 ,i. ;
E-17
17.
13.
19 .
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
4 C .
29.
30 .
General Motors
a) 3uicx 350 V3
455 V3
b) Cadillac 472, 500
c) Chevrolet
140 4 cyl.
250 o cyl.
307, 350 V3
400, 454 V3
d) Oldsmobile
250 5 cyl.
350 V3
455 V3
e) Pontiac
250 6 cyl.
350, 400, 455 V3
Honda
•500 Sedan, Coupe
Civic
International 345
Jensen Healey
Mazda
303
Pick Up
?J<2, 2X3
Mercsces Ben 2
220
230 S 2SOC
All 4.5 liter
Opel
Peugeot
Porsche
914
9117
9112 5 S
Renault
P.olls 2oyce S 3entiey
Saab
All 74
99S
Subaru 1400
Tsyora
3SC
2TC
i=?,C
4.'!
r
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
2.0-4.0
2.0
1.5
1-5-2.5
1.5-2.5
0 -3.0
0 -1.5
0 -1.5
0.5-2.0
0.0-1.5
1.5-2.0
1.5-2.5
2.5
1.0-3.0
1.0-4.0
1.0-4.0
1.0-4.0
i . Q- 3 . Q
1.0-3.0
-------
1973.
Manufacturer Factory Idle CO DZQ acar.card Talaraass
Volvo
3203 2.5 3.0 0.5
320F 1.0-1.5 3.0 Q.5
330A 2.5 3.0 .0.5
330F 1.0-1.5 3.0 . 0.5
E-18
-------
1374.
Manufacturer
Facto rv Idle CO
Tolerance
Alpha ^.crr.ao 2000
0.3-2.0
3.0
o ,
7
12.
13,
T /»
2j^ o cyi.
253 6 cyl.
304 73
360 73
401 78
Audi
Fox
100LS
3MW
2002
2002 Tii
Bavaria i 3.0CS
British Leyiand
Austin, Austin Healey,
Morris, Austin Marina
' Jaeruar
XJ6
XJ12
712 "I" Type
MG
Midget
MG3
Rover
Spitfire
T36
Chevrolet L'JV
Chrysler Corp.
193 5 cyl.
225 6 cyl.
. 313 73
360 73
400 73
440 73
Citroen
Coiw, Dodge
1500
1200
Courier, Ford 109.6 cid
Cricxept, Plymouth
Datsun
510
520
710
3210
2502
Ferrari
Fiat
124
123 sedan, wagon
123 Xl/9
'"'•• '•" ^ ^_1 n
vj . 3 — • • J
air
without
air 1.0-1.5
1.0-0.6
1.5-0.5
1.0-1.2
1.5 Max.
2.0 Max.
2.0"
4 . 5 air
4 . 5 punp
4.5 .disc.
2,5
2.5
2.0;1.0
2.0-1.0
1.0
0. 5
(Readings with
air puitip, if any,
disco nnec-ad)
3.0-4.5
3.0-4.5
less than 2%
3.0 (air disc. )
1-5
1.5
1.5^0.5
1.0-1.6 (air disc)1
0.5^0.3
1.0-0.5
1.0-0.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
2
3
3
4
3
3
1
. 1
1
1
i
1
3
5
5
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
.0
.0
^
. -V
. 0
.0
. 5
. 5
,-\
. w
.0
. 5
. 5
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
. 5
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
. 5
. 5
. 5
. 5
. 5
. 5
. 5
. 5
. 5
^
'w
Q
0
Q
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Q
n
0
0
0
0
0
o
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
. 5
. 5
. 5
5
•5
.5
. 5
5
.5
.5
. 5
. 5
.5
. 5
. 5
. 5
. 5
. 5
. 5
. 5
. 5
_ 5
i
. 5
. 5
.5
. 5
. 5
. 5
. 5
. 5
. 5
. 5
. 5
, ^
. 5
.C
• 2
. C
. 5
E-19
-------
1974
Manufacfurer Factory Idle CO DEQ Standards Tolerance
2.0 0.5
2.0 0.3
1.0 0.3
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.3
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.3
1-0 .0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
1.0 0.5
3.0 0.3
3.0 0.5
4.5 0.5
4.5 0.5
2.0
4.0 0.5
4.0 0.5
2.0 0.5
2.0 0.3
2.0 0.5
2.5 0.5
3.0 0.5
3.0 0.5
3.0 0.3
3.0 0.5
3.0 0.3
is.
V
•
h 7
b ' *
'13.
19.
1
20.
21.
22.
'23.
24.
Ford
2000cc 4 cyl.
2300cc 4 cyl.
2SCO 76
200 5 cyi.
250 3 cyl.
302 73
351W 73
3 SIC 78
400 73
460 73
General Motors
a) 3uick
250 o cyl.
350 78
455 73
b) Cadillac
472 73
500 73
c) Chevrolet
140 4 cyl.
250 6 cyi.
350 73
400 73
454 73
d) CMC
a) Olds^obile
250 5 cyl.
350 73
455 73
f) Pontiac
250 6 cyl.
350 73
400 73
455 73
Honda Civic 75 cid, 4 cyl.
International Harvester
Jensen Kealay
J-H Interceptor
Mazda
Rotary
308
Pick-up
Mercedes 3enz
230
230 S 230C
4.5 Liter
Opel
Peugeot
Porsche
511
911S Carerra
914 1.3 1
914 2.0 1
1.0-1.5
. 0.12-0.25.
0.2-0.5
0.2-1.5
0.2-1.0
0.5
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.05-0.25
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2-1.0
2.5-4.0
0.1-2.0
4.0
1.5-3.5
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
0.5^2.0
1.0-2.0
4.
1.5-0.5
1.5-0.5
2.5-0.5
2.0-1.0
E-20
-------
1974
Factorv idle CO
C£Q Standards Tolaranca
25.
25.
27.
23.
29.
30.
31.
Renaul"
312
RI5
R17 TL
R17 G
Rolls Reyes & Sentley
Saab
74
99E
Subaru 1400
Toyo-ca
3XC
2TC
13RC
4M
?
Volksvagen
T"-'Ca 1
Type 2
Type 4
Type 14
Type 131
Dasher
Volvo
. 3203
320?
330A
330F
4.0 air
4.0 purap
4.0 disc.
2.5-3.0
1.5-2.0
2.5 max
1.0-3.0
1.0-4.0
1.0-4.0
1.0-4.0
1.0-4.0
1.0-3.0
2.0-4.0
1.0-3.0
2.0-4.0
2.0-4.0
0.6-2.0
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.0-1.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3..0
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
E-21
-------
ROBERT W. STRAUS
5. A. McPHIlUf>S
Ouirm«rt. Mc'Aiflft"*"!*
C3AC3 S. ?HINNeT
C^rv»«til
JJ-CXiTN L HAUOCX
?o.tl«nd
.<. CJGTHrM
JCNAIO M. SOM6SS
Tn» 0*i!«3
KS23U3 3. CANNON
QUALITY COMMI
1 234 S.W. MORRISON STREET 3 PORTLAND, ORE. 97205 » Telephone (503) 229-5696
To: Environmental Quality Commission
From: Director
Subject: Agenda Item'No. H, March 28r 1375 EQC Meeting
Proposed Motor Vehicle Emission Control Inspection Test
Cr i tsr ia,__Mathods _and S candards
Backg round
At its meeting of December 20, 137^, the Environmental Quality
Commission reviewed a Department report en the status or the voluntary
vehicle emission control inspection program. The Commission also
authorized the holding of public hearings to consider proposed motor
vehicle emission control inspection test criteria, methods, and
standards.
Four public hearings were scheduled for the evenings of February
20th in Gresham, February 21st in Oregon City, February 2^:11 in
Hillsboro, and February 25th in Portland. These hearings were for
the purpose of obtaining additional technical and operational infor-
mation prior to submitting the finally proposed rules to the Commis-
sion. A copy of the Hearings Officer report is attached.
Over 1,300 notices of these public hearings were mailed on
January 20 and 21, 1375- Notice of the hearings was published in
the Administrative Rules Bulletin on February 1, 1375- Additionally,
notice of the hearings was published by Automotive Mews of the Pacific
Northwest in their January issue, received by the-Department on
February 20, 1375- Various news media also carried the fact that
these hearings were being held.
A copy of the Department report Chat was available at these
informational hearings, along with proposed rules, has been includad
in the Commission's workbooks and is also available at this hearing.
E-22
-------
Environmental Quality Commission
March 23, 1975
Page 2
Proposal Overview
Basically, the proposals under consideration call for the emission
control inspection of light duty motor vehicles, including ^/'^ ton pick-
ups and vans, at state operated facilities. The one major exception to
this is that fleet operations having 100 or more vehicles may be author-
ized to inspect their own fleet vehicles. It should be noted that these
proposals do not apply to new vehicles upon their initial registration.
These proposals are not intended to require the addition of any
pollution control equipment not originally installed on the vehicle
model. The proposed requirements are intended to detect those vehicles
which have not been properly maintained to minimize pollution. Speci-
fic conditions are set for diesel powered and for two-stroke cycle
engine vehicles. Neither standards for motorcycles nor for heavy duty
vehicles are included in these initial orooosals.
Proposal Changes Following the Public Hearings of February 20, 21,
2k, and 25. 1975
Section 24-305, Definitions: The only change of substance made
here was in the definition of "Light duty motor vehicle fleet opera-
tion" (17). The change is the addition of the phrase "excluding
those vehicles held primarily for the purposes of resale." This
change would generally preclude used car dealers from being licensed
as fleet operations.
Section 2*1-310, Test method: The only change made to the test
method was in subsection (7), where the maximum preconditioning
time at high, idle is now also specified.
Section 2'-r-32Q, Test criteria:, Changes were made to subsections
(1) and (2) so that an enforcement tolerance was provided for the first
year of regulatory operations. Testimony was eceived curing the
earlier public hearings that subsections (3) and (^) should be deleted
and thus no inspection of the pollution control equipment 5e mace.
The Department rejects his viewpoint. In subsection (6) the phrase,
"except that any requirement for evaporative control systems shall
be based upon the model year of the chassis" was added. Thus, in
those cases when a late engine is to be put into an early chassis, it
would not be necessary to also chance the fuel tank system.
Section 2*4-330, Idle standards: Various detail chances have
been made to subsection (1), the proposed idle carbon monoxide limits.
An additional change recommended co the listed standards you have is
the addition of an enforcement tolerance through June, 137=, of 0.5%
E-23
-------
Environmental Qua 1 icy Commission
March 28, 1975
Page 3
for 1375 and subsequent mode! vehicles. Also, a correct ion-should
be made on page 9 for the pre-1933 .iG and Triumph. The cash is to
be changed to a zero for the enforcement tolerance.
Subsection (2), hydrocarbon standards have likewise been changed
in detail. The base standard for pre-1963 model year and 1975 model
year vehicles has been increased. The enforcement tolerance for
pre-1975 models has also been increased. It is' recommended that an
enforcement tolerance of 100 ppm be incorporated to standards for
the 1975 and subsequent model year vehicles.
Subsection (k) has been added in an attempt to provide an
administrative procedure for handling oversight situations until
the Commission is able to act on the matter.
Section 2^-3^0, Qualification criteria: Subsection (11) was
added to this section.
Section 2^-350, Gas analytical system: No changes have been
made to this section.
Recommendat ion
It is the Director's recommendation that following the public
hearing and upon consideration of the testimony presented, the
proposed criteria, methods and standards be adopted.
KE35UA R. CANNON
Di rector
RCH:mg
3/19/75
£-24
-------
RC5c?,T W. 5TRAU3
GGVSRNOU
iX 2. CANNON
Dir««0f
DEPARTMENT Or
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
1234 S.W. MORRISON STREET ° PORTLAND, OREGON a 97205 • (503) 229-5211
MEMORANDUM
To:
From:
Director
Pgter McSwain
Subject: Vehicle Emission Control Inspection Program Public Hearings
Report
MINUTES
After the required publication and notice to required carties,
including the most widespread publication feasible to the Department,
Public Hearings were conducted as follows:
On the 20th of February in the Council Chambers for the City of
Gresham, 150 West Powell Street, Gresham, Oregon.
On the 21st of February in the Clackanas County Health Department
Auditorium, 1425 Kaen Road, Oregon City, Oregon.
On the 24th of February in the Washington County Administration
'Building, 150 North First Avenue, Hillsboro, Oregon.
On the 25th of February in the Council Chambers of the City of
Portland, 1220 S.W. 5th Avenue, Portland, Oregon.
All hearings commenced at 7:30 p.m. Attendance was relatively light
in view of the issue's potential effect on all registered vehicle ov/nars
in the Portland Metropolitan Service District. The most heavily attended
meeting was on the evening of February 20, when about forty-five persons
were in attendance.
These hearings, though prefaced by the usual rule ~aking .hearing
requirement of notice, did not, in effect, constitute such. Rather,
they were informal, designed for purposes of cublic information and
the gathering of comment to be placed before the Commission in its
rule making action. •
E-25
-------
- 2 - .
In large measure, the hearings took the form cf public questions
about the proposed rules and the program in general. Mr. Householder
answered these to everyone's satisfaction and the hearings proved very
educational to those who attended.
-------
- 3 -
5) Mr. McRcbert and several others foresaw problems in the
application of Section 24-320(6) because some engines bear no identifi-
cation mark as to model year, the same having been obliterated. Further,
there was question as to whether the rule would require addition of
pollution devices carried by the manufacturer for a given engine year
but not attached to the engine or replaced normally when one replaces
an engine with a later model engine.
Mr. Adelhaat and others questioned whether certain categories of
automobiles (such as late 50's and'early SO's GM products with full
vacuum advance) could pass the criteria set forth in Section 24-330.
Porche vehicles were said to be unable to meet any emission requirements
that might be formulated by the Department.
It was questioned whether the rule ought to contain an exemption
for older owners or others whose funds were insufficient to provide
the periodic tuneups which would result if the rule were invoked in
present form. '
Other issues' raised during the hearing proved to flow from a
misunderstanding of the proposed rule which could be clarified for
the party making inquiry.
Mr. Maurice Saker questioned the Department's efforts in getting
the public informed as to the nature of the program and the opportunity
to be heard. He was informed that extensive mailing and press release
activity within the limitations feasible, given the Department's budget
were undertaken but had resulted in less response than was hoped.
CONCLUSION
The Department's Vehicle Inspection Division was represented at
all four hearings and will grant due consideration to all relevant
testimony for purposes of further evaluation and recommendation to the
Commission.
Respectfully submitted,
Patar McSwain
Hearings Officer
PWM:vt
£-27
-------
PERT W. STRAUS
GOVESNCB
*. CANNON
Olnear
DEPAaRTMSNT OF
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
1234 S.W. MORRISON S7RS=T • PORTLAND, ORE. 97205 « Telephone (503) 229- 6235
MEMORANDUM
TO ' :
FROM :
SUBJECT:
General Distribution
Vehicle Inspection Division
Proposal for Motor Vehicle Emission Control Inspection
Test Criteria, Methods and Standards to be discussed at
Public Hearings on February 20, 21, 2**, and 25, 1975
Vehicle Inspection Program Background
The Federal Clean Air Act of 1970 directed the Environmental Protection
Agency to establish air pollution standards, and required state governments to
develop implementation plans for achieving and maintaining compliance with the
national standards.
During 1971, the EPA established national ambient air standards for various
pollutants, including carbon monoxide, and set the criteria for development of
state implementation plans to meet those standards. Also in 1971, Oregon legis-
lation was adopted which directed the Department of -Environmental Quality to
develop a periodic motor vehicle emission inspection program.
In January, 1972, Governor McCall submitted Oregon's implementation plan
Co the EPA. This plan included provisions for both transportation control measures
and a periodic motor vehicle inspection program to help bring automotive oro-
duced pollutants into compliance with national standards. This plan was sub-
mitted to the Governor by the Environmental Quality Commission (EQC) following
their consideration of the plan and the testimony received at public hearings
held in Eugene, Medford, and Portland.
The EQC reviewed a comprehensive staff report regarding motor vehicle
emission control activity at its October 25, 1972 meeting. This report contained
several recommendations from the Director for Commission approval.
These recommendations, which the commission did approve, were:
1. Approval of the basic concept of a vehicle inspection program as
outlined in the reoort.
i-28
OEQ/V10 730"3
-------
-2-
2. Authorization for the Oirector to:
a. Proceed with arrangements to hold a public hearing to designate
those counties in which the program would be enacted.
b. Prepare necessary legislative proposals to provide specific
authorization and funding for state operated inspect-ion facilities.
c. Request funds from the Emergency 3oard to initiate a pilot vehicle
inspection program.
The basic concept of the inspection program outlined in the staff reoort
was that of state operated facilities conducting annual emission control tests
in the four county Portland Metropolitan area. Meeting the standards of trie
testing program was a requirement for vehicle license renewal as specified in
the Oregon laws, passed by the 1971 Legislative Session.
The Commission, at its meeting of March 2, 1973, adopted a rule to initiate
the inspection program- in Clackamas, Columbia, Multnomah, and Washington Counties
beginning January 1, 197^. This rule was later amended to delete Columbia County
and to delay initiation of the program until March 3', 197^-
The Oregon Stats Emergency 3card, during their meeting of August 15, '973,
authorized the Department to use the appropriation provided by the 1973 Legis-
lative Assembly for the initiation of a voluntary inspection program. in
October, 1973, EPA Administrator Russell Train approved the Transportation
Control Strategy for Portland as submitted in final form by Governor McCail.
This strategy is actually a part of the implementation plan, but deais specifi- '
ca11y with motor vehicle pollutants and the!r -control. The strategy provided
in greater detail the specifics for control of motor vehicle pollutants which
basically consist of public transportation improvements, a reorganization and
management of parking, traffic flow improvements, and a vehicle inspection and
maintenance system.
.In February, 1971*, the Special Legislative Session considered and favorably
acted upon a bill which increased the allowable inspection fee to a S; maximum
so as to make the program self supporting fromt receipt of inspection fees. This
legislative action further set the boundaries of the insp ction program as the
Metropolitan Service District boundaries surrounding Portland, required an
annual inspection rather than just at time of license renewal, and set the start-
up date for regulatory operations as July, 1975-
Additional information on the status of the voluntary program and inspection/
maintainance programs in some other state is included in Appendix A.
Proposals: Motor Vehicle Emission Control inspection Test Criteria. Methods.
and Standards
The Department began operation of the voluntary inspection program in
earnest during 197^- To date, over 35,000 emission tests have been conducted
E_29 ucu/v,, ,^,,
-------
-3-
The department has used the data and experiences gained from operation cf this
voluntary program -- as well as studies and experiences from other areas around
the country — in'developing these proposals for rules.
Basically, the proposals under consideration call for the emission concrol
inspection of light duty motor vehicles, including 2/k ton pickups and vans, at
state operated facilities. The one major exception to this is that fleet oper-
ations having 100 or more vehicles may be authorized Co inspect their own fleet
vehicles. It should be noted that these proposals do not apply to new vehicles
upon their initial registration.
These proposals are not intended to require the addition of any pollution
control equipment not originally installed on the vehicle model. The proposed
requirements are intended to detect those vehicles which have not been properly
maintained to minimize pollution. Specific conditions are set for diesel powered
and for two-stroke cycle engine vehicles. Neither standards for motorcycles
nor for heavy duty vehicles are included in these initial proposals.
Section 2*4-305, Definitions: Probably one of the most significant
definitions in this section is that of light duty motor vehicles. These
vehicles are defined as being self-propelled, used on public roads for trans-
porting persons or commodities, and having a gross vehicle weight of 8,^00
pounds or less.
The definition of fleet operation restricts self-inspect ion to those
operations which own, control, or manage, or a combination thereof, not less
than 100 Oregon registered in-use, light duty motor vehicles.
Section 2^-310, Test Method: The test method described is an idle
test with a preconditioning procedure. Vehicles with dual exhausts are to be
compared to the standards using the average of the exhaust gas readings.
Section 2*1-320, Test Criteria: Test criteria are actually very
similar to test standards, except that the criteria are not involved with direct
measurement of exhaust pollutants. A vehicle will not meet Che proposed criteria
if the exhaust system leaks excessively, nor if the engine idle speed is sec
excessively high so that it is operating into the main ci.cuitry of the carbure-
t ion system.
All 1963 or newer model vehicles -- it is to be noted chat the vehicle
model is defined by the engine and not the chassis -- will be inspected to
insure that factory installed pollution control systems are properly operational
and functional. Specific control systems which must not be disconnected, plugged,
or otherwise made inoperative are listed in subsection (3). Subsection (k}
specifies chat the use of non-original equipment replacement parts solely for
the purposes of maintenance according to the manufacturers' instructions or for
the repair or replacement of defective or worn out parts, is authorized unless
a reasonable basis exists for knowing chat such parts will adversely efface
emission control efficiency. It is proposed chat the Department maintain a
E-30 OEQ/VIO 73043
-------
-k-
listing of those-parts which have bean determined to adversely effect emission
control efficiency. Subsection (k) further specifies that add-on parts affecting
the vehicles' emission control system will be authorized so long as the acd-on
-parts are on the exemption list maintained by the Department.
Appendix 3 for this report contains a copy of the EPA Mobile Source
Enforcement Memorandum No. 1A (interim Tampering Enforcement Policy), the State
of California Air Resources Board Criteria for Determining Compliance with
Section 1~\^ of the Vehicle Code, and a copy of the State of California Air
Resources Board Policy on Replacement Parts. Subsections (3)'and (!•) of the
Department' s proposals are considered to be consistent with and complementary
to these EPA and California policies. While there is little agreement as to
what totally constitutes the emission control systems on newer vehicles,'it is
evident and generally agreed that certain components or systems are part of the
overall emission control system. In a paper presented to the Third Annual North
American Motor Vehicle Emission Control Conference, Mr. Kannum, Chief Engineer,
TRW Replacement Division, itemized components of emission control systems. In
reviewing the literature, it appears that Che components listed by Mr. Hannum
are generally agreed to be part of motor vehicle emission control systems. The
listing in subsection (3) contains only those components generally agreed to
be part of current emission control systems.
An important factor to consider regarding the anti-tampering criteria is
that vehicle manufacturers design and bui.id vehicles to comply with federal
emission control requirements. Those requirements currently specify the maxi-
mum weight of pollutants permitted to be emitted during a test procedure in-
volving a 25 minute driving cycle. This driving cycle includes an engine start-
up, operation at idle, accelerations, cruising at several different speeds, and
deceleration. Operation at idle constitutes less than 20% of the driving cycia
time. In addition, a 50/000 mile durability test is conducted to insure that
the emission control design will maintain emissions within allowable limits if
the vehicle is properly maintained.
The conclusion is that emission results using the federal emission test
procedures, and not the simpler inspection/maintenance program test procedu-es,
are to be the base in determining whether cr not a modification or alteration
decreases the efficiency or effectiveness of a pollution control system. This
must be viewed as a significant decision since it is possible for a vehicle to
meet the simpler emission pass/fail criteria of an inspection/maintenance pro-
gram and yet have been altered or modified in such a manner so as to not comoiy
with the federal emission standards, and thus be.considered in violation of
ORS ^83.325(2). Likewise, an after-market product or invention may show merit
when tested by the inspection/maintenance program procedures and yec would still
be considered in violation of ORS ^33.325(2) , if emissions were increased over
baseline values when tested by federal procedures
Section 2^-330, Motor Vehicle Emission Control Idle -Emission Standards:
This section is in three parts. The first subsection specifies idie carcon
monoxide limits, the second specifies idle hydrocarbon limits, and the tnird
specifies maximum smoke levels.
E~31 OEQ/VIO 730H3
-------
-5-
The proposed carbon monoxide idle limits are heavily based upon manufac-
turers' recommended settings. For pre-emission controlled vehicles, those manu-
factured before 1968 model year, the idle carbon monoxide values are basically
set at 62». Experience gained during the voluntary cast program indicates that
most of the affected vehicles can easily operate within this limit. It should
be noted that maximum power tuning normally gives an air/fuel (A/F) ratio of
approximately 12.5:1, which corresponds to about 5o3> CO. Maximum economy
tuning A/F ratio is about 13-5:1 or 3t CO.
To determine the recommended settings for vehicles with emission control
systems, a review of the service industry literature was made, many manufac-?
turers were contacted, and underhood decal values were noted during the volun-
tary program operation. From this information, a listing was drawn up for
vehicles such that the recommended standard level was either equal to or
greater than the manufacturer's recommendation. If the manufacturer specified
an acceptable range for idle CO settings, then the upper limit was selected
for a standard. If the manufacturer specified a single setting value only,.
then the proposed standard was set either 0.5% or 1.0% greater based upon a
value judgment as to the ability of the specific vehicle classes' ability to
meet those standards in actual use.
In addition.co the tolerance built into the base standard, it is recom-
mended that an additional tolerance be added to the base standard for the
first year of regulatory program operation.
The second subsection lists the proposed hydrocarbon idle limits. The
listing is quite similar to that being used in the voluntary program. Among
the reasons for this approach are that hydrocarbon excesses are usually associ-
ated with mechanical malfunctions or misadjusted ignition settings and compon-
ents. Hydrocarbon values are not a major effect of carburetor adjustments,
except in the case where the carburetor has been set so lean as to cause a lean
mis-fire. Hydrocarbon values more nearly coincide with age and engine cylinder
groups. This has been documented in a TRW report for the State of California
along with other studies, and observed in the 'results of the voluntary program.
The values chosen are intended to detect gross emitters.
Additional information regarding these proposed standards is contained
in Appendix C .to this report.
Section 2^-3^0, Criteria for Qualifications of persons eligible :o
inspect motor vehicles and motor vehicle Pollution control systems a.-.j axec^c;
cert i f i cates: The basic purpose of this section is to specify the licensing
requirements for se1f-inspection by fleet operations. The licenses to be issued
would be valid for one year and would be renewable. To be licensed, a fleet
operation must own an exhaust gas analyzer as specified in section 2^-350, be
equipped with a sound meter, and employ a licensed fleet operation venicie
emission inspector. To become licensed as an inspector, a person must satis-
factorily complete a Department training program.
E 32 or;/"; 10 730*3
-------
Section 2^-350, Gas Analytical System Licensing Criteria: Th i s
section specifies the requirements for exhaust gas analyzers to be used in the
inspection program. The criteria essentially requires either the California
approved analyzers for vehicle pollution control stations or the Department
snecified units as to be used in the staca inspection facilities.
E-33
D£Q/V!0 730*3
-------
fA~ OF- OREGON
RECEIVED
MAR 2 7 1S75
Dept. of Livirgaasnm duality
Vehicie Inssgetioa Division
Reference No. SM-013S
Environmentaj Activities Staff
GensraJ Motors Ccrcojation
General Motors Technical Center
Warrsn.Micr.igan 4S090
March 20, 1975
Mr. Kassler R. Cannon, Director
Department of Environmental Qualify
1234 Southwest Morrison Street
Portland, Oregon 97205
Dear Mr. Cannon;
This is in response to your notice of public hearing concerning the adoption
of rules to establish motor vehicle pollution control criteria methods cr.d
standards for in-use vehicle emission inspection.
Arter carefully considering rhe hearing norice along with fhe supplemental'
material that we had previously received frcm your staff, General Motors
must, oppose rhe proposed vehicle smission inspection standards. This
opposition is based on our belief rhar rhe standards ere roo stringent and
as such will wrongly penalize some vehicles rhct will rneer rhs required
federal vehicle exhaust emission standards.
Table 1, copy attached, of Appendix A of fhe supplemental material is a
summary of test resul-fs of vehicles fhat ycu have already resred. This
rable shows fhct approximately 45-50% of rhe vehicles era felling the
interim idle emission standards. The proposed standards if adopted will
result in c greater percentage of vehicles failing your standards. Our ex-
perience has been that rejection rates of H-H'S magnitude would certainly
cause a number of vehicles rhar would normally meer fhe f-csraf exhaust
emission standards to be wrongly penalized.
To further support our position that fhe standards are too stringent, consider
fhe idle emission criteria fhat we are currently using for vehicles produced
for sale in California. Depending on rhe engine family, the pcss-fcii idle
emission criteria used for fhese vehicles range from .50-1% CO and 70-190
PPM HC. Although most 1975 vehicles will have idle emission substa.-Mciiy
below fhese criteria, some will have emissions near fhe upper limit and
still meet the reauired exhaust emission standards.
E-34
-------
Mr. Kessier R. Cc m
March 20, 1975
Pegs Two
As you probcbly know, California has vehicle emission standards more
stringent (•nan those used in the other forty nine states. All vehicles
produced for sale in California are given an idle emission test at the
end of the assembly line. From this production, a 2% sample is taken and
is given 'he CVS mass test. Of that sample, 90% of the vehicles are required
to pass the California exhaust emission standards before the total production
is considered acceptable for sale in that state.
We mentioned our California experience to emphasize the fact that quality
control is of necessity a part of our production process and also to point
out that the vehicles produced for sale in states other than California are
produced at the same assembly plants. Therefore, we would not expect the
idle emissions from vehicles produced for sale in Oregon to be significantly
different from those produced for sale in California.
It would appear to us that if all vehicles in Oregon are required to pass
the inspection standards, the service industry may not have the capacity to
handle the volume that you will reject by the proposed standard. This could
result in public opposition to your program.
We have discussed the proposed standards with Mr. Ron Householder of your
staff and it is our understanding that the rationale for having stringent stan-
dards is to require the vehicle to be adjusted as close as possible to manu-
facturers specification. While we recognize the importance of having
vehicles adjusted to manufacturers specifications, we believe that this can
also be accomplished by instructions to the repair industry. The instructions
would irrciude a statement to the effect that all repairs on emission related
components should be done to manufacturers specifications.
We recommend that you reconsider the proposed standards and continue using
the interim standards. The interim standards can be adjusted at a furure date
to correct any errors of commission or omission. Please have this letter made
a part of the record during the public hacnng: on March 28, 1975.
Yours very truly,
Fisher, Director
_,,_/,__/ . Automotive Emission Control
lMl-/JCC/et|
Attachment
cc: Ron Householder
E-35
-------
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
1234 S.W. Morrison Street
Portland, Oregon 97203
Attention: Mr. Kessler R. Cannon
Dear Mr. Cannon:
GUIDO FOGGINI
Designated Agent of
FERRARI Sefac
c/o FIAT Motor Co.
560 Sylvan Avenue
Snglewood Cliffs, N'J 07652
May 7, 1973
Ref. No. 000370
State of Oregon
Of iNVISONMtYTAL QUALITY
) [S |$ (1 {] ?// ic i
« J. o U w « ,
MAY 9 1375
OfrJCS Or THE DIRECTOR
Within the test criteria, methods and standards of the Motor
Vehicle Emission Control Inspection Program, as adopted by
the D.E.Q. of Oregon on March 31, 1975, for vehicles in use
within the boundaries of the metropolitan area of .the City
of Portland we have noticed that the following standards are
1975 FERRARI models:
set for
CO
HC
1.0% +
173 tram •*•
O.S
30
In fact, as far as idle CO is concerned, no value is entered
for 1973 FERRARI cars, as a consequence the value listed for
vehicles for which no values are entered has to be taken into
consideration.
This letter is to inform you that in 1973 Model Year the FER-
RARI Model DINO 308_GT4, Engine Family F 106 A, has been cer-
tified both by the Environmental Protection Agency and the
Air Resources Board of California. For that 8 cylinders, I7S.S1
C.I.D. non-catalyst equipped model the following specifications
have been set by the factory:
Tailpipe CO
HC
Each cylinder CO
HC
max. 1.5%
max. 300 ppm
2°-, t 1.3%"
max. 300 oom
The enclosed copies of Pages 111-21 and 111-26, excerpted from
Part II of the "Application for 1975 Certification Engine Family
F 106 A" on the basis of which the certification has been grant-
ed bv EPA and AR3 include the above information.
E-36
-------
Owing to the fact that the specifications set by the factory
for idle CO and KG are not compatible with those required by
the Oregon D.E.Q. we would appreciate you revising the re-
quirements for this FERRARI Engine Family.
We thank you for your cooperation and we remain at your dis-
posal for any further'explanation you may request.
Sincerely yours,
»
/\/.!f />.-;, /y/,/
\j\J'/ G u i d o / lyb g g i a i
3.Fo/bg " / / / ' /
Enclosure ' i /
E-37
-------
1 ^ ^ i "> T
> i»i«./%.»i.
TTI
EMISSION DATA '
' Vehicle Data
r — -. «_• j, j. _ /
•n/7/1974
VEHICLE SPECIFICATIOMS:
Manufacturer FEP.RAP-.I Modal PINO 303 GT 4
Engine Family 7 l
Vehicle Serial No. C32CO Engine Code and Serial No. FiQs A-C-AI
Engine C.I.D. 1 7 8. 51 No.Cyiinders_3 Compression Ratio 3.3
Advertised 5AS H? 240 5ore (in) 3 .19 Stroke (in) 2.79
Transmission Manual Axle Ratio 3-7 N/V ratio
47.17
Tire Size 205/70 VR 14 Curb v.7eight( I'os'r 3200 Air Conditioning YSS
Carburetor Hake T.vE32P> No. of Venturis 2:c4 Curve No.4Q DC>r? 45/45/47/4.
Distributor Make MAP.SLLI Curve No. 3 1 53 3
Exhaust Control Systen A.I. /TR, Evaporati%re Control.System C.C.
Crankcase Control System Closed Systern .
Devices and Calibration Values Fast Idle Device - Double Breaker
Point Distributors^ for calibration valv.e-s see Vehicle Data Book
sheets " G - i1 j ...
2. ENGINE TUNE-UP SPECIFICATIONS:
Basic Ignition Timing
Decrees
ATDC at
Setting Procedure vith strcboscopic lamp
Idle 'Speed 'OOP ± 200 RPM in NEUTRAL Dvell^jJ Idle CO 2% ± 1 .:
Setting Procedure ^/ith CO/HC analyter probe in each cylinder
Spark Plug Type CHAMPION K-S-Y Spark Plug Gap (in) 0.02
i-rcT P(*i"*-rTi":r'Tn?>r^ • ' .
i • i i o i U. vj vi J a. j. JL J .^ J •
Dynamometer inertia( Ibs) 3500 Actual Road Load ?o~/er 3.2 at 50 M?
Nominal Fuel Tank Voluni3(gaj; 19.3 Shift I jints Federal Standard
Starting Procedure as joutl Ined in the Vehicle Goner's Mo'.iual
Alternate Procedures =
,
i ;\_. • ij
Air Cleaner YES Canister YES
Relief Valve YES
rb.Bovl Vent KO Filler Cao Nrc
Other
Location of Te?t v/EBER LA-i. SO LOG ?••'/- •'
HC -G m/rr. .1 la 0.430
:lfQx-G~/-.ile(corrected) g.7?n ^
E-38
ITALY'1 Date of Mfr's^st
5.474
0. 220
-------
! 1975
PA FIT II - E
Tune-up Sreci f i cat i cr,
?-s- T^^/^'o
ace
•EMGiSE FAMiLY IQEHT1FiCATION
EKGillE C.I.D. i?8.Sl
r 1 r>:
FUEL SYSTEM CAS3U5STIOM
TRANSMISSION
'EXHAUST CONTROL SYSTEM AI7./T?.
- EVAPORATIVE CONTROL SYSTEM
1. -Basic ignition t iaiug _£_1_L_
Transmission in NTU73AL
A TOC -1 1CJ
e> • • •
Sstlir.2
2. -Idle speed _100C_±_200RPM Transaissicf, in NEUTRAL
Settip.a Procadui-e ^^^- "INSTRUCTION BOOK"
3. Oistrioutor point dwell angla.
T3. — '3G"r'5 • O_ _ '3A":
->" — J :! — J i -O — J ,
.
Spark plug gap _ °'02
eco-endec TvD9
CHAMPIOM N 5 Y
.dsgreas
5. Type of choke
TAIL PIPES CO = nax I: 5^
= max 500 o-
each cvlindar CO = 2? t 1.
;
6. Rsccsrr.snded idleCO/JiC..
e^ixture setting orcce-d
• 3 v ~ 0 0 T- r^ —
IN EXHAUST TAIL ?!?i A;--:D Ll-i EACH CYLi:,:D=:ii
List of any -other special t'jns-up prcce-.i'j; ss.
E-39
-------
APPENDIX F
RHODE ISLAND
AMENDMENTS TO THE OFFICIAL MANUAL FOR VEHICLE INSPECTION
EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 1979
F-l
-------
STATE OF RHODE 'ISLAND
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND EMISSION CONTROL DIVISION
Amendments to the Official Manual1 for Vehicle Inspection
Effective January 1, 1979
The attached pages contain amendments to the following regulations
SECTION 1.12 VEHICLES EXEMPT FROM INSPECTION.
SECTION 1.19 EMISSION INSPECTION STANDARDS.
SECTION 1.23 VOLUNTARY'INSPECTIONS.
Keep these amendments with the Official Manual for Vehicle Inspection,
WENDALL J. FLANDERS, DIRECTOR
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
-------
STATE OF RHODE ISLAND
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND EMISSION CONTROL DIVISION
In accordance with Title 31, Chapter 38 of the Motor
Vehicle Code Act, the following Rules, Regulations, Procedures
and Standards for the inspection of vehicles and related equip-
ment are in addition to the Rules, Regulations, Procedures and
Standards as promulgated in the Official Manual for Vehicle
Inspection, effective November 1st, 1977.
These Rules, Regulations, Procedures and Standards shall
become effective as of January 1st, 1979.
1.19 EMISSION INSPECTION REGULATIONS
All vehicles, except motorcycles, trailers and public
conveyance type vehicles shall be inspected and approved before
the end of the month and year indicated on the Rhode Island
.inspection approval sticker affixed to the vehicle.
. All motorcycles and trailers shall be inspected and
approved before the end of June of each year;
Public conveyance vehicles, including school buses, shall
be inspected by scheduled appointment as directed by the Director
of Transportation or his designee.
Any vehicle, except public conveyance vehicles, without a
valid Rhode Island inspection approval shall be inspected and
approved within five (5) business days from the date of regis-
tering in Rhode Island.
Any Rhode Island registered vehicle which was out of state
during its required inspection period will be allowed five (5)
business days upon its return to the State of Rhode Island in
which to obtain a certificate of inspection and approval.
The Rejection Report (RN-1) must be used for each vehicle
which does not pass inspection. This includes the emission in-
spection, as well as safety inspection. If \._ie vehicle fails,
you are required to make out the rejection report and show the
hydrocarbon (HC) and carbon monoxide (CO) numbers which were
obtained, along with any other safety defect.
Any owner who feels that his vehicle has been unfairly
rejected may have the rejected vehicle reinspected within
fourteen (14) days of the initial inspection; the owner may
contact the Motor Vehicle Safety and Emission Control Division
for a reinspection appointment at the State Inspection Facility.
F-3
-------
1.19 EMISSION INSPECTION REGULATIONS (Continued)
The Director of the Department of Transportation or his
designee nay extend the time within which a certificate of in-
spection and approval shall be. obtained.
The Director of the Department of Transportation or his
designee may extend the fourteen (14) day repair or payment
period after concluding that such extension is not inconsistent
with the inspection laws.
Employees of the Department of Transportation appointed by
the Director of the Department of Transportation or his designee
may approve or reject any vehicle or any part of any vehicle
previously inspected after concluding that such approval or re-
jection is not inconsistent with the inspection laws.
The Director of the Department of Transportation or his
designee may authorize any inspection station to issue a certi-
ficate of inspection and approval to any vehicle after concluding
that a reasonable effort to" meet the emission standards has been
made. .' • •
The Director of the Department of Transportation or his
designee may authorized any" inspection station to issue a certi-
ficate of inspection or approval to any vehicle after concluding
that such approval is not inconsistent with the inspection laws.
The Director of the Department of Transportation or his
designee may suspend the registration of any school bus or
public conveyance type vehicle from transporting passengers which
he determines is in such unsafe condition to transport passengers
or which does not meet the requirements established for" such
school bus or public conveyance type vehicle, provided, however,
that any vehicle which has been transporting passengers in vio-
lation of such suspension, then such registration shall be -im-
mediately suspended' by the Department of Transportation and the
registration plates and certificates returned to the Department
of Transportation forthwith.
Employees of the Department of Transportation appointed by
the Director of the Department of Transportation or his designee
may immediately suspend the Inspection Permit of any station
•upon concluding that the emission analyzer or any other emission
or safety testing equipment" is not working properly or is missing
from the inspection station or is not staffed with a State certi-
fied inspector.
F-4
-------
1.19.1 EMISSION INSPECTION EQUIPMENT.
Emission inspection equipment must be capable of per-
forming an idle emission inspection of all vehicles required
to be inspected for hydrocarbon in parts-per-million (PPM) and
carbon monoxide in percent (CC$). The analyzer shall be a type
approved by the Department of Transportation.
Each analyzer shall be equipped with all necessary valves,
hoses and other equipment to calibrate the analyzer along with
a supply of calibration gases in concentrations that meet the
manufacturer's specifications for calibration of the analyzer.
The calibration gases shall be certified by the gas blender
to be within ^ 2% of the labeled concentrations attached to the
gas container. The State reserves the right to examine any gas
or equipment used to calibrate emission analyzers.
if the manufacturer of a particular analyzer does not
specify a specific concentration for calibration gases, the
State will accept calibration gases in concentrations as follows:
HC . (Propane) 3000 PPM •
CO (Carbon Monoxide) 8 %
if the proppne-hexane factor is not established, the State '
v.'ill accept .52 as a satisfactory propane-hexane 'factor.
Each station will be required to gas check the calibration
of each analyzer used for inspection at least once each week,
and record the results of the calibration check. Periodically,
each certified inspector will be required to gas check the
calibration of each analyzer used by actual demonstration be-
fore a State Inspector. This demonstration does not preclude
any calibration check that the State may want to make".
The results of the weekly calibration check shall be
properly recorded on forms provided by the Department of Trans-
portation. The completed forms shall be enclosed in the station
Inspection Manual for review by State Inspectors. Any analyzer
found out of calibration v/ill be ordered out of service and the
station subject to immediate suspension for not being properly
equipped. _____•'
^j - """'"
The analyzer shall be capable of being kept in a "warmed-
up" condition in the inspection lane or bay and be available for
use throughout the normal inspection hours of the station.
F-5
-------
1.19.2 EMISSION INSPECTION TEST PROCEDURES AND STANDARDS
. 1« Instrument must be in a "warmed-up" condition with
both HC and CO.meters adjusted to zero and proper
span setting before- each test.
2.. Vehicle to be tested must be warmed to its normal ;
operating temperature. It should be pre-conditioned
' for testing by running the engine at a fast idle
• (approximately 2000 RPM). for about 15 seconds.
3. With the transmission in a neutral position and the
engine at normal idle, insert analyzer probe (hose
end) into the exhaust tail pipe and allow a few seconds
for the hC and CO meters to" stabilize'. Record the
numbers obtained on the reports provided. Pass or
reject vehicle according to standards.
4. Do not approve vehicles with defective exhaust systems
'such as a* broken or missing muffler and/or exhaust
piping which could allow excessive air into the exhaust
sample and cause faulty emission test readings.. Indi-
cate rejection as "defective exhaust system - no emis-
sion test."
5. On vehicles with more than one active exhaust tail pipe,
- take readings from both pipes and record the average of
the readings.
6. Remove probe to prevent unnecessary clogging of analyzer.
7. Examine fuel fill area of fuel tank for any missing,
broken or loose fitting fuel caps or other conditions
which could allow' fumes to escape from the fuel tank.
VEHICLES REQUIRED TO BE INSPECTED FOR EMISSIONS SHALL MEET OR BE
LESS THAN THE HYDROCARBON (HC) AND CARBON MONOXIDE (CO) EMISSION
STANDARDS AS SET FORTH BELOW:
VEHICLE YEAR OF MANUFACTURE HYDROCARBON CARBON MONOXIDE
HC (PPM)CO TO
1967 or earlier 1600 10.0
1968 - 1969 300 8.0
1970 - 1974 . 600 ' 6.0-
1975 - after 300 3.0
Cause for rejection:
1. Any vehicle which fails to pass the hydrocarbon or
carbon monoxide exhaust emission standard.
2. Defective exhaust system - no emission test.
3. Any-missing, broken or loose fitting fuel cap, or
other conditions v/hich could allov/ fumes to escape
from fuel tank.
F-6
-------
1.19.5 RECOMMENDED EMISSION REPAIR PROCEDURES
PAST EXPERIENCE INDICATES THAT MATH VEHICLES CAN PASS THE
IDLE EMISSION TESTS BY ADJUSTING THE CARBURETOR IDLE MIXTURE
SCREWS ONLY.
With the owner's permission to repair a vehicle that has
failed the carbon monoxide part of the emission tests, it is •
recommended that you first adjust the carburetor idle mixture
screw(s) (according to manufacturer's procedure and within the
range of the limiter caps) to a reasonable point below the
standard for the particular year of the vehicle and record both
hydrocarbon (HC) and carbon monoxide (CO) readings on the form
provided.
if the vehicle fails to pass after the idle adjustment
and additional repairs are made as part of the inspection, it
is required that the hydrocarbon (.4C) and the carbon monoxide
(CO) readings be recorded along with other information on the
form provided.
1.19.4 STAGGERED INSPECTION SYSTEM AND STICKERS
The inspection stickers are designed for yearly use and
are to be issued to the public on a monthly staggered basis.
The basic yearly sticker will be purchased by the inspection
Stations from the Motor Vehicle Safety and Emission Control Division
and the necessary monthly inserts will be provided at no cost to
the station.
These monthly inserts are designed to be applied to the
basic yearly sticker and must be issued in accordance with
the month in which the particular vehicle is being inspected.
'•/hen a .vehicle has been approved and the sticker information
has been properly recorded, you should proceed as follows:
1. Remove basic yearly sticker from sticker book.
2. Remove protective covering from ba^ic yearly sticker.
3. Select the proper monthly insert number (1-12).
4. ' Carefully remove one monthly insert number at a time
and place it in the space provided on the basic yearly
sticker in a manner so that the number is not backwards.
5. Place the completed sticker on the lower right hand
corner of the windshield as in the past. 3e sure to
remove all otner inspection stickers and. inspection
desisnators.
F-7
-------
1.12 VEHICLES EXEMPT FROM INSPECTION
Reference: 31-33-41, 31-23-3, 31-1-9
The following vehicles shall be exemptifrom inspection:
All trailers or semi-trailers having a gross weight of
1,000 pounds or less.
Special mobile equipment as defined (31-1-9) in the Motor
Vehicle Code Act.
A new vehicle which is less than twelve (12) months old
from the first purchase date or before it has accumulated
twelve thousand" (12,000) miles, whichever comes first.
Any vehicle while it is stored on private property.
Vehicles which are limited in their scope of operation
which are properly registered with plates identified as
farm, antique, in-transit, transporter, bailee, 40 and 8,
shriner, racer-tow, temporary registrations, and motor-
ized bicycles. .
Any electric or diesel powered vehicle, motorcycles, and
those vehicles which are registered for more than 8,000
pounds gross weight will be exempt from the requirements
for emission inspection until such time as additional
technology and equipment become available.
The exemptions as interpreted do not relieve the owner
of such vehicle from the obligation of having a safe
vehicle on the public highway.
1.23 VOLUNTARY INSPECTIONS
Any Rhode Island registered vehicle may be inspected on
a voluntary basis at any time before the expiration date of
the inspection approval sticker which is affixed to the vehicle,
Vehicles not registered in Rhode island which are pre-
sented for inspection shall be inspected in accordance with all
regulations for Rhode Island registered vehicles.
Inspection stickers mav be issued (according to the month
in which they are inspected; to these vehicles after passing
the inspection.
The voluntary inspection usually comes about when people
are visiting from out of state during their home state inspec-
tion period and/or for institutions'which may require an in-
spection sticker before the vehicle is allowed on the oremises.
F-3
------- |